Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Agenda Packet CC - 10/19/2015 - City Council Agenda Packet
Joe Lockwood, Mayor CITY COUNCIL Karen Thurman Matt Kunz Bill Lusk Burt Hewitt Joe Longoria Rick Mohrig CITY COUNCIL CHAMBERS City Hall, Suite 107E Monday, October 19, 2015 Regular Council Meeting Agenda 6:00 PM INVOCATION - Pastor Jeff Kane, C3 Church, Milton Georgia. CALL TO ORDER 1) ROLL CALL 2) PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE (Led by Mayor Joe Lockwood) 3) APPROVAL OF MEETING AGENDA (Add or remove items from the agenda) (Agenda Item No. 15-265) 4) PUBLIC COMMENT MILTON CITY COUNCIL REGULAR COUNCIL MEETING OCTOBER 19 , 2015 Page 2 of 4 Persons needing special accommodations in order to participate in any City meeting should call 678-242-2500. 5) CONSENT AGENDA 1. Approval of the September 21, 2015 Regular City Council Meeting Minutes. (Agenda Item No. 15-266) (Sudie Gordon, City Clerk) 2. Approval for the Purchase of an Aerial Fire Apparatus as a Replacement for the Current Fire Line Unit. (Agenda Item No. 15-267) (Robert Edgar, Fire Chief) 3. Approval of a Professional Services agreement between the City of Milton and ARCADIS U.S., INC. for the “Milton Stormwater System Inventory – FY15 Update”. (Agenda Item No. 15-268) (Carter Lucas, Assistant City Manager) 6) REPORTS AND PRESENTATIONS 1. Update on City of Milton Comprehensive Transportation Plan. (Carter Lucas, Assistant City Manager) 7) FIRST PRESENTATION (None) 8) PUBLIC HEARING (None) 9) ZONING AGENDA 1. Consideration of RZ15-14/U15-04/VC15-03 – 3503 and 3505 Bethany Bend by Wisdarium, LLC - To Rezone from O-I (Office-Institutional) and AG-1 (Agricultural) to O-I (Office-Institutional) and a Use Permit for a Private School (Sec. 64-1831) to Expand the Existing School from 2,000 Square Feet to 8,000 Square Feet for up to 150 Students. A Two-part Concurrent Variance to Reduce the 50 Foot Undisturbed Buffer and 10 Foot Improvement Setback to a 20 Foot Landscape Strip along the North Property Line [Sec. 64-1091(a)] and to Reduce the 100 Foot Setback for Recreation Areas to 20 Feet along the North Property Line [Sec. 64-1831(b)(4)]. (Agenda Item No. 15-262) (First Presentation at October 5, 2015 Regular City Council Meeting) (Kathleen Field, Community Development Director) MILTON CITY COUNCIL REGULAR COUNCIL MEETING OCTOBER 19 , 2015 Page 3 of 4 Persons needing special accommodations in order to participate in any City meeting should call 678-242-2500. 10) UNFINISHED BUSINESS 1. Consideration of an Ordinance to Amend Appendix A, Parks and Recreation Fees and Other Charges, Chapter 34, Section 24 of The Milton City Code. (Agenda Item No. 15-263) (First Presentation at October 5, 2015 Regular City Council Meeting) (Jim Cregge, Parks and Recreation Director) 11) NEW BUSINESS 1. Consideration of a Resolution Adopting the City of Milton Parks and Recreation Department Revised Facility and Fields Use Policy. (Agenda Item No. 15-269) (Jim Cregge, Parks and Recreation Director) 2. Consideration of an Intergovernmental Agreement between the City of Milton and Fulton County Schools Regarding Implementation of an Automated Enforcement Program for School Bus Stop Arm Violations (“School Bus Safety Camera Enforcement Program”). (Agenda Item No. 15-270) (Chris Lagerbloom, City Manager) 3. Consideration of a Consent Order Resolving the Issue of Road Funding and Maintenance in Fulton County. (Agenda Item No. 15-271) (Ken Jarrard, City Attorney) 4. Consideration of the Final Service Delivery Strategy Agreement between the City of Milton, Fulton County, and All Other Municipalities in Fulton County. (Agenda Item No. 15-272) (Ken Jarrard, City Attorney) 12) MAYOR AND COUNCIL REPORTS 13) STAFF REPORTS Department Updates 1. Fire 2. Finance 3. Information Technology 4. Innovation & Engagement 5. Human Resources MILTON CITY COUNCIL REGULAR COUNCIL MEETING OCTOBER 19 , 2015 Page 4 of 4 Persons needing special accommodations in order to participate in any City meeting should call 678-242-2500. 14) EXECUTIVE SESSION (if needed) 15) ADJOURNMENT (Agenda Item No. 15-273) The minutes were provided electronically TO: FROM: AGENDA ITEM: MEETING DATE: HOME OF ' MILION* FSTAN IS11H) 2006 CITY COUNCIL AGENDA ITEM City Council Robert Edgar, Fire Chief DATE: October 9, 2015 Approval for the Purchase of an Aerial Fire Apparatus as a Replacement for the Current Front -Line Unit. Monday, October 19, 2015 Regular City Council Meeting BACKGROUND INFORMATION: (Attach additional pages if necessary) See attached memorandum APPROVAL BY CITY MANAGER: �APPROVED O NOT APPROVED Cl TY A TTORNEY APPRO VAL REQUIRED: V YES O NO CITY ATTORNEY REVIEW REQUIRED: KYES () NO APPROVAL BY CITY ATTORNEY VAPPROVED () NOT APPROVED PLACED ON AGENDA FOR: /D/ 43 IS REMARKS ® your PHONE: 678.242.2500 1 FAX: 678.242.2499 Green Community a, infofcityofmiltonga.us i www.cityofmiltonga.us 13000 Deerfield Parkway, Suite 107 I Milton GA 30004 To: Honorable Mayor and City Council Members From: Robert Edgar, Fire Chief Date: Submitted on October 9, 2015 for the October 19, 2015 Regular Council Meeting Agenda Item: Approval for the Purchase of an Aerial Fire Apparatus as a Replacement for the Current Fire Line Unit ____________________________________________________________________________ Department Recommendation: Approve the purchase of a new E-ONE HP 100, Rear-Mounted 100 foot aerial apparatus from Fire Line, Inc. This proposed purchased is based on the City’s needs, ISO recommendations, a formal needs assessment and other efficiency factors observed over the life of the current aerial apparatus. This recommendation is the result of a careful analysis of several alternatives and is deemed the best choice for the Milton community. Executive Summary: The Milton Fire Department requests the capital purchase of a new 100' rear-mounted ladder truck to replace the current front-line 75’ Quint ladder truck (Truck 1). Truck 1 is now an eight years old, single axle, rear-mounted aerial which accounts for the highest maintenance cost of all the current fire apparatus. As the most complex piece of equipment the City owns and also the most frequently dispatched vehicle in the fleet, Truck 1 typically requires extensive out-of- service time for repairs. The single axel and diesel engine in the current apparatus has proven to be unreliable (compared to the rest of our fleet and other jurisdictions’ aerials and potentially due to the fact that it is underpowered based on the weight) and the configuration of the truck is suboptimal based on current development patterns in the City. When Truck 1 goes out of service for mechanical issues, Milton relies on a spare ladder truck which is provided by Alpharetta. Granting this capital expenditure and the associated contract will provide Milton with much needed flexibility in its fleet, allowing Truck 1 to be transitioned to a role as a less-frequently used reserve aerial apparatus. Additionally, the 100' rear-mounted ladder will provide much needed length for both rescue and firefighting operations. Our current 75' ladder has proven to be too short on multiple emergencies, and this replacement will provide easier access and greater reach. In consideration of the construction patterns in Milton, the new truck will also take advantage of the freed up space (no hose, no pump, no tank) to carry additional ground ladders, including a 45’, which will allow us to reach second story bedroom windows from a basement/terrace level where the aerial apparatus often cannot reach. Page 2 of 2 The proposed E-ONE will also feature a tandem rear axle. One of the deficiencies identified in the current truck is—despite the fact that it provides a beneficial shorter turning radius for access purposes—the single rear axle is insufficient to support the vehicle and all of its equipment. Additionally, since the vehicle is stationed in tandem with Alpharetta Engine 1, the new aerial will run as a traditional ladder truck instead of a ladder/pumper like the current Truck 1. This will allow the pump, hose, and water tank to be eliminated, which lightens the truck by approximately 7,775 lbs., and increases compartment space available for other necessary equipment. Through the current intergovernmental agreement between Milton and Alpharetta, our neighbor to the south will also benefit by the addition of this apparatus. Retaining the current truck (albeit in a reduced role in a reserve capacity in the Crabapple area) should have a positive impact on any future ISO evaluation and allow Milton Fire to provide a more efficient service to residents who do not live in the Highway 9 corridor yet still could benefit from having a ladder available in their area. Funding and Fiscal Impact: The contract price for the proposed E-ONE 100’ aerial apparatus is $865,918.00. The funding for the new apparatus has already been considered in the capital vehicle replacement schedule for the Fire Department. The addition of an apparatus to the fleet may bring additional preventative maintenance costs (i.e., brakes, tires, oil changes, ladder service and testing) depending on how often the reserve truck is used. However, the configuration of the requested E-ONE aerial should eliminate design issues and costs affiliated with pump maintenance. The new truck will have a 5 year bumper to bumper warranty, resulting in minimal repair cost for the warranty period. Various additional components have extended warranties beyond this initial period, reducing maintenance costs by running this new vehicle as a front-line aerial. Alternatives: There are alternative vehicles, but committee analyses (discussed above) have rated these options lower based on efficiency and community needs. Further details supporting this choice can be provided by the Fire Department and the Apparatus Committee at the Mayor and Council’s request. Legal Review: Reviewed and approved by Ken Jarrard, Jarrard and Davis, LLC. Concurrent Review: Chris Lagerbloom, City Manager Attachment(s): Purchasing Contract HOME Of i f ?.!! Q,0,1 Y;',+ 01, t,(,i>r, I ' 1" 1`!-'ON%� LSTABL.1S11ED 2006 Contract This Agreement made and entered into this day of 'in the year 2015, by and between The City of Milton, Georgia (sometimes referred to herein as the "City"), having its principle place of business at 13000 Deerfield Parkway Suite 107G, Milton GA 30004 and FireLine, Inc. (sometimes referred to herein as the "Vendor") having its principle place of business at 725 Patrick Industrial Lane, Winder GA 30680. WHEREAS, the Milton fire department seeks to purchase an aerial/ladder firefighting apparatus in accordance with the predetermined specifications; and WHEREAS, based upon Vendor's bid to provide an aerial fire apparatus as required by the bid documents, the City has selected Vendor as the winning bidder; and WHEREAS, Vendor has agreed to perform such work as set forth in this Agreement, according to the terms and conditions provided in this Agreement; and WHEREAS, Vendor has familiarized itself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, the Project, and the Work, with all local conditions and federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations in any manner that may affect cost, progress or performance of work, and Contractor is aware that he must be licensed to do business in the State of Georgia. NOW THEREFORE, the City and Consultant, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, agree as follows: 1.0 Contract Documents This Agreement and the following named Exhibits, attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference, constitute the "Contract Documents": EXHIBIT A REQUEST FOR BID/SCOPE OF WORK EXHIBIT B RESPONSE TO BID EXHIBIT C CONSULTANT AFFIDAVIT EXHIBIT D SUBCONSULTANT AFFIDAVIT To the extent that there may be any conflict among the Contract Documents, the provision operating most to the benefit of the City shall govern. 2.0 Scope of Work; Compensation 2.1 The Vendor agrees to provide all Services and Products specified in the Contract Documents. No payments will be made for unauthorized work. Invoices should be submitted to Honor Motes, 13000 Deerfield Parkway, Milton GA 30004, for approval. Payment will be sent to the designated address by U. S. Mail only; payment will not be hand -delivered. 2.2 City agrees to pay Vendor for the services performed, products provided, and costs incurred by Vendor upon the City's certification that the services were actually performed and costs actually incurred in accordance with this Agreement. Compensation for services performed and, if applicable, reimbursement for costs incurred shall be paid to Vendor upon the City's receipt and approval of an invoice, submitted upon completion of the Work, setting forth in detail the services performed and costs incurred. Invoices shall reflect charges incurred versus charges budgeted. The total amount paid under this Agreement for the Work shall not, in any case, exceed a lump sum fee of $865,918.00 (the "Contract Price"). The Contract Price is due in full upon delivery of all items deliverable under this Agreement to the City and acceptance of such items by the City. 2.3 Vendor shall take no calculated risk in the performance of the Work. Specifically, Vendor agrees that in the event it cannot perform the Work within the budgetary limitations established without disregarding sound principles of Vendor's industry, Vendor will give written notice thereof immediately to the City. 2.4 The City reserves the right to order changes in the Work to be performed under this Agreement by altering, adding to, or deducting from the Work. All such changes shall be incorporated in written change orders executed by the Vendor and the City. Such change orders shall specify the changes ordered and any necessary adjustment of compensation and completion time. If the Parties cannot reach an agreement on the terms for performing the changed work within a reasonable time to avoid delay or other unfavorable impacts as determined by the City in its sole discretion, the City shall have the right to determine reasonable terms and the Vendor shall proceed with the changed work. 2.5 Any work added to the scope of this Agreement by a change order shall be executed under all the applicable conditions of this Agreement. No claim for additional compensation or extension of time shall be recognized, unless contained in a written change order duly executed on behalf of the City and the Vendor. 2.6 The City Manager has authority to execute without further action of the Milton City Council, any number of change orders so long as their total effect does not materially alter the terms of this Agreement or materially increase the total amount to be paid under this Agreement. Any such change orders materially altering the terms of this Agreement or increasing the total amount to be paid under this Agreement in excess of 10% of the original amount must be approved by resolution of the Milton City Council. 3.0 Independent Contractor 3.1. The Vendor is an independent Contractor. The Vendor is not an employee, agent or representative of the City of Milton. The Vendor shall obtain and maintain, at the Vendor's expense, all permits, license or approvals that may be necessary for the performance of the services. 3.2 Inasmuch as the City of Milton and the Vendor are entities independent of one another, neither has the authority to bind the other to any third person or otherwise to act in any way as the representative of the other, unless otherwise expressly agreed to in writing signed by both parities hereto. The Vendor agrees not to represent itself as the City's agent for any purpose to any party or to allow any employee of the Vendor to do so, unless specifically authorized, in advance and in writing, to do so, and then only for the limited purpose stated in such authorization. The Vendor shall assume full liability for any contracts or agreements the Vendor enters into on behalf of the City of Milton without the express knowledge and prior written consent of the City. 4.0 Indemnification The Vendor covenants and agrees to take and assume all responsibility for the services rendered in connection with this Agreement. The Vendor shall bear all losses and damages directly or indirectly resulting to it on account of the performance or character of the services rendered pursuant to this Agreement. Vendor shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the City, its officers, boards, commissions, elected and appointed officials, employees and agents from and against any and all claims, suits, actions, liability, judgments, damages, losses, and expenses, including but not limited to, attorney's fees, which may be the result of willful, negligent or tortious conduct arising out of the Work, performance of contracted services, or operations by the Vendor, any sub -Vendor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by the Vendor or sub -Vendor or anyone for whose acts the Vendor or sub -Vendor may be liable, regardless of whether or not the offending act is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge, or otherwise reduce any other right or obligation of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to any party or person described in this provision. In any and all claims against the City or any of its agents or employees, by any employee of the Vendor, any sub -Vendor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by the Vendor or sub -Vendor or anyone for whose acts the Vendor or sub -Vendor may be liable, the indemnification obligation set forth in this provision shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Vendor or any sub -Vendor under workers' or workmen's compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. This obligation to indemnify and defend the City, its members, officers, agents, employees and volunteers shall survive termination of this Agreement. 5.0 Term; Termination of this Contract (1) Termination Upon Delivery and Acceptance The term of this Agreement shall be from the issuance of the Notice to Proceed and shall terminate absolutely and without further obligation on the part of the City upon final receipt of the fire aerial apparatus and acceptance of all third - party testing documentation as identified in the Scope. (1) Termination for Cause The City may terminate this Agreement upon a breach of any provision of this Agreement by Vendor and Vendor's subsequent failure to cure such breach within fifteen (15) days of receipt from the City of a written notice of the breach. Title to any supplies, materials, equipment, or other personal property shall remain in the Vendor until fully paid by the City. (2) Termination for Convenience The City may terminate this price agreement for its convenience at any time by written notice to the supplier of the apparatus. In the event of the City's termination of this agreement for convenience, the supplier will be paid for only those items actually received. 6.0 Compliance with All Laws and Licenses The Vendor must obtain all necessary licenses and comply with local, state and federal requirements. The Vendor shall comply with all laws, rules and regulations of any governmental entity pertaining to its performance under this Agreement. 7.0 Amendments in Writing No amendments to this Agreement shall be effective unless it is in writing and signed by duly authorized representatives of the parties. 8.0 Governing Law This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of Georgia. 9.0 Interpretation of Documents In the event of a conflict in language between this Agreement and any exhibit to this Agreement, the provisions most favorable to the City shall govern. 10.0 Entire Agreement This Agreement constitutes the entire Agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter contained herein; all prior agreements, representations, statements, negotiations, and undertakings are suspended hereby. Neither party has relied on any representation, promise, nor inducement not contained herein. 11.0 Waiver of Agreement The City's failure to enforce any provision of this Agreement or the waiver in a particular instance shall not be construed as a general waiver of any future breach or default. 12.0 Sovereign Immunity Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to be a waiver of the City's sovereign immunity or any individual's qualified good faith or official immunities. 13.0 Notices All other notices, writings or correspondence as required by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed received, and shall be effective, when: (1) personally delivered, or (2) on the third day after the postmark date when mailed by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or (3) upon actual delivery when sent via national overnight commercial carrier to the Parties at the addresses given below, unless a substitute address shall first be furnished to the other Parties by written notice in accordance herewith: NOTICE TO THE CITY shall be sent to: City Manager City of Milton 13000 Deerfield Parkway, Suite 107F Milton, Georgia 30004 NOTICE TO THE VENDOR shall be sent to: FireLine, Inc. 725 Patrick Industrial Lane Winder, Georgia 30680 14.0 No Personal Liability No member, official or employee of the City shall be personally liable to the Vendor or any successor in interest in the event of any default or breach by the City or for any amount which may become due to the Vendor or successor or on any obligation under the terms of this Agreement. Likewise, Vendor's performance of services under this Agreement shall not subject Vendor's individual employees, officers or directors to any personal liability. The Parties agree that their sole and exclusive remedy, claim, demand or suit shall be directed and/or asserted only against Vendor or the City, respectively, and not against any employee, officer, director, or elected or appointed official. 15.0 Employment of Unauthorized Aliens Prohibited (1) E -Verify Affidavit It is the policy of the City of Milton that unauthorized aliens shall not be employed to perform work on City contracts involving the physical performance of services. Therefore, the City shall not enter into a contract for the physical performance of services within the State of Georgia unless: (1) the Contractor shall provide evidence on City -provided forms, attached hereto as Exhibits "D" and "E" (affidavits regarding compliance with the E -Verify program to be sworn under oath under criminal penalty of false swearing pursuant to O.C.G.A. § 16-10-71), that it and Contractor's subcontractors have conducted a verification, under the federal Employment Eligibility Verification ("EEV" or "E - Verify") program, of the social security numbers, or other identifying information now or hereafter accepted by the E -Verify program, of all employees who will perform work on the City contract to ensure that no unauthorized aliens will be employed, or (2) the Contractor provides evidence that it is not required to provide an affidavit because it is licensed pursuant to Title 26 or Title 43 or by the State Bar of Georgia and is in good standing as of the date when the contract for services is to be rendered. The Contractor hereby verifies that it has, prior to executing this Agreement, executed a notarized affidavit, the form of which is provided in Exhibit "D", and submitted such affidavit to City or provided the City with evidence that it is not required to provide such an affidavit because it is licensed and in good standing as noted in subsection (2) above. Further, Contractor hereby agrees to comply with the requirements of the federal Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 (IRCA), P.L. 99-603, O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91 and Rule 300-10-1-.02. In the event the Contractor employs or contracts with any subcontractor(s) in connection with the covered contract, the Contractor agrees to secure from such subcontractor(s) attestation of the subcontractor's compliance with O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91 and Rule 300-10-1-.02 by the subcontractor's execution of the subcontractor affidavit, the form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit "E", which subcontractor affidavit shall become part of the contractor/subcontractor agreement, or evidence that the subcontractor is not required to provide such an affidavit because it is licensed and in good standing as noted in subsection (2) above. If a subcontractor affidavit is obtained, Contractor agrees to provide a completed copy to the City within five (5) business days of receipt from any subcontractor. Where Contractor is required to provide an affidavit pursuant to O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91, the City Manager or his/her designee shall be authorized to conduct an inspection of the Contractor's and Contractor's subcontractors' verification process at any time to determine that the verification was correct and complete. The Contractor and Contractor's subcontractors shall retain all documents and records of their respective verification process for a period of three (3) years following completion of the contract. Further, where Contractor is required to provide an affidavit pursuant to O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91, the City Manager or his/her designee shall further be authorized to conduct periodic inspections to ensure that no City Contractor or Contractor's subcontractors employ unauthorized aliens on City contracts. By entering into a contract with the City, the Contractor and Contractor's subcontractors agree to cooperate with any such investigation by making their records and personnel available upon reasonable notice for inspection and questioning. Where a Contractor or Contractor's subcontractors are found to have employed an unauthorized alien, the City Manager or his/her designee may report same to the Department of Homeland Security. The Contractor's failure to cooperate with the investigation may be sanctioned by termination of the contract, and the Contractor shall be liable for all damages and delays occasioned by the City thereby. Contractor agrees that the employee -number category designated below is applicable to the Contractor. [Information only required if a contractor affidavit is required pursuant to O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91.] 500 or more employees. 100 or more employees. _ Fewer than 100 employees. Contractor hereby agrees that, in the event Contractor employs or contracts with any subcontractor(s) in connection with this Agreement and where the subcontractor is required to provide an affidavit pursuant to O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91, the Contractor will secure from the subcontractor(s) such subcontractor(s) indication of the above employee -number category that is applicable to the subcontractor. The above requirements shall be in addition to the requirements of State and federal law, and shall be construed to be in conformity with those laws. 16.0 Nondiscrimination In accordance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 2000d, section 303 of the Age Discrimination Act of 1975, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 6102, section 202 of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, 42 U.S.C. § 12132, and all other provisions of Federal law, the Vendor agrees that, during performance of this Agreement, Vendor, for itself, its assignees and successors in interest, will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment, any subcontractor, or any supplier because of race, color, creed, national origin, gender, age or disability. In addition, Vendor agrees to comply with all applicable implementing regulations and shall include the provisions of this Section 16.0 in every subcontract for services contemplated under this Agreement. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their duly authorized officers as of the day and year set forth next to each signature. [SIGNATURES ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE] SIGNED, SEALED, AND DELIVERED In the presence of: Attest (Corporate Secretary should attest) MIAM. L Print Nam Notary Pul0c X0�Qto���,' [NOTARY S +C�•F9 IA -1 Q do My Commission Ditr Q CO U IA SIGNED, SEALED, AND DELIVERED In the presence of: Witness jl"7yu. 6-, Notary Pub �t%%11111i/i11�� ���� M, GLOV [NOTARY SEAlie' . My Commission x esT .� . c0 v cc FIRELINE, INC. lv�l&k �4 ig re Print Name Title [AFFIX CORPORATE SEAL] MILTON CITY COUNCIL: Joe Lockwood, Mayor [CITY SEAL] EXHIBIT "A" REQUEST FOR BID/SCOPE OF WORK [ATTACHED] COVER SHEET CITY OF MILTON REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL (THIS IS NOT AN ORDER) RFP Number: 15-FD01 RFP Title: Milton Fire-Rescue Department Aerial Apparatus RFP Due Date and Time: September 15, 2015 @ 2:00pm local time ISSUING DEPARTMENT INFORMATION Procurement Office Contact: Honor Motes Issue Date: July 29, 2015 City of Milton 13000 Deerfield Pkwy, Suite 107F Milton, Ga. 30004 Phone: 678-242-2500 Website: www.cityofmiltonga.us INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS Return Proposal to: City of Milton Attn: Honor Motes, Purchasing Office 13000 Deerfield Pkwy Suite 107F Milton, Ga. 30004 Mark Face of Envelope/Package: Bid Number: 15-FD01 Name of Company or Firm Special Instructions: Deadline for Written Questions August 17, 2015 @ 5:00PM Email questions to Honor Motes at honor.motes@cityofmiltonga.us OFFERORS MUST COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING Offeror Name/Address: Authorized Offeror Signatory: (Please print name and sign in ink) Offeror Phone Number: Offeror FAX Number: Offeror Federal I.D. Number: Offeror E-mail Address: OFFERORS MUST RETURN THIS COVER SHEET WITH RFP RESPONSE . 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS Offeror’s RFP Checklist .............................................................................. Proposal Letter ........................................................................................... Schedule of Events ..................................................................................... Section 1: Project Overview and Instructions ......................................... Section 2: RFP Standard Information ....................................................... Section 3: Scope of Project ....................................................................... Section 4: Offeror Qualifications .............................................................. Section 5: Cost Proposal........................................................................... Section 6: Evaluation Criteria ................................................................... Section 7: Standard Contract Information ............................................... 3 OFFEROR’S RFP CHECKLIST The Most Critical Things to Keep in Mind When Responding to an RFP for the City of Milton 1. _______ Read the entire document. Note critical items such as: mandatory requirements; supplies/services required; submittal dates; number of copies required for submittal; funding amount and source; contract requirements (i.e., contract performance security, insurance requirements, performance and/or reporting requirements, etc.). 2. _______ Note the procurement officer's name, address, phone numbers and e-mail address. This is the only person you are allowed to communicate with regarding the RFP and is an excellent source of information for any questions you may have. 3. _______ Attend the pre-proposal conference if one is offered. These conferences provide an opportunity to ask clarifying questions, obtain a better understanding of the project, or to notify the City of any ambiguities, inconsistencies, or errors in the RFP. 4. _______ Take advantage of the “question and answer” period. Submit your questions to the procurement officer by the due date listed in the Schedule of Events and view the answers given in the formal “addenda” issued for the RFP. 5. _______ Follow the format required in the RFP when preparing your response. Provide point-by-point responses to all sections in a clear and concise manner. 6. _______ Provide complete answers/descriptions. Read and answer all questions and requirements. Don’t assume the City or evaluation committee will know what your company capabilities are or what items/services you can provide, even if you have previously contracted with the City. The proposals are evaluated based solely on the information and materials provided in your response. 7. _______ Use the forms provided, i.e., cover page, sample budget form, certification forms, etc. 8. _______ Review and read the RFP document again to make sure that you have addressed all requirements. Your original response and the requested copies must be identical and be complete. The copies are provided to the evaluation committee members and will be used to score your response. 4 9. _______ Submit your response on time. Note all the dates and times listed in the Schedule of Events and within the document, and be sure to submit all required items on time. Late proposal responses are never accepted. This checklist is provided for assistance only and should not be submitted with Offeror’s Response 5 City of Milton RFP# 15-FD01 PROPOSAL LETTER (Bidder to sign and return with proposal) We propose to furnish and deliver any and all of the deliverables and services named in the Request for Proposal (15-FD01) Milton Fire-Rescue Department Aerial Apparatus. It is understood and agreed that we have read the City’s specifications shown or referenced in the RFP and that this proposal is made in accordance with the provisions of such specifications. By our written signature on this proposal, we guarantee and certify that all items included meet or exceed any and all such City specifications. We further agree, if awarded a contract, to deliver goods and services which meet or exceed the specifications. The City reserves the right to reject any or all proposals, waive technicalities, and informalities, and to make an award in the best interest of the city. PROPOSAL SIGNATURE AND CERTIFICATION I understand collusive bidding is a violation of State and Federal Law and can result in fines, prison sentences, and civil damage awards. I agree to abide by all conditions of the proposal and certify that I am authorized to sign for my company. I further certify that the provisions of the Official Code of Georgia Annotated, Sections 45-10-20 et. seq. have not been violated and will not be violated in any respect. Authorized Signature______________________________Date_______________________ Print/Type Name____________________________________________________________ Print/Type Company Name Here_______________________________________________ 6 SCHEDULE OF EVENTS EVENT DATE RFP Issue Date July 29, 2015 Pre-bid Meeting 10:00 AM on August 10, 2015 (Milton Fire Headquarters - 750 Hickory Flat Rd, Milton GA 30004) Deadline for Receipt of Written Questions 5 PM on August 17, 2015 Response to Questions by the City ….. on or about August 21, 2015 RFP DUE No Later than 2 PM on September 15, 2015 7 SECTION 1: PROJECT OVERVIEW AND INSTRUCTIONS 1.0 BACKGROUND AND STATEMENT OF INTENT Milton, Georgia is a growing community located north of Atlanta with a population of approximately 33,000. Milton Fire-Rescue is a fully paid/professional department operating out of 4 Stations with 60 members. Milton Fire-Rescue is intending to purchase a minimum 100’ rear mounted straight ladder aerial apparatus. (No tank / no pump) The budget for this project has not yet been determined. All Offerors must comply with all general and special requirements of the RFP information and instructions enclosed herein. 1.1 SINGLE POINT OF CONTACT From the date this Request for Proposal (RFP) is issued until an offeror(s) is selected, offeror(s) are not allowed to communicate with any City staff or elected officials regarding this procurement, except at the direction of Honor Motes. Any unauthorized contact may disqualify the offeror from further consideration. Contact information for the single point of contact is as follows: Procurement Office: Honor Motes Address: 13000 Deerfield Parkway, Suite 107F Milton, GA 30004 Telephone Number: 678-242-2507 E-mail Address: honor.motes@cityofmiltonga.us 1.2 REQUIRED REVIEW A. Review RFP. Offerors should carefully review the instructions; mandatory requirements, specifications, standard terms and conditions, and standard contract set out in this RFP and promptly notify the procurement office identified above via e-mail of any ambiguity, inconsistency, unduly restrictive specifications, or error which they discover upon examination of this RFP. B. Form of Questions. 8 Offerors with questions or requiring clarification or interpretation of any section within this RFP must submit their questions in writing via email to Honor Motes on or before 5 PM on August 17, 2015. Each question must provide clear reference to the section, page, and item in question. Questions received after the deadline may not be considered. C. City’s Answers. The City will provide an official written answer to all questions on or about August 21, 2015. The City's response will be by formal written addendum. Any other form of interpretation, correction, or change to this RFP will not be binding upon the City. Any formal written addendum will be will be posted alongside the RFP at http://www.cityofmiltonga.us and http://ssl.doas.state.ga.us/PRSapp/PR_index.jsp. Offerors must sign and return any addendum with their RFP response. D. Standard Contract. By submitting a response to this RFP, offeror agrees to acceptance of the standard terms and conditions and standard contract as set out in Appendices A and B of this RFP. Much of the language included in the standard terms and conditions and standard contract reflects requirements of state law. Requests for exceptions to the standard terms and conditions, standard contract terms, or any added provisions must be submitted to the procurement officer referenced above by the date for receipt of written/e-mailed questions or with the offeror’s RFP response and must be accompanied by an explanation of why the exception is being taken and what specific effect it will have on the offeror’s ability to respond to the RFP or perform the contract. The City reserves the right to address non-material, minor, insubstantial requests for exceptions with the highest scoring offeror during contract negotiation. Any material, substantive, important exceptions requested and granted to the standard terms and conditions and standard contract language will be addressed in any formal written addendum issued for this RFP and will apply to all offerors submitting a response to this RFP. E. Mandatory Requirements. To be eligible for consideration, an offeror must meet the intent of all mandatory requirements. The City will determine whether an offeror’s RFP response complies with the intent of the requirements. RFP responses that do not meet the full intent of all requirements listed in this RFP may be subject to point reductions during the evaluation process or may be deemed non-responsive. 1.3 Reserved 1.4 SUBMITTING A PROPOSAL 9 A. Organization of Proposal. Offerors must organize their proposal into sections that follow the format of this RFP, with tabs separating each section. B. Failure to Comply with Instructions. Offerors failing to comply with these instructions may be subject to point deductions. The City may also choose to not evaluate, may deem non-responsive, and/or may disqualify from further consideration any proposals that do not follow this RFP format, are difficult to understand, are difficult to read, or are missing any requested information. C. Copies Required and Deadline for Receipt of Proposals. One original and four (4) copies of each proposal should be provided to the City. Proposals must be received at the receptionist’s desk prior to 2:00PM, local time, September 15, 2015. Facsimile or emailed responses to requests for proposals are not acceptable. City of Milton Attn: Honor Motes Suite 107F 13000 Deerfield Parkway Milton, GA 30004 D. Late Proposals. Regardless of cause, late proposals will not be accepted and will automatically be disqualified from further consideration. It shall be the offeror’s sole risk to assure delivery to the receptionist's desk at the designated office by the designated time. Late proposals will not be opened and may be returned to the offeror at the expense of the offeror or destroyed if requested. 1.5 OFFEROR'S CERTIFICATION A. Understanding of Specifications and Requirements. By submitting a response to this RFP, offeror agrees to an understanding of and compliance with the specifications and requirements described in this RFP. B. Offer in Effect for 120 Days. 10 A proposal may not be modified, withdrawn or canceled by the offeror for a 120-day period following the deadline for proposal submission as defined in the Schedule of Events, or receipt of best and final offer, if required, and offeror so agrees in submitting the proposal. The City of Milton may, in the event the selected proposer fails to perform and/or the contract is terminated within forty-five days of its initiation, request the proposer submitting the next acceptable proposal to honor its proposal. 1.6 COST OF PREPARING A PROPOSAL A. City Not Responsible for Preparation Costs. The costs for developing and delivering responses to this RFP and any subsequent presentations of the proposal as requested by the City are entirely the responsibility of the offeror. The City is not liable for any expense incurred by the offeror in the preparation and presentation of their proposal. B. All Timely Submitted Materials Become City Property. All materials submitted in response to this RFP become the property of the City of Milton and are to be appended to any formal documentation, which would further define or expand any contractual relationship between the City and offeror resulting from this RFP process. 11 SECTION 2: RFP STANDARD INFORMATION 2.0 AUTHORITY This RFP is issued under the authority of the City of Milton. The RFP process is a procurement option allowing the award to be based on stated evaluation criteria. The RFP states the relative importance of all evaluation criteria. No other evaluation criteria, other than as outlined in the RFP, will be used. 2.1 OFFEROR COMPETITION The City encourages free and open competition among offerors. Whenever possible, the City will design specifications, proposal requests, and conditions to accomplish this objective, consistent with the necessity to satisfy the City’s need to procure technically sound, cost-effective services and supplies. 2.2 RECEIPT OF PROPOSALS AND PUBLIC INSPECTION A. Public Information. All information received in response to this RFP, including copyrighted material, is deemed public information and will be made available for public viewing and copying after the time for receipt of proposals has passed, and the award has been made, with the following four exceptions: (1) bona fide trade secrets meeting confidentiality requirements that have been properly marked, separated, and documented; (2) matters involving individual safety as determined by the City of Milton; (3) any company financial information requested by the City of Milton to determine vendor responsibility, unless prior written consent has been given by the offeror; and (4) other constitutional protections. B. Procurement Officer Review of Proposals. Upon opening the proposals received in response to this RFP, the procurement office will review the proposals and separate out any information that meets the referenced exceptions in Section 2.2(A) above, providing the following conditions have been met: 1. Confidential information is clearly marked and separated from the rest of the proposal. 2. The proposal does not contain confidential material in the cost or price section. 12 3. An affidavit from an offeror’s legal counsel attesting to and explaining the validity of the trade secret claim is attached to each proposal containing trade secrets. Please contact Honor Motes for additional information. Information separated out under this process will be available for review only by the procurement office, the evaluation committee members, and limited other designees. Offerors must be prepared to pay all legal costs and fees associated with defending a claim for confidentiality in the event of a “right to know” (open records) request from another party. 2.3 CLASSIFICATION AND EVALUATION OF PROPOSALS A. Initial Classification of Proposals as Responsive or Nonresponsive. Proposals may be found nonresponsive at any time during the evaluation process or contract negotiation, if any of the required information is not provided; the submitted price is found to be excessive or inadequate as measured by criteria stated in the RFP; or the proposal is not within the specifications described and required in the RFP. If a proposal is found to be nonresponsive, it will not be considered further. B. Determination of Responsibility. The procurement office will determine if an offeror has met the standards of responsibility. Such a determination may be made at any time during the evaluation process and through contract negotiation if information surfaces that would result in a determination of nonresponsive. C. Evaluation of Proposals. The evaluation committee will evaluate the remaining proposals and recommend whether to award the contract to the highest scoring offeror or, if necessary, to seek discussion/negotiation or a best and final offer in order to determine the highest scoring offeror. All responsive proposals will be evaluated based on stated evaluation criteria. In scoring against stated criteria, the City may consider such factors as accepted industry standards and a comparative evaluation of all other qualified RFP responses in terms of differing price, quality, and contractual factors. These scores will be used to determine the most advantageous offering to the City. D. Completeness of Proposals. Selection and award will be based on the offeror’s proposal and other items outlined in this RFP. Submitted responses may not include references to information located elsewhere, such as Internet websites or libraries, unless specifically requested. 13 Information or materials presented by offerors outside the formal response or subsequent discussion/negotiation or “best and final offer,” if requested, will not be considered, will have no bearing on any award, and may result in the offeror being disqualified from further consideration. E. Opportunity for Discussion/Negotiation and/or Oral Presentation/Product Demonstration. After receipt of all proposals and prior to the determination of the award, the City may initiate discussions with one or more offerors should clarification or negotiation be necessary. Offerors may also be required to make an oral presentation and/or product demonstration to clarify their RFP response or to further define their offer. In either case, offerors should be prepared to send qualified personnel to Milton, Georgia to discuss technical and contractual aspects of the proposal. Oral presentations and product demonstrations, if requested, shall be at the offeror’s expense. F. Best and Final Offer. The “Best and Final Offer” is an option available to the City under the RFP process which permits the City to request a “best and final offer” from one or more offerors if additional information is required to make a final decision. Offerors may be contacted asking that they submit their “best and final offer,” which must include any and all discussed and/or negotiated changes. The City reserves the right to request a “best and final offer” for this RFP, if any, based on price/cost alone. G. Evaluation Committee Recommendation for Contract Award. The evaluation committee will provide a written recommendation for contract award. H. Request for Documents Notice. Upon concurrence with the evaluation committee’s recommendation for contract award, the procurement officer may issue a “Request for Documents Notice” to the highest scoring offeror to obtain the required insurance documents, contract performance security, and any other necessary documents. Receipt of the “Request for Documents Notice” does not constitute a contract and no work may begin until a contract signed by all parties is in place. I. Contract Negotiation. The procurement officer and/or city department representatives may begin contract negotiation with the responsive and responsible offeror whose proposal achieves the 14 highest score and is, therefore, the most advantageous to the City. If contract negotiation is unsuccessful or the highest scoring offeror fails to provide necessary documents or information in a timely manner, or fails to negotiate in good faith, the City may terminate negotiations and begin negotiations with the next highest scoring offeror. J. Contract Award. Contract award, if any, will be made to the highest scoring offeror who provides all required documents and successfully completes contract negotiation. 2.4 RIGHTS RESERVED While the City has every intention to award a contract as a result of this RFP, issuance of the RFP in no way constitutes a commitment by the City of Milton to award and execute a contract. Upon a determination such actions would be in its best interest, the City, in its sole discretion, reserves the right to: 1. Reject any or all Proposals received. The City is not obligated to request clarifications or additional information but may do so at its discretion. The City reserves the right to extend the deadline for submittals or to cancel or modify this RFP at any time. 2. Waive any undesirable, inconsequential, or inconsistent provisions of this RFP which would not have significant impact on any proposal, 3. Not award if it is in the best interest of the City not to proceed with contract execution, 4. The City may elect not to negotiate further with the selected CM at the conclusion of the preconstruction services phase and may elect to terminate, rebid or select other options that may be deemed to be in the best interest of the City, 5. If awarded, terminate any contract in accordance with the terms and conditions of the contract if the City determines adequate funds are not available. 15 SECTION 3: SCOPE OF PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS FOR A MINIMUM 100' HEAVY DUTY REAR MOUNTED AERIAL LADDER Sealed bids will be received by City of Milton Fire Dept. for the furnishing of all necessary labor, equipment and material for the Fire Apparatus and other equipment as outlined in the following specifications. INTENT OF SPECIFICATIONS It shall be the intent of these specifications to cover the furnishing and delivery of a complete fire apparatus. These detailed specifications cover the requirements as to the type of construction, finish, equipment and tests to which the fire apparatus shall conform. Minor details of construction and materials, which are not otherwise specified, are to be discussed with the Fire Chief or designee. Images and illustrative material in this specification are as accurate as known at the time of publication, but are subject to change without notice. Images and illustrative material is for reference only, and may include optional equipment and accessories and may not include all standard equipment. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS The purchaser's standards for bidding automotive fire apparatus must be strictly adhered to, and all bid forms and questions must be complete and submitted with the bid. Omissions and variations shall result in immediate rejection of the bid. Bids shall only be considered from companies that have an established reputation in the field of fire apparatus construction and have been in business for a minimum of 20 years. Furthermore, in order to insure fair, ethical, and legal competition, neither the original equipment manufacturer (O.E.M.) nor parent company of the O.E.M. shall have ever been fined or convicted of price fixing, bid rigging, or collusion in any domestic or international fire apparatus market (no exception). If a bidder represents more than one fire Apparatus Company or brands of apparatus, they must only bid the top of the line that meets specification. Each bidder shall furnish satisfactory evidence of their ability to construct the apparatus specified. Any apparatus manufacturer or their parent company that has had a performance bond called in the last 10 years shall not be eligible to bid. Any bids from these manufactures shall be immediately rejected (no exception). Each bid shall be accompanied by a set of manufacturer's set of specifications consisting of a detailed description of the apparatus, construction methods, and equipment proposed to which the apparatus furnished under contract shall conform. These specifications shall indicate size, type, model and make of all components parts and equipment, providing proof of compliance with each and every item in the departments advertised specifications. A letter only, even though written on company letterhead, shall not be sufficient. An exception to this requirement shall not be acceptable. In accordance with the current edition of NFPA 1901 standards, the proposal shall specify whether the fire department or apparatus dealership shall provide required loose equipment. The purchaser will utilize this advertised specification to compare all submitted bid proposals. To facilitate comparison, all bid proposal specifications shall be submitted in the same sequence as the advertised specification. Any bidder who fails to submit a set of bid proposal specifications, or who photo copies and submits these specifications as their own construction details will be considered non responsive. This shall render such proposal ineligible for award. 16 The purchaser's specification shall, in all cases, govern the construction of the apparatus, unless a properly documented exception or deviation was approved. Any bid indicating that the manufacturer's proposal shall supersede the purchaser's specification will be considered a complete substitute and immediately rejected. The successful bidder shall execute purchaser’s standard agreement form. THE PURCHASER HAS THE RIGHT TO REJECT ANY BIDS WHICH DOES NOT MEET THESE SPECIFICATIONS AND IS THE SOLE DECIDER TO DEEM WHICH BID IS IN THE BEST INTEREST OF THE PURCHASER. EXCEPTIONS These specifications are based upon design and performance criteria which have been developed by the fire department. Subsequently these specifications reflect the only type of fire apparatus that is acceptable at this time and all specifications herein contained are considered as minimum. Therefore exceptions to the specifications may or may not be accepted. Bidders shall indicate in the "yes/no" column if their bid complies on each item (paragraph) specified. If a product brand name is specified and is commercially available to all bidders, an exception to such items is not acceptable and such bid may be rejected. Exceptions shall be allowed if they are equal to or superior to that specified and provided they are listed and fully explained on a separate page. All deviations, no matter how slight, shall be clearly explained on a separate sheet, in the bid sequence, citing the page and paragraph number(s) of the specifications, how the proposal deviation is different, how the deviation meets or exceeds the specifications and why it is necessary, and entitled "EXCEPTIONS TO SPECIFICATIONS". The buyer reserves the right to require a bidder to provide proof in each case that a substituted item is equal to that specified. The buyer shall be the sole judge in determination of acceptable substitutes. Proposals that are found to have deviations without listing them or bids taking total exceptions to these advertised specifications will be rejected (no exception). Bids not including all exceptions is a material breach and shall result in the bid being immediately rejected (no exception). GENERAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION The cab, chassis, and body are to be entirely designed, assembled and painted by the prime vehicle manufacturer, which minimizes third party involvement on engineering, design, service and warranty issues. All bidders shall provide a list of the company, manufacturing location, and engineering source for each individual major component, including but not limited to the welded cab assembly, the chassis assembly, body and electrical system. Apparatus using any subcontracted cab, chassis, pump module, electrical system or body will not be acceptable. The apparatus shall be designed with due consideration to distribution of load between the front and rear axles. Weight balance and distribution shall be in accordance with the recommendations of the National Fire Protection Association. The bidder shall make accurate statements as to the apparatus weight and dimensions. QUALITY AND WORKMANSHIP All steel welding shall follow American welding Society D1.1-2004 recommendations for structural steel welding. All aluminum welding shall follow American welding Society and ANSI D1.2-2003 requirements for structural welding of aluminum. All sheet metal welding shall follow American Welding Society B2.1-2000 requirements for structural welding of sheet metal. The manufacturer shall also be certified to operate a Quality Management System under the requirements of ISO 9001. These standards sponsored by the International organization for 17 Standardization (ISO) specify the quality systems that shall be established by the manufacturer for design, manufacture, installation and service. A copy of the certificate of compliance shall be included with the bid. The workmanship must be the highest quality in its respective field. Special consideration will be given to the following points: Accessibility to various areas requiring periodic maintenance, ease of operation (including both operation and driving) and symmetrical proportions. Construction must be rugged and ample safety factors must be provided to carry loads as specified and to meet both on and off road requirements and speed as set forth under “Performance Test and Requirements”. To demonstrate the quality of the product and service, each bidder shall provide a list of at least three (3) fire departments/municipalities in the region that have bought a second time from the representing dealer. DELIVERY Apparatus, to insure proper break in of all components while still under warranty, shall be delivered under its own power - rail or truck freight shall not be acceptable. A qualified delivery representative shall deliver the apparatus and remain for a sufficient length of time to instruct personnel in proper operation, care and maintenance of the equipment delivered. MANUALS AND SERVICE INFORMATION The manufacturer shall supply at time of delivery, complete operation and maintenance manuals covering the complete apparatus as delivered. A permanent plate shall be mounted in the driver’s compartment which specifies the quantity and type of fluid required including engine oil, engine coolant, transmission, pump transmission lubrication, pump primer and drive axle. SAFETY VIDEO Since video is much more effective than written documentation and can be replayed for new personnel and as a refresher for existing personnel, an apparatus safety video, in DVD format shall be provided at time of delivery. This video shall address key safety considerations for personnel to follow when they are driving, operating, and maintaining the apparatus. Safety procedures for the following shall be included on the video: vehicle pre trip inspection, chassis operation and maintenance. PERFORMANCE TESTS AND REQUIREMENTS A road test shall be conducted with the apparatus fully loaded and a continuous run of ten (10) miles or more shall be made under all driving conditions, during which time the apparatus shall show no loss of power or overheating. The transmission drive shaft or shafts, and rear axle shall run quietly and be free from abnormal vibration or noise throughout the operating range of the apparatus. Vehicle shall adhere to the following parameters: A) The apparatus, when fully equipped and loaded, shall have not less than 25 percent nor more than 50 percent of the weight on the front axle, and not less than 50 percent nor more than 75 percent on the rear axle. B) The apparatus shall be capable of accelerating to 35 mph from a standing start within 25 seconds on a level concrete highway without exceeding the maximum governed rpm of the engine. C) The service brakes shall be capable of stopping a fully loaded vehicle in 35 feet at 25 mph on a level concrete highway. The air brake system shall conform to Federal Motor vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS) 121. D) The apparatus, fully loaded, shall be capable of obtaining a speed of 50 mph on a level concrete highway with the engine not exceeding the governed rpm (full load). 18 FAILURE TO MEET TEST In the event the apparatus fails to meet the test requirements of these specifications on the first trial, second trials may be made at the option of the bidder within 30 days of the date of the first trial. Such trials shall be final and conclusive and failure to comply with these requirements shall be cause for rejection failure to comply with changes to conform to any clause of the specifications, within 30 days after notice is given to the bidder of such changes, shall also be cause for rejection of the apparatus. Permission to keep or store the apparatus in any building owned or occupied by the purchaser or its use by the purchaser during the above-specified period with the permission of the bidder shall not constitute acceptance. SERVICE AND WARRANTY SUPPORT (DEALERSHIP) TO INSURE FULL SERVICE AFTER DELIVERY, THE SELLING BIDDER/DEALERSHIP MUST BE CAPABLE OF PROVIDING SERVICE WHEN REQUIRED. The bidder/dealership shall show that the company is in position to render prompt service and to furnish replacement parts. Each bidder/dealership must be able to display that they are actively in the fire apparatus service business by operating in conjunction with a factory authorized service center and parts repository capable of satisfying the warranty service requirements and parts requirements of the vehicle(s) being purchased. The bidder/dealership must state the location of this authorized service center. This service center must have a staff of factory-trained mechanics, well versed in all aspects of service for all major components of the apparatus. The service center must be within one hundred fifty (150) miles of the Fire Department. FAMA Compliance Manufacturer must be a current member of the Fire Apparatus Manufacturers Association. LIABILITY The successful bidder shall defend any and all suits and assume all liability for the use of any patented process including any device or article forming a part of the apparatus or any appliance furnished under the contract. To ensure this will occur, the bidder shall carry the following minimum insurance. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE The successful bidder shall, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial general liability insurance: Each Occurrence$1,000,000 Products/Completed Operations Aggregate$1,000,000 Personal and Advertising Injury$1,000,000 General Aggregate$5,000,000 Coverage shall be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy shall be written on an occurrence form and shall include Contractual Liability coverage for bodily injury and property damage subject to the terms and conditions of the policy. The policy shall include Owner as an additional insured when required by written contract. COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE The successful bidder shall, during the performance of the contract keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial automobile liability insurance: Each Accident Combined Single Limit:$1,000,000 Coverage shall be written on a Commercial Automobile liability form. 19 UMBRELLA/EXCESS LIABILITY INSURANCE The successful bidder shall, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of umbrella liability insurance: Aggregate: $25,000,000 Each Occurrence: $25,000,000 The umbrella policy shall be written on an occurrence basis and at a minimum provide excess to the Bidder's General Liability, Automobile Liability and Employer's Liability policies. The required limits can be provided by one (1) or more policies provided all other insurance requirements are met. Coverage shall be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Bests. All policies shall provide a 30 day notice of cancellation to the named insured. The Certificate of Insurance shall provide the following cancellation clause: Should any of the above described polices be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, notice shall be delivered in accordance with the policy provisions. Bidder agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above along with its bid. The certificate shall show the purchaser as certificate holder. SINGLE SOURCE MANUFACTURER Bids shall only be accepted from a single source apparatus manufacturer. The definition of single source is a manufacturer that designs and manufactures their products using an integrated approach, including the chassis, cab weldment, cab, body and aerial device being designed, fabricated and assembled on the bidder's premises. The electrical system (hardwire or multiplex) shall be both designed and integrated by the same apparatus manufacturer. The warranties relative to these major components (excluding component warranties such as engine, transmission, axles, pump, etc.) must be from a single source manufacturer and not split between manufacturers (i.e. body, cab weldment, chassis and aerial). The bidder shall provide evidence that they comply with this requirement. The bidder shall state the location of the factory where the apparatus is to be built. NFPA STANDARDS This unit shall comply with the most recent NFPA standards. Except for fire department specifications that differ from NFPA specifications. These exceptions shall be set forth in the Statement of Exceptions. Certification of slip resistance of all stepping, standing and walking surfaces shall be supplied with delivery of the apparatus. A plate that is highly visible to the driver while seated shall be provided. This plate shall show the overall height, length, and gross vehicle weight rating. The manufacturer shall have programs in place for training, proficiency testing and performance for any staff involved with certifications. An official of the company shall designate, in writing, who is qualified to witness and certify test results. NFPA COMPLIANCY Apparatus proposed by the bidder shall meet the applicable requirements of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) as stated in current edition at time of contract execution. Fire department's specifications that differ from NFPA specifications shall be indicated in the proposal as "non-NFPA". VEHICLE INSPECTION PROGRAM CERTIFICATION To assure the vehicle is built to current NFPA standards, the apparatus, in its entirety, shall be third-party, independent, audit-certified through Underwriters Laboratory (UL) that it is built and 20 complies to all applicable standards in the current edition of NFPA 1901. The certification includes: all design, production, operational, and performance testing of not only the apparatus, but those components that are installed on the apparatus (no exception). A placard shall be affixed in the driver's side area stating the third party agency, the date, the standard and the certificate number of the whole vehicle audit. INSPECTION CERTIFICATE A third party inspection certificate for the aerial device shall be furnished upon delivery of the aerial device. The certificate shall be Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Type 1 and shall indicate that the aerial device has been inspected on the production line and after final assembly. Visual structural inspections shall be performed on all welds on both aluminum and steel ladders. On critical weld areas, or on any suspected defective area, the following tests shall be conducted: - Magnetic particle inspection shall be conducted on steel aerials to assure the integrity of the weldments and to detect any flaws or weaknesses. Magnets shall be placed on each side of the weld while iron powder is placed on the weld itself. The powder shall detect any crack that may exist. This test shall conform to ASTM E709 and be performed prior to assembly of the aerial device. - A liquid penetrant test shall be conducted on aluminum aerials to assure the integrity of the weldments and to detect any flaws or weaknesses. This test shall conform to ASTM E165 and be performed prior to assembly of the aerial device. - Ultrasonic inspection shall be conducted on all aerials to detect any flaws in pins, bolts and other critical mounting components. In addition to the tests above, functional tests, load tests, and stability tests shall be performed on all aerials. These tests shall determine any unusual deflection, noise, vibration, or instability characteristics of the unit. GENERATOR TEST If the unit has a generator, the generator shall be tested, approved, and certified by Underwriters Laboratories at the manufacturer's expense. The test results shall be provided to the Fire Department at the time of delivery. BREATHING AIR TEST If the unit has breathing air, the apparatus manufacturer shall draw an air sample from the air system and certify that the air quality meets the requirements of NFPA 1989, Standard on Breathing Air Quality for Fire and Emergency Services Respiratory Protection. REQUIREMENTS OF THE APPARATUS MANUFACTURER The manufacturer of the apparatus must be fully owned and managed by a Parent Company, Corporation, Partnership, or that is a company 100% held in the United States of America. Proposals from any manufacturer that is fully or partially owned and/or operated by a Foreign Company, Corporation, Partnership, or that is a company under any type of ownership, partnership, or any similar type of agreement shall be rejected immediately and their bid disqualified. INSPECTION TRIP(S) The bidder shall provide two (2) factory inspection trip(s) for up to 5 customer representative(s). The inspection trip(s) shall be scheduled at times mutually agreed upon between the manufacturer's representative and the customer. All costs such as travel, lodging and meals shall be the responsibility of the bidder. 21 BID BOND All bidders shall provide a bid bond as security for the bid in the form of a 10% bid bond to accompany their bid. This bid bond shall be issued by a Surety Company who is listed on the U.S. Treasury Departments list of acceptable sureties as published in Department Circular 570. The bid bond shall be issued by an authorized representative of the Surety Company and shall be accompanied by a certified power of attorney dated on or before the date of bid. The bid bond shall be on the form provided by Owner. Proposals received from bidders who do not manufacture the chassis shall provide a warranty that shall be issued jointly and severally by, and signed by, both the bidder and the chassis manufacturer. If the successful bidder does not manufacture the chassis, the bidder shall supply a warranty bond, in addition to their performance bond, along with their signed contract. This warranty bond shall guarantee all terms and conditions of the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty and names both the bidder and chassis manufacturer as co-principals. This warranty bond shall be issued for the contract amount and shall remain in force for a term which is consistent with the term of the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty. Notwithstanding any document or assertion to the contrary, any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle shall apply only to the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle. Any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle shall not apply to any other warranties that are included within this bid (OEM or otherwise) or to the warranties (if any) of any third party of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. In the event of any contradiction or inconsistency between this provision and any other document or assertion, this provision shall prevail. PERFORMANCE/PAYMENT BOND NOT REQUESTED A performance and payment bond shall not be included. If requested at a later date, bond forms shall be provided to you for an additional cost and the following shall apply: The successful bidder shall furnish Performance and Payment bonds (Bonds) equal to 100 percent of the total contract amount within 30 days of the notice of award. Such Bonds shall be on Owner’s forms and issued by a surety company included within the Department of Treasury's Listing of Approved Sureties (Department Circular 570) with a minimum A.M. Best Financial Strength Rating of A and Size Category of XV. In the event of bonds issued by a surety of a lesser Size Category, a minimum Financial Strength rating of A+ is required. Bidder and Bidder's surety agree that any Bonds issued hereunder, whether expressly stated or not, also includes the surety's guarantee of the vehicle manufacturer's Bumper to Bumper warranty period included within this proposal. Owner agrees that the penal amount of such bonds shall be simultaneously amended to 25 percent of the total contract amount upon satisfactory acceptance and delivery of the vehicle(s) included herein. Notwithstanding anything contained within this contract to the contrary, the surety's liability for any warranties of any type shall not exceed three (3) years from the date of such satisfactory acceptance and delivery, or the actual Bumper to Bumper warranty period, whichever is shorter. APPROVAL DRAWING A drawing of the proposed apparatus shall be provided for approval before construction begins. The sales representative shall also have a copy of the same drawing. The finalized and approved drawing shall become part of the contract documents. This drawing shall indicate the chassis make and model, location of the lights, siren, horns, compartments, major components, etc. A "revised" approval drawing of the apparatus shall be prepared and submitted by the manufacturer to the purchaser showing any changes made to the approval drawing. 22 ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS Two (2) electrical wiring diagrams, prepared for the model of chassis and body, shall be provided. CHASSIS Chassis provided shall be a new, tilt-type custom fire apparatus. The chassis shall be designed and manufactured for heavy-duty service, with adequate strength, capacity for the intended load to be sustained, and the type of service required. The chassis shall be the manufacturer's heavy-duty line tilt cab. MAXIMUM OVERALL HEIGHT The maximum overall height of the apparatus shall be 11’ 8” (140"). MAXIMUM OVERALL LENGTH The maximum overall length of the apparatus shall be 42’. WHEELBASE The wheelbase of the vehicle shall be no greater than 240”. FRAME The chassis frame will be of ladder type design utilizing industry accepted engineering best practices. The frame will be specifically designed for fire apparatus use. FRONT AXLE The front axle shall be appropriately sized to meet the requirements stated in the “Performance and Test Requirements” of this document. The turning angle capabilities shall be disclosed with the bid. A viewing window shall be provided on each side of the axle for checking the oil level. STEERING CRAMP ANGLE CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer shall provide, at time of bid, a letter from an independent third party testing agency stating they approve the steering cramp angle. Highly specialized options may limit the cramp. FRONT SUSPENSION The front suspension shall be appropriately sized to meet the requirements stated in the “Performance and Test Requirements” of this document. SHOCK ABSORBERS The shock absorbers shall be appropriately sized to meet the requirements stated in the “Performance and Test Requirements” of this document. FRONT OIL SEALS Oil seals with viewing window shall be provided on the front axle. TIRES Shall be appropriately sized and rated for weight of the apparatus to include tools and equipment. The tires shall be mounted on Alcoa Dura-Bright® polished aluminum disc type wheels. REAR AXLE The rear axle shall be appropriately sized to meet the requirements stated in the “Performance and Test Requirements” of this document and be a tandem design. 23 An inter-axle differential, which divides torque evenly between axles, shall be provided with an indicator light mounted on the cab instrument panel. Lubrication A Vogel centralized lubrication system shall be provided. TOP SPEED OF VEHICLE A rear axle ratio shall be furnished that will allow the vehicle to reach a top speed of 60 mph and satisfy the requirements for speed as stated in the “Performance Test and Requirements” section of this specification. REAR SUSPENSION The rear suspension shall be appropriately sized to meet the requirements stated in the “Performance and Test Requirements” of this document. REAR OIL SEALS Oil seals shall be provided on the rear axle. GEAR LUBE The rear axle shall be supplied with gear lube, as recommended by the axle manufacturer. DIFFERENTIAL VENTS The axle differential vents shall be remote mounted in the chassis approximately 40.00" above the ground. HUB COVERS (REAR) Stainless steel baby moon covers shall be provided over the rear axle hubs. CHROME LUG NUT COVERS Chrome lug nut covers shall be supplied on front and rear wheels. MUD FLAPS Hard Rubber Mud flaps shall be installed behind the front and rear wheels of the apparatus. TIRE, AIR PRESSURE MONITORING All tires will have a tire pressure sensor provided. The pressure sensor will indicate if a particular tire is not properly inflated by means of an illuminating light. A total of ten (10) indicators will be provided. Automatic Tire Chain System The apparatus will be equipped with an On-Spot Automatic Tire chain system. There will be one driver’s side and one passenger side unit. A continuous duty solenoid will be provided and activated by a dashboard switch which opens and allows compressed air to flow to the chain units. Compressed air will be delivered to the solenoid form the vehicles air tank. A 12 volt dashboard switch will be provided so that the operator may engage the chains from the driver’s seat. The switch will come complete with a guard to prevent accidental activation and a light to signify its activation. A dashboard sticker with operating instructions will be provided. WHEEL CHOCKS There shall be two (2) pair of folding Ziamatic, Model SAC-44-E, aluminum alloy, Quick-Choc wheel blocks with easy-grip handle provided or equivalent. 24 WHEEL CHOCK BRACKETS There shall be two (2) pair of Zico, Model SQCH-44-H, horizontal mounting wheel chock brackets provided for the Ziamatic, Model SAC-44-E, folding wheel chocks or equivalent. The brackets shall be made of aluminum and consist of a quick release spring loaded rod to hold the wheel chocks in place. The bracket mounting location to be determined at the pre- construction meeting. ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM The vehicle shall be equipped with a Wabco 6S6M, anti-lock braking system or equivalent. The ABS shall provide a six (6) channel anti-lock braking control on both the front and rear wheels. A digitally controlled system that utilizes microprocessor technology shall control the anti-lock braking system. Each wheel shall be monitored by the system. When any wheel begins to lockup, a signal shall be sent to the control unit. This control unit shall then reduce the braking of that wheel for a fraction of a second and then reapply the brake. This anti-lock brake system shall eliminate the lockup of any wheel thus helping to prevent the apparatus from skidding out of control. AUTOMATIC TRACTION CONTROL An anti-slip feature shall be included with the ABS. The Automatic Traction Control shall be used for traction in poor road and weather conditions. The Automatic Traction Control shall act as an electronic differential lock that shall not allow a driving wheel to spin, thereby supplying traction at all times. The ABS electronic control unit (ECU) shall work with the engine ECU, sharing information concerning wheel slip. Engine ECU shall use information to control engine speed, allowing only as much throttle application as required for the available traction, regardless of how much the driver is asking for. A "mud/snow" switch shall be provided on the instrument panel. Activation of the switch shall allow additional tire slip to let the truck climb out and get on top of deep snow or mud. BRAKES The service brake system shall be full air type by Meritor™ or equivalent. Front brakes shall be Model EX225 Disc Plus or equivalent, disc type with automatic pad wear adjustment and 17.00" ventilated rotors for improved stopping distance. The rear brakes shall be Meritor™, Disc Plus, EX225 or equivalent disc operated with automatic slack adjusters and a 17.00" ventilated rotor for improved stopping distance. AIR COMPRESSOR, BRAKE SYSTEM The air compressor shall be a Bendix®, Model BA-921, with 15.80 cubic feet per minute output at 1,250 rpm or equivalent. BRAKE SYSTEM The brake system shall include: - Bendix dual brake treadle valve with vinyl covered foot surface - Two (2) air pressure gauges with a red warning light and an audible alarm, that activates when air pressure falls below 60 psi - Spring set parking brake system - Parking brake operated by a push-pull style control valve - A parking "brake on" indicator light on instrument panel - Park brake relay/inversion and anti-compounding valve, in conjunction with a double check valve system, shall be provided with an automatic spring brake application at 40 psi 25 - A pressure protection valve shall be provided to prevent all air operated accessories from drawing air from the air system when the system pressure drops below 80 psi (550 kPa). The air tank shall be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750 hour salt spray test. To reduce the effects of corrosion, the air tank shall be mounted with stainless steel brackets. BRAKE SYSTEM AIR DRYER The air dryer shall be WABCO System Saver 1200 with spin-on coalescing filter cartridge. BRAKE LINES Color-coded nylon brake lines shall be provided. The lines shall be wrapped in a heat protective loom where necessary in the chassis. AIR INLET One (1) air inlet with male coupling shall be provided. It shall allow station air to be supplied to the apparatus brake system through a shoreline hose. The inlet shall be located in the driver side lower step well of cab. A check valve shall be provided to prevent reverse flow of air. The inlet shall discharge into the "wet" tank of the brake system. A mating female coupling shall also be provided with the loose equipment. ALL WHEEL LOCK-UP An additional all wheel lock-up system shall be installed which applies air to the front brakes only. The standard spring brake control valve system shall be used for the rear. AIR TANK, ADDITIONAL An additional air tank with 1454 cubic inch displacement shall be provided to increase the capacity of the front air brake system. This tank shall be plumbed into the front half of the brake system. The air tank shall be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750 hour spray test. To reduce the effects of corrosion, the air tank shall be mounted with stainless steel brackets. GUARD, FRONT WHEEL LOCK A U-bolt type protective guard shall be installed over the "Front Wheel Lock" knob to prevent accidental activation of the brake, may be deleted based upon its location in cab. U-BOLT GUARD OVER PARKING BRAKE KNOB There shall be two (2) U-bolt type protective guard(s) installed over the "Parking Brake" knob to prevent accidental activation of the brake. The guard shall be located on the driver's side. May be deleted based upon location in cab AUTOMATIC MOISTURE EJECTOR(S) One (1) automatic moisture ejector, Bendix®, Model DV-2 or equivalent, shall be installed in the brake system. MANUAL MOISTURE EJECTOR(S) Manual moisture ejectors shall be installed in the brake system. The moisture ejector shall be remote mounted on the driver side of vehicle, as close to the edge of vehicle as possible. All chains will be stainless steel and a loop shall be provided at the moisture ejector, to allow for ease of pulling the drain. Each moisture ejector shall have a label directly under the ejector, stating air tank drain. Nylon tubing, .38" diameter, shall be routed from the air tank to the moisture ejector. The nylon tubing shall be covered with protective split loom. 26 The moisture ejector(s) shall be provided on the reservoir(s). COMPRESSION FITTINGS ONLY Any nylon hose fitting provided on the apparatus shall be compression type. Push lock fittings shall not be acceptable for nylon hose connections. Compression type fittings shall be provided in the following areas where applicable: (Any areas not listed below where nylon hose is provided shall have compression type.) Cab Exterior Airlines routed into cab Cab Steps Cab Interior Seats Instrument Panel Accessory Panel Gauges Compressor Pump Shift Chassis Chassis Brakes Brake Accessories Air Horns Fan Clutch Solenoid Air Inlet/Outlet Air tanks Air tank drains Suspension Glad Hands Air Regulator Fan Clutch Body Exterior Air Inlet/Outlet Hydraulic Ladder Rack Locks Body Interior Compressor Air Tools 27 ENGINE The chassis shall be powered by an electronically controlled engine as described below: Make: TBD Model: TBD Power: Minimum 500 hp Torque: TBD Governed Speed: TBD Emissions Level: Must meet/exceed current industry standards. Fuel: Diesel Cylinders: Six (6) Displacement: Starter: Fuel Filters: Dual cartridge style with check valve, water separator, and water in fuel sensor Coolant Filter: Cartridge style with shut off valves on the supply and return line The engine shall include On-board diagnostics (OBD), which provides self-diagnostic and reporting. The system shall give the owner or repair technician access to state of health information for various vehicle sub systems. The system shall monitor vehicle systems, engine and after treatment. The system shall illuminate a malfunction indicator light on the dash console if a problem is detected. HIGH IDLE A high idle switch shall be provided, inside the cab, on the instrument panel, that shall automatically maintain a preset engine rpm. A switch shall be installed, at the cab instrument panel, for activation/deactivation. The high idle shall be operational only when the parking brake is on and the truck transmission is in neutral. A green indicator light shall be provided, adjacent to the switch. The light shall illuminate when the above conditions are met. The light shall be labeled "OK to Engage High Idle." ENGINE BRAKE A Telma engine brake or equivalent is to be installed with the controls located on the instrument panel within easy reach of the driver. The driver shall be able to turn the engine brake system on/off and have a high, medium and low setting. The engine brake shall be installed in such a manner that when the engine brake is slowing the vehicle the brake lights are activated. The ABS system shall automatically disengage the auxiliary braking device when required. CLUTCH FAN A Horton® or equivalent fan clutch shall be provided. The fan clutch shall be automatic when the pump transmission is in "Road" position, and fully engaged in "Pump" position. 28 ENGINE AIR INTAKE The air intake with an ember separator shall be mounted high on the passenger side of the cab, to the front of the crew cab door. The ember separator is designed to prevent road dirt and recirculating hot air from entering the engine. The ember separator shall be easily accessible through a hinged stainless steel grille, with one (1) flush quarter turn latch. EXHAUST SYSTEM The exhaust system shall include a diesel particulate filter (DPF) and a selective catalytic reduction (SCR) device to meet current EPA standards. The exhaust system shall be stainless steel from the turbo to the inlet of the SCR device and shall be 5.00" in diameter. An insulation wrap shall be provided on all exhaust pipes between the turbo and SCR to minimize the transfer of heat to the cab. The exhaust shall terminate horizontally ahead of the passenger side rear wheels. A tailpipe diffuser shall be provided to reduce the temperature of the exhaust as it exits. Heat deflector shields shall be provided to isolate chassis and body components from the heat of the tailpipe diffuser. The tailpipe will be fitted with a Magna Grip connector. RADIATOR The radiator and the complete cooling system shall meet or exceed NFPA and engine manufacturer cooling system standards. For maximum cooling performance, the radiator core shall be made of copper fins having a serpentine design, soldered to brass tubes. The tubes shall be welded to brass headers using the patented Beta-Weld process for increased strength, longer road life and solder-bloom corrosion protection. The radiator core shall have a minimum frontal area of 1,396 square inches. Steel supply and return tanks shall be bolted to the core headers and steel side channels to complete the radiator assembly. The radiator shall be compatible with commercial antifreeze solutions. The radiator shall be mounted in such a manner as to prevent the development of leaks caused by twisting or straining when the apparatus operates over uneven ground. The radiator assembly shall be isolated from the chassis frame rails with rubber isolators. The radiator shall include an integral de-aeration tank, with a remote-mounted overflow tank. For visual coolant level inspection, the radiator shall have a built-in sight glass. The radiator shall be equipped with a 15 psi pressure relief cap. A drain port shall be located at the lowest point of the cooling system and/or the bottom of the radiator to permit complete flushing of the coolant from the system. A heavy-duty fan shall draw in fresh, cool air through the radiator. Shields or baffles shall be provided to prevent recirculation of hot air to the inlet side of the radiator. COOLANT LINES Gates, or Goodyear, rubber hose shall be used for all engine coolant lines installed by the chassis manufacturer. Hose clamps shall be stainless steel constant torque type to prevent coolant leakage. They shall react to temperature changes in the cooling system and expand or contract accordingly while maintaining a constant clamping pressure on the hose. FUEL TANK A minimum of 65 gallon fuel tank shall be provided and mounted at the rear of the chassis. The tank shall be constructed of 12-gauge, hot rolled steel. It shall be equipped with swash partitions and a vent. To eliminate the effects of corrosion, the fuel tank shall be mounted with stainless steel straps. A .75" drain plug shall be provided in a low point of the tank for drainage. 29 A fill inlet shall be located (determined at pre-construction) and be covered with a hinged, spring loaded, stainless steel door that is marked "Ultra Low Sulfur - Diesel Fuel Only." A .50" diameter vent shall be provided running from top of tank to just below fuel fill inlet. The tank shall meet all FHWA 393.67 requirements, including a fill capacity of 95 percent of tank volume. All fuel lines shall be provided as recommended by the engine manufacturer. DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID TANK A 5 gallon diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank shall be provided and mounting location will be determined at pre-con. A 0.50" drain plug shall be provided in a low point of the tank for drainage. A fill inlet shall be located on the (determine at pre-construction) side of the body and be covered with a hinged, spring loaded, polished stainless steel door that is marked "Diesel Exhaust Fluid Only". The tank shall meet the engine manufacturer’s requirement for 10 percent expansion space in the event of tank freezing. The DEF tank fill neck will accept only 19mm dispensing nozzle and have a blue cap. FUEL COOLER An air to fuel cooler shall be installed in the engine fuel return line in the lowest module of the cooling system. FUEL CAP A Protectoseal® or equivalent fuel cap shall be provided. Cap includes a perforated metal flash arrester that protects fuel from fire and explosion while filling and when apparatus is in operation. The flash arrester acts as a strainer to prevent impurities from entering the tank. TRANSMISSION An Allison 4500, electronic, torque converting, automatic transmission shall be provided. The transmission shall be equipped with prognostics to monitor oil life, filter life, and transmission health. A wrench icon on the shift selector's digital display shall indicate when service is due. A transmission temperature gauge with red light and buzzer shall be installed on the cab instrument panel. TRANSMISSION SHIFTER A six (6)-speed push button shift module shall be mounted to right of driver on console. Shift position indicator shall be indirectly lit for after dark operation. The transmission ratio shall be: 1st 3.51 to 1.00 2nd 1.91 to 1.00 3rd 1.43 to 1.00 4th 1.00 to 1.00 5th 0.75 to 1.00 6th 0.64 to 1.00 R 4.80 to 1.00 TRANSMISSION PROGRAMMING The transmission will be programmed to automatically shift the transmission to neutral when the parking brake is set, to simplify operation and increase operational safety. 30 TRANSMISSION COOLER Transmission cooler will be provided if recommended by the manufacturer of the transmission. DOWNSHIFT MODE (W/ENGINE BRAKE) The transmission shall be provided with an aggressive downshift mode to assist in efficient and effective braking. TRANSMISSION FLUID The transmission shall be provided with TranSynd, or other Allison approved TES-295 heavy duty synthetic transmission fluid. Fill cap shall be marked to specify the proper fluid. DRIVELINE The driveline will consist of Spicer® 1810 series dual grease fitting universal joints with “half- round” end yokes. The drive shaft will be built with heavy duty steel tube. The shafts will be dynamically balanced prior to installation into the chassis. A splined slip joint will be provided in each shaft assembly. Universal joints will be extended life. There will be two (2) zerk fittings in each universal joint assembly so that the joint can be greased without turning the shaft. The slip joint shall be coated with Glidecoat® or equivalent. STEERING The steering gear will be bolted to the frame at the cross member for steering linkage rigidity. Four (4) turns from lock to lock with 18” diameter slip resistant rubber covered steering wheel. Steering column will have six-position tilt and 2” telescopic adjustment. LOGO AND CUSTOMER DESIGNATION ON DASH The dash panel shall have an emblem containing the fire apparatus manufacturer's logo and customer name. The emblem shall have three (3) rows of text for the customer's department name. BUMPER The bumper shall be manufactured from .25" formed steel with a 3/8" bend radius. The bumper shall be 10.00" high with a 1.5" top and bottom flange. The bumper shall be one piece. With the front face of the bumper to be 81.00" with a 9.00" 45 degree corners with side plates extending back approximately 10.00". The bumper shall be metal finished and painted job color. The bumper shall be extended a maximum of 24.00" from front face of cab. Specific bumper design will be finalized during the pre-construction meeting. RHINO COATING - FRONT BUMPER Protective black Rhino Linings® (or equivalent) coating shall be provided on the outside exterior of the top front bumper flange. It shall not be sprayed on the underside of the flange. The lining shall be properly installed by an authorized Rhino Linings® dealer. GRAVEL PAN A gravel pan, constructed of bright aluminum tread-plate, shall be furnished between the bumper and cab face. The gravel pan shall be properly supported from the underside to prevent flexing and vibration of the aluminum tread-plate. LIFT AND TOW MOUNTS Mounted to the frame extension shall be lift and tow mounts. The lift and tow mounts shall be designed and positioned to adapt to certain tow truck lift systems. The lift and tow mounts with eyes shall be painted the same color as the frame. 31 TOW HOOKS Two (2) chromed steel tow hooks shall be installed under the bumper and attached to the front frame members. The tow hooks shall be designed and positioned to allow up to a 6,000 lb straight horizontal pull in line with the centerline of the vehicle. The tow hooks shall not be used for lifting of the apparatus. CAB The cab shall be designed specifically for the fire service and shall be manufactured by the chassis builder. The cab shall be built by the apparatus manufacturer in a facility located on the manufacturer's premise. For reasons of structural integrity and enhanced occupant protection, the cab shall be of heavy duty design, constructed to the following minimal standards. The apparatus chassis will be of an engine forward, fully enclosed tilt cab design. There will be four (4) side entry doors. The cab will be fully open design with no divider wall or window separating the front and the rear cab sections. The cab roof will utilize extruded, radiused outer corner rails with integral drip channel and box tubing type cross brace support. The cab sides will be constructed from extruded door pillars and posts that provide a finished door opening, extruded and formed wheel well openings supports, formed aluminum wheel well liners and box tubing type support braces. The cab floor and rear cab wall will utilize box tubing type framing and support bracing. The framework will be welded construction that fully unitizes the structural frame of the cab. The structural extrusion framework will support and distribute the forces and stresses imposed by the chassis and cab loads and will not rely on the sheet metal skin for any structural integrity. INTERIOR CAB INSULATION The exterior walls, doors and ceiling of the cab will be insulated from the heat and cold, and to further reduce noise levels inside the cab. The cab interior sound levels will not exceed 90 decibels at 45mph in all cab and seat positions. FENDER LINERS Fiberglass or equivalent fully radiused wheel liners with adequate support to maintain their rigidity through adverse weather conditions will be provided. WINDSHIELD A curved safety glass windshield shall be provided .The cab windshield shall have bright trim inserts in the rubber molding holding the glass in place. Economical windshield replacement glass shall be readily available from local auto glass suppliers. All cab glass shall be tinted. WINDSHIELD WIPERS Two (2) electric windshield wipers with washer shall be provided that meet FMVSS and SAE requirements. The washer reservoir shall be able to be filled without raising the cab. ENGINE TUNNEL The top shall be constructed with a tapered top to allow for more driver and passenger elbow room. The engine hood shall be insulated for protection from heat and sound. The noise insulation keeps the dba level within the limits stated in the current NFPA 1901 standards. 32 CAB REAR WALL EXTERIOR COVERING The entire exterior surface of the rear wall of the cab shall be overlaid with bright aluminum tread plate. CAB LIFT A hydraulic cab lift system shall be provided consisting of an electric powered hydraulic pump, dual lift cylinders, and necessary hoses and valves. The hydraulic pump shall have a manual override for backup in the event of electrical failure. The engine shall be easily accessible and capable of being removed with the cab tilted. The cab shall be capable of tilting 45 degrees and 90 degrees with crane assist. Cab shall be locked down by a 2-point automatic spring-loaded hook mechanism that actuates after the cab has been lowered. The hydraulic cylinders shall be equipped with a velocity fuse that protects the cab from accidentally descending when the control is located in the tilt position. For increased safety, a redundant mechanical stay arm shall be provided that must be manually put in place on the driver side between the chassis and cab frame when cab is in the raised position. A mechanical locking system will be provided to ensure that cab remains in the raised position in the event of a hydraulic failure. This device shall be manually stowed to its original position before the cab can be lowered. Cab Lift Interlock The cab lift system shall be interlocked to the parking brake. The cab tilt mechanism shall be active only when the parking brake is set and the ignition switch is in the on position. If the parking brake is released, the cab tilt mechanism shall be disabled. GRILLE A bright finished aluminum mesh grille screen, inserted behind a bright finished grille surround, shall be provided on the front center of the cab with sufficient area to allow proper airflow into the cooling system and engine compartment. DOOR JAMB SCUFFPLATES All cab door jambs shall be furnished with a polished stainless steel scuff-plate, mounted on the striker side of the jamb. SCUFFPLATES, PIKE POLE GUARDS There shall be brushed stainless steel scuff-plate(s) provided where pikes poles come in contact with a painted surface. MIRRORS One (1) Ramco, Model 6000FFHR-750 or equivalent, polished aluminum mirror shall be mounted on each of the forward cab doors. An additional convex section shall be bolted to the top of each mirror. The mirror head shall have a highly polished aluminum finish. The flat glass in each mirror shall be adjustable, with remote controls that are convenient to the driver. The convex section in each mirror shall be adjusted manually. FRONT CROSS VIEW MIRROR An 8.00" diameter convex mirror shall be provided. The mirror shall provide the driver with a view of the right front bumper corner and the area several feet in front of the truck. The mirror housing, tubing, clamps and hardware shall be constructed of corrosion resistant stainless steel. 33 DOORS To enhance entry and egress to the cab, the forward cab doors shall be a minimum of 37.50" wide x 61.75" high. The crew cab doors shall be located on the sides of the cab and shall be constructed in the same manner as the forward cab doors. The forward cab and crew cab doors shall be constructed of extruded aluminum with a nominal material thickness of 0.125". The exterior door skins shall be constructed from 0.090" aluminum. A flush mounted, chrome plated paddle type door handle shall be provided on the exterior of each cab door. Each door shall also be provided with an interior flush paddle handle. The cab doors shall be provided with both interior and exterior (keyed) locks as required by FMVSS 206. A full length, heavy duty, stainless steel, piano-type hinge with a 0.38" pin and 11 gauge leaf shall be provided on all cab doors. There shall be double automotive-type rubber seals around the perimeter of the door framing and door edges to ensure a weather-tight fit. A chrome grab handle shall be provided on the inside of each cab and crew cab door. DOOR PANELS There shall be a full height brushed stainless steel door panel installed on the inside of all cab doors. The cab door panels shall be removable without disconnecting door and window mechanisms. MANUAL CAB DOOR WINDOWS All cab entry doors shall contain a conventional roll down window. STEP LIGHTS For reduced overall maintenance costs compared to incandescent lighting, there shall be four (4) white LED step lights provided. The lights shall be installed at each cab and crew cab door, one (1) per step. The lights shall be located in the driver side front doorstep, driver side crew cab doorstep, passenger side front doorstep and passenger side crew cab doorstep. In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light shall provide a minimum of 25 foot- candles (fc) covering an entire 15.00" x 15.00" square placed 10.00" below the light and a minimum of 1.5 fc covering an entire 30.00" x 30.00" square at the same 10.00" distance below the light. The lights shall be activated when the adjacent door is opened. FENDER CROWNS Polished stainless steel front and rear axle fenderettes with full depth radiused wheel well liners will be provided CREW CAB WINDOWS One (1) fixed window with tinted glass shall be provided on each side of the cab, to the rear of the front cab door. The windows shall be sized to enhance light penetration into the cab interior. PIKE POLE STORAGE There shall be four (4) set(s) of holders for mounting of pike pole(s). The holders shall be mounted vertically 2 per side, just aft of the crew cab doors. The head of the pole shall be held in place with a Handlelok, part number 1004, adjustable mounting bracket and the base in a cup holder. ADDITIONAL CAB DOOR WEB STRAPS If a web strap is used for cab doors an additional web strap shall be provided on each cab and crew cab door for a total of two (2) per door. 34 CAB INTERIOR The left and right side dash and center console shall be a flat faced design to provide easy maintenance and shall be constructed out of painted aluminum. The engine tunnel shall be padded and covered. The headliner shall be installed in both forward and rear cab sections. A sound barrier shall be part of its composition. Material shall be installed on aluminum sheet and securely fastened to interior cab ceiling. Forward portion of cab headliner shall provide easy access for servicing electrical wiring or for other maintenance needs without removing the entire unit. CAB INTERIOR UPHOLSTERY The cab interior upholstery shall be black. CAB INTERIOR PAINT The cab interior metal surfaces shall be painted black, vinyl texture paint. CAB FLOOR The cab and crew cab floor areas shall be covered with acoustical floor mat consisting of a black rubber facing and closed cell foam decoupler. The top surface will offer a superior grip surface. Additionally, the material shall be closed cell foam, for no water absorption, which offers a sound dampening material for reducing sound levels. CAB DEFROSTER There shall be a 41,000 BTU defroster in the cab located under the engine tunnel. The defroster ventilation shall be built into the design of the cab dash instrument panel and shall be easily removable for maintenance. The defroster shall have a 3-speed blower and temperature controls accessible to the driver and officer. The defroster ducts shall be designed to provide maximum defrosting capabilities for the front cab windows. CAB/CREW CAB HEATER One (1) auxiliary heater with a minimum 32,000 BTU shall be provided in the cab. The heater shall have a 3-speed blower and temperature controls accessible to the driver and officer. There shall also be louvers located below the rear facing seat riser and below the driver and officer positions for airflow. The heater location will be determined at the pre-construction meeting AIR CONDITIONING A high-performance, customized air conditioning system shall be furnished inside the cab and crew cab. A 19.10 cubic inch compressor shall be installed on the engine. The air conditioning system shall be capable of cooling the average cab temperature from 100 degrees Fahrenheit to 75 degrees Fahrenheit at 50 percent relative humidity within 30 minutes. The cooling performance test shall be run only after the cab has been heat soaked at 100 degrees Fahrenheit for a minimum of 4 hours. A roof-mounted condenser that meets and exceeds the performance specification shall be installed on the cab roof. Mounting the condenser below the cab or body would reduce the performance of the system and shall not be acceptable. An evaporator unit that meets and exceeds the performance specification shall be installed in the cab, located in the center of the cab ceiling over the engine tunnel. The evaporator shall 35 include two (2) high performance cores and plenums with multiple outlets, one (1) plenum directed to the front and one (1)plenum directed to the rear of the cab. The evaporator unit shall be provided with adjustable air outlets strategically located to direct air flow to the driver, officer and crew cab area. All hose used shall be class 1 type to reduce moisture ingression into the air conditioning system. The air conditioner refrigerant shall be R-134A and shall be installed by a certified technician. The air conditioner shall be controlled by a single electronic control panel. For ease of operation, the control panel shall include variable adjustment for temperature and fan control and be conveniently located on the dash in clear view of the driver. The control panel shall include robust knobs for both fan speed and temperature adjustment. COVER, AIR CONDITIONING LINES AND CONNECTIONS A formed cover shall be provided over the air conditioning lines and connections below the condenser. The cover shall be constructed of smooth aluminum. The cover shall be painted the same color as the air conditioning cover. STANDBY AIR CONDITIONER A Duo Therm 15000 BTU 120 VAC roof mounted RV air conditioner will be installed. The unit will be mounted in a drip pan with condensation routed to the center of the apparatus for discharge into floor drain. This unit will be wired to run from a shore line Kussmal system for purposes of maintaining temperature inside the cab. SUN VISORS Two (2) smoked Lexan™ sun visors provided. The sun visors shall be located above the windshield with one (1) mounted on each side of the cab. There shall be no retention bracket provided to help secure each sun visor in the stowed position. GRAB HANDLE A black rubber covered grab handle shall be mounted on the lower portion of the driver's side cab entrance to assist in entering the cab. The grab handle shall be securely mounted to the post area between the door and steering wheel column. A black rubber covered grab handle shall be mounted on the passenger's side door post, above the instrument panel. ENGINE COMPARTMENT LIGHTS There shall be one (1) Whelen®, Model 3SC0CDCR, 12 volt DC, 3.00" white LED light(s) with Model 3FLANGEC, chrome flange kit(s) installed under the cab to be used as engine compartment illumination. These light(s) shall be activated automatically when the cab is raised or when the dip stick door is opened. ACCESS TO ENGINE DIPSTICKS For access to the engine oil and transmission fluid dipsticks, there shall be a door on the engine tunnel, inside the crew cab. The door shall be on the rear wall of the engine tunnel, on the vertical surface. The engine oil dipstick shall allow for checking only. The transmission dipstick shall allow for both checking and filling. An additional port shall be provided for filling the engine oil. The door shall have a rubber seal for thermal and acoustic insulation. One (1) flush latch shall be provided on the access door. 36 CAB SAFETY SYSTEM The cab shall be provided with a safety system designed to protect occupants in the event of a side roll or frontal impact. (air bag system) SEATING CAPACITY The seating capacity in the cab shall be six (6). DRIVER SEAT The driver's seat will be a USSC Valor 12 way electric ABTS LH bucket seat. The seat will have a contoured and padded seat cushion with lumbar support. The seat will have a horizontal slide adjustment, a vertical height adjustment, and tilt adjustment and a reclining seat back. All seat movements will be electrically controlled from a panel on the forward lower edge of the seat. The seat will be equipped with a Red integrated 3-point shoulder harness with lap belt, and a dual retractor belt configuration with ready reach built into the seat assembly. An integrated belt pretension system will be included. When activated the system will pretension the seat belt. OFFICER SEAT- REAR FACING DRIVER AND REAR FACING PASSENGER These seats will be a 20” USSC Valor ABTS series SCBA seat. The seat will have a contoured and padded seat cushion with a dynamic SCBA back frame that adjusts rearward with each occupant to properly seat them against the bolster and headrest. The seat will be equipped with magnetic SCBA strap holders which secure the SCBA straps. The seat’s will be equipped with an RED integrated 3-point shoulder harness with lap belt, and a dual retractor belt configuration with ready reach built into the seat assembly. The seats will include a Zico model QLM-U "Quic-Lock" mechanical bottle bracket and restraint assembly. The restraint system will be equipped with an easily accessible mechanical release at the bottom center of the assembly. RADIO COMPARTMENT A radio compartment shall be provided under the officer's seat. The inside compartment dimensions shall be 14.00" wide x 7.50" high x 14.50" deep. A drop-down door with a chrome plated lift and turn latch shall be provided for access. The compartment shall be constructed of smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior. FORWARD FACING DRIVER AND OFFICER OUTBOARD SEAT Both of the outboard forward facing crew seats will be a USSC Valor ABTS series fixed base SCBA seat. The seat will be equipped with magnetic SCBA strap holders which secure the SCBA straps. The seat will be equipped with a Red integrated 3-point shoulder harness with lap belt and a dual retractor belt configuration with ready reach built into the seat assembly. Both the outboard forward facing crew seats will have a flip-up style seat. Both forward facing outboard seats will include a Zico model QLM-U "Quic-Lock" mechanical bottle bracket and restraint assembly. The restraint system will be 37 equipped with an easily accessible mechanical release at the bottom of the assembly. . SEAT UPHOLSTERY All seat upholstery shall be black Turnout Tuff material. There shall be a quantity of five (5) SCBA brackets. SEAT BELT SHEATH LENGTH The seat belt for two (2) seats shall have a 10.00" sheath to allow the occupant to easily reach the male end of the seat belt. The sheath shall be sewn upholstery over a plastic sleeve. The sheath shall be made of the same material and color as the seats being installed on. Velcro® shall be used for ease of installing the sheath around the seat belt webbing. The sheaths shall be installed on Driver and officer seats. SEAT BELTS All seating positions in the cab and crew cab shall have red seat belts. The belts shall also include the Ready Reach® D-loop assembly to the shoulder belt system. The Ready Reach feature adds an extender arm to the D-loop location placing the D-loop in a closer, easier to reach location. SHOULDER HARNESS HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT All seating positions furnished with 3-point shoulder type seat belts shall include a height adjustment. This adjustment shall optimize the belts effectiveness and comfort for the seated firefighter. SEAT BELT MONITORING SYSTEM A seat belt monitoring system (SBMS) shall be provided. The SBMS shall be capable of monitoring up to ten (10) seat positions indicating the status of each seat position with a green or red LED indicator as follows: Seat Occupied & Buckled = Green Seat Occupied & Unbuckled = Red No Occupant & Buckled = Red No Occupant & Unbuckled = Not Illuminated AUDIBLE ALARM The SBMS shall include an audible alarm that shall be activated when a red illumination condition exists and the parking brake is released, or a red illumination condition exists and the transmission is not in park. HELMET STORAGE, PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2009 edition, section 14.1.8.4.1 requires a location for helmet storage be provided. There is no helmet storage on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department shall provide a location for storage of helmets. CAB DOME LIGHTS There shall be four (4) Weldon 808* series, dual LED dome lights with black bezels provided. Two (2) lights shall be mounted above the inside shoulder of the driver and officer and two (2) lights shall be installed and located, one (1) on each side of the crew cab. 38 The color of the LED's shall be red and white. The white LED's shall be controlled by the door switches and the lens switch. The color LED's shall be controlled by the lens switch. ADDITIONAL DOME LIGHTS There shall be four (4) Weldon 8080/8081 series, dual LED dome lights with black bezel(s) mounted in the cab and/or crew cab located match job 26058. The color of the LED's shall be red and white. The white LED(s) shall be controlled by the same switching as the crew cab dome lights. The color LED(s) shall be controlled by the same switching as the crew cab dome lights. The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. HAND HELD LIGHT There shall be three (3) Streamlight, Fire Vulcan, Model #44451, hand held box lights provided with a vehicle mount with 12VDC direct wire charging rack and quick release buckle strap mounted [Location, lights]. Each light housing shall be orange in color and be provided with a C4, LED and two (2) "ultra- bright blue tail light LEDs" The tail light LEDs shall have a dual mode of blinking or steady. CAB INSTRUMENTATION The cab instrument panel shall include gauges, telltale indicator lamps, control switches, alarms, and a diagnostic panel. The function of the instrument panel controls and switches shall be identified by a label adjacent to each item. Actuation of the headlight switch shall illuminate the labels in low light conditions. Telltale indicator lamps shall not be illuminated unless necessary. The cab instruments and controls shall be conveniently located within the forward cab section, forward of the driver. The gauge assembly and switch panels are designed to be removable for ease of service and low cost of ownership. GAUGES The gauge panel shall include the following ten (10) black faced gauges with black bezels to monitor vehicle performance: Voltmeter Gauge (volts): o Low volts (11.8 VDC) Amber telltale light on indicator light display with steady tone alarm o High volts (15.5 VDC) Amber telltale light on indicator light display with steady tone alarm Engine Tachometer (RPM) Speedometer MPH Fuel Level Gauge (Empty - Full in fractions): o Low fuel (1/8 full) Amber telltale light on indicator light display with steady tone alarm 39 Engine Oil Pressure Gauge (PSI): o Low oil pressure to activate engine warning lights and alarms Red telltale light on indicator light display with steady tone alarm Front Air Pressure Gauges (PSI): o Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm Red telltale light on indicator light display with steady tone alarm Rear Air Pressure Gauges (PSI): o Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm Red telltale light on indicator light display with steady tone alarm Transmission Oil Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit): o High transmission oil temperature activates warning lights and alarm Amber telltale light on indicator light display with steady tone alarm Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit): o High engine temperature activates an engine warning light and alarms Red telltale light on indicator light display with steady tone alarm Diesel Exhaust Fluid Level Gauge (Empty - Full in fractions): o Low fluid (1/8 full) Amber telltale light on indicator light display INDICATOR LAMPS To promote safety, the following telltale indicator lamps shall be located on the instrument panel in clear view of the driver. The indicator lamps shall be "dead-front" design that is only visible when active. The colored indicator lights shall have descriptive text or symbols. The following amber telltale lamps shall be present: Low coolant Trac cntl (traction control) (where applicable) Check engine Check trans (check transmission) Air rest (air restriction) 40 Driver door open Passenger door open DPF (engine diesel particulate filter regeneration) HET (engine high exhaust temperature) (where applicable) ABS (antilock brake system) MIL (engine emissions system malfunction indicator lamp) (where applicable) Regen inhibit (engine emissions regeneration inhibit) (where applicable) Trans temp (transmission temperature) SRS (supplemental restraint system) fault (where applicable) DEF (low diesel exhaust fluid level) The following red telltale lamps shall be present: Ladder rack down Parking brake Stop engine On spot chain deployment The following green telltale lamps shall be present: Left turn Right turn Battery on Ignition Aux brake (auxiliary brake engaged) (where applicable) The following blue telltale lamps shall be present: High beam ALARMS Audible steady tone warning alarm: A steady audible tone alarm shall be provided whenever a warning message is present. 41 INDICATOR LAMP AND ALARM PROVE-OUT A system shall be provided which automatically tests telltale indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel. Telltale indicators and alarms shall perform prove-out when the ignition switch is held in the up position for three (3) to five (5) seconds to ensure proper performance. CONTROL SWITCHES For ease of use, the following controls shall be provided immediately adjacent to the cab instrument panel within easy reach of the driver. All switches shall have backlit labels for low light applications. Headlight/Parking light switch: A three (3)-position maintained rocker switch shall be provided. The first switch position shall deactivate all parking and headlights. The second switch position shall activate the parking lights. The third switch shall activate the headlights. Panel back lighting intensity control switch: A variable voltage control switch shall be provided. The switch moved in the up direction increases the panel back lighting intensity to a maximum and the switch moved in a down direction decreases the panel back lighting intensity to a minimum level. Ignition switch: A three (3)-position maintained/momentary rocker switch shall be provided. The first switch position shall deactivate vehicle ignition. The second switch position shall activate vehicle ignition. The third momentary position shall perform prove-out on the telltale indicators and alarms when the ignition switch is held in the up position for three (3) to five (5) seconds to ensure proper performance. A green indicator lamp is activated with vehicle ignition. Engine start switch: A two (2)-position momentary rocker switch shall be provided. The first switch position is the default switch position. The second switch position shall activate the vehicle's engine. The switch actuator is designed to prevent accidental activation. Hazard switch shall be incorporated into the steering column. Turn signal arm: A self-canceling turn signal with high beam headlight controls. Windshield wiper control shall have high, low, and intermittent modes. Parking brake control: An air actuated push/pull park brake control. Chassis horn control: Activation of the chassis horn control shall be provided through the center of the steering wheel. CUSTOM SWITCH PANELS The design of cab instrumentation shall allow for emergency lighting and other switches to be placed within easy reach of the operator, thus improving safety. There shall be positions for up to three (3) switch panels in the overhead console on the driver's side, up to five (5) switch panels in the engine tunnel console, and up to three (3) switch panels in the overhead console on the officer's side. All switches have backlit labels for low light applications. High idle engagement switch: A maintained rocker switch with integral indicator lamp shall be provided. The switch shall activate and deactivate the high idle function. The "Ok To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp must be active for the high idle function to engage. A green indicator lamp integral to the high idle engagement switch shall indicate when the high idle function is engaged. "Ok To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp: A green indicator light shall be provided next to the high idle activation switch to indicate that the interlocks have been met to allow high idle engagement. Diesel particulate filter regeneration switch (where applicable). Diesel particulate filter regeneration inhibit switch (where applicable). 42 DIAGNOSTIC PANEL A diagnostic panel shall allow diagnostic tools such as computers to connect to various vehicle systems for improved troubleshooting providing a lower cost of ownership. Diagnostic switches shall allow engine and ABS systems to provide blink codes should a problem exist. The diagnostic panel shall include the following: Engine diagnostic port Transmission diagnostic port ABS diagnostic port SRS diagnostic port (where applicable) Engine diagnostic switch (blink codes flashed on check engine telltale indicator) ABS diagnostic switch (blink codes flashed on ABS telltale indicator) AIR RESTRICTION INDICATOR A high air restriction warning indicator light (electronic) shall be provided. "DO NOT MOVE APPARATUS" INDICATOR A flashing red indicator light, located in the driving compartment, shall be illuminated automatically per the current NFPA requirements. The light shall be labeled "Do Not Move Apparatus If Light Is On." The same circuit that activates the Do Not Move Apparatus indicator shall not activate any alarm when the parking brake is released. OPEN DOOR INDICATOR LIGHT There shall be two (2) red indicator lights provided and located in clear view of the driver, warning of any open passenger or equipment compartment door(s). One (1) light shall indicate status of doors on the driver's side of the vehicle One (1) light shall indicate the status of the passenger side and rear compartment doors CAB SWITCH PANELS The built-in emergency light switch panel shall have a master switch plus individual switches for selective control. The switch panel shall be located in the "overhead" position above the windshield on the driver's side to allow for easy access. Switches shall be rocker type with an indicator light, of which is an integral part of the switch. WIPER CONTROL Wiper control shall consist of a two (2)-speed individual windshield wiper control with intermittent feature and windshield washer controls. The control shall also have a "return to park" provision, which allows the wipers to return to the stored position when the wipers are not in use. HOURMETER - AERIAL DEVICE An hour meter for the aerial device shall be provided and located within the cab display or instrument panel. AERIAL MASTER There shall be a master switch for the aerial operating electrical system provided. 43 AERIAL PTO SWITCH A PTO switch for the aerial with indicator light shall be provided. SPARE CIRCUIT Following specification shall be for 1(one) or up to 4(four) spare circuits with location being determined at pre construction meeting. There shall be two (2) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires shall have the following features: The positive wire shall be connected directly to the battery power The negative wire shall be connected to ground Wires shall be protected to 15 amps at 12 volts DC Power and ground shall terminate (to be determined at pre-construction)area Termination shall be with 15 amp, power point plug with rubber cover Wires shall be sized to 125 percent of the protection The circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. SPARE CIRCUIT BUS BAR There shall be two (2) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires shall have the following features: The positive wire shall be connected directly to the battery power The negative wire shall be connected to ground Wires shall be protected to 20 amps at 12 volts DC Power and ground shall terminate [Location] Termination shall be with a 10-place bus bar with screws and removable cover Wires shall be sized to 125% of the protection This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. INSTRUMENT PANEL RECESS The instrument panel across from the officer shall be recessed to accommodate the mounting of miscellaneous items. The glove box shall be replaced with a painted sheet metal mounting platform/shelf. The recess shall be 2.00" down x 8.00" back and 17.00" wide. VEHICLE DATA RECORDER A vehicle data recorder (VDR) shall be provided. The VDR shall be capable of reading and storing vehicle information. The information stored on the VDR can be downloaded through a USB port mounted in a convenient location determined by cab model. A CD provided with the apparatus shall include 44 the programming to download the information from the VDR. A USB cable can be used to connect the VDR to a laptop to retrieve required information. The vehicle data recorder shall be capable of recording the following data via hardwired and/or CAN inputs: Vehicle Speed - MPH Acceleration - MPH/sec Deceleration - MPH/sec Engine Speed - RPM Engine Throttle Position - % of Full Throttle ABS Event - On/Off Seat Occupied Status - Yes/No by Position (7-12 Seating Capacity) Seat Belt Buckled Status - Yes/No by Position (7-12 Seating Capacity) Master Optical Warning Device Switch - On/Off Time - 24 Hour Time Date - Year/Month/Day INTERCOM COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM A Firecom wireless radio intercom will be provided. The system will service four(4) wireless cab seat positions. The driver and officer will have headsets with radio transmit capabilities. The t wo crew seats will have headsets with intercom only capabilities. The system components will be as follows: (1) One(1) Intercom master station (2) Two(2) Headsets with charger and base (3) Two (2) Headsets with charger (4) One(1) Multiple channel wireless base (5) One(1) Radio interface cable (6) Four(4) Headset Hooks RADIO ANTENNA MOUNT There shall be one (1) Motorola antenna-mounting base(s) installed on the right side of the cab roof with high efficiency, low loss, coaxial cable(s) routed to the instrument panel area. A weatherproof cap shall be installed on the mount. This equipment will be provided by The City of Milton. THERMAL CAMERA MOUNT There will be one charger base provided by Milton Fire to be installed and powered (12v) by the bidder in the cab. Location determined at pre-construction meeting. 45 MDT/COMPUTER MOUNT There will be one MDT/Computer mount provided by Milton Fire to be installed and powered (12v) by the bidder in the cab. Location determined at pre-construction meeting. KNOX BOX MOUNT There shall be one Knox box assembly provided by Milton Fire to be installed and powered (12v) by bidder. Location determined at pre-construction meeting. VEHICLE CAMERA SYSTEM There shall be a color vehicle camera system provided with the following: One (1) camera located at the rear of the apparatus, pointing rearward, displayed automatically with the vehicle in reverse The camera image shall be displayed on a 7.00" LCD display located in view of the driver on the overhead panel. The display shall include manual camera activation capability and audio from the active camera. The following components will be included: One (1) display One (1), camera All necessary cables ELECTRICAL POWER CONTROL SYSTEM A compartment shall be provided in or under the cab to house the vehicle's electrical power and signal circuit protection and control components. The power and signal protection and control compartment shall contain circuit protection devices and power control devices. Power and signal protection and control components shall be protected against corrosion, excessive heat, excessive vibration, physical damage and water spray. Serviceable components shall be readily accessible. Circuit protection devices, which conform to SAE standard, shall be utilized to protect each circuit. All circuit protection devices shall be sized to prevent wire and component damage when subjected to extreme current overload. General protection circuit breakers shall be Type-I automatic reset (continuously resetting) and conform to SAE J553 or J258. PTO power circuits shall be protected by Type III manual reset non-cycling circuit breakers conforming to SAE J553 or J258 which remain open until manually reset. When required, automotive type fuses conforming to SAE J554, J1284, J1888 or J2077 shall be utilized to protect electronic equipment. Power control relays and solenoids shall have a direct current (dc) rating of 125 percent of the maximum current for which the circuit is protected. Visual status indicators shall be supplied to identify control safety interlocks and vehicle status. In addition to visual status indicators, audible alarms designed to provide early warning of problems before they become critical shall be used. VOLTAGE MONITOR SYSTEM A voltage monitoring system shall be provided to indicate the status of each battery system connected to the vehicles electrical load. The monitor system shall provide visual and audio warning when the system voltage is above or below optimum levels. 46 POWER AND GROUND STUDS There shall be two (2) studs provided in the primary power distribution center for two-way radio equipment. The studs shall consist of the following: 12-volt 150-amp battery switched power 12-volt 75-amp direct battery power There shall also be two (2)12-volt ground studs located in or adjacent to the power distribution center. EMI/RFI PROTECTION The electrical system proposed shall include means to control undesired electromagnetic and radio frequency emissions. State of the art electrical system design and components shall be used to ensure radiated and conducted EMI (electromagnetic interference) and RFI (radio frequency interference) emissions are suppressed at their source. The apparatus proposed shall have the ability to operate in the electromagnetic environment typically found in fire ground operations. The contractor shall be able to demonstrate the EMI and RFI testing has been done on similar apparatus and certifies that the vehicle proposed meets SAE J551 requirements. EMI/RFI susceptibility shall be controlled by applying immune circuit designs, shielding, twisted pair wiring and filtering. The electrical system shall be designed for full compatibility with low level control signals and high powered two-way radio communication systems. Harness and cable routing shall be given careful attention to minimize the potential for conducting and radiated EMI-RFI susceptibility. ELECTRICAL All 12-volt electrical equipment installed by the apparatus manufacturer shall conform to modern automotive practices. All wiring shall be high temperature crosslink type. Wiring shall be run, in loom or conduit, where exposed and have grommets where wire passes through sheet metal. Automatic reset circuit breakers shall be provided which conform to SAE Standards. Wiring shall be color, function and number coded. Function and number codes shall be continuously imprinted on all wiring harness conductors at 2.00" intervals. Exterior exposed wire connectors shall be positive locking, and environmentally sealed to withstand elements such as temperature extremes, moisture and automotive fluids. Electrical wiring and equipment shall be installed utilizing the following guidelines: 1. All holes made in the roof shall be caulked with silicon, rope caulk is not acceptable. Large fender washers, liberally caulked, shall be used when fastening equipment to the underside of the cab roof. 2. Any electrical component that is installed in an exposed area shall be mounted in a manner that shall not allow moisture to accumulate in it. Exposed area shall be defined as any location outside of the cab or body. 3. Electrical components designed to be removed for maintenance shall not be fastened with nuts and bolts. Metal screws shall be used in mounting these devices. Also a coil of wire shall be provided behind the appliance to allow them to be pulled away from mounting area for inspection and service work. 4. Corrosion preventative compound shall be applied to all terminal plugs located outside of the cab or body. All non-waterproof connections shall require this compound in the plug to prevent corrosion and for easy separation (of the plug). 47 5. All lights that have their sockets in a weather exposed area shall have corrosion preventative compound added to the socket terminal area. 6. All electrical terminals in exposed areas shall have silicon (1890) applied completely over the metal portion of the terminal. All lights and reflectors, required to comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard #108, shall be furnished. Rear identification lights shall be recessed mounted for protection. Lights and wiring mounted in the rear bulkheads shall be protected from damage by installing a false bulkhead inside the rear compartments. An operational test shall be conducted to ensure that any equipment that is permanently attached to the electrical system is properly connected and in working order. The results of the tests shall be recorded and provided to the purchaser at time of delivery. BATTERY SYSTEM There shall be six (6) 12 volt, batteries. Each battery case shall be a black polypropylene material with a vertically ribbed container for increased vibration resistance. The cover shall be manifold vented with a central venting location to allow a 45 degree tilt capacity. The inside of each battery shall consist of a "maintenance free" grid construction with poly wrapped separators and a flooded epoxy bottom anchoring for maximum vibration resistance. BATTERY SYSTEM There shall be a single starting system with an ignition switch and starter button provided and located on the cab instrument panel. MASTER BATTERY SWITCH There shall be a master battery switch provided within the cab within easy reach of the driver to activate the battery system. An indicator light shall be provided on the instrument panel to notify the driver of the status of the battery system. BATTERY COMPARTMENTS Batteries shall be stored in well-ventilated compartments that are located under the cab and bolted directly to the chassis frame. The battery compartments shall be constructed of steel plate and be designed to accommodate a maximum of three (3) group 31 batteries in each compartment. The battery hold-downs shall be of a non-corrosive material. All bolts and nuts shall be stainless steel. The compartments shall include formed fit heavy duty roto-molded polyethylene battery trays with drain tubes for the batteries to sit in. Heavy-duty battery cables shall be used to provide maximum power to the electrical system. Cables shall be color-coded. Battery terminal connections shall be coated with anti-corrosion compound. Battery solenoid terminal connections shall be encapsulated with semi-permanent rubberized compound. JUMPER STUDS One (1) set of battery jumper studs with plastic color-coded covers shall be installed on the bottom of the driver's side battery box. This shall provide for easy jumper cable access. 48 BATTERY CHARGER/ AIR COMPRESSOR There shall be one (1) Kussmaul Pump Plus 1200, Model # 52-21-1100, single output battery charger/air compressor provided. There shall be a, Model 091-189-12, status charge center indicating the state of charge included. The automatic charger shall maintain one (1) set of batteries with a maximum output current of 40 amps. The 12 volt DC air compressor shall be installed to maintain the air system pressure when the vehicle is not in use. The battery charger shall be wired directly to the shoreline inlet. The battery charger indicator shall be located near the driver's seat riser with special bracketry. AUTO EJECT FOR SHORELINE There shall be one (1) Kussmaul™, Model 091-55-20-120, 20 amp 120 volt AC shoreline inlet(s) provided to operate the dedicated 120 volt AC circuits on the apparatus. The shoreline inlet(s) shall include red weatherproof flip up cover(s). There shall be a release solenoid wired to the vehicle's starter to eject the AC connector when the engine is starting. The shoreline(s) shall be connected to the battery charger. There shall be a mating connector body supplied with the loose equipment. There shall be a label installed near the inlet(s) that state the following: Line Voltage Current Ratting (amps) Phase Frequency The shoreline receptacle shall be located on the driver side of cab, above wheel. Specific location and equipment/wiring will be determined at the pre-construction meeting. Auto Eject A Kussmal Model 091-73-30-120 super electric auto ejects with weatherproof cover and power interrupt will be provided. BATTERY CHARGER COVER A removable cover shall be fabricated and installed over the battery charger for protection. The cover shall be made out of smooth aluminum material. LINE-X COATING FOR BATTERY BOXES The battery boxes on both sides of cab shall be sprayed with Line-X polyurethane/polyuria elastomer abrasive resistant material or an equivalent on all interior side walls and on the bottom surface. ALTERNATOR A Niehoff alternator shall be provided. It shall have a rated output current of 430 amps, as measured by SAE method J56. The alternator shall feature an integral regulator and rectifier system that has been tested and qualified to an ambient temperature of 257 degrees Fahrenheit (125 degrees Celsius). The alternator shall be connected to the power and ground distribution system with heavy-duty cables sized to carry the full rated alternator output. 49 ELECTRONIC LOAD MANAGEMENT A Kussmaul Load Manager 2or equivalent shall be provided on the apparatus. The device is an electronic load management (ELM) system that monitors the vehicles 12-volt electrical system, and automatically reduces the electrical load in the event of a low voltage condition and by doing so, ensures the integrity of the electrical system. The ELM shall monitor the vehicle's voltage while at the scene (parking brake applied). It shall sequentially shut down individual electrical loads when the system voltage drops below a preset value. Two (2) separate electrical loads shall be controlled by the load manager. The ELM shall sequentially re-energize electrical loads as the system voltage recovers. Lighting All lighting and configuration to be finalized at pre-construction allowing for adjustments to location and style. HEADLIGHTS There shall be two (2) Brightheadlight, kit number Bi-XP4656-Kit, rectangular HID lights mounted in the front quad style, chrome housing on each side of the cab grille: The outside light on each side shall contain a HID low and high beam module. The inside light on each side shall contain a halogen high beam module only. DIRECTIONAL LIGHTS There shall be two (2) Whelen® 600 series, LED combination directional/marker lights provided. The lights shall be located on the outside cab corners, next to the headlights. The color of the lenses shall be the same color as the LED's. INTERMEDIATE LIGHT There shall be two (2) Truck-Lite®, Model 60115Y, amber LED lights furnished, one (1) each side, horizontally in the rear fender panel. The light shall double as a turn signal and marker light. A stainless steel trim shall be included with this installation. CAB CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTS There shall be seven (7) amber LED lights provided to indicate the presence and overall width of the vehicle in the following locations: Three (3) amber LED identification lights shall be installed in the center of the cab above the windshield. Two (2) amber LED clearance lights shall be installed, one (1) on each outboard side of the cab above the windshield. Two (2) amber LED marker lights shall be installed, one (1) on each side above the cab doors. FRONT CAB SIDE DIRECTIONAL LIGHTS There shall be two (2) Truck-Lite®, Model 19036Y, amber LED lights installed to the outside of the chrome wrap around bezel, one (1) on each side of the cab. The lights shall activate as additional directional lights with the corresponding directional circuit. 50 REAR CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTING There shall be three (3) LED identification lights located at the rear installed per the following: As close as practical to the vertical centerline Centers spaced not less than 6.00" or more than 12.00" apart Red in color All at the same height There shall be two (2) LED lights installed at the rear of the apparatus used as clearance lights located at the rear of the apparatus per the following: To indicate the overall width of the vehicle One (1) each side of the vertical centerline As near the top as practical Red in color To be visible from the rear All at the same height There shall be two (2) LED lights installed on the side of the apparatus used as marker lights as close to the rear as practical per the following: To indicate the overall length of the vehicle One (1) each side of the vertical centerline As near the top as practical Red in color To be visible from the side All at the same height There shall be two (2) red reflectors located on the rear of the truck facing to the rear. One (1) each side, as far to the outside as practical, at a minimum of 15.00", but no more than 60.00", above the ground. There shall be two (2) red reflectors located on the side of the truck facing to the side. One (1) each side, as far to the rear as practical, at a minimum of 15.00", but no more than 60.00", above the ground. Per FMVSS 108 and CMVSS 108 requirements. MARKER LIGHTS There shall be one (1) pair of amber and red LED marker lights with rubber arm, located one per side, low on rear of body sides. The amber lens shall face the front and the red lens shall face the rear of the truck. These lights shall be activated with the running lights of the vehicle. 51 REAR FMVSS LIGHTING The rear stop/tail and directional LED lighting shall consist of the following: Two (2) Whelen®, Model M6BTT, red LED stop/tail lights Two (2) Whelen, Model M6T, amber LED arrow turn lights The lights shall be provided with color lenses. The lights shall be mounted in a polished combination housing. There shall be two (2) Whelen Model M6BUW, LED backup lights provided in the tail light housing. LICENSE PLATE BRACKET There shall be one (1) license plate bracket mounted on the rear of the body. A white LED light shall illuminate the license plate. A polished stainless steel light shield shall be provided over the light that shall direct illumination downward, preventing white light to the rear. BACK-UP ALARM A PRECO, Model 1040 or equivalent, solid-state electronic audible back-up alarm that actuates when the truck is shifted into reverse shall be provided. The device shall sound at 60 pulses per minute and automatically adjust its volume to maintain a minimum ten (10) dBA above surrounding environmental noise levels. CAB PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS There shall be four (4) white LED strip lights provided, one (1) for each cab door. These lights shall be activated automatically when the battery switch is on and the exit doors are opened or by the same means as the body perimeter scene lights. BODY PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS There shall be two (2) 20.00" 12 volt DC LED strip lights provided. The lights shall be mounted in the following locations: One (1) light under the driver's side turntable access steps One (1) light under the passenger's side turntable access steps The perimeter scene lights shall be activated when the parking brake is applied. ADDITIONAL PERIMETER LIGHTS There shall be four (4) 20.00" LED perimeter light sticks provided [Location, lights]. The lights shall be activated by the same means as the body perimeter lights. STEP LIGHTS All steps on the apparatus shall be illuminated per the current edition of NFPA 1901 and shall match the turn table access step lights. SCENE LIGHTS There shall be two (2) Whelen, Model M6ZC LED scene light(s) with chrome flange(s) installed on the side of the apparatus, one per side, aft of the front cab doors, high as practical. A control for the light(s) selected above shall be the following: A switch at the driver's side switch panel These lights may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 52 SCENE LIGHTS There shall be two (2) Whelen, Model M6ZC LED scene light(s) with chrome flange(s) installed on the side of the apparatus, one per side, forward of tandem. A control for the light(s) selected above shall be the following: a switch at the driver's side switch panel These lights may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 12 VOLT LIGHT BRACKET There shall be two (2) painted smooth aluminum bracket(s) installed one per catwalk, on the rear of the body for the recessed flood light. The bracket(s) shall have all wiring totally enclosed. 12 VOLT LIGHTING There shall be two (2) LED combination spot/flood light(s) with pedestal mounting bracket(s) provided [Location determined at pre-construction]. The light(s) selected above shall be controlled by the following: These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 12 VOLT LIGHTING There shall be two [2] 12 volt LED combination spotlight and floodlight(s) installed in semi- recessed housing(s) Model PBA203, located [determined at pre-construction]. The painted parts of this light assembly to be white. These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set 12 VOLT LIGHTING There shall be two (2) 12 volt LED floodlight(s) installed in semi-recessed housing(s) Model PBA103 located one per side, rear body. The painted parts of this light assembly to be white. The light(s) selected above shall be controlled by the following: a switch at the driver's side switch panel a switch at the rear of apparatus on the driver's side no additional switch location no additional switch location These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set 12 VOLT LIGHTING There shall be two (2) 12 volt LED combination spot/flood light(s) provided on the front visor, one (1) on the driver's side and one (1) on the passenger's side. The painted parts of this light assembly to be white. The light(s) shall be controlled by the following: a switch at the driver's side switch panel a switch at the passenger's side switch panel no additional switch location These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. DECK LIGHTS There shall be two (2) 12 volt DC LED floodlights with swivel mount provided at the rear, one (1) each side. The lights shall be activated by a control from a switch at the rear of the truck. 53 MASTER SWITCH FOR CLEAR/WHITE WARNING LIGHTS A master on/off switch shall be provided for the clear/white, forward facing, warning lights. The switch shall be in addition to the standard emergency master switch. Switch shall be located in the cab instrument panel. CARGO AREA The cargo area shall be fabricated of aluminum. The sides shall not form any portion of the fender compartments. The upper and rear edges of the side panels shall have a double break for rigidity. The cargo area shall be located ahead of the ladder turntable. Flooring of the cargo area shall be aluminum treadplate. TURNTABLE STEPS Steps to access the turntable from the driver side and passenger side shall be provided just behind the compartmentation. The stepwell shall be lined with bright aluminum treadplate to act as scuffplates. The steps shall be connected to the "Do Not Move Truck" indicator. A handrail shall be provided on each side of the access steps. STEP LIGHTS There shall be three (3) white LED step lights provided for each set of aerial turntable access steps. The step lights shall be actuated by the aerial master switch in the cab. TOW EYES Two (2) rear painted tow eyes shall be located at the rear of the apparatus and shall be mounted directly to the torque box. The inner and outer edges of the tow eyes shall be radiused. COMPARTMENTATION Compartmentation shall be fabricated aluminum. The side compartments are an integral assembly with the rear fenders. Fully enclosed rear wheel housings shall be provided to prevent rust pockets and for ease of maintenance. Due to the severe loading requirements of this aerial, a method of compartment body support suitable for the intended load shall be provided. The backbone of the support system shall be the chassis frame rail, which is the strongest component of the chassis and is designed for sustaining maximum loads. A design with body compartments hanging off of the chassis frame in an unsupported fashion shall not be acceptable. Compartment flooring shall be of the sweep out design with the floor higher than the compartment door lip. The compartment door openings are framed by flanging the edges in 1.75" and bending out again .75" to form an angle. Drip protection is provided over all door openings by means of bright aluminum extrusion or formed bright aluminum treadplate. Side compartment tops shall be covered with bright aluminum treadplate with a 1.00" rolled over edge on the front, rear and outward side. The covers are fabricated in one (1) piece and have the corners welded. A bright aluminum treadplate cover shall be provided on the front wall of each side compartment. All screws and bolts which protrude into a compartment shall have acorn nuts at the ends to prevent injury. AGGRESSIVE WALKING SURFACE All exterior surfaces designated as stepping, standing, and walking areas shall comply with the required average slip resistance of the current NFPA standards. 54 LOUVERS All body compartments shall have a minimum of one (1) set of louvers stamped into a wall to provide the proper airflow inside the compartment and to prevent water from dripping into the compartment. These louvers shall be formed into the metal and not added to the compartment as a separate plate. COMPARTMENT IN PLACE OF PUMP A roll-up door compartment shall be installed in place of the pump and pump panel. DRIVER SIDE COMPARTMENTATION Driver side compartments will be defined at pre-construction for location and size for the driver’s side of the apparatus. PASSENGER SIDE COMPARTMENTATION Passenger side compartments will be defined at pre construction meeting to include exterior mounting of ground ladders on the passenger side of the apparatus. ROLL-UP DOOR, SIDE COMPARTMENTS The doors shall be double faced aluminum construction, painted one (1) color to match the lower portion of the body and manufactured by Amdoor. Lath sections shall be an interlocking rib design and shall be individually replaceable without complete disassembly of door. Between each slat at the pivoting joint shall be a PVC inner seal to prevent metal to metal contact and prevent dirt or moisture from entering the compartments. Seals shall allow door to operate in extreme temperatures ranging from plus 180 to minus 40 degrees Fahrenheit. Side, top and bottom seals shall be provided to resist ingress of dirt and weather. A polished stainless steel lift bar with locking key latches to be provided for each roll-up door. The keys to match all compartment and cab doors. Lift bar shall be located at the bottom of door and have latches on the outer extrusion of the doors frame. A ledge shall be supplied over lift bar for additional area to aid in closing the door. Doors shall be constructed from an aluminum box section. The exterior surface of each slat shall be flat. The interior surfaces shall be concave to provide strength and prevent loose equipment from jamming the door from inside. To conserve space in the compartments, the spring roller assembly shall not exceed 3.00" in diameter. A garage style roll door shall not be acceptable. The header for the roll-up door assembly shall not exceed 4.00". A heavy-duty magnetic switch shall be used for control of open compartment door warning lights. REAR BUMPER A 5.00" rear bumper shall be furnished. Bumper shall be constructed of steel framework and shall be covered with polished aluminum treadplate. The bumper shall be 4.00" deep x 5.00" high and shall be spaced away from the body approximately 1.00". It shall extend the full width of the body. DOOR GUARD There shall be eight compartment doors that shall include a guard/drip pan designed to protect the roll-up door from damage when in the retracted position and contain any water spray. The guard shall be fabricated from stainless steel and installed KEYED LOCK(S) A keyed lock shall be furnished for compartment doors. 55 COMPARTMENT LIGHTING Compartment(s) shall be supplied with two (2) white 12 volt DC LED compartment light strips. The dual light strips shall be centered vertically along each side of the door framing. There shall be two (2) light strips per compartment. The dual light strips shall be in compartment(s). Any remaining compartments without light strips shall have a 6.00" diameter light. Each light shall have a number 1076 one filament, two wire bulb. Opening the compartment door shall automatically turn the compartment lighting on. COMPARTMENT LIGHTING Metal clamps shall be used to retain the strip lighting in all body compartments. MOUNTING TRACKS There shall be four (4) sets of tracks for mounting shelf(s). These tracks shall be installed vertically to support the adjustable shelf(s), and shall be full height of the compartment. The tracks shall be unpainted with a natural finish. RUB RAIL The edge of the running boards and the bottom edge of the side compartments shall be trimmed with a black 1.00" thick x 2.50" high plastic "UPF" rub rail. There shall be .50" rubber spacers included between the rub rail and the body. The rub rails shall not be an integral part of the body construction, which allows replacement in the event of damage. BODY FENDER CROWNS Polished stainless steel fender crowns shall be provided around the rear wheel openings with full depth radiused wheel liners. EQUIPMENT STORAGE A total of two (2) compartment(s) shall be provided and located one (1) on the driver's side and one (1) on the passenger's side centered between the tandem rear wheels. The compartment(s) shall be approximately 16.00" wide at the top x 8.00" wide at the bottom with tapered sides. The compartment(s) shall be approximately 12.00" high x 26.00". Flooring shall be rubber lined and have a drain hole. A drop down door with rubber bumpers and a flush mounted lift and turn latch shall be provided for each compartment. The door shall be brushed stainless steel. A dielectric barrier shall be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal. AIR BOTTLE STORAGE A total of three (3) air bottle compartments shall be provided and located. The air bottle compartment shall be in the form of a round tube and of adequate depth to accommodate different size air bottles. Flooring shall be rubber lined and have a drain hole. A painted door with a chrome plated latch shall be provided to contain the air bottle. A dielectric barrier shall be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners (screws) and the body sheet metal. GROUND LADDERS The apparatus shall be equipped with 268’ of heavy duty, box type "I" beam rail, ground ladders. The ladders shall meet the requirements of NFPA 1931 to ensure proper design and that sufficient strength is available for the service intended. The ground ladders shall be constructed of aluminum with non-welded, field replaceable rung to rail connections to simplify field repairs. Removable plated steel butt spurs shall be utilized for added strength. A full 1/2", non-rotting, poly rope shall be provided for easy ladder operation. ALCO-LITE or DUO-SAFETY LADDERS 56 GROUND LADDER STORAGE The ground ladders are stored within the torque box and on the passenger side under the catwalk and can be removed from the torque box or for the side mounted ladders, off the side of the apparatus. Ladders in the torque box shall be enclosed to prevent road dirt and debris from fouling or damaging the ladders. The ladders rest in full length stainless steel slides and are arranged in such a manner that any one ladder can be removed without having to move or remove any other ladder. An Amdor roll-up door shall be provided at the rear, painted one (1) color to match the lower portion of the body and manufactured by Amdor. The latching mechanism shall consist of a full length lift bar lock with latches on the outer extrusion of the door frame. A door guard shall be provided to prevent tools inside the torque box from damaging the roll-up door. An aluminum treadplate box, for a model 17 Lil' Giant ladder, shall be mounted [to be determined at pre-construction]. A velcro strap with footman loops shall secure the ladder. CATWALK A canopy type catwalk shall be provided on the passenger side under the turntable. The catwalk shall help protect the ground ladders and shall support a 500# load. The catwalk shall be covered with aluminum treadplate. EXTENSION LADDER There shall be two (2) 35', two (2) section aluminum extension ladder(s) provided. ADDED EXTENSION LADDER There shall be one (1) 45', three (3) section aluminum extension ladder with poles provided. EXTENSION LADDERS, There shall be two (2) 28', two (2) section aluminum extension ladder(s) provided. ROOF LADDER There shall be one (1) 16' aluminum, roof ladder provided. The ladder(s) shall have 7/8" heavy duty hooks. ADDED ROOF LADDER There shall be one (1) 18' roof, aluminum, provided. ADDED ROOF LADDER There shall be one (1) 20' roof, aluminum, provided. ADDED ROOF LADDER AERIAL There shall be one (1) 16' aluminum, roof ladder provided. The ladder(s) shall have 7/8" heavy duty hooks. AERIAL FOLDING LADDER There shall be one (1) 10' aluminum, folding ladder(s) provided. Little Giant Ladder There shall be One (1) Revolution XE Model 12017 Little Giant folding ladder provided. The stored dimensions shall be 55.50" high x 23.75" wide x 9.25" deep. The weight shall be 31.50 pounds. Configuration and location of listed ground ladders will be finalized at pre-construction meeting. 57 HORIZONTALLY SIDE STACKED LADDERS There shall be two (2) to three (3) ladders mounted under the catwalk on the passenger’s side of the apparatus. The ladders shall be held in place on each end with a vertically hinged gate with butterfly latch. The ladders shall be separated by a horizontal divider so that one ladder can be removed without having to remove another ladder. The body side sheets shall be full depth to accommodate the side-stacked ladders. DURA-SURF LADDER SLIDES Black Dura-Surf friction reducing material shall be added to the stainless steel slides, on the bottom horizontal surfaces, of the ladder storage rack. PIKE POLE STORAGE Aluminum tubing shall be used for the storage of six (6) pike poles and shall be located in the torque box. AIR HORN SYSTEM There shall be two (2) air horns provided and located in the front bumper, recessed to the outside of the frames and located as to allow access for towing of the vehicle without damage to the air-horns. The horn system shall be piped to the air brake system wet tank utilizing 0.38" tubing. A pressure protection valve shall be installed in-line to prevent loss of air in the air brake system. AIR HORN CONTROL The air horns shall be actuated by a chrome finger style push button located on the officer's side of the engine tunnel and by the horn button in the steering wheel. The driver shall have the option to control the air horns or the chassis horns from the horn button by means of a selector switch located on the instrument panel. ELECTRONIC SIREN A Whelen®, electronic siren with noise canceling microphone shall be provided. This siren is to be active when the battery switch is on and that emergency master switch is on. Electronic siren head shall be recessed in the driver side inside switch panel. The electronic siren shall be controlled on the siren head only. No horn button or foot switches shall be required. SPEAKER There shall be one (1) speaker provided. The speaker shall be black nylon composite, 100- watt, with through bumper mounting brackets and polished stainless steel grille. Each speaker shall be connected to the siren amplifier. The speaker shall be recessed in the center of the front bumper. AUXILIARY MECHANICAL SIREN A Federal Q2B® siren shall be furnished. A siren brake button shall be installed on the switch panel. The control solenoid shall be powered up after the emergency master switch is activated. The mechanical siren shall be located in the front of the apparatus with the location be determined at pre-construction. The mechanical siren shall be actuated by two (2) foot switches, one (1) located on the officer's side and one (1) on the driver's side. 58 WARNING LIGHT (CAB ROOF) There shall be two (2) 24.00" Whelen, Model FNMINI LED lightbars mounted on the cab roof, one (1) on each side, above the driver's and passenger's door. The lightbars shall be mounted at a 30 degree angle from the front of the cab to the outside of the apparatus. Each lightbar shall include the following: One (1) forward facing white LED flashing light module. One (1) side facing red LED flashing light module. Two (2) corner red LED flashing light modules. The color of the lenses shall be clear There shall be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lightbars. The white LED flashing light modules shall be disabled when the parking brake is applied. ADDITIONAL LIGHTBARS ON CAB ROOF SIDES There shall be two (2) 28.25" Whelen, Model Freedom Mini LED lightbars mounted on the cab, one (1) on each side, each side of cab roof. These lights shall be parallel to the side of the apparatus. Each lightbar shall include the following: One (1) red flashing corner LED module in the front outside corner position. Two (2) white flashing LED modules in the side outside positions. One (1) red flashing corner LED module in the rear outside corner position. One (1) red flashing LED module on the end, facing rearward. The lens color of each lightbar shall be clear. There shall be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lightbars. The white flashing LED modules shall be disabled when the parking brake is applied. The red flashing LED modules may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. CAB FACE WARNING LIGHTS There shall be four (4) Whelen®, Model M6*C, LED flashing warning lights installed on the cab face, above the headlights, mounted in a common bezel. The driver's side front outside warning light to be red The driver's side front inside warning light to be red The passenger's side front inside warning light to be red The passenger's side front outside warning light to be red All four (4) lights shall include a clear lens. There shall be a switch located in the cab, on the switch panel, to control the four (4) lights. The inside lights may be load managed if colored or disabled if white, when the parking brake is set. 59 ROTO RAY LIGHT There shall be a Roto Ray, Model 4000W, rotating warning light provided on the cab face located below the windshield. This warning light shall include the following: First light to be a PAR46, red LED with clear lens Second light to be PAR46, red LED with clear lens Third light to be PAR46, white LED with clear lens There shall be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. The rotation motor and the warning lights shall be deactivated when the parking brake is applied. Any flashing white light shall be disabled when the parking brake is applied. FRONT WARNING LIGHT There shall be two (2) Whelen, Model M6D red to the outside and white to the inside LED flashing light(s) with clear lens and Whelen, Model M6FC chrome flange provided one each side, front bumper. There shall be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the light(s). The white section of these lights shall be disabled when the parking brake is set. The red section of these lights may be load managed when the parking brake is set. SIDE ZONE LOWER LIGHTING There shall be six (6) LED flashing warning lights with chrome flanges located in the following positions: Two (2) lights, one (1) each side on the bumper extension. The side front light to be red to the front and white to the rear. Two (2) lights, over front wheels. The side middle light to be red to the front and white to the rear. Two (2) lights, over rear tandems. The side rear lights to be white to the front and red to the rear. All six (6) lights shall include a clear lens. There shall be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. Any white warning lights shall be disabled when the parking brake is set. INTERIOR CAB DOOR WARNING LIGHTS Four (4) LED flashing warning lights shall be provided, one (1) on each cab and crew cab door pan. The color shall be amber. Each light shall include a lens that is the same color as the LED's. Each light shall be activated by the door jamb switch of the associated door. SIDE WARNING LIGHTS There shall be six (6) LED flashing light(s) provided in the body rub rails [Location, lights]. The light(s) shall include red and white LED's with a clear lenses and black flanges. The light(s) shall be activated with the side warning switch. REAR ZONE LOWER LIGHTING There shall be two (2) LED flashing warning lights located at the rear of the apparatus. The driver's side rear light to be red to the outside and amber to the inside. The passenger's side rear light to be red to the outside and amber to the inside. 60 Both lights shall include a lens that is clear. There shall be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. REAR UPPER ZONE WARNING LIGHTS There shall be two (2) LED warning beacons provided at the rear of the truck, one (1) each side. The color of the lights shall be: The rear upper light(s) on the driver's side to be red. The rear upper light(s) on the passenger's side to be red. All lenses shall be clear. There shall be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the beacons. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM GENERAL DESIGN FOR ALTERNATING CURRENT The following guidelines shall apply to the 120/240 VAC system installation: General Any fixed line voltage power source producing alternating current (ac) line voltage shall produce electric power at 60 cycles plus or minus 3 cycles. Except where superseded by the requirements of NFPA 1901, all components, equipment and installation procedures shall conform to NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (herein referred to as the NEC). Line voltage electrical system equipment and materials included on the apparatus shall be listed and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. All products shall be used only in the manner for which they have been listed. Grounding Grounding shall be in accordance with Section 250-6 "Portable and Vehicle Mounted Generators" of the NEC. Ungrounded systems shall not be used. Only stranded or braided copper conductors shall be used for grounding and bonding. An equipment grounding means shall be provided in accordance with Section 250-91 (Grounding Conductor Material) of the NEC. The grounded current carrying conductor (neutral) shall be insulated from the equipment grounding conductors and from the equipment enclosures and other grounded parts. The neutral conductor shall be colored white or gray in accordance with Section 200-6 (Means of Identifying Grounding Conductors) of the NEC. In addition to the bonding required for the low voltage return current, each body and driving or crew compartment enclosure shall be bonded to the vehicle frame by a copper conductor. This conductor shall have a minimum amperage rating of 115 percent of the nameplate current rating of the power source specification label as defined in Section 310-15 (amp capacities) of the NEC. A single conductor properly sized to meet the low voltage and line voltage requirements shall be permitted to be used. All power source system mechanical and electrical components shall be sized to support the continuous duty nameplate rating of the power source. Operation Instructions that provide the operator with the essential power source operating instructions, including the power-up and power-down sequence, shall be permanently attached to the apparatus at any point where such operations can take place. Provisions shall be made for quickly and easily placing the power source into operation. The control shall be marked to indicate when it is correctly positioned for power source operation. 61 Any control device used in the drive train shall be equipped with a means to prevent the unintentional movement of the control device from its set position. A power source specification label shall be permanently attached to the apparatus near the operator's control station. The label shall provide the operator with the information detailed in Figure 19-4.10. Direct drive (PTO) and portable generator installations shall comply with Article 445 (Generators) of the NEC. Overcurrent protection The conductors used in the power supply assembly between the output terminals of the power source and the main over current protection device shall not exceed 144.00" (3658 mm) in length. For fixed power supplies, all conductors in the power supply assembly shall be type THHW, THW, or use stranded conductors enclosed in nonmetallic liquid tight flexible conduit rated for a minimum of 194 degree Fahrenheit (90 degrees Celsius). For portable power supplies, conductors located between the power source and the line side of the main overcurrent protection device shall be type SO or type SEO with suffix WA flexible cord rated for 600-volts at 194 degrees Fahrenheit (90 degrees Celsius). Wiring Methods Fixed wiring systems shall be limited to the following: Metallic or nonmetallic liquid tight flexible conduit rated at not less than 194 degrees Fahrenheit (90 degrees Celsius) or Type SO or Type SEO cord with a WA suffix, rated at 600 volts at not less than 194 degrees Fahrenheit (90 degrees Celsius) Electrical cord or conduit shall not be attached to chassis suspension components, water or fuel lines, air or air brake lines, fire pump piping, hydraulic lines, exhaust system components, or low voltage wiring. In addition the wiring shall be run as follows. Separated by a minimum of 12.00" (305 mm), or properly shielded, from exhaust piping Separated from fuel lines by a minimum of 6.00" (152 mm) distance Electrical cord or conduit shall be supported within 6.00" (152 mm) of any junction box and at a minimum of every 24.00" (610 mm) of continuous run. Supports shall be made of nonmetallic materials or corrosion protected metal. All supports shall be of a design that does not cut or abrade the conduit or cable and shall be mechanically fastened to the vehicle. Wiring Identification All line voltage conductors located in the main panel board shall be individually and permanently identified. The identification shall reference the wiring schematic or indicate the final termination point. When prewiring for future power sources or devices, the unterminated ends shall be labeled showing function and wire size. Wet Locations All wet location receptacle outlets and inlet devices, including those on hardwired remote power distribution boxes, shall be of the grounding type provided with a wet location cover and installed in accordance with Section 210-7 "Receptacles and Cord Connections" of the NEC. 62 All receptacles located in a wet location shall be not less than 24.00" (610 mm) from the ground. The face of any wet location receptacle shall be installed in a plane from vertical to not more than 45 degrees off vertical. No receptacle shall be installed in a face up position. Dry Locations All receptacles located in a dry location shall be of the grounding type. Receptacles shall be not less than 30.00" (762 mm) above the interior floor height. All receptacles shall be marked with the type of line voltage (120-volts or 240-volts) and the current rating in amps. If the receptacles are direct current, or other than single phase, they shall be so marked. Listing All receptacles and electrical inlet devices shall be listed to UL 498, Standard for Safety Attachment Plugs and Receptacles, or other appropriate performance standards. Receptacles used for direct current voltages shall be rated for the appropriate service. Electrical System Testing The wiring and associated equipment shall be tested by the apparatus manufacturer or the installer of the line voltage system. The wiring and permanently connected devices and equipment shall be subjected to a dielectric voltage withstand test of 900-volts for one (1) minute. The test shall be conducted between live parts and the neutral conductor, and between live parts and the vehicle frame with any switches in the circuit(s) closed. This test shall be conducted after all body work has been completed. Electrical polarity verification shall be made of all permanently wired equipment and receptacles to determine that connections have been properly made. Operational Test per Current NFPA 1901 Standard The apparatus manufacturer shall perform the following operation test and ensure that the power source and any devices that are attached to the line voltage electrical system are properly connected and in working order. The test shall be witnessed and the results certified by an independent third-party certification organization. The prime mover shall be started from a cold start condition and the line voltage electrical system loaded to 100 percent of the nameplate rating. The power source shall be operated at 100 percent of its nameplate voltage for a minimum of two (2) hours unless the system meets category certification as defined in the current NFPA 1901 standard. Where the line voltage power is derived from the vehicle's low voltage system, the minimum continuous electrical load as defined in the current NFPA 1901 standard shall be applied to the low voltage electrical system during the operational test. GENERATOR The apparatus shall be equipped with a complete electrical power system. The generator shall be a 15.0 kW Hydraulic unit. The wiring and generator installation shall conform to the present National Electrical Codes Standards of the National Fire Protection Association. The installation shall be designed for continuous operation without overheating and undue stress on components. Generator Performance - Continuous Duty Rating: 15,000 watts - Nominal Volts: 120/240 - Amperage: 80 /42 - Phase: Single - Cycles: 60 hertz 63 - Engine Speed at Engagement: Idle The output of the generator shall be controlled by an internal hydraulic system. An electrical instrument gauge panel shall be provided for the operator to monitor and control all electrical operations and output. The generator shall be driven by a transmission power take off unit, through a hydraulic pump and motor. The generator shall include an electrical control inside the cab. The hydraulic engagement supply shall be operational only after the chassis parking brake is applied. Generator Instruments and Controls To properly monitor the generator performance a digital meter panel shall be furnished and mounted next to the circuit breaker panel. The meter shall indicate the following items: - Voltage - Amperage for both lines - Frequency - Generator run hours - Over current indication - Over temperature indication - "Power On" indication - Two (2) fuse holders with two (2) amp fuses (for indicator light protection) The meter and indicators shall be installed near eye level in the compartment. Instruments shall be flush mounted in an appropriate sized weatherproof electrical enclosure. All instruments used shall be accurate within +/- two (2) percent. Generator Wiring: The system shall be installed by highly qualified electrical technicians to assure the required level of safety and protection to the fire apparatus operators. The wiring, electrical fixtures and components shall be to the highest industry quality standards available on the domestic market. The equipment shall be the type as designed for mobile type installations subject to vibration, moisture and severe continuous usage. The following electrical components shall be the minimum acceptable quality standards for this apparatus: Wiring: All electrical wiring shall be fine stranded copper type. The wire shall be sized to the load and circuit breaker rating; ten (10) gauge on 30 amp circuits, 12 gauge on 20 amp circuits and 14 gauge on 15 amp circuits. The cable shall be run in corner areas and extruded aluminum pathways built into the body for easy access. Load Center: The main load center shall be a Cutler Hammer or equivalent with circuit breakers rated to load demand. Circuit Breakers: Individual breakers shall be provided for all on-line equipment to isolate a tripped breaker from affecting any other on-line equipment. GENERATOR LOCATION The generator shall be permanently mounted above the torque box in front of turntable. GENERATOR START There shall be a switch provided on the cab instrument panel to engage the generator. GENERATOR REMOTE START There shall be one (1) remote start switch provided in the cab switch panel to engage the hydraulic generator PTO and field. A light at each switch location shall be provided to indicate that the generator is running. 64 CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL The circuit breaker panel shall be located [determined at pre-construction]. GENERATOR COVER OVER TORQUE BOX The generator shall be totally enclosed with a cover constructed of .125" bright aluminum treadplate. The cover shall be louvered to provide adequate ventilation and have any necessary access doors for maintenance or operation of the generator. DIGITAL METER PANEL The generator meter panel shall be installed in place of the standard location. The digital meter panel shall be on anytime the generator is running (no green indicator light is required). ELECTRIC CORD REEL Furnished with the AC electrical system shall be a Hannay, Series 1600, cord reel or equivalent, wired for a four (4) conductor cord. The reel shall be provided with a 12-volt electric rewind switch that is guarded to prevent accidental operation and labeled for its intended use. The push button switch shall be protected with a fuse and installed at a height not to exceed 72.00" above the operators standing position. The exterior finish of the reel(s) shall be painted job color matching the body exterior. No guide is required on the reel assembly. A ball stop shall be provided to prevent the cord from being wound on the reel. A label shall be provided in a readily visible location adjacent to the reel. The label shall indicate current rating, current type, phase, voltage and total cable length. A total of two (2) cord reels shall be provided [Location, Cord Reel]. CORD Provided for electric distribution shall be two (2) lengths, one (1) for each reel, of 200 feet of yellow 10/4 electrical cord. A 30 amp, 120/240 volt, twist lock connector body shall be installed on the end of the cord. PORTABLE JUNCTION BOX There shall be a total of two (2) electrical junction box(s), listed for use in wet locations and provided with light to indicate power on. Each box shall be designed to keep the exterior electrical components above 2.00" of standing water, protected from corrosion, and capable of being carried with a gloved hand. There shall be a cable strain relief and a 1.00' pigtail with wire mesh grip, NEMA L14-20, 20 amp, 120/240 volt twist lock plug and boot provided for each box. Each box shall be gray . There shall be two circuits, 4 wire, with a common trip provided to each box. Each box shall be provided with the following receptacles: One (1) 120 vac, 15 amp straight blade duplex (household) receptacle Three (3) 120 vac, 20 amp twist lock receptacles NYLATRON GUIDE A nylatron guide shall be provided to aid in the pay out of the reel. There shall be two (2) guide(s) provided. ROLLER GUIDE Installed on the compartment wall that the cord reel is mounted in shall be a captive roller assembly to aid in the pay out of the cord from the reel. There shall be one for each reel for a total of two (2) roller guides. 65 JUNCTION BOX HOLDER There shall be an aluminum junction box holder installed adjacent to the cord reel. A total of two (2) shall be installed [Location]. FOUR (4)-SECTION 100 FOOT AERIAL LADDER CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS The ladder shall be constructed to meet all of the requirements as described in the current NFPA 1901 standards. The aerial device shall be a true ladder type device; therefore ladders attached to booms shall not be considered. These capabilities shall be established in an unsupported configuration. All structural load supporting elements of the aerial device that are made of a ductile material shall have a design stress of not more than 50% of the minimum yield strength of the material based on the combination of the live load and the dead load. This 2:1 structural safety factor meets the current NFPA 1901 standard. All structural load supporting elements of the aerial device that are made of non-ductile material shall have a design stress of not more than 20% of the minimum ultimate strength of the material, based on the combination of the rated capacity and the dead load. This 5:1 safety factor meets the current NFPA 1901 standard. Wire ropes and attaching systems used to extend and retract the fly sections shall have a 5:1 safety factor based on the ultimate strength under all operating conditions. The factor of safety for the wire rope shall remain above 2:1 during any extension or retraction stall. The minimum ratio of the diameter of wire rope used to the diameter of the sheave used shall be 1:12. Wire ropes shall be constructed of seven (7) strands over an inner wire core for increased flexibility. The wire rope shall be galvanized to reduce corrosion. The aerial base pivot bearings shall be maintenance free type bearings and require no external lubrication. The aerial device shall be capable of sustaining a static load one and one-half times its rated tip load capacity (live load) in every position in which the aerial device can be placed when the vehicle is on a firm level surface. The aerial device shall be capable of sustaining a static load one and one-third times its rated tip load capacity (live load) in every position the aerial device can be placed when the vehicle is on a slope of five degrees downward in the direction most likely to cause overturning. With the aerial device out of the cradle in the in the fully extended position at zero degrees elevation, a test load shall be applied in a horizontal direction normal to the centerline of the ladder. The turntable shall not rotate and the ladder shall not deflect beyond what the product specification allows. All welding of aerial components, including the aerial ladder sections, turntable, pedestal, and outriggers, shall be in compliance with the American Welding Society standards. All welding personnel shall be certified, as qualified under AWS welding codes. The aerial device shall be capable of operating with the maximum rated tip load in either of the two (2) following conditions: - Conditions of high wind up to 50 mph - Conditions of icing, up to a coating of .25" over the entire aerial structure All of the design criteria must be supported by the following test data (no exception): - Strain gage testing of the complete aerial device - Analysis of deflection data taken while the aerial device was under test load The following standards for materials are to be used in the design of the aerial device: - Materials are to be certified by the mill that manufactured the material - Materials that are certified or recertified by vendors other than the mill shall not be acceptable 66 - Material testing that is performed after the mill test shall be for verification only and not with the intent of changing the classification - All welded structural components for the ladder shall be traceable to their mill lots. LADDER CONSTRUCTION The ladder shall be comprised of four sections. The ladder shall have the capability to support a minimum of 500 pounds at the tip in the unsupported configuration, based upon 360 degree rotation, up to full extension. The ladder shall be designed to provide continuous egress for firefighters and civilians from an elevated position to the ground. The end of the fly section shall be constructed in a manner that aids personnel who are climbing off the ladder. The egress section shall be designed to maintain the rated load of the aerial device. It shall be bolted on for easy replacement. MINIMUM VERTICAL HEIGHT The ladder shall extend to a minimum height of 100' above the ground at full extension and elevation. The measurement of height shall be consistent with NFPA standards. MINIMUM HORIZONTAL REACH The horizontal reach shall be a minimum of 100'. The measurement of horizontal reach shall be consistent with NFPA standards. TURNTABLE The upper turntable assembly shall connect the aerial ladder to the turntable bearing. The steel structure shall have a mounting position for the aerial elevation cylinders, ladder connecting pins, and upper turntable operator's position. The turntable shall be coated with a non-skid, chemical resistant material in the walking areas. The stepping surfaces shall meet the skid-resistance requirements of the current NFPA 1901 standard. The turntable shall be lit to meet current NFPA 1901 requirements. Lights shall be activated by the aerial master switch. The turntable handrails shall be a minimum 42.00" high and shall not increase the overall travel height of the vehicle. The handrails shall be constructed from aluminum and have a slip resistant knurled surface. ELEVATION SYSTEM Two (2) double acting lift cylinders shall be utilized to provide smooth precise elevation. The lift cylinders shall be equipped with integral holding valves located on the cylinder to prevent the unit from falling should the charged lines be severed at any point within the hydraulic system. The lift cylinders shall be mounted utilizing maintenance free spherical bearings on both ends of the cylinders. The bearings shall help reduce pin wear. Ladder tip speed is automatically decelerated when the angle is above 60 degrees, reducing "tip-lash". The pivot pins shall be stainless steel with greaseless bushings. All elevation pins shall be stainless steel with greaseless ladder pivot pins. EXTENSION/RETRACTION SYSTEM A full hydraulic powered extension and retraction system shall be provided using two (2) hydraulic cylinders and wire ropes. Each cylinder is capable of operating the ladder in the event of a failure to the other. 67 Extension and retraction shall be internally limited within the cylinders, eliminating excess strain on wire ropes, sheaves and the ladder structure. Each of the cylinders, wire ropes and sheave assemblies shall be completely independent of the other, so as to provide a safety factor wherein a failure of one assembly shall not affect the function and operation of the other. The extension cylinders shall be equipped with integral holding valves to prevent the unit from retracting should the charged lines be severed at any point within the hydraulic system. The extension cylinders shall be mounted utilizing maintenance free spherical bearing s. The cylinders shall also have internal deceleration valves to cushion the movement of the cylinder when approaching full extension or retraction. The reeling of the wire rope shall be such as to provide synchronized, simultaneous movement of all sections to full extension. Wear pads that are made of polymer material shall be used between the telescoping sections for maximum weight distribution, strength and smoothness of operation. Adjustment screws shall be provided on the wear pads to permit proper side alignment. All sheaves shall be plastic and greaseless and all sheave pins and pivot pins shall be polished stainless steel. ROTATION INTERLOCK A permanently installed prevention mechanism shall be provided as part of the rotation system to prevent the rotation of the aerial device to the side in which the stabilizers have not been fully deployed or are short-jacked. The mechanism shall allow full and unrestricted use of the aerial in the 180 degree area on the side(s) where the stabilizers have been fully deployed. The system shall also have a manual override to comply with NFPA 1901. LOAD CAPACITIES Capacities shall be based upon full extension and 360 degree rotation. A load chart, visible at the operator's station, shall be provided. The load chart shall show the recommended safe load at any condition of the aerial device's elevation and extension. BOOM SUPPORT A heavy duty boom support shall be provided for support of the ladder in the travel position. On the base section of the ladder, a stainless steel scuff plate shall be provided where the ladder comes into contact with the boom support. SPECIAL SIZE AERIAL BOOM PANELS There shall be one boom panel provided on each side of the aerial ladder base section. The boom panel shall be painted job color black. The size of the boom panels shall be 144" X 22". The boom panels shall be designed so no mounting bolts are in the face of the panel. This shall keep the lettering surface free of holes. EXTENSION INDICATOR Extension markings and corresponding numerical indicators shall be provided along each inside and outside top rail of the base section of the aerial every ten (10) feet. They shall indicate various positions of extension up to full. Markings and indicators shall be clearly visible to the console operator. FOLDING STEPS One (1) set of folding steps shall be provided at the tip of the ladder. An additional set of folding steps shall be provided at the base of the fly section. 68 AERIAL DEVICE RUNG COVERS Each rung shall be covered with a secure, heavy-duty, aggressive, no-slip coating. The rung covers shall be glued to each rung, and shall be easily replaceable should the rung cover become damaged. The center portion of each rung cover shall be black and the outside 2.00" edge at each side shall be photoluminescent to assist in providing a light source for each rung during low light conditions. Under no circumstances shall the rung covers be fastened to the rungs using screws or rivets. The rung covers shall have a 10-year, limited warranty. LADDER STORAGE MOUNTING BRACKETS Mounting shall be provided on the right side of the aerial device while viewed from the turntable for storage of one (1) roof ladder(s). The bracket(s) shall be located inboard of the boom panel at the base section. The bracket(s) shall hold the boom panel as close to the base section as possible and include straps or latches to secure the ladder. The mounting brackets shall accommodate a 14' Duo-Safety 775-A-DR roof ladder as determined by the type of aerial device and the available space. PIKE POLE MOUNTING BRACKETS Mounting shall be provided near the end of the fly section of the aerial ladder for one (1) pike pole(s). The bracket shall be sized to hold a Fire Hooks Unlimited 8' pike pole. AXE MOUNTING BRACKETS Brackets shall be provided near the end of the fly section of the aerial ladder for mounting a fire axe. The mounting plates shall be D/A finished aluminum. TURNTABLE CONTROL STATION There shall be a turntable control station located on the left hand side of the turntable so the operator shall be able to easily observe the ladder tip while operating the controls. The controls shall permit the operator to regulate the speed of the aerial functions within safe limits (as determined by the manufacturer and NFPA standards). The controls shall be clearly marked and lighted for nighttime operation. A hinged cover shall be provided. The momentary foot switch located at the turntable control station shall activate the aerial function controls. They are capable of being operated independently or simultaneously. The following controls and indicator lights shall be clearly identified, illuminated, and conveniently located for ease of operation and viewing: - Elevation, extension/retraction, and rotation controls - High idle switch - Rung alignment indicator light - Tip/Tracking lights switch - Hydraulic system pressure gauge - Indicator/Alarm test switch - EPU switch and light - Operator's load chart - Stabilizer Not Fully Extended indicator light - Monitor controls - Aerial waterway flow meter There shall also be a minimum of two (2) 12-volt work lights installed on the turntable to illuminate the surrounding area for nighttime operation. The work lights shall be activated by the aerial master switch. 69 STABILIZER CONTROL STATION There shall be two (2) easily accessible control stations, one (1) for driver side stabilizers and one (1) for passenger side stabilizers, located at the rear of the apparatus. The following controls and indicator lights shall be clearly identified, illuminated, and conveniently located for ease of operation and viewing at each of the control stations except where otherwise noted: - Left Rear Stabilizer Firm On Ground indicator light (driver side panel only) - Left Rear Stabilizer Fully Extended Indicator light (driver side panel only) - Left Rear Stabilizer In/Out switch (driver side panel only) - Left Rear Stabilizer Up/Down switch (driver side panel only) - Left Front Stabilizer Firm On Ground indicator light (driver side panel only) - Left Front Stabilizer Fully Extended indicator light (driver side panel only) - Left Front Stabilizer In/Out switch (driver side panel only) - Left Front Stabilizer Up/Down switch (driver side panel only) - Right Rear Stabilizer Firm On Ground indicator light (passenger side panel only) - Right Rear Stabilizer Fully Extended indicator light (passenger side panel only) - Right Rear Stabilizer In/Out switch (passenger side panel only) - Right Rear Stabilizer Up/Down switch (passenger side panel only) - Right Front Stabilizer Firm On Ground indicator light (passenger side panel only) - Right Front Stabilizer Fully Extended indicator light (passenger side panel only) - Right Front Stabilizer In/Out switch (passenger side panel only) - Right Front Stabilizer Up/Down switch (passenger side panel only) - Hydraulic emergency power switch - High idle switch STABILIZERS The vehicle shall come equipped with a stabilization system. This system shall meet or exceed all requirements of the NFPA specifications related to stabilization and setup on sloped surfaces. The stabilizer/leveling jacks shall have a maximum spread of 13' measured from the centerline of the jack footpads when the beams are fully extended. The cylinders shall have pilot-operated check valves designed to insure that the beams shall not drift out of the stowed position during travel. Wear pads shall guide the stabilizers. Each stabilizer jack shall have a polished stainless steel shield. The stainless steel shield shall be a maximum of 14.00" wide so as to allow the extension of the stabilizer between parked cars or other obstacles. AUXILIARY STABILIZER PADS An auxiliary ground pad shall be supplied for each stabilizer to provide additional load distribution on soft surfaces. The pads will be made from a lightweight composite material. The ground pressure shall not exceed 75 pounds per square inch when the ground pads are used and the apparatus is fully loaded and the aerial device is carrying its rated capacity in any position. The pads shall be stored in a double stacked configuration, two (2) behind each rear tandem axle in a single bracket. STABILIZER CONTROLS An electrically controlled hydraulic valve shall power stabilizer movement. The valve can also be manually controlled in the event of electrical malfunction. Hydraulic power override controls shall be incorporated into the valve. The manual override mechanism shall be completely sealed within the valve assembly to prevent any possibility of corrosion. 70 The stabilizer controls shall be located to provide the operator with a full view of each stabilizer being positioned. Each stabilizer control panel shall include the following: -In/out stabilizer beam control toggle switch -Up/down stabilizer jack control toggle switch -Emergency hydraulic power unit (EPU) control toggle switch -High idle control toggle switch -Stabilizer fully extended LED indicator lights -Stabilizer planted LED indicator lights As a safety device, an electrically actuated diverter valve shall be provided. The hydraulic power shall be diverted to the aerial ladder controls automatically the instant all stabilizer jacks are firmly planted on the ground. Once the aerial ladder is raised from the bedded position, the stabilizer hydraulic power is cut off so the stabilizers shall not accidentally be moved while the aerial is being operated. To aid in leveling the unit, two bubble type angle indicators shall be located near the stabilizer controls. One indicator shall show the angle of the truck from the front to rear and the other shall show the side to side angle of the truck. The indicators shall be color coded green to show when the truck has been properly leveled allowing the aerial device to be operated at full capacity. A stabilizer deployment audible warning alarm shall be provided at each side of the body, activated by the stabilizer movement. A "Stabilizers Not Stowed" indicator light shall be provided in the cab within view of the driver. It shall illuminate automatically whenever the stabilizers are not fully stowed to prevent damage to the vehicle if it is moved. The stabilizer system shall also be wired to the "Do Not Move Truck" indicator light. This light shall flash whenever the apparatus parking brake is not engaged and the stabilizers are not fully stowed. PAINTED DOOR, STABILIZER CONTROL BOX Vertically hinged aluminum doors shall be provided over each stabilizer control box. The doors shall be hinged inboard. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM All hose assemblies shall be assembled and crimped by the hose manufactures certified technician. An assembly cell shall be located on the premises where the technician can perform audits of the final aerial assembly for proper fitting torque and hose routing. All manufacturing employees responsible for the installation of hydraulic components shall be properly trained. Training shall include: proper handling, installation, torque requirements, cleanliness and quality control procedures for hydraulic components. Hoses used in the aerial hydraulic system shall be of a premium quality hose with a high abrasion resistant cover. All pressure hoses shall have a working pressure of 4000 psi. and a burst pressure rating of 16,000 psi. The hydraulic oil shall be a premium Multi-Vis product that shall have a leading edge additive package, provide oxidation stability, be extremely shear stable, and have maximum anti-wear properties. All oil delivered to the manufacturing site shall have a minimum ISO cleanliness level of 18/15/13. Each aerial shall be evaluated as to the region and climate where it shall be used to determine the optimum viscosity and proper oil grade. Oil viscosity shall be based on an optimum range of 80 to 1000 SUS during normal aerial use. Before shipment of the unit, an oil sample shall be taken and analyzed to confirm the oil is within the allowable ISO grade tolerance. The aerial hydraulic system shall have a minimum oil cleanliness level of ISO 18/15/13 based on the ISO 4406:1999 cleanliness standard. Each customer shall receive a certificate of actual cleanliness test results and an explanation of the rating system. 71 Each aerial shall include an oil sample port, identified with a yellow dust cap and a label, for subsequent customer testing. Ball valves shall be provided in the hydraulic suction and return lines to permit component servicing without draining the oil reservoir. The system hydraulic pressure shall be displayed on a 2.5" liquid filled gauge, located on the control console. The hydraulic system shall be additionally protected from excessive pressure by a secondary pressure relief valve set at 3150 psi. In the event the main hydraulic pump compensator malfunctions, the secondary relief shall prevent system damage. HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS All cylinders used on the aerial device shall be produced by a manufacturer that specializes in the manufacture of hydraulic cylinders. Each cylinder shall include integral safety holding cartridges. Each cylinder shall be designed to a minimum safety factor of 4:1 to failure. All safety holding cartridges shall be installed at the cylinder manufacturer, in a controlled clean environment to avoid possible contamination and or failure. HYDRAULIC PUMP The hydraulic system shall be supplied by a variable displacement, load and pressure compensating piston pump. The pump shall meet the demands of all three (3) simultaneous aerial functions. The pump shall provide proper flow for a single aerial function with the engine at idle speed. A switch shall be provided on the control console to increase the engine speed for multiple function operation. EMERGENCY PUMP The aerial shall be equipped with an emergency hydraulic pump, electrically driven from the truck batteries. The pump shall be capable of running for 30 minutes for limited aerial functions to stow the unit in case of a main pump or truck system failure. A momentary switch shall be located at the stabilizer and aerial control locations to activate the emergency pump. AERIAL CONTROL VALVE The aerial hydraulic control valve shall be designed with special spool flows, limiting the oil flow for the designed function speed. OIL RESERVOIR The oil reservoir shall have a minimum capacity of 30 gallons. The oil fill location shall be easily accessible and be labeled "Hydraulic Oil Only" and also indicate the grade of oil that is installed in the reservoir. The fill shall have a desiccant breather filter with a water capacity of 4 fluid ounces and a 5 micron rating. A drain hose shall be included and shall terminate with a quarter turn ball valve. Two (2) suction ports shall be provided, one (1) for the main hydraulic pump and one (1) for the emergency pump. HIGH PRESSURE FILTER The pressure filter shall be rated for 6,000 psi working pressure and generously sized for efficiency and capacity. A 90 psi bypass spring shall be included to protect the element and hydraulic system during lower than normal system operating temperatures. The 5Q filter element shall be constructed of a micro glass medium, which has the highest capture efficiency, dirt holding capacity and life expectancy over other media such as cellulose and synthetic. The nominal rating shall be 5 micron and have an efficiency rating of 99.3 % for 5 micron sized particles. The element shall have a dirt holding capacity of not less than 35 grams. 72 RETURN FILTER The return filter shall be rated for 800 psi working pressure and generously sized for efficiency and capacity. A 25 psi bypass spring shall be included to protect the element and hydraulic system during lower than normal system operating temperatures. The 5Q filter element shall be constructed of a micro glass medium, which has the highest capture efficiency, dirt holding capacity and life expectancy over other media such as cellulose and synthetic. The nominal rating shall be 5 microns and have an efficiency rating of 99.6% for 5 micron sized particles. The element shall have a dirt holding capacity of not less than 40 grams. HYDRAULIC SWIVEL The aerial ladder shall be equipped with a high pressure hydraulic swivel which shall connect the hydraulic lines from the hydraulic pump and reservoir, through the rotation point, to the aerial control bank. The hydraulic swivel shall allow for 360-degree continuous rotation of the aerial. ELECTRIC SWIVEL The ladder shall be equipped with an electric swivel to allow 360-degree rotation of the aerial while maintaining connections in all electrical circuits through the rotation point. A minimum of 28 collector rings that are capable of supplying 30-amp continuous service shall be provided. All collector rings shall be enclosed and protected against condensation and corrosion. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM The aerial electrical system shall be designed and manufactured in such a way that the power and signal protection and control compartments shall contain circuit protection devices and power control devices. The power and signal protection and control components shall be protected against corrosion, excessive heat, excessive vibration, physical damage, and water spray. The aerial electrical system shall be designed and manufactured to allow the following: - All of the serviceable components shall be readily accessible. - Circuit protection devices shall be utilized to protect each circuit. - All circuit protection devices shall be sized to prevent wire and component damage when subjected to extreme current overload. - General protection circuit breakers shall be Type-I automatic reset (continuously resetting) or Type-II (manual resetting) and conform to SAE requirements. When required, automotive type fuses conforming to SAE requirements shall be utilized to protect electronic equipment. - Power control relays and solenoids, when utilized, shall have a direct current (dc) rating of 125% of the maximum current for which the circuit is protected. The aerial electrical system shall be designed and manufactured to allow the following: - Toggle switches shall be utilized that are certified for the outside conditions that fire apparatus experience. (no exception) - All wiring shall be protected through conduit or loom. - All wiring harnesses shall be properly supported to eliminate harness damage through rubbing. - An inductive proximity switch and illumination light shall be incorporated into the boom support. - The aerial master and aerial PTO can be engaged after the water pump has been engaged without having to bring the RPM back to idle. - Standard cabling to the tip of the aerial shall consist of one (1) 16/20 cable and one (1) 12/8 cable. DRIVER SIDE TORQUE BOX POWER DISTRIBUTION PANEL A fuse and relay panel, located behind the driver side stabilizer, shall include the following: - NEMA 4x rated weatherproof enclosure - Relays, fuses, and circuit breakers for aerial and stabilizer interlocks and control switches 73 TURNTABLE LIGHTING The turntable shall be lighted for nighttime operation with a minimum of two (2) work lights activated by the aerial master switch. A foot switch shall be located at the turntable console to allow hydraulic flow to the aerial device. The foot switch shall be protected by a cover to prevent accidental activation. Activation of the foot switch is necessary for aerial device operation. TURNTABLE CONSOLE The following switches and indicator lights shall be standard on the turntable console: - High idle on/off switch - Tip/Tracking light switch - Indicator and alarm test switch - Emergency hydraulic power switch - STABILIZERS NOT FULLY EXTENDED amber indicator light - Rung alignment green indicator light The turntable console shall be lighted for nighttime operation with one (1) work light activated by the aerial master switch. A fuse panel shall be located in the turntable console. TURNTABLE OVERRIDE CONTROLS The aerial manual override controls shall be located in the turntable control console. MASTER OVERRIDE CONTROLS An emergency power switch shall be located at the rear of the apparatus. The switch shall activate the emergency power unit and allow control of the aerial or stabilizers based on the direction the switch is toggled. A work light shall be provided to illuminate the master override controls when the battery switch is active and the master override door is open. BOOM SUPPORT A proximity switch shall be provided on the boom support to detect if the aerial device is fully stowed within the boom support. STABILIZER INDICATOR A "Stabilizers Not Stowed" indicator shall be provided in the driver's compartment. It shall illuminate automatically whenever the stabilizers are not fully stowed, to prevent damage to the apparatus if moved. The stabilizer system shall also be wired to the "Do Not Move" indicator light, which shall flash whenever the apparatus parking brake is not fully engaged and the stabilizers are not fully stowed. CRADLE INTERLOCK SYSTEM A cradle interlock system shall be provided to prevent the lifting of the aerial from the nested position until the operator has positioned all the stabilizers in a load supporting configuration. A switch shall be installed at the cradle to prevent operation of the stabilizers once the aerial has been elevated from the nested position. STABILIZER ALARM An electronic warning device shall be provided at each stabilizer to warn personnel that the stabilizers are being deployed. Each alarm shall produce a fast pulsing 90 DBA signal and shall cancel only when the stabilizer is put into a load bearing configuration. STABILIZER SCENE LIGHTS A 4.00" clear floodlight shall be provided on each stabilizer to illuminate the surrounding area. The light shall be actuated by the aerial master switch. 74 SPOTLIGHTS There shall be six (6) 12 volt DC LED bail mount lights furnished. One (1) shall be mounted on the driver's side of the base section of the ladder One (1) shall be mounted on the passenger's side of the base section of the ladder One (1) shall be mounted high on the driver's side tip of aerial One (1) shall be mounted high on the passenger's side tip of aerial One (1) shall be mounted low on the driver's side tip of the aerial One (1) shall be mounted low on the passenger's side tip of the aerial The painted parts of this light assembly to be black. Power to the "tracking lights" shall be controlled by an on/off switch at the turntable control operator's position. The lights at the tip shall be controlled by platform/tip and turntable. LIGHTING ON AERIAL LADDER There shall be LED rung lighting provided on both sides of the aerial ladder base, lower and upper mid, and fly sections. The lighting shall be located adjacent to the ladder rungs along the lower rail of the ladder sections and shall run the length of the ladder section. The color of the sections shall be: The base section of the ladder to be red. The lower mid-section of the ladder to be red. The upper mid-section of the ladder to be red. The fly section of the ladder to be red. The LED rung lighting shall be activated when a switch at the turntable operator's panel is activated through the master battery switch. The lights may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. LIGHTING ON AERIAL TIP There shall be one blue LED flashing light located at the tip of the ladder for orientation to locate the ladder when returning. STABILIZER WARNING LIGHTS There shall be four (4) LED flashing warning lights with chrome flanges installed, one (1) on each stabilizer cover panel. The front stabilizer pan lights to be red to the front and amber to the rear with a clear lens The rear stabilizer pan lights to be amber to the front and red to the rear with a clear lens These warning lights shall be activated by the same switch as the side warning lights. 75 STABILIZER BEAM WARNING LIGHTS Two (2) 4.00" diameter red LED flashing lights shall be mounted on each stabilizer, one (1) facing forward and one (1) facing rearward. The lights shall be LED lights. The lights shall be recessed in the horizontal beam of the stabilizer. These warning lights shall be activated with the aerial master switch. 120-VOLT RECEPTACLE AT TIP A 120-volt, 20 amp, three (3)-prong twist lock receptacle, with weatherproof cover shall be provided at the tip of the aerial device. 2-WAY AERIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM There shall be a two-way intercom system provided. The control module shall be located on the turntable operator console, provided there is room, and have an LED volume display and push- button volume control. A hands free module shall be located at the aerial tip or platform and constantly transmit to the other module unless the control module push-to-talk button is pressed. Each intercom unit shall be weatherproof. RAISED AERIAL PEDESTAL The aerial pedestal shall be raised to accommodate the height of the cab. RESCUE LIFTING SYSTEM A rescue lifting attachment shall be provided. The lifting attachment shall mount to the aerial egress and shall consist of a pair of nylatron pulleys mounted to a stainless steel shaft. The pulleys shall be adjustable from side to side and shall have a total lifting capacity of 500 pounds, regardless of whether one (1) or both pulleys are being utilized. LIFTING EYE - ROPE RESCUE ATTACHMENT Two (2) eyes shall be welded, one (1) to each ladder beam, at the ladder egress with a spreader bar tobe mounted between the eyes. This design shall distribute a load evenly across the ladder beams because of a single lifting eye on the spreader bar. The bar is retained by two (2) locking pins, one (1) at each end outboard of each eye. Leveling is maintained by the bar rotating in the eyes. SPECIAL COLOR, BOOM SUPPORT The boom support shall be painted job color. AERIAL BOOM SUPPORT LIGHT There shall be one (1) white LED light mounted in the boom support cradle in place of the standard cradle light. STABILIZER SCENE LIGHTS There shall be one (1) 12.00" LED weatherproof strip light installed on each stabilizer to illuminate the surrounding area. These lights shall be in place of the standard lights. A total of four (4) lights shall be provided. MANSAVER™ BARS, AERIAL TURNTABLE ManSaver™ bars shall be installed at the aerial turntable. WATER SYSTEM A waterway system shall be provided consisting of the following components and features: 76 A 5.00" pipe connected to the water supply on one end and to a water swivel at the rotation point of the turntable. The water swivel shall allow the ladder to rotate 360 degrees continuously while flowing water. A 4.00" waterway swivel is to be routed through the rotation point swivel up to the heel pin swivel. The heel pin swivel shall allow the water to flow to the ladder pipe while elevating the aerial ladder from -5 degrees to 75 degrees. The heel pivot pin is not integral with the waterway swivel at any point. The design of the waterway shall allow complete servicing of the waterway swivel without disturbing the heel pivot pin. The integral telescopic water system shall consist of a 4.50" diameter tube in the base section, a 4.00" diameter tube in the inner mid-section, 3.50" diameter tube in the outer mid-section and a 3.00" diameter tube in the fly section. The telescopic water pipes shall be anodized aluminum. The rotational torque shall have adequate power to rotate the ladder into a full 1000 gallon per minute water stream directed at 90 degrees to the side while maintaining the fully rated tip load. The aerial shall be capable of discharging up to 1000 gallons per minute at 100 pounds per square inch parallel to the ladder and 90 degrees to each side of center while maintaining the fully rated tip load. An adjustable intake relief valve shall be furnished to protect the aerial waterway from a pressure surge. A 1.50" drain valve shall be located at the lowest point of the waterway system. WATERWAY SEALS The waterway seals shall be of type-B PolyPak design, composed of nitroxile seal and a nitrile wiper, which together offer maximum stability and extrusion resistance on the waterway. The seal shall be capable of withstanding pressures up to 2000 psi, temperatures in excess of 250 degrees Fahrenheit and have resistance to all foam generating solutions. The seals shall be internally lubricated. The waterway seals shall have automatic centering guides constructed of synthetic thermalpolymer. The guides shall provide positive centering of the extendible sections within each other and the base section to insure longer service life and smoother operation. AERIAL MONITOR An Akron, model 3578 monitor or equivalent with stow and deploy shall be provided at the tip with a Akron 1250 gpm Model 5177. The monitor's functions shall be controlled electrically from two (2) separate locations. One (1) control shall be located at the control console and the other at the ladder tip. There shall be a courtesy light at the tip of the aerial to illuminate the controls. FLOW METER (AERIAL WATERWAY) A digital flow indicator with LED display shall be provided for the aerial waterway at the turntable control station. The display shall have a flow totalizer, programmable high and low flow warnings, and automatically adjust LED brightness for day/night viewing. REAR INLET A 5.00" NST inlet to the aerial waterway shall be provided at the rear of the apparatus. The rear inlet plumbing shall be 10 ga. stainless steel. It shall be furnished with a 5.00" chrome plated adapter and a 5.00" chrome plated, long handle cap. The outlet shall be located at pre construction. WATERWAY LOCKING SYSTEM The aerial ladder waterway monitor shall be capable of being positioned at either the fly section or at the next lower section of the ladder. 77 The monitor location shall be changeable. The monitor shall be operational at all times, regardless of its position, without connecting or disconnecting electrical lines. TOOLS The following tools shall be provided for retorquing of all specified bolts as recommended by the manufacturer: - Torque Wrench - All Required Extensions, Sockets and Adapters - 4-to-1 Multiplier MANUALS Two (2) operator maintenance manuals and two (2) wiring diagrams pertaining to the aerial device shall be provided with the apparatus at time of pick-up. INITIAL INSTRUCTION On initial delivery of the fire apparatus, the contractor shall supply a qualified representative to demonstrate the apparatus and provide initial instruction to the fire department regarding the operation, care, and maintenance of the apparatus for a period of three (3) days. LOOSE EQUIPMENT The following equipment shall be furnished with the completed unit: - One (1) bag of chrome, stainless steel, or cadmium plated screws, nuts, bolts and washers, as used in the construction of the unit NFPA REQUIRED LOOSE EQUIPMENT, PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT The following loose equipment as outlined in NFPA 1901, 2009 edition, section 8.8.2 shall be provided by the fire department. All loose equipment and mounting brackets shall be installed on the apparatus before placed in emergency service, unless the fire department waives NFPA section 4.21. Prior to the ordering of any loose equipment, the manufacturer’s representative will meet with the Fire Chief and Apparatus Committee to review the model numbers and/or sizes to ensure the loose equipment and mounting brackets are the most appropriate size and/or model number. It shall be of utmost importance that all loose equipment and mounting brackets function as designed when used with the apparatus and the apparatus function as designed when used with the equipment. It is understood that each manufacturer will have different sized compartments. However due to the amount of tools and equipment that City of Milton Fire Department’s apparatus carries the compartment dimensions of each Manufacturer will be strongly considered when selecting an apparatus manufacturer. Each Manufacturer will have to account for the weight of all tools, equipment and mounting brackets to ensure proper specifications of the apparatus as it pertains to weight and design. Fire Ground Hand Tools 2 Hook, dry wall, 6' 1 Hook, dry wall, 8' 4 Pike pole, 6' 2 Pike pole, 8' 2 Pike pole, 10' 2 Pike pole, 12' 2 Pike pole, closet hook, 3' 2 Axe, flat head, 6# 3 Axe, pick head, 6# 2 Crow bar, steel, 36" 78 1 Pry bar, steel, 36" 1 Pry bar, steel, 48" 2 TN635 6.5 LB Head 35" 2 Griff Hook w/ Heavy Duty Carry Sling 3 Tool, Halligan Long Hand Tools 2 Shovel, scoop, 48" D-handle 2 Shovel, square end, 48" D-handle 2 Shovel, round end, 48" D-handle 2 Hammer, sledge, 10# Special Wild-land Equipment 2 Rake, fire Fire Extinguishers 1 Extinguisher, carbon dioxide, 15# (C02), Class C 2 Extinguisher, dry chemical, 10#, Class ABC 2 Extinguisher, water, pressurized, 2.5 gallon, Class A Smoke Ejectors 2 Fan, smoke ejector, positive pressure, electric 1 24GX120 Ventry Fan Gas 1 Holder, fan, smoke ejector, door bar Traffic Control Equipment 5 Traffic cones, plastic 1 Traffic flares, case 4 Tape, barrier, plastic roll 6 Vest, reflective Small Rescue or Entry Equipment 1 Bolt cutter, manual, 24" 1 Bolt cutter, manual, 30" 2 Paratech Buster Tool 1 Glass Master Rescue hand tool 1 Tool, entry, "K tool" 1 W-Tool-QC "Quick-Change" Hydraulic Rescue Tools & Equipment 1 E-Draulic S 311E2 Cutter HURST 1 E-Draulic SP 310E2 Spreader HURST 1 E-Draulic R 421E2 Ram HURST Shoring and Cribbing Equipment--Trench Rescue 6 Cribbing, wood, 2 x 4 x 18 6 Cribbing, wood, 4 x 4 x 18 6 Cribbing, wood, 2 x 4 x 36 2 Long Strut: CTC-501 Rescue 42 79 2 Short Strut: CTC-502 Rescue 42 1 Strut Jack: CTC-503 1 Large Accessory Bag: CTC-512 6 Wedges, wood, 4 x 4 x 18 2 Jack, mechanical, long highlift 2 Plate, outrigger 2 Chain, steel, 6' with hooks 2 Chain, steel, 10' with hooks 1 Chain, shortener 1 Chain, shackle 1 Chain, shackle kit 2 Winch, manual, come along 4 Straps, extrication, w/quick release buckles Air Rescue Equipment and Bags 1 Air bag, controller 1 Air bag, high pressure, 8 x 8 1 Air bag, high pressure, 15 x 15 1 Air bag, high pressure, 22 x 22 1 Air bag, high pressure, 24 x 24 1 Air bag, pressure regulator Salvage Equipment 2 Broom, push, long handle 2 Bucket, mop, w/ ringer 3 Mop, long handle 1 Nails, assorted, can 2 Plastic, roll, 100' x 20' 1 Pump, electric, sump 4 Squeegee, long handle 1 Arrow HT50 Heavy Duty Hammer Tacker 2 Tape, duct 3 Tarp, floor runner 6 Tarp, salvage covers 3 Canvas covers 6x6, 6x8, 8x8 4 Galvanized Steel Tubs 15gal. 1 Vacuum, Commercial Hoover 20 gal Gasoline, engine, spare parts (small engine & tools) 1 Container, safety cans, 1 gallon bar oil 1 Container, safety can, 1 gallon mixed 1 Container, safety cans, 5 gallon 12 Electrical, tape 1 Engine, air filter 1 Engine, fuel filter 1 Engine, oil, 1 quart 1 Engine, spark plug 2 Funnel, plastic 6 Saw, blade, extra 10 blades 1 Saw, wood, extra chain (gas) 1 Sprayer, Silicone 80 Water Rescue Equipment 4 Harness, rescue, body type 4 Life preserver, personal flotation device Rope Rescue Equipment--High Angle Rescue 20 Carabineer, locking 4 Harness, body 4 Rope, 1/2", Kern-mantle, 200', water rescue 1 Rope, 1/2", nylon, 200' 1 Rope, 3/8", nylon, 200' 1 Rope, 5/8", Kern-mantle, 200', water rescue 4 Rope, 50', w/throw bag 2 Rope, ascender device 2 Rope, nylon, 1/2" x 100' utility 20 Sling, nylon 2 Petzl I’D Self-Braking Descender GP 1 Remote Carabineer Pole Electrical Equipment 1 Cord, electric, 50' #12/3 4 Electrical, pigtail/adapter 1 Ventry All Terrian Scene and Power light unit 1OPUPS 2 Junction box, electric, distribution 2 Light, flood, tripod 4 Light, portable, 500 watt 2 Reel, electric, portable with cord 1 Milwaukee Saw, electric, Sawzall Hose and Coupling Equipment 1 Hose, clamp, manual 1 Hose, hoist, edge protector 1 Hose, jacket, 3" 1 Hose, roller, air remover 4 Hose, strap 2 Mallet, Rubber 2 Wrench, hydrant 8 Wrench, large diameter hose, LDH 4 Wrench, spanner, combination 1 Water thief, gated, 2.5”F x 2.5”M, x (2) 1.5”M, aluminum 1 Wye, gated, 2.5”F x (2) 1.5”M, aluminum Adapters, fittings, caps 2 Adapter, double female, 1.5”, brass 2 Adapter, double female, 2.5”, aluminum 2 Adapter, double male, 1.5”, aluminum 2 Adapter, double male, 2.5”, aluminum Nozzles 1 Nozzle, cellar, 2.5", brass 3 Nozzle, foam attachment, 1.5” 81 1 Nozzle, foam, 2.5", w/pickup tube 1 Nozzle, piercing, 1.5" Hose 4 Hose, LW, cotton, 1.5” x 50' (roll) 1 Hose, LW, cotton, 2” x 50', w/1.5” couplings (roll) 1 Hose, LW, Nitrile Jacket, 5" x 100', w/Storz coupling (roll) Small Hand Tools 1 DeWalt 36V 4 tool comco kit 1 Hammer, ball pean, 12 oz. 1 Hammer, claw 1 Knife, cutter, seat belt 1 Pliers, lineman’s, 8” 1 Pliers, needle nose, 6” 1 Pliers, Vise Grip, 10" 1 Punch, center 1 Saw, drywall 1 Saw, hand hacksaw, w/spare blades & wire blades 1 Screwdriver, Phillips, #2 x 6 1 Screwdriver, Phillips, #3 x 8 1 Screwdriver, slotted, 1/4 x 2.5 1 Screwdriver, slotted, 1/4 x 6 1 Screwdriver, slotted, 3/8 x 12 1 Screwdriver, slotted, 5/16 x 8 1 Shears, metal, snips 1 Tape, measure, roll 1 Tool box, metal, 20", hand tools 1 Wrench, adjustable, 12” 1 Wrench, adjustable, 8” 1 Wrench, adjustable,10” 1 Wrench, combination, Metric, open end, 8 mm to 18 mm (11 piece) 1 Wrench, combination, SAE, open end, 5/16” to 1” (11 piece) 1 Wrench, pipe, adjustable, 18” 1 Wrench, ratchet, 3/8” drive, Metric 8 mm to 18 mm (24 pieces) 1 Wrench, ratchet, 3/8” drive, SAE 3/8" to 3/4" (24 piece) Miscellaneous Equipment 1 "Emergency Response Kit Vehicle lock out/high tech tools .com" 1 Personal Lockout/Tagout (LOTO) Kit 1 Gauge, air pressure, tires 1 Open Door, Inc: Wedge-It Set 1 Sprinkler, wedges, set 1 Elevator, key 2 Hooks, hay bail 1 Wrench, water main, shut off 1 Paratech Leak sealing plug kit 1 Vent Boss Rescue Saw with Husqvarna Engine 2 Saw, chain, gasoline 61 cc, w/ 19" bar 1 K-12FD Fire/Rescue Saw95cc 82 4 Intercom, system, w/four headsets 2 Wheel chocks, large Electrical Equipment--Low Voltage 6 Flashlight, small, w/batteries 3 Lanterns, portable, battery powered Personnel Equipment 4 Belt, safety, ladder type 1 Water, container, 5 gal, w/ water SCBA Equipment and Cylinders 1 SCOTT RIT-PAK III 4 SCBA, alarm, PASS 6 SCBA, cylinder, 4500 PSI 30 min, spare 4 SCBA, Scott AP 75 4500 PSI cylinder, w/PASS & mask Instruments 1 Metris: Heavy Duty Infra-Red Dual Laser Thermometer 1 Bullard Eclipse LDX TIC 1 Detector, 4 gas monitor Scott Protégé HAZMAT Related Items 2 Absorbent, oil dry Reference & Communication 1 Binoculars, eye 1 Book, DOT reference 1 Book, map 1 Book, medical guide 1 Book, NFPA HAZMAT handbook 1 Book, phone 1 Camera, Polaroid or digital 2 Clip board 1 Computer, laptop 4 Radio, hand 1 Telephone, cell Stretcher and Patient Control Equipment 2 Back board, long 1 Reeves Sleeve 1 Body, pouch / SKED Strecher 1 Extraction device, KED 5 Neck brace, C-collar 1 Stretcher, stokes basket 1 Stretcher, stokes, 4pt. attachment bridle Medical and EMS equipment 1 Blanket, disposable 2 Blanket, fire, w/bag 1 Blanket, wool 1 Defibrillator, cardiac, 12 lead monitor 83 1 Medical, air way kit 1 Medical, ambulance bag 2 Medical, burn kit 1 Medical, drug bag 1 Medical, first aid kit, 25 unit 1 Medical, OB kit 1 Medical, rescue breather 3 Medical, splints 3 Medical, squeeze bag mask 1 Medical, suction, portable 2 Medical, trauma kit 1 Medical, V-vac 1 Oxygen, cylinders, D 1 Resuscitation, respirator, oxygen PAINT The exterior custom cab and body painting procedure shall consist of a seven (7) step finishing process as follows: 1. Manual Surface Preparation - All exposed metal surfaces on the custom cab and body shall be thoroughly cleaned and prepared for painting. Imperfections on the exterior surfaces shall be removed and sanded to a smooth finish. Exterior seams shall be sealed before painting. Exterior surfaces that shall not be painted include; chrome plating, polished stainless steel, anodized aluminum and bright aluminum treadplate. 2. Chemical Cleaning and Pretreatment - All surfaces shall be chemically cleaned to remove dirt, oil, grease, and metal oxides to ensure the subsequent coatings bond well. The aluminum surfaces shall be properly cleaned and treated using a high pressure, high temperature 4 step Acid Etch process. The steel and stainless surfaces shall be properly cleaned and treated using a high temperature 3 step process specifically designed for steel or stainless. The chemical treatment converts the metal surface to a passive condition to help prevent corrosion. A final pure water rinse shall be applied to all metal surfaces. 3. Surfacer Primer - The Surfacer Primer shall be applied to a chemically treated metal surface to provide a strong corrosion protective basecoat. A minimum thickness of 2 mils of Surfacer Primer is applied to surfaces that require a Critical aesthetic finish. The Surfacer Primer is a two-component high solids urethane that has excellent sanding properties and an extra smooth finish when sanded. 4. Finish Sanding - The Surfacer Primer shall be sanded with a fine grit abrasive to achieve an ultra-smooth finish. This sanding process is critical to produce the smooth mirror like finish in the topcoat. 5. Sealer Primer - The Sealer Primer is applied prior to the Basecoat in all areas that have not been previously primed with the Surfacer Primer. The Sealer Primer is a two- component high solids urethane that goes on smooth and provides excellent gloss hold out when topcoated. 84 6. Basecoat Paint - Two coats of a high performance, two component high solids polyurethane basecoat shall be applied. The Basecoat shall be applied to a thickness that shall achieve the proper color match. The Basecoat shall be used in conjunction with a urethane clear coat to provide protection from the environment. 7. Clear Coat - Two (2) coats of Clear Coat shall be applied over the Basecoat color. The Clear Coat is a two-component high solids urethane that provides superior gloss and durability to the exterior surfaces. Lap style and roll-up doors shall be Clear Coated to match the body. Paint warranty for the roll-up doors shall be provided by the roll-up door manufacture. All removable items such as brackets, compartment doors, door hinges, and trim shall be removed and separately if required, to ensure paint behind all mounted items. Body assemblies that cannot be finish painted after assembly shall be finish painted before assembly. The cab shall be two-tone, with the upper section painted black and lower section of the cab and body painted red. PAINT CHASSIS FRAME ASSEMBLY The chassis frame assembly shall be painted black before the installation of the cab and body, and before installation of the engine and transmission assembly, air brake lines, electrical wire harnesses, etc. Components that are included with the chassis frame assembly that shall be painted are: Frame rails Frame liners Cross members Axles Suspensions Steering gear Battery boxes Bumper extension weldment Frame extensions Body mounting angles Rear Body support substructure (front and rear) Air tanks Fuel tank Castings 85 Individual piece parts used in chassis and body assembly Components treated with epoxy E-coat protection prior to paint: Two (2) C-channel frame rails Two (2) frame liners The E-coat process shall meet the technical properties shown. AERIAL MONITOR PAINT The monitor on the aerial device shall be painted [Color TBD, Paint]. AERIAL EGRESS PAINT COLOR The tip of the aerial device shall be painted [Paint Color TBD, Egress]. COMPARTMENT INTERIOR FINISH The interior of the body compartments shall be left unpainted and have the natural finish. AERIAL DEVICE PAINT COLOR (NOT APPLICABLE IF ALUMINUM) The aerial device paint procedure shall consist of a six (6) step finishing process as follows: 1. Manual Surface Preparation - All exposed metal surfaces on the aerial device structural components above the rotation point shall be thoroughly cleaned and mechanically shot-blasted to remove metal impurities and prepare the aerial for painting. 2. Primer/Surfacer Coats - A two (2) component urethane primer/surfacer shall be hand applied to the chemically treated metal surfaces to provide a strong corrosion protective base coat and to smooth out the surface. All seams shall be caulked before painting. 3. Hand Sanding - The primer/surfacer coat shall be lightly sanded to an ultra-smooth finish. 4. Sealer Primer Coat - A two (2) component sealer primer coat shall be applied over the sanded primer. 5. Topcoat Paint - Urethane base coat shall be applied to opacity for correct color matching. 6. Clearcoat - Two (2) coats of an automotive grade two (2) component urethane shall be applied. Surfaces that shall not be painted include all chrome plated, polished stainless steel, anodized aluminum and bright aluminum tread-plate. All buy out components, such as monitor, nozzle, gauges, etc. shall be supplied as received from the vendor. Removable items such as brackets shall be removed and painted separately to ensure paint coverage behind all mounted items. The aerial device (turntable, ladder sections and cylinders) shall be painted [Black] using the six (6) step finishing process. The support structure, torque box, rotation motor, components below the rotation point and the stabilizers shall be cleaned, caulked, primed and painted job color. The tip of the ladder shall be painted a contrasting color for high visibility. REFLECTIVE ”Z” STRIPE The Scotchlite stripe will be a one-piece “Z” type on the cab sides and continuing straight along each side of the apparatus. A one inch white stripe will run along the bottom edge of the “Z” trimmed with ¼ inch black stripe both above and below the stripe. These graphics will follow Milton’s current striping. 86 CHEVRON STRIPING, REAR There shall be alternating chevron striping located on the rear-facing vertical surface of the apparatus. Covered surfaces shall include the rear wall and aluminum doors. Rear compartment doors, stainless steel access doors, and the rear bumper shall not be covered. The colors shall be red and [TBD, Rear Chevron DG] diamond grade. Each stripe shall be 6.00" in width. This shall meet the requirements of NFPA 1901, 2009 edition, which states that 50% of the rear surface shall be covered with chevron striping. Final Color Selection TBD REFLECTIVE STRIPE ON STABILIZERS, IPOS There shall be [TBD, Stripe] alternating [Color, Reflect Band - A] and [Color, Reflect Chev - A] reflective chevron stripes provided on the forward and rear facing sides of all four (4) aerial stabilizers. The stripes shall be angled at a 45 degree angle. The size and color of the striping shall be determined at the pre-construction meeting. CHEVRON/INVERTED "V" STRIPING ON THE FRONT BUMPER There shall be alternating chevron striping located on the front bumper. The striping shall consist of the following colors: The first color shall be [TBD, Reflect Chev - A]. The second color shall be painted job color. The final color and size of the striping shall be determined at the pre-construction meeting. CHEVRON, INVERTED "V" STRIPING ON CAB AND CREW CAB DOORS There shall be alternating chevron striping located on the inside of each cab and crew cab door. There shall be a minimum of 96 square inches. The striping shall consist of the following colors: The first color shall be [TBD, Reflect Chev - A] The second color shall be [TBD, Reflect Band – B] The size of the striping shall be [TBD, Chevron Striping]. All determined at pre-construction meeting LETTERING The lettering shall be totally encapsulated between two (2) layers of clear vinyl. LETTERING Thirty Six (36) 3” 22kt Gold laminate gold leaf letters, with left hand shading and right hand outline to equal 3-5/8” will be provided. NUMBER PLATES There will be four (4) removable number plates with brackets in FD specified locations. Locations will be determined at pre-construction meeting. FIRE APPARATUS PARTS CD MANUAL There shall be two (2) custom parts manuals for the complete fire apparatus provided in CD format with the completed unit. The manuals shall contain the following: Job number Part numbers with full descriptions 87 Table of contents Parts section sorted in functional groups reflecting a major system, component, or assembly Parts section sorted in alphabetical order Instructions on how to locate parts The manuals shall be specifically written for the chassis and body model being purchased. It shall not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies. CHASSIS SERVICE CD MANUALS There shall be two (2) CD format chassis service manuals containing parts and service information on major components provided with the completed unit. The manual shall contain the following sections: Job number Table of contents Troubleshooting Front Axle/Suspension Brakes Engine Tires Wheels Cab Electrical, DC Air Systems Plumbing Appendix The manual shall be specifically written for the chassis model being purchased. It shall not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies. CHASSIS OPERATION CD MANUALS There shall be two (2) CD format chassis operation manuals provided. ONE (1) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP Each new piece of apparatus shall be provided with a minimum one (1) year basic apparatus material and workmanship limited warranty. The warranty shall cover such portions of the 88 apparatus built by the manufacturer as being free from defects in material and workmanship that would arise under normal use and service. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the bid package (no exception). EXTENDED WARRANTY An additional 5 year bumper to bumper warranty shall be provided ENGINE WARRANTY A five (5) year limited engine warranty shall be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the bid package. STEERING GEAR WARRANTY A one (1) year limited steering gear warranty shall be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the bid package. FIFTY (50) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY The chassis frame shall be provided with a fifty (50) year material and workmanship limited warranty. The warranty shall cover the chassis frame as being free from defects in material and workmanship that would arise under normal use and service. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the bid package (no exception). FRONT AXLE TWO (2) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A two (2) year limited warranty shall be provided. REAR AXLE TWO (2) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A two (2) year limited warranty shall be provided. ABS BRAKE SYSTEM THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY An ABS brake system three (3) year limited warranty shall be provided. TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY The new cab shall be provided with a ten (10) year material and workmanship limited warranty. The warranty shall cover such portions of the cab built by the manufacturer as being free from structural failures caused by defects in material and workmanship that would arise under normal use and service. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the bid package (no exception). TEN (10) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION Each new piece of apparatus shall be provided with a ten (10) year pro-rated paint and corrosion limited warranty on the apparatus cab. The warranty shall cover painted exterior surfaces of the body to be free from blistering, peeling, corrosion, or any other adhesion defect caused by defective manufacturing methods or paint material selection that would arise under normal use and service. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the bid package (no exception). CAMERA SYSTEM WARRANTY A fifty four (54) month warranty shall be provided for the camera system. COMPARTMENT LIGHT WARRANTY A ten (10) year material and workmanship limited warranty shall be provided for the12 DC LED strip lights. The warranty shall cover the LED strip lights to be free from defects in material and workmanship that would arise under normal use. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the bid package (No Exception). 89 TRANSMISSION WARRANTY The transmission shall have a five (5) year/unlimited mileage warranty covering 100 percent parts and labor. The warranty is to be provided by Allison Transmission and not the apparatus builder. TRANSMISSION COOLER WARRANTY The transmission cooler shall carry a five (5) year parts and labor warranty (exclusive to the transmission cooler). A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the bid package (WA0279). TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY Each new piece of apparatus shall be provided with a ten (10) year material and workmanship limited warranty on the apparatus body. The warranty shall cover such portions of the apparatus built by the manufacturer as being free from defects in material and workmanship that would arise under normal use and service. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the bid package (no exception). ROLL UP DOOR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY An Amdor roll-up door limited warranty shall be provided. The mechanical components of the roll-up door shall be warranted against defects in material and workmanship for the lifetime of the vehicle. A six (6) year limited warranty shall be provided on painted and satin roll up doors. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the bid package. TWENTY (20) YEAR AERIAL DEVICE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY WARRANTY The aerial device shall be provided with a twenty (20) year material and workmanship limited warranty. The warranty shall cover such portions of the apparatus built by the manufacturer as being free from defects in material and workmanship that would arise under normal use and service. This warranty shall be limited to the torque box, turntable, aerial sections and other structural components. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the bid package. AERIAL SWIVEL WARRANTY An Amity five (5) year limited swivel warranty shall be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the bid package. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM COMPONENTS WARRANTY Aerial hydraulic system components shall be provided with a five (5) year material and workmanship limited warranty. HYDRAULIC SEAL WARRANTY Aerial hydraulic seals shall be provided with a three (3) year material and workmanship limited warranty. A copy of the warranty certificates shall be submitted with the bid package (no exception). AERIAL WATERWAY WARRANTY A ten (10) year limited waterway warranty shall be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the bid package (no exception). FOUR (4) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION The aerial device shall be provided with a four (4) year pro-rated paint and corrosion limited warranty. The warranty shall cover exterior painted surfaces of the aerial device to be free from blistering, peeling, corrosion, or any other adhesion defect caused by defective manufacturing methods or paint material selection that would arise under normal use and service. 90 A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the bid package (No Exception). TWO (2) YEAR GENERATOR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY The generator will have a two (2) year limited warrant. TEN (10) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION Each new piece of apparatus shall be provided with a ten (10) year pro-rated paint and corrosion limited warranty on the apparatus body. The warranty shall cover painted exterior surfaces of the body to be free from blistering, peeling, corrosion, or any other adhesion defect caused by defective manufacturing methods or paint material selection that would arise under normal use and service. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the bid package (no exception). THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP The gold leaf lamination shall be provided with a three (3) year material and workmanship limited warranty. The warranty shall cover the gold leaf lamination as being free from defects in material and workmanship that would arise under normal use and service. A copy of the warranty certificate shall be submitted with the bid package (no exception). VEHICLE STABILITY CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer shall provide a certification stating the apparatus complies with NFPA 1901, current edition, section 4.13, Vehicle Stability. The certification shall be provided at the time of bid. ENGINE INSTALLATION CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer shall provide a certification, along with a letter from the engine manufacturer stating they approve of the engine installation in the bidder's chassis. The certification shall be provided at the time of bid. POWER STEERING CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer shall provide a certification stating the power steering system as installed meets the requirements of the component supplier. The certification shall be provided at the time of bid. CAB INTEGRITY CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer shall provide a cab crash test certification with this proposal. The certification states that the cab must meet or exceed the requirements below: - European Occupant Protection Standard ECE Regulation No.29 - SAE J2422 Cab Roof Strength Evaluation - Quasi-Static Loading Heavy Trucks - SAE J2420 COE Frontal Strength Evaluation - Dynamic Loading Heavy Trucks - Roof Crush The cab shall be subjected to a roof crush force of 100,000 lb. This value shall be 450 percent of the ECE 29 criteria, which must be equivalent to the front axle rating up to a maximum of ten (10) metric tons. - Side Impact The cab shall be subjected to dynamic preload with a 13,275-lb moving barrier is slammed into the side of the cab at 5.50 mph, striking with an impact of 13,000 ft-lb of energy. This test shall closely represent the forces a cab shall see in a rollover incident. - Frontal Impact The cab shall withstand a frontal force produced from 65,200 ft-lb of energy using a swing-bob type platen. 91 The same cab shall withstand all tests without any measurable intrusion into the survival space of the occupant area. There shall be no exception to any portion of the cab integrity certification. Nonconformance shall lead to immediate rejection of bid. CAB DOOR DURABILITY CERTIFICATION Robust cab doors help protect occupants. Cab doors shall survive a 200,000 cycle door slam test where the slamming force exceeds 20 G's of deceleration. The bidder shall certify that the sample doors similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without structural damage, latch malfunction, or significant component wear. WINDSHIELD WIPER DURABILITY CERTIFICATION Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. Windshield wipers shall survive a 3 million cycle durability test in accordance with section 6.2 of SAE J198 Windshield Wiper Systems - Trucks, Buses and Multipurpose Vehicles. The bidder shall certify that the wiper system design has been tested and that the wiper system has met these criteria. SEAT BELT ANCHOR STRENGTH Seat belt attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat belt anchor design shall withstand 3000 lb of pull on both the lap and shoulder belt in accordance with FMVSS 571.210 Seat Belt Assembly Anchorages. The bidder shall certify that each anchor design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria. SEAT MOUNTING STRENGTH Seat attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat mounting design shall be tested to withstand 20 G's of force in accordance with FMVSS 571.207 Seating Systems. The bidder shall certify that each seat mount and cab structure design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria. CAB DEFROSTER CERTIFICATION Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. The defroster system shall clear the required windshield zones in accordance with SAE J381 Windshield Defrosting Systems Test Procedure and Performance Requirements - Trucks, Buses, And Multipurpose Vehicles. The bidder shall certify that the defrost system design has been tested in a cold chamber and passes the SAE J381 criteria. CAB HEATER CERTIFICATION Good cab heat performance and regulation provides a more effective working environment for personnel, whether in-transit, or at a scene. The cab heaters shall warm the cab 77 degrees Fahrenheit from a cold-soak, within 30 minutes when tested using the coolant supply methods found in SAE J381. The bidder shall certify that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria. AMP DRAW REPORT The bidder shall provide, at the time of bid and delivery, an itemized print out of the expected amp draw of the entire vehicle's electrical system. The manufacturer of the apparatus shall provide the following: Documentation of the electrical system performance tests. A written load analysis, which shall include the following: 92 o The nameplate rating of the alternator. o The alternator rating under the conditions specified per: Applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition). o The minimum continuous load of each component that is specified per: Applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition). o Additional loads that, when added to the minimum continuous load, determine the total connected load. o Each individual intermittent load. All of the above listed items shall be provided by the bidder per the applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition). 93 SECTION 4: OFFEROR QUALIFICATIONS 4.0 CITY’S RIGHT TO INVESTIGATE The City may make such investigations as deemed necessary to determine the ability of the offeror to provide the supplies and/or perform the services specified. 4.1 OFFEROR INFORMATIONAL REQUIREMENTS Vendors interested in providing the services described in this RFP should be able to demonstrate experience in the areas described in Section 3. 94 SECTION 5: COST PROPOSAL MUST BE RETURNED WITH PROPOSAL IN A SEPARATE SEALED ENVELOPE One (1) original and four (4) copies shall be submitted in a separate sealed envelope before the required deadline. The offeror’s cost proposal shall be signed by an authorized agent of the company. There is no maximum page limit to section 5.0. Print/Type Company Name Here: __________________________________________________________________________ 95 SECTION 6: EVALUATION CRITERIA 6.1 Incurred Costs The City is not liable for any costs incurred by proposing manufacturers in the preparation and/or presentation of their proposals. 6.2 Content of Proposals and Evaluation Criteria The items of information to be included in each submittal, evaluation criteria, and maximum points are shown on the chart below. An explanation of each item appears immediately following the chart. CONTENT AND EVALUATION CRITERIA MAXIMUM SCORE 1. Introductory Letter 0 2. Manufacture’s Qualifications 5 3. Similar Apparatus Built and References 20 4. Final Estimated Cost/ Delivery 10 5. Proposal Meets Scope of Work 35 6. Local Service Facilities 15 7. Local Support Capabilities 10 8. Proposed Apparatus Drawings 5 Totals 100 6.2.1 Introductory Letter The introductory letter will include, but need not be limited to, the following information. The name of the manufacturer, as well as, the signature, printed name and title, telephone and fax number of the officer authorized to represent the manufacturer in any correspondence, negotiations and sign any contract that may result. The address of the office that will be providing the service, a project manager’s name, telephone number, fax number, and e-mail address. The federal and state tax ID numbers, and the state of incorporation, if applicable, must also be included. 6.2.2 Ma nufa c ture ’s Q ua li fic a tions 96 Provide a statement and/or supporting material that demonstrates the manufacturer has an established reputation in the field of fire apparatus construction and the ability to construct the proposed apparatus. The location of the factory where the apparatus is to be built will be disclosed. 6.2.3 Similar Apparatus Built and References Manufacturer will have built as least five (5) aerial fire apparatus, similar to the one being proposed, within the last ten (10) years. A list of such apparatus along with the name of purchaser, contact person and phone number will be provided. 6.2.4 Final Estimated Cost and Delivery The proposed apparatus cost, along with a proposed construction/delivery schedule will also be included. 6.2.5 Proposal Meets Scope of Work A detailed proposal will be provided specifying how the manufacturer will construct the apparatus to meet the Scope of Work. Exceptions to the Scope of Work will be allowed if they are equal to or superior to that specified. All exceptions will be stated and fully explained in a Statement of Exceptions. 6.2.6 Fixed Service Facilities The ability of the manufacturer to render prompt service at their facility for the proposed apparatus will be supported in the proposal. Specific service capability to the Milton, Georgia area will be indicated. Distance in road miles from the City of Milton will be specified. 6.2.7 Local Support Capabilities The ability of the manufacturer to render prompt service within the City of Milton Georgia through mobile service will be indicated. 6.2.8 Proposed Apparatus Drawings A drawing of the proposed apparatus will be included in the proposal. The drawing will indicate the chassis make and model, location of the lights, siren, horns, compartments, major components, etc. The drawing should also include top, left, right, front and rear views. 97 SECTION 7: STANDARD CONTRACT INFORMATION 7.0 ADDITIONAL CONTRACT PROVISIONS AND TERMS This RFP and any addenda, the offeror’s RFP response, including any amendments, a best and final offer, any clarification question responses, and any negotiations shall be included in any resulting contract. The City’s standard contract contains the contract terms and conditions which will form the basis of any contract negotiated between the City and the highest scoring offeror. In the event of a dispute as to the duties and responsibilities of the parties under this contract, the contract, along with any attachments prepared by the City, will govern in the same order of precedence as listed in the contract. The City reserves the right to address any non-material, minor, insubstantial exceptions to the standard contract with the highest scoring offeror at the time of contract negotiation. Contract This Agreement made and entered into this _____ day of _____________, in the year 2015, by and between The City of Milton, Georgia (sometimes referred to herein as the “City”), having its principle place of business at 13000 Deerfield Parkway Suite 107G, Milton GA 30004 and [Insert Name and Address of Vendor]. WHEREAS, the Milton fire department seeks to purchase an aerial/ladder firefighting apparatus in accordance with the predetermined specifications; and WHEREAS, based upon [selected vendor]’s (Vendor hereinafter) bid to provide an aerial fire apparatus as required by the bid documents, the City has selected Vendor as the winning bidder, and WHEREAS, Vendor has agreed to perform such work as set forth in this Agreement, according to the terms and conditions provided in this Agreement; and WHEREAS, Vendor has familiarized itself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, the Project, and the Work, with all local conditions and federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations in any manner that may affect cost, progress or performance of work, and Contractor is aware that he must be licensed to do business in the State of Georgia. NOW THEREFORE, the City and Consultant, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, agree as follows: 1.0 Contract Documents This Agreement and the following named Exhibits, attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference, constitute the “Contract Documents”: EXHIBIT A REQUEST FOR BID/SCOPE OF WORK EXHIBIT B RESPONSE TO BID EXHIBIT C CONSULTANT AFFIDAVIT EXHIBIT D SUBCONSULTANT AFFIDAVIT To the extent that there may be any conflict among the Contract Documents, the provision operating most to the benefit of the City shall govern. 2.0 Scope of Work; Compensation 2.1 The Vendor agrees to provide all Services and Products specified in Exhibit “A.” No payments will be made for unauthorized work. Invoices should be submitted to Honor Motes, 13000 Deerfield Parkway, Milton GA 30004, for approval. Payment will be sent to the designated address by U. S. Mail only; payment will not be hand-delivered. 2.2 City agrees to pay Vendor for the services performed, products provided, and costs incurred by Vendor upon the City’s certification that the services were actually performed and costs actually incurred in accordance with this Agreement. Compensation for services performed and, if applicable, reimbursement for costs incurred shall be paid to Vendor upon the City’s receipt and approval of an invoice, submitted upon completion of the Work, setting forth in detail the services performed and costs incurred. Invoices shall reflect charges incurred versus charges budgeted. The total amount paid under this Agreement for the Work shall not, in any case, exceed a lump sum fee of ____________(the “Contract Price”). 2.3 Vendor shall take no calculated risk in the performance of the Work. Specifically, Vendor agrees that in the event it cannot perform the Work within the budgetary limitations established without disregarding sound principles of Vendor’s industry, Vendor will give written notice thereof immediately to the City. 2.4 The City reserves the right to order changes in the Work to be performed under this Agreement by altering, adding to, or deducting from the Work. All such changes shall be incorporated in written change orders executed by the Vendor and the City. Such change orders shall specify the changes ordered and any necessary adjustment of compensation and completion time. If the Parties cannot reach an agreement on the terms for performing the changed work within a reasonable time to avoid delay or other unfavorable impacts as determined by the City in its sole discretion, the City shall have the right to determine reasonable terms and the Vendor shall proceed with the changed work. 2.5 Any work added to the scope of this Agreement by a change order shall be executed under all the applicable conditions of this Agreement. No claim for additional compensation or extension of time shall be recognized, unless contained in a written change order duly executed on behalf of the City and the Vendor. 2.6 The City Manager has authority to execute without further action of the Milton City Council, any number of change orders so long as their total effect does not materially alter the terms of this Agreement or materially increase the total amount to be paid under this Agreement. Any such change orders materially altering the terms of this Agreement or increasing the total amount to be paid under this Agreement in excess of 10% of the original amount must be approved by resolution of the Milton City Council. 3.0 Independent Contractor 3.1. The Vendor is an independent Contractor. The Vendor is not an employee, agent or representative of the City of Milton. The Vendor shall obtain and maintain, at the Vendor’s expense, all permits, license or approvals that may be necessary for the performance of the services. 3.2 Inasmuch as the City of Milton and the Vendor are entities independent of one another, neither has the authority to bind the other to any third person or otherwise to a ct in any way as the representative of the other, unless otherwise expressly agreed to in writing signed by both parties hereto. The Vendor agrees not to represent itself as the City’s agent for any purpose to any party or to allow any employee of the Vendor to do so, unless specifically authorized, in advance and in writing, to do so, and then only for the limited purpose stated in such authorization. The Vendor shall assume full liability for any contracts or agreements the Vendor enters into on behalf of the City of Milton without the express knowledge and prior written consent of the City. 4.0 Indemnification The Vendor covenants and agrees to take and assume all responsibility for the services rendered in connection with this Agreement. The Vendor shall bear all losses and damages directly or indirectly resulting to it on account of the performance or character of the services rendered pursuant to this Agreement. Vendor shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the City, its officers, boards, commissions, elected and appointed officials, employees and agents from and against any and all claims, suits, actions, liability, judgments, damages, losses, and expenses, including but not limited to, attorney’s fees, which may be the result of willful, negligent or tortious conduct arising out of the Work, performance of contracted services, or operations by the Vendor, any sub-Vendor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by the Vendor or sub-Vendor or anyone for whose acts the Vendor or sub-Vendor may be liable, regardless of whether or not the offending act is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge, or otherwise reduce any other right or obligation of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to any party or person described in this provision. In any and all claims against the City or any of its agents or employees, by any employee of the Vendor, any sub-Vendor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by the Vendor or sub-Vendor or anyone for whose acts the Vendor or sub-Vendor may be liable, the indemnification obligation set forth in this provision shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Vendor or any sub-Vendor under workers’ or workmen’s compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. This obligation to indemnify and defend the City, its members, officers, agents, employees and volunteers shall survive termination of this Agreement. 5.0 Term; Termination of this Contract (1) Termination Upon Delivery and Acceptance The term of this Agreement shall be from the issuance of the Notice to Proceed and shall terminate absolutely and without further obligation on the part of the City upon final receipt of the fire aerial apparatus and acceptance of all third- party testing documentation as identified in the Scope. o Termination for Cause The City may terminate this Agreement upon a breach of any provision of this Agreement by Vendor and Vendor’s subsequent failure to cure such breach within fifteen (15) days of receipt from the City of a written notice of the breach. Title to any supplies, materials, equipment, or other personal property shall remain in the Vendor until fully paid by the City. o Termination for Convenience The City may terminate this price agreement for its convenience at any time by written notice to the supplier of the apparatus. In the event of the City’s termination of this agreement for convenience, the supplier will be paid for only those items actually received. 6.0 Compliance with All Laws and Licenses The Vendor must obtain all necessary licenses and comply with local, state and federal requirements. The Vendor shall comply with all laws, rules and regulations of any governmental entity pertaining to its performance under this Agreement. 7.0 Amendments in Writing No amendments to this Agreement shall be effective unless it is in writing and signed by duly authorized representatives of the parties. 8.0 Governing Law This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of Georgia. 9.0 Interpretation of Documents In the event of a conflict in language between this Agreement and any exhibit to this Agreement, the provisions most favorable to the City shall govern. 10.0 Entire Agreement This Agreement constitutes the entire Agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter contained herein; all prior agreements, representations, statements, negotiations, and undertakings are suspended hereby. Neither party has relied on any representation, promise, nor inducement not contained herein. 11.0 Waiver of Agreement The City’s failure to enforce any provision of this Agreement or the waiver in a particular instance shall not be construed as a general waiver of any future breach or default. 12.0 Sovereign Immunity Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to be a waiver of the City’s sovereign immunity or any individual’s qualified good faith or official immunities. 13.0 Notices All other notices, writings or correspondence as required by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed received, and shall be effective, when: (1) personally delivered, or (2) on the third day after the postmark date when mailed by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or (3) upon actual delivery when sent via national overnight commercial carrier to the Parties at the addresses given below, unless a substitute address shall first be furnished to the other Parties by written notice in accordance herewith: NOTICE TO THE CITY shall be sent to: City Manager City of Milton 13000 Deerfield Parkway, Suite 107F Milton, Georgia 30004 NOTICE TO THE VENDOR shall be sent to: [Insert Name and Address] 14.0 No Personal Liability No member, official or employee of the City shall be personally liable to the Vendor or any successor in interest in the event of any default or breach by the City or for any amount which may become due to the Vendor or successor or on any obligation under the terms of this Agreement. Likewise, Vendor’s performance of services under this Agreement shall not subject Vendor’s individual employees, officers or directors to any personal liability. The Parties agree that their sole and exclusive remedy, claim, demand or suit shall be directed and/or asserted only against Vendor or the City, respectively, and not against any employee, officer, director, or elected or appointed official. 15.0 Employment of Unauthorized Aliens Prohibited (1) E-Verify Affidavit It is the policy of the City of Milton that unauthorized aliens shall not be employed to perform work on City contracts involving the physical performance of services. Therefore, the City shall not enter into a contract for the physical performance of services within the State of Georgia unless: (1) The Contractor shall provide evidence on City-provided forms, attached hereto as Exhibits “D” and “E” (affidavits regarding compliance with the E-Verify program to be sworn under oath under criminal penalty of false swearing pursuant to O.C.G.A. § 16-10-71), that it and Contractor’s subcontractors have conducted a verification, under the federal Employment Eligibility Verification (“EEV” or “E-Verify”) program, of the social security numbers, or other identifying information now or hereafter accepted by the E-Verify program, of all employees who will perform work on the City contract to ensure that no unauthorized aliens will be employed, or (2) The Contractor provides evidence that it is not required to provide an affidavit because it is licensed pursuant to Title 26 or Title 43 or by the State Bar of Georgia and is in good standing as of the date when the contract for services is to be rendered. The Contractor hereby verifies that it has, prior to executing this Agreement, executed a notarized affidavit, the form of which is provided in Exhibit “D”, and submitted such affidavit to City or provided the City with evidence that it is not required to provide such an affidavit because it is licensed and in good standing as noted in subsection (2) above. Further, Contractor hereby agrees to comply with the requirements of the federal Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 (IRCA), P.L. 99-603, O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91 and Rule 300-10-1-.02. In the event the Contractor employs or contracts with any subcontractor(s) in connection with the covered contract, the Contractor agrees to secure from such subcontractor(s) attestation of the subcontractor’s compliance with O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91 and Rule 300-10-1-.02 by the subcontractor’s execution of the subcontractor affidavit, the form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit “E”, which subcontractor affidavit shall become part of the contractor/subcontractor agreement, or evidence that the subcontractor is not required to provide such an affidavit because it is licensed and in good standing as noted in subsection (2) above. If a subcontractor affidavit is obtained, Contractor agrees to provide a completed copy to the City within five (5) business days of receipt from any subcontractor. Where Contractor is required to provide an affidavit pursuant to O.C.G.A. § 13 -10-91, the City Manager or his/her designee shall be authorized to conduct an inspection of the Contractor’s and Contractor’s subcontractors’ verification process at any time to determine that the verification was correct and complete. The Contractor and Contractor’s subcontractors shall retain all documents and records of their respective verification process for a period of three (3) years following completion of the contract. Further, where Contractor is required to provide an affidavit pursuant to O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91, the City Manager or his/her designee shall further be authorized to conduct periodic inspections to ensure that no City Contractor or Contractor’s subcontractors employ unauthorized aliens on City contracts. By entering into a contract with the City, the Contractor and Contractor’s subcontractors agree to cooperate with any such investigation by making their records and personnel available upon reasonable notice for inspection and questioning. Where a Contractor or Contractor’s subcontractors are found to have employed an unauthorized alien, the City Manager or his/her designee may report same to the Department of Homeland Security. The Contractor’s failure to cooperate with the investigation may be sanctioned by termination of the contract, and the Contractor shall be liable for all damages and delays occasioned by the City thereby. Contractor agrees that the employee-number category designated below is applicable to the Contractor. [Information only required if a contractor affidavit is required pursuant to O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91.] ____ 500 or more employees. ____ 100 or more employees. ____ Fewer than 100 employees. Contractor hereby agrees that, in the event Contractor employs or contracts with any subcontractor(s) in connection with this Agreement and where the subcontractor is required to provide an affidavit pursuant to O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91, the Contractor will secure from the subcontractor(s) such subcontractor(s’) indication of the above employee-number category that is applicable to the subcontractor. The above requirements shall be in addition to the requirements of State and federal law, and shall be construed to be in conformity with those laws. 16.0 Nondiscrimination In accordance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 2000d, section 303 of the Age Discrimination Act of 1975, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 6102, section 202 of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, 42 U.S.C. § 12132, and all other provisions of Federal law, the Vendor agrees that, during performance of this Agreement, Vendor, for itself, its assignees and successors in interest, will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment, any subcontractor, or any supplier because of race, color, creed, national origin, gender, age or disability. In addition, Vendor agrees to comply with all applicable implementing regulations and shall include the provisions of this Section 19.0 in every subcontract for services contemplated under this Agreement. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their duly authorized officers as of the day and year set forth next to each signature. [SIGNATURES ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE] [VENDOR NAME] ___________________________________ Signature __________________ Print Name _________________________________________ Title [AFFIX CORPORATE SEAL] SIGNED, SEALED, AND DELIVERED In the presence of: _____________________________ Witness (Corporate Secretary should attest) _______________________________________ Print Name ____________________________ Notary Public [NOTARY SEAL] My Commission Expires: __________________ MILTON CITY COUNCIL: Joe Lockwood, Mayor ___________________________________ [CITY SEAL] SIGNED, SEALED, AND DELIVERED In the presence of: _____________________________ Witness _____________________________ Notary Public [NOTARY SEAL] My Commission Expires: __________________ EXHIBIT “A” REQUEST FOR BID/SCOPE OF WORK EXHIBIT “B” RESPONSE TO BID EXHIBIT “C” CONTRACTOR AFFIDAVIT AND AGREEMENT STATE OF GEORGIA CITY OF MILTON By executing this affidavit, the undersigned contractor verifies its compliance with O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91, stating affirmatively that the individual, firm, or corporation which is engaged in the physical performance of services on behalf of the City of Milton has registered with, is authorized to use and uses the federal work authorization program commonly known as E- Verify, or any subsequent replacement program, in accordance with the applicable provisions and deadlines established in O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91. Furthermore, the undersigned contractor will continue to use the federal work authorization program throughout the contract period and the undersigned contractor will contract for the physical performance of services in satisfaction of such contract only with subcontractors who present an affidavit to the contractor with the information required by O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91(b). Contractor hereby attests that its federal work authorization user identification number and date of authorization are as follows: _________________________________ eVerify Number _________________________________ Date of Authorization Click here to enter text. Name of Contractor Click here to enter text. Name of Project City of Milton Name of Public Employer I hereby declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct. Executed on ______, ___, 201__ in _____(city), ______(state). _________________________________ Signature of Authorized Officer or Agent _______________________________ Printed Name and Title of Authorized Officer or Agent SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN BEFORE ME ON THIS THE ______ DAY OF ______________,201__. _________________________________ NOTARY PUBLIC [NOTARY SEAL] My Commission Expires: _________________________________ EXHIBIT “D” SUBCONTRACTOR AFFIDAVIT STATE OF GEORGIA CITY OF MILTON By executing this affidavit, the undersigned subcontractor verifies its compliance with O.C.G.A. § 13 -10-91, stating affirmatively that the individual, firm or corporation which is engaged in the physical performance of services under a contract with Click here to enter text. on behalf of the City of Milton has registered with, is authorized to use and uses the federal work authorization program commonly known as E-Verify, or any subsequent replacement program, in accordance with the applicable provisions and deadlines established in O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91. Furthermore, the undersigned subcontractor will continue to use the federal work authorization program throughout the contract period, and the undersigned subcontractor will contract for the physical performance of services in satisfaction of such contract only with sub-subcontractors who present an affidavit to the subcontractor with the information required by O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91(b). Additionally, the undersigned subcontractor will forward notice of the receipt of an affidavit from a sub-subcontractor to the contractor within five (5) business days of receipt. If the undersigned subcontractor receives notice that a sub - subcontractor has received an affidavit from any other contracted sub-subcontractor, the undersigned subcontractor must forward, within five (5) business days of receipt, a copy of the notice to the contractor. Subcontractor hereby attests that its federal work authorization user identification number and date of authorization are as follows: ________________________________ eVerify Number _________________________________ Date of Authorization Click here to enter text. Name of Subcontractor Click here to enter text. Name of Project City of Milton Name of Public Employer I hereby declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct. Executed on ______, ___, 201__ in _____(city), ______(state). _________________________________ Signature of Authorized Officer or Agent _______________________________ Printed Name and Title of Authorized Officer or Agent SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN BEFORE ME ON THIS THE ______ DAY OF ______________,201__. _________________________________ NOTARY PUBLIC [NOTARY SEAL] My Commission Expires:__________________ EXHIBIT "B" RESPONSE TO BID [ATTACHED] 15 September 2015 City of Milton Suite 107F 13000 Deerfield Parkway Milton, Georgia 3004 Attn: Honor Motes FireLine, Inc. and E-ONE, Inc. are pleased to quote the following: One (1) E-ONE HP100 Rear Mounted Aerial Ladder on a Cyclone II Cab and Chassis with Cummins ISX Diesel Engine as described in the following proposal specifications: .........................................................................$865,918.00..................................................................... All trips are included as specified and a five (5) year warranty is provided. Additionally, E -ONE offers a ten (10) year engine major components warranty. Delivery shall be approximately 240-270 days or less after pre-construction conference. Delivery shall be in Milton and include three (3) full days of aerial training by a factory trained aerial training specialist. Should the City of Milton elect to pay 100% of the contract price with the order, E-ONE shall offer a discount of $30,000.00. This proposal is good for one hundred and twenty (120) days. We appreciate this opportunity and we look forward to working with you on this special project. Sincerely, Ryan McDonel FireLine, Inc. / E-ONE, Inc. E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 1 E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS TO CITY OF MILTON FOR ONE (1) 100' REAR MOUNTED AERIAL LADDER APPARATUS NFPA Compliance The E-ONE supplied components of the apparatus shall be compliant with NFPA 1901, 2009 edition. Bumper A heavy duty 10" high steel channel type front bumper shall be provided. The front corners of the bumper shall be angled at 45 degrees to reduce swing clearance. The bumper shall be painted job color. Bumper Extension The bumper extension shall be approximately 24” from the face of the cab as required. Bumper Gravel Shield The extended front bumper gravel shield shall be made of 1/8” (.125”) aluminum treadplate material. LINE-X bumper package LINE-X bumper package: Includes all visible diamond plate surfaces including gravel shield, exterior surface of trays and lids(flat or raised). If equipped, exterior of the fabricated booster reel housing, fabricated box for booster reel rollers and winch access door shall be included in this package. Lid, Bumper Hose Tray The center bumper tray shall have a diamond plate lid. The lid shall be hinged and shall be secured in the closed position by a latch and held open with a pneumatic shock. Bumper Tray - Center A hose tray constructed of 1/8” aluminum shall be recessed into the front bumper extension. The tray shall be located in the center of the bumper and be approximately 14" deep (13" to the top of E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 2 the slats). One inch thick aluminum slats shall be included in the bottom of the hose tray to aid in the dissipation of water from the tray. Frame Rail Construction The chassis frame shall utilize an integral torque box type design. The integral torque box shall combine the chassis frame and aerial torque box into a single structure. The integral torque box shall provide an optimized design that lowers vehicle center of gravity, eliminates the need to torque aerial frame attachment bolts, and permits underslung outriggers to maximize body compartmentation. The 19” high x 34” wide torque box shall be fabricated of 50,000 psi minimum yield, high strength, low alloy steel. The frame and torque box shall be made of 42.7 lbs. per foot structural channel with .500” thick top and bottom plates and .500” integral bulkhead supports. Certified welders shall construct the torque box. The design shall utilize 100% welded joints for a totally sealed box. Skip welding shall not be acceptable. Complete Finite Element Analysis and strain gauge testing shall be employed to verify minimum safety factors for road traveling (5:1) and aerial operation (2.5:1). The completed torque box shall have the following attributes: Resistance to bending moment 14,350,000 in. lbs. Section modulus 287 cu. in. The frame section immediately forward of the torque box shall have the following attributes: Resistance to bending moment 4,907,000 in. lbs. Section modulus 98.14 cu. in. The torque box shall incorporate a stainless steel schedule 40 4” water pipe through the torque box for the aerial waterway discharge. In addition, the torque box shall have two (2) 3” conduits full length to encapsulate the hydraulic, air and electrical lines. The entire assembly shall be sand-blasted and painted black before chassis assembly. A full lifetime warranty against defects in materials or workmanship shall be supplied by the apparatus manufacturer. The custom chassis frame shall have a WHEEL ALIGNMENT in order to achieve maximum vehicle road performance and to promote long tire life. The alignment shall conform to the manufacturer`s internal specifications. All wheel lug nuts and axle U-bolt retainer nuts shall be tightened to the proper torque at the time of alignment. The wheel alignment documentation shall be made available at delivery upon request. E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 3 Front Axle The vehicle shall utilize an ArvinMeritor FL-943 5” drop beam front axle with a rated capacity of 20,000 lbs. It shall have ”easy steer” knuckle pin bushings and 68.83” kingpin centers. The axle shall be of I-beam construction and utilize grease-lubricated wheel bearings. The vehicle shall have a nominal cramp angle of 45 degrees, plus two (+ 2) degrees to minus three (- 3) degrees including front suction applications. The front axle hubs shall be made from ductile iron and shall be designed for use with 10 hole hub-piloted wheels in order to improve wheel centering and extend tire life. The front springs shall be parabolic tapered, minimum 4” wide x 54” long (flat), minimum three (3) leaf, progressive rate with bronze bushings and a capacity of 20,000 lbs. at the ground. Tapered leaf springs provide a 20% ride improvement over standard straight spring systems. The vehicle shall be equipped with a Sheppard model M110 integral power steering gear, used in conjunction with a power assist cylinder. The steering assembly shall be rated to statically steer a maximum front axle load of 20,000 lbs. Relief stops shall be provided to reduce system pressure upon full wheel cut. The system shall be able to operate mechanically should the hydraulic system fail. A 2-year/unlimited miles parts and 2-year labor front axle warranty shall be provided as standard by ArvinMeritor Automotive. In order to achieve maximum vehicle road performance and to promote long tire life, there shall be a wheel alignment. The alignment shall conform to the manufacturer`s internal specifications. All wheel lug nuts and axle U-bolt retainer nuts shall be tightened to the proper torque at the time of alignment. The wheel alignment documentation shall be made available at delivery. Shock Absorbers Front Koni model 90 shock absorbers shall be provided for the front axle. The shocks shall be three way adjustable. The shocks shall be covered by the manufacturer`s standard warranty. Front Axle Oil Seals The front axle shall have Stemco oil seals with sight glass to check the lubricant level of the axle spindles. Rear Axle The vehicle shall utilize an ArvinMeritor RT-46-160, 46,000 lb. capacity rear tandem axle with single reduction hypoid gearing. E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 4 The axle shall be equipped with oil-lubricated wheel bearings with ArvinMeritor oil seals. A 2-year/unlimited miles parts and 2-year labor axle warranty shall be provided as standard by ArvinMeritor Automotive. Rear Suspension The rear suspension shall be a Hendrickson RT series steel leaf spring suspension, utilizing ”bar pin” type beam end connections for simplified vehicle alignment and end bushing serviceability. The spring hangers shall be used in a four point mounting arrangement to help eliminate a concentration of stress in any one point of the frame, thus preserving the integrity of the frame. Equalizer beams with bronze center bushings, cross tubes and torque rods shall be provided to maintain proper alignment during cornering and to absorb driving and braking forces. The suspension shall be rated for the maximum axle capacity. Front Wheels The vehicle shall have two (2) polished (on outer wheel surfaces only) Alcoa aluminum disc wheels. They shall be forged from one-piece corrosion-resistant aluminum alloy and sized appropriately for the tires. Front Wheel Trim Package The front wheels shall have stainless steel lug nut covers (for use with aluminum wheels) or chrome plated plastic (for use with steel wheels). The front axle shall be covered with American made Real Wheels brand mirror finish, 304L grade, non-corrosive stainless steel universal baby moons. All stainless steel baby moons shall carry a lifetime warranty plus a 2 year re-buffing policy. There shall be two (2) baby moons and twenty (20) lug nut covers. Rear Wheels The vehicle shall have eight (8) polished (on outer wheel surfaces only) Alcoa aluminum disc wheels. They shall be forged from one-piece corrosion-resistant aluminum alloy and sized appropriately for the tires. Rear Wheel Trim Package, Tandem Axle The rear wheels shall have stainless steel lug nut covers (chrome plated steel lug nut covers not acceptable), or American made chrome plated plastic lug nut covers. The rear axle shall be covered with American made Real Wheels brand mirror finish, 304L grade, non-corrosive stainless steel, spring clip band mount high hats, DOT user friendly. All stainless steel high hats shall carry a lifetime warranty plus a 2 year rebuffing policy. There shall be four (4) high hats and fourty (40) lug nut covers. E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 5 Valve Stem Extensions Each inside rear wheel on the rear axles shall have valve stem extensions. Front Tires The front tires shall be two (2) Michelin 425/65R22.5 tubeless type 20 PR radial tires with XFE highway tread. The tires with wheels shall have the following weight capacity and speed rating: Max front rating 22,800 @ 65 mph. Max front rating with Alco aluminum wheels - 24,400 @ 65 MPH (intermittent fire service rating if GAW is over 22,800) The wheels and tires shall conform to the Tire and Rim Association requirements. Rear Tires The rear tires shall be Michelin 11R22.5 tubeless type 16 PR radial tires with XZE2 highway tread. The tires with wheels shall have the following weight capacity: 48,040 lbs. (tandem duals) @ 75 MPH. The wheels and tires shall conform to the Tire and Rim Association requirements. Tire Pressure Indicators The apparatus shall be provided with Real Wheels AirGuard LED tire pressure indicating valve stem caps. When the tire is under inflated by 5-10 PSI, the LED indicator on the cap shall flash red. The indicator housings shall be shock resistant and constructed from polished stainless steel. The indicators shall be calibrated by attaching to valve stem of a tire at proper air pressure per load ratings and easily re-calibrated by simply removing and re-installing them during service. Real Wheel Part number RWC1234 was superseded by RWC1235 as of June 2015 Front Brakes The front axle shall be equipped with Meritor DiscPlus EX225H 17 inch disc brakes. The brakes shall be covered by the manufacturer`s standard warranty which is three years, unlimited mileage and parts only. E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 6 Rear Brakes The rear axles shall be equipped with Meritor DiscPlus EX225H 17 inch disc brakes with a maximum rated capacity of 54,000 lbs. The brakes shall be covered by the manufacturer`s standard warranty which is three years, unlimited mileage and parts only. Brake System The vehicle shall be equipped with air operated brake system. The system shall meet or exceed the design and performance requirements of current FMVSS-121 and test requirements of current NFPA 1901 Standard. Each wheel shall have a separate integral brake chamber. A dual treadle valve shall split the braking power between the front and rear systems. The air system shall be provided with a rapid build-up feature, designed to meet current NFPA 1901 requirements. A 1/4” brass quick-release air inlet with male connection shall be located inside the driver door on the left side of the cab. The inlet shall allow a shoreline air hose to be connected to the vehicle, discharging into the wet tank. A pressure protection valve shall be installed to prevent use of air horns or other air operated devices should the air system pressure drop below 80 psi. Two (2) air pressure needle gauges, for front and rear air pressure, with warning light and buzzer shall be installed at the driver`s instrument panel. One (1) reservoir shall serve as the wet tank and a minimum of one (1) tank shall be supplied for each of the front and rear axles. The total system shall carry a sufficient volume of air to comply with FMVSS-121. The following tank sizes shall be installed: Tank Sizes in Cubic Inches Suspension Wet Front Rear Rear Extension Total 34-54K 1738 1738 2988 0 6464 An automatic drain valve shall be installed on the wet tank. All other tanks shall be equipped with manual drain valves. A Wabco ABS system shall be provided to improve vehicle stability and control by reducing wheel lock-up during braking. This braking system shall be fitted to axles and all electrical connections shall be environmentally-sealed, water-, weather-, and vibration-resistant. E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 7 The system shall constantly monitor wheel behavior during braking. Sensors on each wheel transmit wheel speed data to an electronic processor, which shall sense approaching wheel lock and instantly modulate brake pressure up to five (5) times per second to prevent wheel lock-up. Each wheel shall be individually controlled. To improve field performance, the system shall be equipped with a dual circuit design. The system circuits shall be configured in a diagonal pattern. Should a malfunction occur, that circuit shall revert to normal braking action. A warning light at the driver`s instrument panel shall indicate malfunction to the operator. The system shall consist of a sensor clip, sensor, electronic control unit, and solenoid control valve. The sensor clip shall hold the sensor in close proximity to the tooth wheel. An inductive sensor consisting of a permanent magnet with a round pole pin and coil shall produce an alternating current with a frequency proportional to wheel speed. The unit shall be sealed, corrosion-resistant and protected from electro-magnetic interference. The electronic control unit shall monitor the speed of each wheel sensor and a microcomputer shall evaluate in milliseconds wheel slip. A deviation shall be corrected by cyclical brake application and release. If a malfunction occurs, the circuit shall signal the operator and the malfunctioning half of the system shall shut down. The system is installed in a diagonal pattern for side to side control. The system shall ensure that each wheel is braked in optimum efficiency up to five (5) times a second. The system shall also interface with the application of the auxiliary engine, exhaust, or driveline brakes to prevent wheel lock. To improve service trouble-shooting, provisions in the system for an optional diagnostic tester shall be provided. The system shall test itself each time the vehicle is started and a dash-mounted light shall go out once the vehicle is moving above 4 MPH. A 3 year/300,000 mile parts and labor Anti-Locking Braking System (ABS) warranty shall be provided as standard by Meritor Automotive. Park Brake Release One (1) Bendix-Westinghouse PP-5 parking brake control valve shall be supplied on the lower dash panel within easy reach of the driver. Front Axle Park Brake Release A front axle parking brake system shall be provided. Utilizing a separate dash mounted activation switch, the system shall apply the front axle service brake. The system shall be interlocked to the main axle rear axle parking brake system control, so as to be operational only when the main system brakes are applied. A dash mounted warning tag shall be provided, stating; ”Low air system pressure reduces or eliminates braking force.” E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 8 Electronic Stability Control The apparatus shall be equipped with a G4 6S6M Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system that combines the functions of Roll Stability Control (RSC) with the added capability of yaw - or rotational – sensing. RSC focuses on the vehicle’s center of gravity and the lateral acceleration limit or rollover threshold. When critical lateral acceleration thresholds are exceeded, RSC intervenes to regulate the vehicle’s deceleration functions. The added feature of ESC is to automatically intervene to reduce the risk of the vehicle rotating while in a curve or taking evasive action, prevents drift out through selective braking, and controlling and reducing vehicle speed when lateral acceleration limits are about to be exceeded. Intervention by the system occurs in three forms - engine, retarder and brake control. The ESC system uses several sensors to monitor the vehicle. These include a steering wheel angle sensor, lateral accelerometer, and yaw position sensor. ESC constantly monitors driving conditions and intervenes if critical lateral acceleration is detected or if the vehicle begins to spin due to low friction surfaces. The system provides control of engine and retarder torque as well as automatically controlling individual wheels to counteract both over steer and under steer. To further improve vehicle drive characteristics, the unit shall be fitted with Automatic Traction Control (ATC). This system shall control drive wheel slip during acceleration from a resting point. An extra solenoid valve shall be added to the ABS system. The system shall control the engine and brakes to improve acceleration slip resistance. The system shall have a dash mounted light that shall come on when ATC is controlling drive wheel slip. 3 year/300,000 miles parts and labor warranties for ESC, RSC, and ATC shall be provided as standard by Meritor Automotive. Air Dryer The chassis air system shall be equipped with a Meritor/Wabco System Saver 1200 air dryer located under the cab. The air dryer shall utilize a single spin-on desiccant cartridge. Air Inlet A 1/4” brass quick-release air inlet with a male connection shall be provided. The inlet shall allow a shoreline air hose to be connected to the vehicle, discharging air directly into the wet tank of the air brake system. It shall be located driver door jamb. Air Tank Drain Pull Cords Manual drain valves with pull cords routed to side of cab/body shall be provided for all air brake system tanks. Labels shall be provided at the side of the cab/body that read "Air Tank Drain". E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 9 Isolated Air Reservoir The air system shall have an additional 1738 cu. in. isolated reservoir. The supply side of the reservoir shall be equipped with a check valve and an 85 psi pressure protection valve. Specified options shall be plumbed to the isolated air tank. Auxiliary Air Tank Plumbing The auxiliary air tank shall be plumbed to the following optional accessories, if equipped: Chassis air horns, brake system air outlet, air reel, light tower and or customer/dealer supplied pneumatic add-on(s). Air Lines Air brake lines shall be constructed of color coded nylon tubing routed in a manner to protect them from damage. Brass fittings shall be provided. Air Horns Dual Grover air horns shall be provided, connected to the chassis air system. The horns shall be mounted through the front bumper. The front bumper shall have two (2) holes punched to accommodate the horns. A pressure protection valve shall be installed to prevent the air brake system from being depleted of air pressure. Transmission Selector A push-button transmission shift module, Allison model 29538373, shall be located to the right side of the steering column within easy reach of the driver. The shift position indicator shall be indirectly lit for after dark operation. The shift module shall have a “Do Not Shift” light and a “Service” indicator light. The shift module shall have means to enter a diagnostic mode and display diagnostic data including oil life monitor, filter life monitor, transmission health monitor and fluid level. A transmission temperature gauge with warning light and buzzer shall be installed on the cab instrument panel. Transmission Fluid The transmission fluid shall be TransSynd synthetic. Vehicle Speed Electronic speed limiting set at 60 MPH as required by NFPA 1901. E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 10 Engine/Transmission Package Engine The vehicle shall utilize a Cummins ISX12 engine as described below: • 500 Horsepower • Six (6) cylinder • Variable Geometry Turbocharged • Charge Air Cooled (CAC) 4-cycle diesel • Cummins XPI high pressure fuel injection system • Fuel cooler (when equipped with a fire pump) • 729 cu.in. displacement • 500 gross BHP at 1800 RPM and a peak torque of 1645 lb.ft. at 1200 RPM with a governed RPM of 2100 • Bore and stroke shall be 5.11 x 5.91 • Compression ratio shall be 17:1 • Engine lubrication system shall have a minimum capacity, to include filter, of 43 quarts • Cooled Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) • Delco-Remy 39 MD-HD 12 volt starter • Interacta System • Coolant filter with shut-off and corrosion inhibiting additive • 18.7 cubic foot per minute air compressor • After treatment system consisting of a oxidation catalyst and diesel particulate filter and selective catalyist reduction system • Ember separator compliant with 2009 NFPA 1901 standard • The engine shall be compliant with 2013 EPA Emission standards REF engine curve for ISCAAN FR20389EV The engine air intake shall draw air through the front cab grill. The intake opening shall be located on the officer (right) side behind front cab face with a plenum that directs air to the air filter. The air cleaner shall be a 11” diameter dry type that is easily accessed for service. Air cleaner intake piping shall be made from aluminized steel tubing with flexible rubber hoses. Air cleaner intake piping clamps shall be heavy-duty, constant-torque, T-bolt clamps to ensure proper sealing under all temperatures in order to keep dust and other contaminants out of the engine intake air stream and protect the engine. The engine exhaust piping shall be a minimum of 4” diameter welded aluminized steel tubing. The muffler shall be mounted horizontally under the right-hand frame rail in back of the cab in order to minimize heat transmission to the cab and its occupants. The exhaust shall be directed away from the vehicle on the right side ahead of the rear wheels in order to keep exhaust fumes as far away as possible from the cab and pump operator position. A 5-year/100,000 miles parts and labor warranty will be provided as standard by Cummins. E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 11 A copy of the Engine Installation Review stating the engine installation meets Cummins recommendations shall be provided as requested. The engine installation shall not require the operation of any type of ”power-down” feature to meet engine installation tests. Transmission The vehicle shall utilize an Allison EVS4500P, electronic, 5-speed automatic transmission. A transmission oil temperature gauge with warning light and buzzer shall be installed on the cab instrument panel to warn the driver of high oil temperatures that may damage the transmission. The transmission shall have a gross input torque rating of 1770 lb. ft. and a gross input power rating of 600 HP. The gear ratios shall be as follows: 1 - 4.70 2 - 2.21 3 - 1.53 4 - 1.00 5 - .76 R - 5.55 The transmission shall be equipped with a fluid level sensor (FLS) system, providing direct feedback of transmission oil level information to the operator. The transmission shall have a lubricant capacity of 51 quarts. A water-to-oil transmission oil cooler shall be provided to ensure proper cooling of the transmission when the vehicle is stationary (no air flow). The transmission shall contain two engine driven PTO openings located at the 1 and 8 o`clock positions. The automatic transmission shall be equipped with a power lock-up device. The transmission lock-up shall prevent down shifting of transmission when engine speed is decreased during pump operations, thereby maintaining a constant gear ratio. Transmission lock-up shall be automatically activated when placing pump in gear. Transmission lock-up shall be automatically deactivated when disengaging pump for normal road operation. A 5-year/unlimited miles parts and labor warranty shall be provided as standard by Allison Transmission. Transmission Retarder The transmission shall have an integral output retarder using a hydrodynamic braking system. The retarder shall be activated by a 3-stage pressure apply system used in conjunction with the foundation brake using 4, 7, and 10 psi air pressure switches. A retarder enable switch to activate E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 12 retarder system, a light to indicate retarder activation, and a retarder overheat indicator light shall be mounted in the cab. Retarder Programming The Allison transmission retarder shall be programmed at one third (1/3) activation when the brake pedal is depressed at four (4) psi, one third (1/3) when the brake pedal is depressed at seven (7) psi and one third (1/3) when brake pedal is depressed at a full ten (10) psi. Exhaust End Modification The end of the exhaust tail pipe shall be modified to accommodate a MagneGrip exhaust end. The exhaust end shall protrude approximately 2" outside of the body. The tailpipe will discharge straight out from the side of the body. Exhaust Heat Shield A heat shield shall be provided on the exhaust to provide protection to the compartment floor. Engine Cooling Package Radiator The cooling system shall include an aluminum tube-and-fin radiator with a minimum of 1,408 total square inches of frontal area to ensure adequate cooling under all operating conditions. There shall be a drain valve in the bottom tank to allow the radiator to be serviced. A sight glass shall be included for quick fluid level assessment. The radiator shall be installed at the prescribed angle in order to achieve the maximum operational effectiveness. This shall be accomplished according to established work instructions and properly calibrated angle measurement equipment. Silicone Hoses All radiator and heater hoses shall be silicone. Pressure compensating band clamps shall be used to eliminate hose pinching on all hoses 3/4" diameter and larger. All radiator hoses shall be routed, loomed, and secured so as to provide maximum protection from chafing, crushing, or contact with other moving parts. Coolant The cooling system shall be filled with a 50/50 mixture of water and antifreeze/coolant conditioner to provide freezing protection to minus 40 (- 40) degrees F for operation in severe winter temperatures. E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 13 Coolant Recovery There shall be a coolant overflow recovery system provided. Charge Air Cooler System The system shall include a charge air cooler to ensure adequate cooling of the turbocharged air for proper engine operation and maximum performance. Charge Air Cooler Hoses Charge air cooler hoses shall be made from high-temperature, wire-reinforced silicone to withstand the extremely high temperatures and pressures of the turbocharged air. The hoses shall incorporate a flexible hump section to allow motion and misalignment of the engine relative to the charge air cooler. Charge air cooler hose clamps shall be heavy-duty, constant-torque, T-bolt clamps to ensure proper sealing under all temperatures in order to keep dust and other contaminants out of the engine intake air stream and protect the engine. Fan/Shroud The fan shall be 30” in diameter with eleven (11) blades for maximum airflow and dynamic balance. It shall be made of nylon for strength and corrosion resistance. The fan shall be installed with grade 8 hardware which has been treated with thread locker for additional security. A fan shroud attached to the radiator shall be provided to prevent recirculation of engine compartment air around the fan in order to maximize the cooling airflow through the radiator. The fan shroud shall be constructed of fiber-reinforced high temperature plastic. The shroud shall be specifically formed with curved surfaces which improves air flow and cooling. Transmission Cooler The cooling system shall include a liquid-to-liquid transmission cooler capable of cooling the heat generated from the transmission. When a transmission retarder is selected, the cooler shall have an increased capacity to handle the additional heat load. Fuel Line All fuel lines shall be rubber. Fuel Tanks Dual side-mounted fuel tanks shall be provided for a total usable capacity of 60 gallons. Each tank shall be of an all-welded aluminized steel construction with anti-surge baffles and shall conform to all applicable Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) 393.65 and 393.67 standards. The tanks shall be mounted behind the rear axle. Each tank shall be secured by a wrap-around T-bolt type stainless steel strap. Each strap shall be fitted with protective rubber E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 14 insulation and shall be secured with grade 8 hardware. This design allows for tank removal from below the chassis. Each tank shall be equipped with a 2” filler neck, two (2) additional 80% draw pick-up/return connections, a vent with overturn leak protection, and a .50” NPT magnetic drain plug. The tanks shall be connected with a 1.0” crossover line for equalization allowing the full fuel capacity to be filled from either side of the vehicle. Fuel shall be drawn from one tank and returned to the other. A mechanical fuel pump sized to meet the engine requirements shall be provided. 430 Amp Alternator There shall be a 430 amp Niehoff alternator installed as specified. The alternator shall be a 380 amp, per NFPA 1901 rating (430 amp per SAE J56), Niehoff model C680-1 brushless type with internal rectifier. The unit shall have an adjustable remote mounted solid state voltage regulator. The alternator also has the following features: High Output: Output range at typical 625 rpm engine idle meets or exceeds recommended minimum continuous load requirement identified in NFPA 1901. Long Life Bearings: Bearings have high temperature grease and are heat stabilized for extended service life in hot engine compartments. Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) Suppression: Meets SAE J1113 specifications. Will not cause interference with the vehicle`s properly designed and grounded communication equipment. Battery System The manufacturer shall supply four (4) heavy duty Group 31 12-volt maintenance-free batteries. Each battery shall be installed and positioned so as to allow easy replacement of any single battery. Each battery shall be equipped with carrying handles to facilitate ease of removal and replacement. There shall be two (2) steel frame mounted battery boxes, one (1) on the left frame rail and one (1) on the right frame rail. Each battery box shall be secured to the frame rail with Grade 8 hardware. Each battery box shall hold (2) batteries. The batteries shall have a minimum combined rating of 4,000 (4 x 1000) cold cranking amps (CCA) @ 0 degrees Fahrenheit and 820 (4 x 205) minutes of reserve capacity for extended operation. The batteries shall have 3/8-16 threaded stud terminals to ensure tight cable connections. The battery stud terminals shall each be treated with concentrated industrial soft-seal after cable installation to promote corrosion prevention. The positive and negative battery stud terminals and the respective cables shall be clearly marked to ensure quick and mistake-proof identification. Batteries shall be placed on non-corrosive rubber matting and secured with hold-down brackets to prevent movement, vibration, and road shock. The hold-down bracket J-hooks shall be cut to fit and shall have all sharp edges removed. The batteries shall be placed in plastic trays to provide preliminary containment should there be leakage of hazardous battery fluids. There shall E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 15 be two (2) plastic trays, each containing (2) batteries. Each battery tray shall be equipped with a rubber vent hose to facilitate drainage. The rubber vent hose shall be routed to drain beneath the battery box. The batteries shall be positioned in well-ventilated areas. One (1) positive and one (1) negative jumper stud shall be provided. Batteries shall have a warranty of twelve (12) months that shall commence upon the date of delivery of the apparatus. Engine Fan Clutch The engine shall be equipped with a thermostatically controlled engine cooling fan. The fan shall be belt driven and utilize a clutch to engage when the engine reaches a specified temperature and / or the water pump is engaged (if equipped). When disengaged, the fan clutch shall allow for improved performance from optional floor heaters, reduced cab interior noise, increased acceleration and improved fuel economy. The fan shall be equipped with a fail-safe engagement so that if the clutch fails the fan shall engage to prevent engine overheating. Drivelines Drivelines shall have a heavy duty metal tube and shall be equipped with Spicer 1810 series universal joints to allow full-transmitted torque to the axle(s). Drive shafts shall be axially straight, concentric with axis and dynamically balanced. Rear Tow Eyes Two (2) heavy duty tow eyes made of 3/4” (0.75”) thick steel having 2.5” diameter holes shall be bolted directly to the rear of the frame to allow towing (not lifting) of the apparatus. The tow eyes shall be protruding into the rear compartment or out the rear of the body. The tow eyes shall be painted chassis black. Front Tow Hooks Two (2) heavy duty stainless steel front tow hooks shall be securely attached to the front chassis frame rails to allow towing (not lifting) of the apparatus without damage. They shall be mounted in the downward position. Auto Lubrication System A Vogel Automatic Lubrication System shall be installed to provide automatic grease application, with recommended dosages, per system interval cycle, to the following lubrication wear points: E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 16 • Spring Pins and Spring Hanger Pins @ 0.6 CCM • King Pins, Upper and Lower @ 0.4 CCM • Steering Linkage @ 0.2 CCM • Tie Rod Ends @ 0.2 CCM • Brake S-Cams @ 0.1 CCM (Rockwell will not warrant application to caliper slide pins) • Steering Assist Cylinder (If applicable) @ 0.2 CCM • Automatic Slack Adjusters @ 0.1 CCM • Tilt Cab Lift Assembly @ 0.05 CCM • Aerial Outriggers (if accessible) The lubrication system shall utilize the post lubrication principle and shall be powered by an electrically driven, 12V gear pump. The gear pump shall be top mounted to a reservoir assembly with a capacity of 2.716 lbs. grease liters. The electronic control unit shall be connected through the ignition and park brake circuits to provide power to the pump when the engine is running and the park brake is released. The gear pump and reservoir shall be located in an accessible location. The electronic control module shall include system monitoring capabilities for the main line and operating cycle with an indicator light visible from the driver`s seat. The control module shall have LED`s and a system reset button to initiate a lube cycle for diagnostic purposes and/or reset the control module in the event a system fault has occurred. Upon a fault, the system shall be inoperable until the fault has been corrected and a system reset has been initiated by the operator or serviceman. Hydraulic Pump System A fixed-displacement hydraulic pump system shall be provided to operate all outrigger and aerial functions as well as the chassis power steering system. This shared hydraulic system is desired because it heats the hydraulic fluid while driving to provide smoother operation to other systems in cold climate conditions, rather than utilizing a separate pump. The hydraulic pump system shall allow the aerial system to be activated without having to shut down the water pump or reduce engine RPM`s by a switch located on the cab within easy reach of the driver. A system ”engaged” indicator light shall be provided on the activation switch. Engagement of the aerial circuit shall only be allowed with the transmission in the neutral or pump gear and the parking brake engaged. The system's hydraulic pump shall be engine mounted and able to supply thirteen (13) gpm of hydraulic fluid at a maximum pressure of 3,000 psi. The hydraulic system shall normally operate between 1,000 and 2,500 psi. It shall have flow controls to protect hydraulic components and it shall incorporate a relief valve set at 2,800 psi to prevent over-pressurization (2950 on HP78 models). E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 17 On-Spot Tire Chains The chassis shall be provided with On-Spot automatic tire chain system. The system shall include: An air cylinder containing one diaphragm, one return spring, one pushrod and a collapsible dust boot held in place with an Oetiker® style retainer to prevent foreign material from entering the air cylinder. The cylinder will be assembled with a two-piece cylinder clamp. The air cylinder will be cast aluminum and the lid will be threaded to receive a 90-degree DOT approved air fitting. The cylinder and lid must be anodized for corrosion resistance. Each cylinder will have 6 strengthening ribs. The cylinder wall thickness will be a minimum of 6mm. An extension rod and ball joint assembly that is fastened to the cylinder pushrod by means of a left hand thread. The ball joint must have a provision for greasings. A swing arm that is connected to the ball joint assembly with a nylock lock nut on one side and is fastened to the cylinder bracket at the pivot point. The arm will be supported by 2 greaseable arm bushings. The arm will be one-piece hardened alloy material that is formed in such a fashion that it allows the chainwheel to contact the vehicle tire at 3-1/2 to 4 inches off the ground. A chainwheel that is fastened to the arm with one 20mm bolt that is hardened to Metric Grade 8.8 along with a hardened lock nut. The bolt will also come with one chainwheel spacer for wheel height adjustment. The chainwheel will be 7-3/4 inches in diameter and will be constructed of a one-piece cast aluminum center hub that contains two maintenance-free sealed bearings. The circumference of the chainwheel will be rubber coated so that it may ride on the inside of the vehicle tire without causing any damage to the tire. There will be 6 lengths of chains approximately 13 inches long that will be welded to a single steel ring at 60-degree intervals. The steel ring will be bolted to the center hub with 6 Grade 8 cap screws and locknuts. Each length of chain will contain up to10 twisted links that are square-cut to provide for maximum traction in forward and reverse. Each chainwheel will be delivered with a chainwheel helmet to protect the chainwheel bearing and casting. A switch shall be provided in the cab for activation of the tire chains. DEF Tank A diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank with a five (5) gallon capacity shall be provided. The DEF tank shall include a heater fed by hot water directly from the engine block to prevent the DEF from becoming too cool to operate correctly per EPA requirements. The tank shall include a temperature sensor to control the heater control valve that controls the feed of hot water from the engine to the DEF tank heater. A sender shall be provided in the DEF tank connected to a level gauge on the cab dash. The tank shall be located left side below rear of cab. E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 18 Cab CII X Medium The vehicle shall be distinguished by an all-welded aluminum and fully enclosed tilt cab. The cab shall be designed exclusively for fire/rescue service and shall be pre-engineered to ensure long life. It shall incorporate an integral welded substructure of high-strength aluminum alloy extrusions that creates an occupant compartment that is essentially a protective perimeter. The end result is a distinctive structure that is aesthetically appealing, functionally durable, and characterized by increased personnel safety. The cab shall be constructed from 3/16” (0.188”) 3003 H14 aluminum alloy plate roof, floor, and outer skins welded to a high-strength 6063-T6 aluminum alloy extruded subframe. Wall supports and roof bows are 6061 T6 aluminum alloy. This combination of a high-strength, welded aluminum inner structure surrounded on all sides by load-bearing, welded aluminum outer skins provides a cab that is strong, lightweight, corrosion-resistant, and durable. The inner structure shall be designed to create an interlocking internal ”roll-cage” effect by welding two (2) 3” x 3” x 0.188” wall-thickness 6063-T5 aluminum upright extrusions between the 3” x 3” x 0.375” wall-thickness 6061-T6 roof crossbeam and the 2.25” x 3” x 0.375” wall- thickness 6063-T6 subframe structure in the front. An additional two (2) aluminum upright extrusions within the back-of-cab structure shall be welded between the rear roof perimeter extrusion and the subframe structure in the rear to complete the interlocking framework. The four (4) upright extrusions -- two (2) in the front and two (2) in the rear -- shall be designed to effectively transmit roof loads downward into the subframe structure to help protect the occupant compartment from crushing in a serious accident. All joints shall be electrically seam welded internally using aluminum alloy welding wire. The subframe structure shall be constructed from high-strength 6061-T6 aluminum extrusions welded together to provide a structural base for the cab. It shall include a side-to-side C-channel extrusion across the front, with 3/4” x 2-3/4” (.75” x 2.75”) full-width crossmember tubes spaced at critical points between the front and rear of the cab. The cab floor shall be constructed from 3/16” (0.188”) 3003 H14 smooth aluminum plate welded to the subframe structure to give the cab additional strength and to help protect the occupants from penetration by road debris and under-ride collision impacts. The cab roof shall be constructed from 3/16” (0.188”) 3003 H14 aluminum treadplate supported by a grid of fore-aft and side-to-side aluminum extrusions to help protect the occupants from penetration by falling debris and downward-projecting objects. Molded fiberglass or other molded fiber-reinforced plastic roof materials are not acceptable. The cab roof perimeter shall be constructed from 4” x 6-5/8” (4” x 6.625”) 6063-T5 aluminum extrusions with integral drip rails. Cast aluminum corner joints shall be welded to the aluminum roof perimeter extrusions to ensure structural integrity. The roof perimeter shall be continuously welded to the cab roof plate to ensure a leak-free roof structure. E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 19 The cab rear skin shall be constructed from 3/16” (0.188”) 3003 H14 aluminum plate. Structural extrusions shall be used to reinforce the rear wall. The left-hand and right-hand cab side skins shall be constructed from 3/16” (0.188”) 3003 H14 smooth aluminum plate. The skins shall be welded to structural aluminum extrusions at the top, bottom, and sides for additional reinforcement. The cab front skins shall be constructed from 3/16” (0.188”) 3003 H14 smooth aluminum plate. The upper portion shall form the windshield mask, and the lower portion shall form the cab front. Each front corner shall have a full 9” outer radius for strength and appearance. The left-hand and right-hand sides of the windshield mask shall be welded to the left-hand and right-hand front door frames, and the upper edge of the windshield mask shall be welded to the cab roof perimeter extrusion for reinforcement. The cab front shall be welded to the subframe C-channel extrusion below the line of the headlights to provide protection against frontal impact. Cab Exterior The exterior of the cab shall be 94” wide x 130” long to allow sufficient room in the occupant compartment for up to eight (8) fire fighters. The cab roof shall be approximately 101” above the ground with the flat roof option. The back-of-cab to front axle length shall be a minimum of 58”. Front axle fenderette trim shall be brushed aluminum for appearance and corrosion resistance. Bolt-in front wheel well liners shall be constructed of 3/16” (0.188”) composite material to provide a maintenance-free, damage-resistant surface that helps protect the underside of the cab structure and components from stones and road debris. A large stainless steel cooling air intake grille with an open area of no less than 81% shall be at the front of the cab. The cab windshield shall be of a two-piece replaceable design for lowered cost of repair. The windshield shall be made from 1/4” (0.25”) thick curved, laminated safety glass with a 75% light transmittance automotive tint. A combined minimum viewing area of 2,700-sq. in. shall be provided. Forward visibility to the ground for the average (50th percentile) male sitting in the driver`s seat shall be no more than 11 feet 7 inches from the front of the cab to ensure good visibility in congested areas. Cab Mounts and Cab Tilt System The cab shall be independently mounted from the body and chassis to isolate the cab structure from stresses caused by chassis twisting and body movements. Mounting points shall consist of two (2) forward-pivoting points, one (1) on each side; two (2) intermediate rubber load-bearing cushions located midway along the length of the cab, one (1) on each side; and two (2) combination rubber shock mounts and cab latches located at the rear of the cab, one (1) on each side. E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 20 An electric-over-hydraulic cab tilt system shall be provided to provide easy access to the engine. It shall consist of two (2) large-diameter, telescoping, hydraulic lift cylinders, one (1) on each side of the cab, with a frame-mounted electric-over-hydraulic pump for cylinder actuation. Safety flow fuses (velocity fuses) shall be provided in the hydraulic lift cylinders to prevent the raised cab from suddenly dropping in case of a burst hydraulic hose or other hydraulic failure. The safety flow fuses shall operate when the cab is in any position, not just the fully raised position. The hydraulic pump shall have a manual override system as a backup in the event of an electrical failure. Lift controls shall be located in a compartment to the rear of the cab on the right side of the apparatus. A parking brake interlock shall be provided as a safety feature to prevent the cab from being tilted unless the parking brake is set. The entire cab shall be tilted through a 42-45 degree arc to allow for easy maintenance of the engine, transmission and engine components. A positive-engagement safety latch shall be provided to lock the cab in the full tilt position to provide additional safety for personnel working under the raised cab. In the lowered position, the cab shall be locked down by two (2) automatic, spring-loaded cab latches at the rear of the cab. A "cab ajar" indicator light shall be provided on the instrument panel to warn the driver when the cab is not completely locked into the lowered position. Cab Interior The interior of the cab shall be of the open design with an ergonomically-designed driver area that provides ready access to all controls as well as a clear view of critical instrumentation. The engine cover between the driver and the officer shall be a low-rise contoured design to provide sufficient seating and elbow room for the driver and the officer. The engine cover shall blend in smoothly with the interior dash and flooring of the cab. An all-aluminum subframe shall be provided for the engine cover for strength. The overall height of the engine enclosure shall not exceed 23” from the floor at each side and 27” in the center section. The engine cover shall not exceed 41” in width at its widest point. The rear portion of the engine cover shall be provided with a lift-up section to provide easy access for checking transmission fluid, power steering fluid, and engine oil without raising the cab. The engine cover insulation shall consist of 3/4” dual density fiberglass composite panels with foil backing manufactured to specificall y fit the engine cover without modification to eliminate ”sagging” as found with foam insulation. The insulation shall meet or exceed DOT standard MVSS 302-1 and V-0 (UI subject 94 Test). All cab floors shall be covered with a black rubber floor mat that provides an aggressive slip- resistant surface in accordance with current NFPA 1901. E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 21 A minimum of 57.25” of floor-to-ceiling height shall be provided in the front seating area of the cab and a minimum of 55.25” floor-to-ceiling height shall be provided in the rear seating area. A minimum of 36” of seated headroom at the "H" point shall be provided over each fenderwell. The floor area in front of the front seat pedestals shall be no less than 20.5” side to side by 25.0” front to rear for the driver and no less than 20.5” side to side by 26.0” front to rear for the officer to provide adequate legroom. Battery jumper studs shall be provided to allow jump-starting of the apparatus without having to tilt the cab. All exposed interior metal surfaces shall be pretreated using a corrosion prevention system. The interior of the cab shall be insulated to ensure the sound (dbA) level for the cab interior is within the limits stated in the current edition of NFPA 1901. The insulation shall consist of 2 oz. wadding and 1/4” (0.25”) foam padding. The padding board shall be backed with 1/4” (0.25”) thick reflective insulation. The backing shall be spun-woven polyester. Interior cab padding shall consist of a rear cab headliner, a rear wall panel, and side panels between the front and rear cab doors. The overhead console and heater cover shall be covered with thermoformed, non-metallic, non- fiber trim pieces to provide excellent scuff and abrasion resistance, as well as chemical stain resistance. The thermoformed material shall comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS) 302 for flammability of interior materials. The vehicle shall use a seven-position tilt and telescopic steering column to accommodate various size operators. An 18” padded steering wheel with a center horn button shall be provided. A full-width overhead console shall be mounted to the cab ceiling for placement of siren and radio heads, and for warning light switches. The console shall be made from a thermoformed, non-metallic material and shall have easily removable mounting plates. Storage areas, with hinged access doors, shall be provided below the driver and officer seats. The driver side compartment shall be approximately 19.25” x 17.75” x 5.75” high and the officer side compartment shall be approximately 18.25” x 22.5” x 11” high (19.25” x 17.75” x 5.75” w/ air ride). The front cab steps shall be a minimum of 8” deep x 24” wide. The first step shall be no more than 24.0” above the ground with standard tires in the unloaded condition per NFPA 1901 standards. The rear cab steps shall be a minimum 12” deep x 21” wide. The first step shall be no more than 24.0” above the ground with standard tires in the unloaded condition per NFPA 1901 standards. The rear steps shall incorporate intermediate steps for easy access to the cab. The steps are to be located inside the doorsill, where they are protected against mud, snow, ice, and weather. The step surfaces shall be aluminum diamond plate with a multi-directional, aggressive E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 22 gripping surface incorporated into the aluminum diamond plate in accordance with current NFPA 1901. A black rubber grip handle shall be provided on the interior of each front door below the door window to ensure proper hand holds while entering and exiting the cab. An additional black rubber grip handle shall be provided on the left and right side windshield post for additional handholds. Cab Doors There shall be reflective signs on each cab door in compliance with all NFPA requirements. Four (4) side-opening cab doors shall be provided. Doors shall be constructed of a 3/16” (0.188”) aluminum plate outer material with an aluminum extruded inner framework to provide a structure that is as strong as the side skins. Front cab door openings shall be approximately 36” wide x 71.5” high, and the rear cab door openings shall be approximately 33.75” wide x 73” high. The front doors shall open approximately 75 degrees, and the rear doors shall open approximately 80 degrees. The doors shall be securely fastened to the doorframes with full-length, stainless steel piano hinges, with 3/8” (0.375”) diameter pins for proper door alignment, long life, and corrosion resistance. Mounting hardware shall be treated with corrosion-resistant material prior to installation. For effective sealing, an extruded rubber gasket shall be provided around the entire perimeter of all doors. Stainless steel paddle-style door latches shall be provided on the interiors of the doors. The latches shall be designed and installed to protect against accidental or inadvertent opening as required by NFPA 1901. The front door windows shall provide a minimum viewing area of 530 sq. in. each. The rear door windows shall provide a minimum viewing area of 500 sq. in. each. All windows shall have 75% light transmittance automotive safety tint. Full roll-down windows shall be provided for the front cab doors with worm gear drive cable operation for positive operation and long life. Scissors or gear-and-sector drives are not acceptable. Cab Instruments and Controls Two (2) pantograph-style windshield wipers with two (2) separate electric motors shall be provided for positive operation. Air-operated windshield wipers are not acceptable because of their tendency to accumulate moisture, which can lead to corrosion or to freezing in cold weather. The wipers shall be a wet-arm type with a one (1) gallon washer fluid reservoir, an intermittent-wipe function, and an integral wash circuit. Wiper arm length shall be approximately 28”, and the blade length approximately 20”. Each arm shall have a 70 degree sweep for full coverage of the windshield. E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 23 An overhead mounted heater and defroster with a minimum capacity of 60,000 Btu/hr and all necessary controls shall be mounted in the cab. The airflow system shall consist of two (2) levels, defrost and cab, and shall have fresh air and defogging capabilities. Cab controls shall be located on the cab instrument panel in the dashboard on the driver`s side where they are clearly visible and easily reachable. Emergency warning light switches shall be installed in removable panels for ease of service. The following gauges and/or controls shall be provided: • Master battery switch/ignition switch (rocker with integral indicator) • Starter switch/engine stop switch (rocker) • Heater and defroster controls with illumination • Marker light/headlight control switch with dimmer switch • Self-canceling turn signal control with indicators • Windshield wiper switch with intermittent control and washer control • Master warning light switch • Transmission oil temperature gauge • Air filter restriction indicator • Pump shift control with green ”pump in gear” and ”o.k. to pump” indicator lights • Parking brake controls with red indicator light on dash • Automatic transmission shift console • Electric horn button at center of steering wheel • Cab ajar warning light on the message center enunciator Controls and switches shall be identified as to their function by backlit wording adjacent to each switch, or indirect panel lighting adjacent to the controls. Fast Idle System A fast idle system shall be provided and controlled by the cab-mounted switch. The system shall increase engine idle speed to a preset RPM for increased alternator output. Electrical System The cab and chassis system shall have a centrally located electrical distribution area. All electrical components shall be located such that standard operations shall not interfere with or disrupt vehicle operation. An automatic thermal-reset master circuit breaker compatible with the alternator size shall be provided. Automatic-reset circuit breakers shall be used for directional lights, cab heater, battery power, ignition, and other circuits. An access cover shall be provided for maintenance access to the electrical distribution area. A 6 place, constantly hot and 6 place ignition switched fuse panel and ground for customer- installed radios and chargers shall be provided at the electrical distribution area. Radio suppression shall be sufficient to allow radio equipment operation without interference. E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 24 All wiring shall be mounted in the chassis frame and protected from impact, abrasion, water, ice, and heat sources. The wiring shall be color-coded and functionally-labeled every 3” on the outer surface of the insulation for ease of identification and maintenance. The wiring harness shall conform to SAE 1127 with GXL temperature properties. Any wiring connections exposed to the outside environment shall be weather-resistant. All harnesses shall be covered in a loom that is rated at 280 degrees F to protect the wiring against heat and abrasion. A Vehicle Data Computer (VDC) shall be supplied within the electrical system to process and distribute engine and transmission Electronic Control Module (ECM) information to chassis system gauges, the message center, and related pump panel gauges. Communication between the VDC and chassis system gauges shall be through a 4 wire multiplexed communication system to ensure accurate engine and transmission data is provided at the cab dash and pump. The VDC shall be protected against corrosion, excessive heat, vibration, and physical damage. Two (2) dual rectangular sealed beam halogen headlights shall be installed on the front of the cab, one (1) on each side, mounted in a polished chrome-plated bezel. The low beam headlights shall activate with the release of the parking brake to provide daytime running lights (DRL) for additional vehicle conspicuity and safety. The headlight switch shall automatically override the DRL for normal low beam/high beam operation. Cab Crashworthiness Requirement The apparatus cab shall meet and/or exceed relevant NFPA 1901 load and impact tests required for compliance certification with the following: Side Impact Dynamic Pre-Load per SAE J2422 (Section 5). Testing shall meet and/or exceed defined test using 13,000 ft-lbs of force as a requirement. The cab shall be subject to a side impact representing the force seen in a roll-over. The cab shall exhibit minimal to no intrusion into the cab’s occupant survival space, doors shall remain closed and cab shall remain attached to frame. Cab testing shall be completed using 13,776 ft-lbs of force exceeding testing requirements. Quasi-static Roof Strength (proof loads) per SAE J2422 (Section 6) / ECE R29, Annex 3, paragraph 5. Testing shall meet and/or exceed defined test using 22,046 lbs of mass as a requirement. Testing shall be completed using platen(s) distributed uniformly over all bearing members of the cab roof structure. Cab testing shall be completed using 23,561 lbs of mass exceeding testing requirements. The cab shall exhibit minimal to no intrusion into the cab’s occupant survival space and doors shall remain closed. Additional cab testing shall be conducted using 117,336 lbs of mass exceeding testing requirements by over five (5) times. The cab shall exhibit minimal to no intrusion into the cab’s occupant survival space and the doors shall remain closed. E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 25 Frontal Impact per SAE J2420. Testing shall meet and/or exceed defined test using 32,549 ft-lbs of force as a requirement. The cab shall be subject to a frontal impact as defined by the standard. The cab shall exhibit minimal to no intrusion into the cab’s occupant survival space, doors shall remain closed and cab shall remain attached to frame. Cab testing shall be completed using 34,844 ft-lbs of force exceeding testing requirements. Additional cab testing shall be conducted using 65,891 ft-lbs of force exceeding testing requirements by over two (2) times. The cab shall meet all requirements to the above cab crash worthiness; NO EXCEPTIONS. A copy of a certificate or letter verifying compliance to the above performance by an independent, licensed, professional engineer shall be provided upon request. For any or all of the above tests, the cab manufacturer shall provide either photographs or video footage of the procedure upon request. ISO Compliance The manufacturer shall ensure that the construction of the apparatus cab shall be in conformance with the established ISO-compliant quality system. All written quality procedures and other procedures referenced within the pages of the manufacturer`s Quality Manual, as well as all Work Instructions, Workmanship Standards, and Calibration Administration that directly or indirectly impacts this process shall be strictly adhered to. By virtue of its ISO compliance the manufacturer shall provide an apparatus cab that is built to exacting standards, meets the customer`s expectations, and satisfies the customer`s requirements. Cab Roof Notch The cab roof shall be notched front to rear of the cab to minimize overall travel height of the vehicle. The cab roof notch shall not affect the interior cab ceiling or cab structure. Logo Package The apparatus shall have manufacturer logos provided on the cab and body as applicable. Rear Cab Door Position The cab rear doors shall be moved to the rear of the wheel opening. This door placement facilitates easier entry and egress by reducing the rear facing seat protrusion into the door opening. Rear door position to the 58” or (medium cab). E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 26 Cab Front Door Windows Driver and officer door windows shall have the support pillar located toward the rear of the window to improve visibility of mirrors. There shall be no vent within the window itself. Cab Front Windows The front windows of the cab shall have manual actuation. Cab Door Locks Each cab door shall have a manual operated door lock actuated from the interior of each respective door. Exterior of each cab door shall be provided with a barrel style keyed lock below the cab door handle. Cab Door Locks The cab shall have 1250 keyed door locks provided on exterior doors to secure the apparatus. Cab Door Panels The inner door panels shall be made from 14 gauge brushed finish stainless steel for increased durability. The cab door panels shall incorporate an easily removable panel for access to the latching mechanism for maintenance or service. Exterior Cab Door Latches All exterior cab door latches shall be paddle style. Cab Door Stainless Steel Trim Each cab door shall have a stainless steel trim on the trailing edge of the door opening. Rear doors shall have full vertical height trim; front cab doors shall be 50" tall on rear vertical edge above floor level. Cab Door Rear Windows The rear cab door windows shall be manually operated to raise and lower. The rear of the window opening shall have a fixed glass panel approximately 5" wide to allow the forward section of glass to roll down completely ahead of the door latching hardware. Cab Door Reflective Material Reflexite V98 Red/Fluorescent Yellow Green reflective striping shall be supplied on each of the cab doors. The stripes shall run from the lower outer corner to the upper inside corner of the E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 27 panel, forming an "A" shape when viewed from the rear. The material shall meet NFPA 1901 requirements for size (96 square inches) and reflectivity. Cab Step A step below the cab door shall be provided. The step shall be constructed of .188” aluminum tread brite. The step surface shall be provided with an aggressive skid-resistant surface. The step shall be in accordance with current NFPA requirements and shall include a multi-directional aggressive gripping surface incorporated into the diamond plate. The surface shall extend vertically from the diamond plate sheet a minimum of 1/8" (0.125"). Gripping surfaces shall be circular in design, a minimum of 1" diameter and on centers not to exceed 4". It shall be located driver's front door, officer's front door, driver's rear door, officer's rear door. Steps under front cab doors shall not interfere with approach angle. Cab Mirrors Two (2) Ramco model 6001FFR remote controlled aluminum mirrors shall be installed. The mirrors shall incorporate a full face main section with a convex mirror with housing model CAS750, mounted to the top. The adjustment of main sections shall be through dash mounted switches. Location: mounted on cab doors. 10in Convex Mirror Retrac stainless steel 10” 3-Arm Convex mirror. (3) piece adjustable telescoping arm assembly (model 604671) and a 10" stainless steel center mounted convex head (model 604953). Mirror shall be mounted horizontally above the driver`s position to permit rapid viewing of the rear cab area. Cab Canopy Window There shall be a fixed window provided between the front and rear doors on the driver`s side of the cab. Window dimensions shall be 26.69"W x 24.5"H Cab Canopy Window There shall be a fixed window provided between the front and rear doors on the officer`s side of the cab. Window dimensions shall be 26.69"W x 24.5"H E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 28 Front Mud Flaps Black linear low density polyethylene (proprietary blend) mud flaps shall be installed on the rear of the cab front wheel wells. The design of the mud flaps shall have corrugated ridges to distribute water evenly. Handrails Cab door assist handrails shall consist of two (2) 1.25” diameter x 18” long 6063-T5 anodized aluminum tubes mounted directly behind the driver and officer door openings one each side of the cab. The handrails shall be machine extruded with integral ribbed surfaces to assure a good grip for personnel safety. Handrails shall be installed between chrome end stanchions and shall be positioned at least 2” from the mounting surface to allow a positive grip with a gloved hand. Handrails Cab door assist handrails shall consist of two (2) 1.25” diameter x 18” long 6063-T5 anodized aluminum tubes mounted directly behind the driver and officer rear door openings each side of the cab. The handrails shall be machine extruded with integral ribbed surfaces to assure a good grip for personnel safety. Handrails shall be installed between chrome end stanchions and shall be positioned at least 2” from the mounting surface to allow a positive grip with a gloved hand. Rear Cab Wall Construction The rear cab wall shall be constructed with the use of 3/16" aluminum diamond plate interlocking in aluminum extrusions. Cab Wheel Well The cab wheel well shall be increased in size to provide additional clearance for larger tires. The fender trim shall be adjustable in and out to better accommodate various wheel / tire offsets. Receptacle Mounting Plate A mounting plate shall be provided for the battery charger receptacle, battery charger indicator and if applicable the air inlet. The plate shall be constructed of 14 gauge brushed finish stainless steel and be removable for service access to the receptacle(s) and indicator. Air Conditioning An overhead air-conditioner / heater system with a single roof mounted condenser shall be supplied. The unit shall be mounted to the cab interior headliner in a mid cab position, away from all seating positions. The unit shall provide ten (10) comfort discharge louvers, four (4) to the back E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 29 area of the cab and six (6) to the front. These louvers will be used for AC and heat air delivery. Two (2) additional large front louvers shall be damper controlled to provide defogging and defrosting capabilities to the front windshield as necessary. The unit shall consist of a high output evaporator coil and heater core with one (1) high output dual blower for front air delivery, and two (2) high performance single wheel blowers for rear air delivery. A serviceable filter shall be installed on the A/C evaporator. The filter shall consist of a steel perimeter frame with a foam filter. The control panel shall actuate the air-distribution system with air cylinders, which are to be separated from the brake system by an 85-90 psi pressure protection valve. A three-speed blower switch shall control air speed. The condenser shall be roof mounted and have a minimum capacity of 65,000 BTU`s and have dual fans with a built in receiver drier. Performance Data: (Unit only, no ducting or louvers) AC BTU: 55,000 Heat BTU: 65,000 CFM : 1300 @ 13.8V (All blowers) The compressor shall be a ten-cylinder swash plate type Seltec model TM-31HD with a capacity of 19.1 cu.in. per revolution. The system shall be capable of cooling the interior of the cab from 100 degrees ambient to 75 degrees or less with 50% relative humidity in 30 minutes or less. Heat, Supplemental A single 40,000 BTU water heater shall be supplied in the front area of the cab. The unit shall heat the lower section of the driver`s and officer`s footwell. Dual 23,000 BTU water heaters with diamond plate covers shall be supplied in the rear of the cab to heat the rear cab lower section. Dual climate control will be achieved via dual switches installed on a front instrument panel. On units with optional multiplex display climate control, the floor heaters shall be controlled through the HVAC screen in the display. HVAC Control Location Heating and air conditioning controls shall be located in the upper tier of the center dash area. E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 30 Auxiliary Air Conditioner The apparatus shall be equipped with a Dometic BliZZard Self-Contained HVAC Series Model #SC14K 120 volt HVAC system. The system air conditioner shall be rated at 14,000 BTU. The system shall be wired to shore power and generator (if equipped with transfer switch). The condenser unit shall be located on officer side of cab roof. The evaporator shall be located below false floor of medical cabinet. Cab Seats All cab seats shall be Bostrom brand. Seat, Driver One (1) Valor ABTS seat with high back styling shall be provided for the driver`s position. The ABTS (All-Belts-To-Seat) design shall include a bright red 3-point integrated seat belt with an additional 8-12″ of additional useable belt webbing for easy access and comfort—increasing seat belt usage amongst firefighters and rescue personnel. Seat features shall include: • Power fore/aft with 8" adjustment • Power height with 2" adjustment • Power front seat tilt • Power rear seat tilt • Power back recline • Built in lumbar support Seat, Rear Facing One (1) Valor ABTS seat with high back SCBA storage shall be provided in the rear facing position over the driver side wheel well. The ABTS (All-Belts-To-Seat) design shall include a bright red 3-point integrated seat belt with an additional 8-12″ of additional useable belt webbing for easy access and comfort—increasing seat belt usage amongst firefighters and rescue personnel. Seat features shall include: • Removable ”Store-All” side cushions • Auto-pivot and return headrest to open for improved exit with SCBA • 12.5” wide SCBA cavity to store leading SCBA brands • Shoulder strap holder • Replaceable seat, side and headrest cushions E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 31 Seat, Rear Facing One (1) Valor ABTS seat with high back SCBA storage shall be provided in the rear facing position over the officer side wheel well. The ABTS (All-Belts-To-Seat) design shall include a bright red 3-point integrated seat belt with an additional 8-12″ of additional useable belt webbing for easy access and comfort—increasing seat belt usage amongst firefighters and rescue personnel. Seat features shall include: • Removable ”Store-All” side cushions • Auto-pivot and return headrest to open for improved exit with SCBA • 12.5” wide SCBA cavity to store leading SCBA brands • Shoulder strap holder • Replaceable seat, side and headrest cushions Seat, Officer One (1) Valor ABTS seat with high back SCBA storage shall be provided in the officer position. The ABTS (All-Belts-To-Seat) design shall include a bright red 3-point integrated seat belt with an additional 8-12″ of additional useable belt webbing for easy access and comfort—increasing seat belt usage amongst firefighters and rescue personnel. Seat features shall include: • Removable ”Store-All” side cushions • Auto-pivot and return headrest to open for improved exit with SCBA • 12.5” wide SCBA cavity to store leading SCBA brands • Shoulder strap holder • Replaceable seat, side and headrest cushions Seat Cover Material All seats shall have clothe seat cover material. Seat Fabric Color All seats shall be black in color. Seating Capacity Tag A tag that is in view of the driver stating seating capacity of six (6) personnel shall be provided. E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 32 Mechanical Air Pack Bottle Bracket Ziamatic model QLM-U mechanical SCBA bottle bracket(s) shall be provided to fit all SCBA bottles currently on the market. The bracket(s) shall be positive locking and be equipped with an adjustable footplate and pull release strap. The SCBA bracket(s) shall be equipped with a PVC coated flip-down restraint to securely lock the SCBA in place without damaging the cylinder wall. The bracket(s) shall be located officer's seat, rear facing driver's side, rear facing officer's side. Seat, Rear Wall Two (2) fold down jump seats shall be provided. The seats shall be located on the rear wall driver's side outboard, officer's side outboard. Features to include: • Seat bottom cushion shall be constructed of high density foam with a heavy duty, wear resistant material. • Seat bottom automatically folds up when not in use to provide increased room in the rear of the cab. All seat positions shall have a bright red retractable 3-point lap and shoulder harness, providing additional safety and security for personnel. Extensions shall be provided with the seat belts so the male end can be easily grasped and the female end easily located while sitting in a normal position. Cabinet There shall be a medical storage cabinet provided at the back wall of the interior of the cab, between outboard seats. The cabinet shall be constructed of 1/8” smooth aluminum. The cabinet shall be approximately 48” high x 32” wide x 24” deep interior. The lower door opening shall be raised approximately 12" to 14" to allow for auxiliary component(s) to be installed on the floor. A removable sub-floor shall be provided at the lower door opening to prevent equipment storage from damaging equipment. Ventilation and access shall be provided on the front of the cabinet below lower door opening. Three (3) vertically adjustable shelves shall be provided and installed in the cabinet. The shelves shall be constructed of 1/8” smooth aluminum plate. Each shelf shall have a 1” front for added strength and reinforcement. The shelves shall be sized to the interior dimensions of the cabinet. The shelves shall be mounted with extruded aluminum adjustable shelf tracking attached to the cabinet walls and the shelves to be secured with aluminum brackets to the tracks to allow for E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 33 vertical height adjustment. As necessary a 3/4” x 2-3/4” aluminum extrusion shall be mounted to the underside of the shelves to provide additional reinforcement as needed. There shall be a locking roll up door provided to secure contents. Medical Cabinet Receptacles Four (4) 20 amp, 110 volt 3-prong straight blade NEMA 5-20 household receptacles with stainless steel cover plate shall be installed the rear wall of the medical compartment as specified by the department. The receptacles shall be wired to the inlet receptacle where it will have overcurrent protection from an external source. Auto Transfer Switch An automatic transfer switch shall be installed to allow all interior household type receptacles to be powered either by the shore power receptacle or the on-board generator. Medical Storage Cabinet Finish The medical storage cabinet(s) shall have a Zolatone black finish. The finish shall be applied to the interior, exterior, shelves (if equipped) and trays (if equipped) of the cabinet. Medical Cabinet Doors All medical cabinets on the custom cab shall be ROM brand roll-up type doors. Cab Interior Color Cab instrument panel, overhead console, trim panels, headliner, and door panels shall be black. Sun Visors Lexan sun visors shall be provided for the driver and officer matching the interior trim of the cab and shall be flush mounted into the underside of the overhead console. Cab Rollover Protection - Master Control Module A RollTek rollover occupant protection system shall be installed in the apparatus cab. The system shall include an Integrated Roll Sensor (master module), Integrated Head Curtains and Integrated Seat Belt pretensioners. The Integrated Roll Sensor (IRS) shall be a microprocessor-controlled solid-state sensing device that utilizes vehicle-specific calibrations to detect rollovers. The IRS shall be equipped with eight (8) pyrotechnic loops for connection to the protective countermeasures (Integrated Head Curtains and Integrated Seat Belt pretensioners). E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 34 The IRS shall continually monitor the truck`s acceleration and angle, and upon detection of an imminent roll-over, shall activate protective countermeasures in a pre-programmed sequence. The entire process from activation to deployment shall take less than ¼ of a second (.234). In addition to acting as the “brain” of the RollTek system, the IRS shall also act as a “black box,” recording crash events for post-crash evaluation. Cab Rollover Protection - Slave Module for Master Control A slave module shall be installed with the RollTek Integrated Roll Sensor (IRS) to expand the system’s capabilities. The slave module shall include connections for up to eight (8) additional pyrotechnic loops for use with up to a total of sixteen (16) protective countermeasures (Integrated Head Curtains and Integrated Seat Belt pretensioners). Cab Rollover Protection - Side Air Bags [Qty: 6] RollTek Integrated Head Curtains (IHC) shall be installed in the apparatus cab. The pillow- shaped side air bags shall be attached either to the ABTS seats or the rear cab wall. The air bags shall be optimally placed to deploy across the window and side of the vehicle interior to protect the occupants heads during impact. The air bags shall use a combination of high-pressure stored argon and oxygen (and a pyrotechnic charge for initiation) to inflate the bags to a relatively cool (120° Fahrenheit) inflation temperature and remain inflated for several seconds. Cab Rollover Protection - Seat Belt Pretensioners [Qty: 6] RollTek Integrated Seat Belt Pretensioners (ISB) shall be installed in the apparatus cab. The special seat belt buckles shall be designed to receive a signal from the Integrated Roll Sensor during a roll for the pretensioners on the buckles to tighten the seat belts to the occupant, better positioning the occupant in the seats. Cab Dash - Severe Duty The center and officer side dash shall be constructed from .125" smooth aluminum plate painted to match the cab interior. A hinged access panel shall be provided on top of the center dash to provide easy access to components within. The lower kick panels below the dash to be constructed from .125 aluminum plate painted to match the cab interior. The panels shall be removable to allow for servicing components that may be located behind the panels. Engine Cover The engine cover shall blend in smoothly with the interior dash and flooring of the cab. The upper left and right sides shall have a sloped transition surface running front to rear providing increased space for the driver and officer. E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 35 The engine cover and engine service access door cover shall be molded 18 lb/cu. ft. (+/-0.5) flexible integral skinned polyurethane foam at a Durometer of 60 (+/- 5.0) per ASTM F1957-99 and with a minimum skin thickness of 0.0625 inches and shall be provided to reduce the transmission noise and heat from the engine. The cover shall be black and feature a pebble grain finish for slip resistance. Front Occupant Protection A 4Front occupant protection system shall be installed in the apparatus cab. The system shall inflate three (3) air bags in the following locations: Steering wheel air bag to protect the head and neck of the driver Knee bolster air bag to protect the driver’s legs Knee bolster air bag to protect the officer’s legs The air bags shall use a combination of high-pressure stored argon and oxygen (and a pyrotechnic charge for initiation) to inflate the bags to a relatively cool (120° Fahrenheit) inflation temperature and remain inflated for several seconds. The system shall be connected to the crash detection sensor that will also activate the driver and first officer Integrated Belt Pretensioners if it detects a frontal crash. Cab Dome Lights Dome light assemblies consisting of a two-position assembly mounted rocker switch; LED 4” dome light with red lens and plastic housing shall be installed. There shall be two mounted in the rear of the cab, one in the driver side and one in the officer side ceiling. Cab Dome Lights Four (4) ceiling mounted dome light assemblies shall be provided. Each light shall consist of a three-position assembly mounted rocker switch, LED (light emitting diode) 4” grommet mount white dome light, LED (light emitting diode) 4” grommet mount red dome light, and a plastic housing. The white light activates with appropriate cab door and light assembly mounted rocker switch, the red light activates with assembly mounted rocker switch only. Two (2) lights shall be located in both the front and rear of the cab. E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 36 Auto-Eject Battery Charger Receptacle The battery charger receptacle shall be a Kussmaul 20 amp NEMA 5-20 Super Auto-Eject #091- 55-20-120 with a cover. The Super Auto-Eject receptacle shall be completely sealed and have an automatic power line disconnect. The receptacle shall be located outside driver's door next to handrail and the cover color shall be Yellow. ATC Override An Automatic Traction Control (ATC) override switch shall be provided. The switch shall be located within reach of the driver and allow for momentary disabling of the ATC system due to mud or snow conditions. DPF Regeneration Override An override switch shall be provided for the Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) regeneration. The switch will inhibit the regeneration process until the switch is reset or the engine is shut down and restarted. The switch shall be located within reach of the driver. English Dominant Gauge Cluster The cab operational instruments shall be located in the dashboard on the driver side of the cab and shall be clearly visible. The gauges in this panel shall be English dominant and shall be the following: • Speedometer/Odometer • Tachometer with integral hour meter • Engine oil pressure gauge with warning light and buzzer • Engine water temperature gauge with warning light and buzzer • Two (2) air pressure gauges with a warning light and buzzer (front air and rear air) • Fuel gauge • Voltmeter • Transmission oil temperature gauge This panel shall be backlit for increased visibility during day and night time operations. Officer Speedometer An electronic speedometer shall be mounted on the passenger`s side of the cab, mounted on the switch panel. E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 37 Headlights The front of the cab shall have four (4) headlights. The headlights shall be mounted on the front of the cab in the lower position. The headlights shall be day time operational. Cab 12 Volt (or 24 Volt) Outlet A plug-in type receptacle for hand held spotlights, cell phones, chargers, etc. shall be installed driver side dash, officer side dash. The receptacle shall be wired battery hot. Customer Supplied Antenna The customer supplied external antenna shall be mounted on the cab roof. The antenna shall be located driver side rearward with coaxial cable terminating at the center of the dash board, officer side rearward with coaxial cable terminating at the center of the dash board. Battery Charger Location The battery charger shall be located behind driver's seat. Cab Turn Signals There shall be a pair of Whelen M6 LED (Light Emitting Diode) turn signal light heads with populated arrow pattern and amber lens mounted upper headlight bezel and wired with weatherproof connectors. Hourmeter The vehicle shall be equipped with an aerial PTO hourmeter mounted in the cab. Battery Charger An E-ONE LPC 20 battery charger with remote mounted LED display shall be installed. A fully automatic charging system shall be installed on the apparatus. The system shall have a 120 volt, 60 hertz, 7 amp AC input with an output of 20 amps 12 volts DC. The battery charging system shall be connected directly to the shoreline to ensure the batteries remain fully charged while the vehicle is in the fire station or firehouse. The system shall include a remote charging status indicator panel. The panel shall consist of two (2) LED lights to provide a visual signal if battery voltage is good or drops below 11.5 volts. The microprocessor shall be continuously powered from the battery to provide the charge status. E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 38 Cab Headlights The quad cab headlight bezels shall contain rectangular sealed beam halogen lights. Steering Wheel Switches The steering wheel shall be supplied with two (2) switch pods. Each switch pod shall include five (5) switches. The pods shall include switching for wipers, master warning, air horns and auxiliary engine brake (on/off). In addition there shall be three (3) auxiliary switches that can be programmed to meet department specified functions. The wiper switches shall include high / low speed, intermittent, wipe / wash and off. The wiper motors shall shall be synchronized so as to wipe each windshield simultaneously. Aerial Body Performance The apparatus body shall be constructed entirely of aluminum extrusions with interlocking aluminum plates. An extruded modular aluminum body is required due to the high strength-to- weight ratio of aluminum, corrosion-resistant body structure, easy damage repair, and lighter overall body weight to allow for increased equipment carrying capacity. The apparatus shall incorporate a rescue style body design to maximize compartment space. The rescue style left and right side body shall combine upper and lower compartments to provide more efficient use of body storage capacity. The body design shall provide 330.01 cubic feet of storage, which exceeds the minimum NFPA 1901 Chapter 8.5 requirement of 40 cubic feet. The entire vehicle shall be constructed of aluminum extrusions. Body designs that incorporate steel sub-frames connected to aluminum compartments are not as corrosion-resistant and not acceptable. Body Mainframe The body mainframe shall be entirely constructed of aluminum. The complete framework shall be constructed of 6061T6 and 6063T5 aluminum alloy extrusions welded together using 5356 aluminum alloy welding wire. The mainframe shall incorporate a series of vertical frame components connected in series. Each vertical frame assembly shall be constructed with 3” x 3” extrusions welded together in a square frame configuration. The open center shall permit the installation of a tunnel for ground ladder storage. The mainframe shall be held together from front to rear by two (2) solid 1/2” x 3” aluminum braces on each side of the vertical frame components. The braces shall also serve as the connection point between the torque box and body frame. The body side compartments shall be connected and supported by the extruded aluminum mainframe assembly. E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 39 Body Side Assemblies The left and right side body assemblies shall be framed with 6063T5 1 1/2” x 4” 3/16” wall extrusions. The front and rear body corners of the side assemblies shall be a radiused corner extrusion. The body compartments shall be framed to make full height compartments ahead and behind the wheel well opening. The body side assemblies shall be designed so that the compartment walls are not required to support the body. The compartments shall be interlocked and welded to the side assembly extrusions. The top of the body side assemblies shall be supplied with embossed diamond plate covers with polished corners to minimize maintenance and provide service access to electrical components. Stabilizer Openings The body shall be designed to accommodate a four (4) stabilizer aerial system. One (1) opening shall be supplied behind the rear axle as close to the wheel well opening as possible to maximize rear angle of departure and to prevent the stabilizer pads from contacting the ground during driving. The second set shall be mounted just behind the transverse compartment. The openings shall be framed in aluminum extrusions. A stabilizer cover made from treadplate shall be supplied on the extendable stabilizer. The cover shall provide a pleasing appearance and mounting location for a red stabilizer warning light as outlined in NFPA 1901. The stabilizer openings shall be supplied with clear lights to illuminate the stabilizers and the ground surrounding the openings. The lights shall illuminate when any stabilizer is moved from the stored position. Body Mounting System The body shall attach to the integral torque box with grade 8 bolts connected through steel mounts welded on the side of the torque box. To isolate dissimilar metals a 1/4” fiber- reinforced rubber dielectric barrier between the aluminum body and steel torque box shall be supplied. Body designs that weld to the aerial torque box or chassis frame rails shall not be acceptable due to the stress imposed on the vehicle during road travel and aerial operations. Rear Body Design The rear body shall be designed to provide ground ladder storage, hose deployment, and service access to aerial components. The center rear of the body shall be open for ground ladder storage. The area below the ground ladder storage shall be for a waterway inlet (if applicable), the stabilizer control panel and have access doors to hydraulic components. A bolt on 3/16” aluminum treadplate rear tailboard shall be supplied and attached to the underside of the aerial access staircases. E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 40 The aerial master control panel that is located on the rear of the body shall consist of a master switch, interlock light, and indicators that illuminate when each stabilizer is deployed. The stabilizer controls shall be divided into two (2) boxes located one (1) each side on the rear body so the operator may observe the stabilizers being deployed on each side of the apparatus as outlined in NFPA 1901. Fuel Fill The fuel fill shall be located at the rear of the apparatus below the ladder storage tunnel and shall be supplied with a hinged treadplate door. The door with extruded aluminum handle shall be attached with a 1/8” stainless steel hinge and coil spring to hold the door open or closed. The door shall be labeled ”Ultra Low Sulfer Diesel Fuel Only”. An open grate punched in the surface of the rear step shall be supplied under the fuel fill door to permit run off of accidentally spilled fuel as outlined in NFPA 1901 15.17.4.6. Turn Table Access Staircase Two staircases shall be supplied on the rear body. The staircases shall be mounted inboard of the taillights and outboard of the ground ladder storage area. The staircases shall permit continuous egress from the turntable to the ground. The staircases shall form a double beavertail rear body design with 1 1/4” OD handrails mounted to the trailing edge of the beavertail. The handrail stanchions shall be located just below body level to prevent aerial contact with the handrails when the aerial is at low angles of operation. Access steps shall be mounted in accordance with current NFPA requirements, and shall not exceed a maximum stepping height of 18”. The steps shall be a minimum of 4” deep x 15” wide. The top surface of the steps shall have a minimum of 35 sq. in. and shall have a slip-resistant surface. Access steps shall be able to support up to 500 pounds. Steps shall be located to provide a minimum of 8” clearance between the leading edge of the step and any obstruction. Body Top The top of the body between the side compartments shall be an open storage area approximately 70” wide x 11” deep and 130” long. This area shall be framed with 3”x3” 3/16” wall extrusions. The floor shall be 1/8” embossed diamond plate supported by the body mainframe extrusions. The body top shall have an access hole for aerial hydraulic oil fill and check. Compartments All body compartment walls and ceilings shall be constructed from 1/8” formed aluminum 3003 H14 alloy plate. Each compartment shall be modular in design and shall not be part of the body support structure. Compartment floors shall be constructed of 1/8” aluminum diamond plate welded in place. Compartment floors that are over 15” deep shall be supported by a minimum 1.5” x 3” x 1/8” walled aluminum extrusions. The compartment seams shall be sealed using a permanent pliable E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 41 silicone caulk. A series of louvers shall be supplied to facilitate ventilation of each compartment. Each louver shall be 3” wide by 3/4” tall and 1/2” deep. Compartment Sizes The approximate compartment sizes and locations shall be as follows: There shall be one (1) transverse compartment (L1/R1) ahead of the forward stabilizers. The compartment shall be approximately 43.75” wide x 40.5” high x 94.5” deep (upper transverse) and 13” wide x 23” high x 22.5” deep (lower left ahead of aerial hydraulic reservoir) and 43.75” wide x 27” high x 11” deep (lower right) and contain approximately 108.31 cubic feet of storage space. The door opening shall be approximately 42.5” wide x 67.5” high. Left Side There shall be one (1) compartment (L2) above the forward stabilizers. The compartment shall be approximately 31” wide x 11.5” high x 11” deep (upper), 31” wide x 16” high x 26” deep (middle) and 31” wide x 29.5” high x 14” deep (lower) and contain approximately 17.14 cubic feet of storage space. The door opening shall be approximately 31” wide x 57” high. There shall be one (1) compartment (L3) forward of the rear wheels. The compartment shall be approximately 28” wide x 11.5” high x 11” deep (upper) and 28” wide x 56” high x 26” deep (lower) and contain approximately 25.64 cubic feet of storage space. The door opening shall be approximately 28” wide x 67.5” high. There shall be one (1) compartment (L4) over the rear wheels. The compartment shall be approximately 50.5” wide x 11.5” high x 11” deep (upper) and 50.5” wide x 22” high x 26” deep (lower) and contain approximately 20.42 cubic feet of storage space. The door opening shall be approximately 50.5” wide x 32.5” high. There shall be one (1) compartment (L5) over the rear wheels. The compartment shall be approximately 23” wide x 22” high x 26” deep (forward) and 39.5” wide x 22” high x 17” deep (rearward) and contain approximately 16.16 cubic feet of storage space. The door opening shall be approximately 62.5” wide x 22” high. There shall be one (1) compartment (L6) above the rear stabilizer. The compartment shall be approximately 31” wide x 22” high x 17” deep (upper) and 31” wide x 19.5” high x 14” deep (lower) and contain approximately 11.61 cubic feet of storage space. The door opening shall be approximately 31” wide x 45.5” high. There shall be one (1) compartment (L7) behind the rear stabilizer. The compartment shall be approximately 29” wide x 22” high x 17” deep (upper) and 29” wide x 30” high x 24” deep (lower) and contain approximately 18.36 cubic feet of storage space. The door opening shall be approximately 29” wide x 56” high. Right Side: There shall be one (1) compartment (R2) above the forward stabilizers. The compartment shall E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 42 be approximately 31” wide x 11.5” high x 11” deep (upper), 31” wide x 16” high x 26” deep (middle) and 31” wide x 29.5” high x 14” deep (lower) and contain approximately 17.14 cubic feet of storage space. The door opening shall be approximately 31” wide x 57” high. There shall be one (1) compartment (R3) forward of the rear wheels. The compartment shall be approximately 28” wide x 11.5” high x 11” deep (upper) and 28” wide x 56” high x 26” deep (lower) and contain approximately 25.64 cubic feet of storage space. The door opening shall be approximately 28” wide x 67.5” high. There shall be one (1) compartment (R4) over the rear wheels. The compartment shall be approximately 50.5” wide x 11.5” high x 11” deep (upper) and 50.5” wide x 22” high x 26” deep (lower) and contain approximately 20.42 cubic feet of storage space. The door opening shall be approximately 50.5” wide x 32.5” high. There shall be one (1) compartment (R5) over the rear wheels. The compartment shall be approximately 52.5” wide x 22” high x 26” deep (forward) and 10” wide x 22” high x 17” deep (rearward) and contain approximately 19.54 cubic feet of storage space. The door opening shall be approximately 62.5” wide x 22” high. There shall be one (1) compartment (R6) above the rear stabilizer. The compartment shall be approximately 31” wide x 22” high x 17” deep (upper) and 31” wide x 19.5” high x 14” deep (lower) and contain approximately 11.61 cubic feet of storage space. The door opening shall be approximately 31” wide x 45.5” high. There shall be one (1) compartment (R7) behind the rear stabilizer. The compartment shall be approximately 29” wide x 22” high x 17” deep (upper) and 29” wide x 30” high x 24” deep (lower) and contain approximately 18.36 cubic feet of storage space. The door opening shall be approximately 29” wide x 56” high. Handrails Access handrails shall be provided at all step positions, including, but not limited to, the rear tailboard and installed to NFPA 1901 15.8. All body handrails shall be constructed of maintenance-free, corrosion-resistant, extruded aluminum. Handrails shall be a minimum of 1.25” OD and shall be installed between chrome end stanchions at least 2” from the mounting surface to allow for access with a gloved hand. The extruded aluminum shall be ribbed to assure a good grip for personnel safety. The handrails shall be installed as follows: • Four (4) 48” handrails, two (2) each side, located on the aerial access stair case Steps, Standing, and Walking Surfaces The maximum stepping distance shall not exceed 18”, with the exception of the ground to first step. The ground to first step shall not exceed 24”. The ground to first step shall be maintained E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 43 when the stabilizers are deployed by an auxiliary set of steps installed at the aerial access staircase. All steps or ladders shall sustain a minimum static load of 500 lbs. without deformation as outlined in NFPA 15.7.2. All exterior steps shall be designed with an average slip resistance of .68 when wet as measured with an English XL tester following ASTM F 1679 (Standard Test Method for Using a Variable Incidence Tribometer). Apparatus Warning Labels A label shall be supplied on the rear body to warn personnel that riding in or on the rear step is prohibited as outlined in NFPA 1901 15.7.5. A label shall be applied to both sides of the apparatus and the rear to warn operators that the aerial is not insulated. Rubrail The body shall have a rubrail along the length of the body on each side and at the rear. The rubrail shall be constructed of minimum 3/16” thick anodized aluminum 6463T6 extrusion. The rubrail shall be a minimum of 2.75” high x 1.25” deep and shall extend beyond the body width to protect compartment doors and the body side. The rubrail shall be of a C-channel design to allow marker and warning lights to be recessed inside for protection. The top surface of the rubrail shall have a minimum of five (5) serrations raised .1” high with cross grooves to provide a slip-resistant edge for the rear step and running boards. The rubrail shall be spaced away from the body using 3/16” nylon spacers. The ends of each section shall be provided with a rounded corner piece. The area inside the rubrail C-channel shall be inset with a reflective material for increased side and rear visibility. ISO Compliance The manufacturer shall ensure that the construction of the apparatus aerial body shall be in conformance with the established ISO-compliant quality system. All written quality procedures and other procedures referenced within the pages of the manufacturer`s Quality Manual, as well as all Work Instructions, Workmanship Standards, and Calibration Administration that directly or indirectly impacts this process shall be strictly adhered to. By virtue of its ISO compliance the manufacturer shall provide an apparatus aerial device that is built to exacting standards, meets the customer`s expectations, and satisfies the customer`s requirements. Rear Body Platework The rear body platework shall be flush mounted smooth 3/16” un-painted aluminum plate to facilitate rear body striping. Outrigger Covers E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 44 Two (2) piece outrigger covers constructed of .125" aluminum treadplate shall be provided for the jack leg openings. One piece of the cover shall be sized to cover just the extending outrigger in order to require a minimal amount of set-up space. The second piece of the cover shall be fixed and mounted to the body to cover the remaining outrigger opening. Auxiliary Ground Pads Four (4) auxiliary ground pads shall be provided. The pads shall be 24” x 24” x 1/2” thick aluminum plate with a 20 degree formed handle with cutout for hand hold. The pads shall be stored in brackets that are welded below the body. Contoured Beavertail Compartments One (1) rectangular beavertail compartment shall be provided on each side at the rear of the unit. The compartments shall be contoured at the upper rear portion to match the aerial access staircase. Each compartment shall be approximately 16” wide x 52” high x 9” deep and contain approximately 3.5 cubic feet of storage space each. The door opening shall be approximately 16” wide x 46” high. The lower section of the compartment under the door shall be raised 6” to provide a warning light mounting location. The compartments shall have a single shallow pan door hinged to the front to maximize storage space. The rear tailboard shall be extended 8” on the left and right side to make room for the additional compartments. Ladder Tunnel Doors A pair of 3/16” (.188) aluminum smooth plate doors with D-ring style handles shall be installed for access to the rear ladder tunnel. Each door shall open a full 90 degrees to allow easy removal of ground ladders. The doors shall match the rear body finish. The doors shall be boxed out as required for the ladder compliment optioned. Notch for Hydraulic Line Routing A notch shall be provided in compartment R2 to allow sufficient space for routing of hydraulic generator hoses. The notch shall be in the deep area of the compartment just above the jack leg. Pike Pole Storage Recessed tubes for (4) pike poles. ***Due to the E-ONE body/compartment layout, Amdor Roll-Up Doors or Hinged can be supplied at SAME price. E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 45 Milton can determine what best suits their needs and we can adjust at or before pre-construction.*** Single Compartment Door A single compartment door shall be constructed using a box pan configuration. The outer door pan shall beveled and shall be constructed from 3/16” (0.188”) aluminum plate. The inner door pan shall be constructed from 1/8” (0.125”) smooth aluminum plate and shall have nutsert fittings to attach hold-open hardware. The inner pan shall have a 95-degree bend to form an integral drip rail. The compartment door shall have a 1” x 9/16” (1” x 0.43”) closed-cell ”P” EPDM sponge gasket meeting ASTM D-1066 2A4 standards installed around the perimeter of the door to provide a seal that is resistant to oil, sunlight, and ozone. A drain hole shall be installed in the lower corner of the inside door pan to assist with drainage. A polished stainless steel Hansen D-ring style twist-lock door handle a with #459 latch shall be provided on the door. The 4-1/2” (4.5”) D-ring handle shall be mounted directly to the door latching mechanism with screws that do not penetrate the door material for improved corrosion resistance. The compartment door shall be securely attached to the apparatus body with a full-length stainless steel 1/4” (0.25”) rod piano-type hinge isolated from the body and compartment door with a dielectric barrier. The door shall be attached with machine screws threaded into the doorframe. The door shall have a gas shock-style hold-open device. An anodized aluminum drip rail shall be mounted over the compartment opening to assist in directing water runoff away from the compartment. The door(s) shall be installed in the following location(s): L2, L3, L4, L5, R2, R3, R6, R7 Double Compartment Door Double compartment doors shall be constructed using a box pan configuration. The outer door pans shall beveled and shall be constructed from 3/16” (0.188”) aluminum plate. The inner door pans shall be constructed from 1/8” (0.125”) smooth aluminum plate and shall have nutsert fittings to attach hold-open hardware. The inner pans shall have a 95-degree bend to form an integral drip rail. The compartment doors shall have a 1” x 9/16” (1” x 0.43”) closed-cell ”P” EPDM sponge gasket meeting ASTM D-1066 2A4 standards installed around the perimeter of the doors to provide a seal that is resistant to oil, sunlight, and ozone. E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 46 A drain hole shall be installed in the lower corner of the inside door pan to assist with drainage. A polished stainless steel Hansen D-ring style twist-lock door handle a with #459 latch shall be provided on the primary door. The 4-1/2” (4.5”) D-ring handle shall be mounted directly to the door latching mechanism with screws that do not penetrate the door material for improved corrosion resistance. The secondary door shall have a dual stage rotary latch with a 750 lb rating to hold the door in the closed position. The latch shall be mounted at the top of the door. A stainless steel paddle style handle shall be mounted on the interior pan of the door to actuate the rotary latch. The paddle handle shall be connected to the rotary latch by a 5/32" (.156") diameter rod. Cable actuation shall be deemed un-acceptable due to the potential for cable stretch and slippage. The striker pin shall be 3/8" (.38") diameter with slotted mounting holes for adjustment. The compartment doors shall be securely attached to the apparatus body with a full-length stainless steel 1/4” (0.25”) rod piano-type hinge isolated from the body and compartment doors with a dielectric barrier. The doors shall be attached with machine screws threaded into the doorframe. The doors shall have a gas shock-style hold-open device. The gas shocks shall have a 30 lb rating and be mounted near the top of the door (when possible). An anodized aluminum drip rail shall be mounted over the compartment opening to assist in directing water runoff away from the compartment. The door(s) shall be installed in the following location(s): R4, R5 Double Compartment Door Double compartment doors shall be constructed using a box pan configuration. The outer door pans shall beveled and shall be constructed from 3/16” (0.188”) aluminum plate. The inner door pans shall be constructed from 1/8” (0.125”) smooth aluminum plate and shall have nutsert fittings to attach hold-open hardware. The inner pans shall have a 95-degree bend to form an integral drip rail. The compartment doors shall have a 1” x 9/16” (1” x 0.43”) closed-cell ”P” EPDM sponge gasket meeting ASTM D-1066 2A4 standards installed around the perimeter of the doors to provide a seal that is resistant to oil, sunlight, and ozone. A drain hole shall be installed in the lower corner of the inside door pan to assist with drainage. A polished stainless steel Hansen D-ring style twist-lock door handle a with #459 latch shall be provided on the primary door. The 4-1/2” (4.5”) D-ring handle shall be mounted directly to the door latching mechanism with screws that do not penetrate the door material for improved corrosion resistance. E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 47 The secondary door shall have two (2) dual stage rotary latches, each with a 750 lb rating to hold the door in the closed position. The latches shall be mounted at the top and bottom of the door. A stainless steel paddle style handle shall be mounted on the interior pan of the door to actuate the rotary latches. The paddle handle shall be connected to the rotary latches by 5/32" (.156") diameter rods. Cable actuation shall not be deemed un-acceptable due to the potential for cable stretch and slippage. The striker pins shall be 3/8" (.38") diameter with slotted mounting holes for adjustment. The compartment doors shall be securely attached to the apparatus body with a full-length stainless steel 1/4” (0.25”) rod piano-type hinge isolated from the body and compartment doors with a dielectric barrier. The doors shall be attached with machine screws threaded into the doorframe. The doors shall have a gas shock-style hold-open device. The gas shocks shall have a 30 lb rating and be mounted near the top of the door (when possible). An anodized aluminum drip rail shall be mounted over the compartment opening to assist in directing water runoff away from the compartment. The door(s) shall be installed in the following location(s): L1, R1 Bracket Horizontal Ladder Extension ladder mounting assembly shall consist of a 1/8” diamond plate boot bolted to the compartment top and a chrome plated handle to secure the ladder into the boot. Location and type of ladder: top of body driver side for a Little Giant Model 17. Rear Ladder Storage A ladder storage tunnel shall be provided beneath the aerial device frame work. There shall be access to the ladders via an opening at the rear. This tunnel shall be lined with .090” aluminum. The ladders will be held captive top and bottom by aluminum tracks and slide on friction reducing material. All ladders shall be removable individually without having to remove any other ladder. The ladder tunnel shall hold: TEL-45P, (2) PEL-28, PRL-20, PRL-18, PRL-16 and FL-10. Horizontal Ladder Storage Recessed horizontal ladder storage shall be provided on the left side of the body above the half side compartments. Brackets shall be provided forward and rearward to support each end of the ladders. E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 48 The ladder bracket assembly shall consist of a 1/8” diamond plate bracket bolted into the recessed area. Each mounting bracket assembly shall have a hinged 1/8" diamond plate door with butterfly latch to secure the ladder into the bracket. The ladders shall rest on friction reducing material. All ladders shall be removable individually without having to remove any other ladder. The ladder brackets shall hold from top to bottom: (2) PEL-35. Aerial Turntable Access Steps A pair of pocket style access steps shall be provided at the back of the apparatus to reduce the stepping height from the ground to the turntable staircase. The rung type steps shall be constructed of aluminum extrusions and store flush with the rear rubrail. The rung type steps shall have skid-resistant rungs. The steps shall extend by a pull-tab under the rubrail. In the deployed position, the bottom rung shall be angled away from the rear body to provide easy staircase access. Each step shall be approximately 10” wide and come with a ball and socket - locking device to hold the steps in. A maintenance-free slide mechanism incorporating a shoulder bolt on each end of the rung step assembly shall permit easy deployment and a jam resistant slide system. The bolt-on slide track assembly under the tailboard shall not reduce the apparatus angle of departure. Rear Mud Flaps The rear tires shall have a set of black mud flaps mounted behind the rear chassis wheels with E- ONE logo. Overall Height Restriction The apparatus shall have no overall height restrictions. Overall Length Restriction The unit has no overall length restrictions. Tilt Jack Location The cab tilt jack shall be located right side forward jack leg compartment low behind door in access panel (tilt sw low on frt wall). Compartment Floor Insulation Insulation shall be installed behind and / or below the body to protect the compartment(s) from excessive exhaust system heat. Body Wheel Well E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 49 The body wheel well frame shall be constructed from 6063-T5 aluminum extrusion with a slot the full length to permit an internal fit of 1/8” (0.125”) aluminum treadplate. The fenderettes shall be bolt-on and shall be easily removable. The fenderette shall be constructed from .080" aluminum with a mirror finish. The fenerette shall be 2 1/2" (2.5") wide x 2 1/4" (2.25") tall with a 26 7/8" (26.875") radius. A "P" shaped rubber gasket shall be provided between the fenerette and wheel well body panel. The wheel well liners shall be constructed of a 3/16” (.187”) composite material. The liners shall be bolt-on and shall provide a maintenance-free and damage-resistant surface. SCBA Wheel Well Bottle Storage The body wheel well area shall store up to eight (8) SCBA bottles- four (4) on the officer side and four (4) on the driver side. The bottles shall be secured in each storage area by a vertical hinged door which shall be secured in the closed position by a push button latch. The doors shall have a brushed stainless steel finish. Each storage area shall provide individual storage of a bottle and shall not allow forward or rearward movement of the bottle. The bottle(s) shall be removable from the storage area without the bottle(s) coming into contact with any surface area of the wheel well (NO EXCEPTIONS). SCBA Strap [Qty: 8] Straps shall be provided in each exterior storage compartment to provide secondary means to hold each SCBA bottle in the compartment. The straps shall be constructed from 1" nylon webbing formed in a loop. The strap(s) shall be mounted to the storage compartment ceiling directly inside the door opening at each bottle location. Multiplex Electrical System Electrical System The apparatus shall incorporate a Weldon V-MUX multiplex 12 volt electrical system. The system shall have the capability of delivering multiple signals via a CAN bus. The electrical system installed by the apparatus manufacturer shall conform to current SAE standards, the latest FMVSS standards, and the requirements of the applicable NFPA 1901standards. The electrical system shall be pre-wired for optional computer modem accessibility to allow service personnel to easily plug in a modem to allow remote diagnostics. The electrical circuits shall be provided with low voltage over-current protective devices. Such devices shall be accessible and located in required terminal connection locations or weather- resistant enclosures. The over-current protection shall be suitable for electrical equipment and shall be automatic reset type and meet SAE standards. All electrical equipment, switches, relays, terminals, and connectors shall have a direct current rating of 125 percent of maximum current E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 50 for which the circuit is protected. The system shall have electro-magnetic interference suppression provided as required in applicable SAE standards. Any electrical junction or terminal boxes shall be weather-resistant and located away from water spray conditions. Multiplex System For superior system integrity, the networked multiplex system shall meet the following minimum component requirements: • The network system must be Peer to Peer technology based on RS485 protocol. No one module shall hold the programming for other modules. One or two modules on a network referred to as Peer to Peer, while the rest of the network consists of a one master and several slaves is not considered Peer to Peer for this application. • Modules shall be IP67 rated to handle the extreme operating environment found in the fire service industry. • All modules shall be solid state circuitry utilizing MOS-FET technology and utilize Deutsch series input/output connectors. • Each module that controls a device shall hold its own configuration program. • Each module should be able to function as a standalone module. No “add- on” module will be acceptable to achieve this form of operation. • Load shedding power management (8 levels). • Switch input capability for chassis functions. • Responsible for lighting device activation. • Self-contained diagnostic indicators. • Wire harness needed to interface electrical devices with multiplex modules. • The grounds from each device should return to main ground trunk in each sub harness by the use of ultrasonic splices. Wiring All harnessing, wiring and connectors shall be manufactured to the following standards/guidelines. No exceptions. • NFPA 1901-Standard for Automotive Fire Apparatus • SAE J1127 and J1127 • IPC/WHMA-A-620 – Requirements and Acceptance for Cable and Wire Harness Assemblies. (Class 3 – High Performance Electronic Products) All wiring shall be copper or copper alloys of a gauge rated to carry 125 of the maximum current for which the circuit is protected. Insulated wire and cable 8ga and smaller shall be SXL, GXL, or TXL per SAE J1128. Conductors 6ga and larger shall be SXL or SGT per SAE J1127. E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 51 All wiring shall be colored coded and imprinted with the circuit’s function. Minimum height of imprinted characters shall not be less than .082” plus or minus .01”. The imprinted characters shall repeat at a distance not greater than 3”. A coil of wire shall be provided behind electrical appliances to allow them to be pulled away from mounting area for inspection and service work. Wiring Protection The overall covering of the conductors shall be loom or braid. Braid style wiring covers shall be constructed using a woven PVC-coated nylon multifilament braiding yarn. The yarn shall have a diameter of no less than .04” and a tensile strength of 22lbs. The yarn shall have a service temperature rating of -65 F to 194 F. The braid shall consist of 24 strands of yarn with 21 black and 3 yellow. The yellow shall be oriented the same and be next to each other. Wiring loom shall be flame retardant black nylon. The loom shall have a service temperature of - 40 F to 300 F and be secured to the wire bundle with adhesive-backed vinyl tape. Wiring Connectors All connectors shall be Deutsch series unless a different series of connector is needed to mate to a supplier’s component. The connectors and terminals shall be assembled per the connector/terminal manufacturer’s specification. Crimble/Solderless terminals shall be acceptable. Heat shrink style shall be utilized unless used within the confines of the cab. NFPA Required Testing of Electrical System The apparatus shall be electrical tested upon completion of the vehicle and prior to delivery. The electrical testing, certifications, and test results shall be submitted with delivery documentation per requirements of NFPA #1901. The following minimum testing shall be completed by the apparatus manufacturer: 1. Reserve capacity test: The engine shall be started and kept running until the engine and engine compartment temperatures are stabilized at normal operating temperatures and the battery system is fully charged. The engine shall be shut off and the minimum continuous electrical load shall be activated for ten (10) minutes. All electrical loads shall be turned off prior to attempting to restart the engine. The battery system shall then be capable of restarting the engine. Failure to restart the engine shall be considered a test fail. 2. Alternator performance test at idle: E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 52 The minimum continuous electrical load shall be activated with the engine running at idle speed. The engine temperature shall be stabilized at normal operating temperature. The battery system shall be tested to detect the presence of battery discharge current. The detection of battery discharge current shall be considered a test failure. 3. Alternator performance test at full load: The total continuous electrical load shall be activated with the engine running up to the engine manufacturer`s governed speed. The test duration shall be a minimum of two (2) hours. Activation of the load management system shall be permitted during this test. However, an alarm sounded by excessive battery discharge, as detected by the system required in NFPA #1901 Standard, or a system voltage of less than 11.7 volts dc for a 12 volt nominal system, for more than 120 seconds, shall be considered a test failure. 4. Low voltage alarm test: Following the completion of the above tests, the engine shall be shut off. The total continuous electrical load shall be activated and shall continue to be applied until the excessive battery discharge alarm activates. The battery voltage shall be measured at the battery terminals. With the load still applied, a reading of less than 11.7 volts dc for a 12 volt nominal system shall be considered a test failure. The battery system shall then be able to restart the engine. Failure to restart the engine shall be considered a test failure. NFPA Required Documentation The following documentation shall be provided on delivery of the apparatus: A. Documentation of the electrical system performance tests required above. B. A written load analysis, including: a. The nameplate rating of the alternator b. The alternator rating under the conditions c. Each specified component load d. Individual intermittent loads Vehicle Data Recorder A vehicle data recorder system shall be provided to comply with NFPA 1901, 2009 edition. The following data shall be monitored: Vehicle speed MPH E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 53 Acceleration (from speedometer) MPH/Sec. Deceleration (from speedometer) MPH/Sec. Engine speed RPM Engine throttle position % of full throttle ABS Event On/Off Seat occupied status Occupied Yes/No by position Seat belt status Buckled Yes/No by position Master Optical Warning Device Switch On/Off Time: 24 hour time Date: Year/Month/Day Occupant Detection System There shall be a visual and audible warning system installed in the cab that indicates the occupant buckle status of all cab seating positions that are designed to be occupied during vehicle movement. The audible warning shall activate when the vehicle’s park brake is released and a seat position is not in a valid state. A valid state is defined as a seat that is unoccupied and the seat belt is unbuckled, or one that has the seat belt buckled after the seat has been occupied. The visual warning shall consist of a graphical representation of each cab seat in the multiplex display screen that will continuously indicate the validity of each seat position. The system shall include a seat sensor and safety belt latch switch for each cab seating position, audible alarm and braided wiring harness. Multiplex Display The V-MUX multiplex electrical system shall include a Vista IV color display. The display shall have the following features: • Aspect ratio of 16:9 (Wide Screen) • Diagonal measurement of no less than 7” • Master warning switch • Engine high idle switch • Five (5) tactile switches to access secondary menus • Eight (8) multi-function programmable tactile switches • Specific door ajar indication • Real time clock • Provides access to the multiplex system diagnostics • Video capability for optional back-up camera(s) and GPS display The display shall be located driver's side engine cover. E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 54 Light Bar A pair of Whelen 24” Mini-Freedom LED light bars (model FNMINI) with red/clear lenses and MK9 low profile mounts shall be provided. The light bar shall consist of two (2) front corner red linear LEDs, one (1) white front linear LED and one (1) end red linear LED. The clear LED shall be switched off in blocking right of way mode. The light bars shall be installed in the following location: front cab corners. Light Bars A pair of Whelen 24” Mini-Freedom LED light bars (model FT8RRRRF) with MK9 low profile mounts shall be provided. The light bars shall have of clear domes with red LEDs. The clear LEDs (if applicable) shall be switched off in blocking right of way mode. The light bars shall be installed in the following location: centered above rear cab doors. Lower Level Warning Light Package Ten (10) Whelen M6R Super LED red light heads shall be provided. The rectangular lights shall include chrome flanges where applicable. The lights shall be wired with weatherproof connectors and shall be mounted as close to the corner points of the apparatus as is practical as follows: • Two (2) on the front of the apparatus facing forward • Two (2) on the rear of the apparatus facing rearward • Two (4) lights each side of the apparatus, one (1) each side at the forward most point (as practical), and one (1) each side at the rearward most point (as practical). • Two (2) lights each side of the apparatus, one (1) each side of the apparatus centrally located to provide mid ship warning light. The side facing lights shall be located at forward most position, centered in rear wheel well, and on side of beavertail. All warning devices shall be surface mounted in compliance with NFPA standards. Upper Rear Warning Lights Two (2) Whelen model L31H Super LED beacons with Red domes shall be supplied. The lights shall be located rear upper body on aerial style brackets to meet Zone C upper requirements. E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 55 Hazard (Door Ajar) Light There shall be a 2” red LED hazard light installed as specified. The light shall be located center overhead. Warning Lights Two (2) Whelen M6 series Linear Super LED red light heads with red lens shall be provided. The rectangular lights shall include chrome flanges where applicable. Location: (1) each side of body rear facing up high, (1) each side of cab centered over wheel well. Electronic Siren A Federal PA300 siren model 690010 solid state electronic siren with attached noise-canceling microphone shall be installed. The unit shall be capable of driving a single high power speaker up to 200 watts to achieve a sound output level that meets Class ”A” requirements. Operating modes shall include Hi-Lo, yelp, wail, P.A., air horn and radio re-broadcast. The siren shall be recessed mounted in the cab. Electronic Siren Control Location The electronic siren control shall be located in the center overhead. Mechanical Siren A chrome plated and pedestal mounted Federal Q2B-P coaster siren shall be installed on top of the front bumper extension. An electric siren brake switch shall be located in the cab accessible to the driver. The siren shall be located driver side front bumper. Siren Speaker One (1) Federal Signal model ES100 Dynamax 100 watt speaker shall be flush mounted as far forward and as low as possible on the front of the vehicle. A polished model MSFMT with ”E- ONE” grille shall be provided on the outside of the speaker to prevent road debris from entering the speaker. Speaker dimensions shall be: 5.5 in. high x 5.9 in. wide x 2.5 in. deep. Weight = 5.5 lbs. E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 56 The speaker shall produce a minimum sound output of 120 dB at 10 feet to meet current NFPA 1901 requirements. The speaker shall be located officer side front bumper. License Plate Light One (1) Truck-Lite model 15905 white LED license plate light mounted in a Truck-Lite model 15732 chrome plated plastic license plate housing shall be mounted at the rear of the body. LED Marker Lights LED clearance/marker lights shall be installed as specified. Upper Cab: • Five (5)amber LED clearance lights on the cab roof. Lower Cab: • One (1) amber LED side turn/marker each side of cab ahead of the front door hinge. Upper Body: • One (1) red Trucklite LED clearance light each side, rear of body to the side. Lower Body: • Three (3) red Trucklite LED clearance lights centered at rear, recessed in the rubrail. • One (1) red Trucklite LED clearance light each side at the trailing edge of the apparatus body, recessed in the rubrail. • One (1) amber Trucklite LED clearance light each side front of body just in front of rear wheels, recessed in the rubrail. • One (1) amber Trucklite LED clearance/auxiliary turn light each side front of body, recessed in the rubrail. Tail Lights Three (3) Whelen model M6 series LED (Light Emitting Diode) lights shall be installed in a vertical 3 light housing each side at rear. Light functions shall be as follows: • LED red running light with red brake light in upper position. • LED amber populated arrow pattern turn signal in middle position. • LED clear back-up light in lower position. A one-piece chrome plastic trim shall be mounted around the three (3) individual lights in a vertical position. E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 57 Compartment Light Package Two (2) Amdor Luma-Bar LED compartment light strips shall be mounted in each body compartment greater than 4 cu. ft. Transverse compartments shall have four (4) lights, located two (2) each side of truck. Compartment lights shall be wired to a master on/off rocker switch on the cab switch panel. Ground Lights The apparatus shall be equipped with a sufficient quantity of lights to properly illuminate the ground areas around the apparatus in accordance with current NFPA requi rements. The lights below the bumper (if applicable), body and cab doors shall be 12" long Amdor Luma-Bar H2O LED with clear lenses. The lights shall be water resistant and mounted in an extruded under truck bracket. The wiring connections shall be made with a weather resistant plug in style connector. Ground area lights shall be switched from the cab dash with the work light switch. One (1) ground light shall be supplied under each side of the front bumper extension if equipped. Lights in areas under the driver and crew area exits shall be activated automatically when the exit doors are opened. Step Lights The apparatus shall be equipped with a sufficient quantity of lights to properly illuminate the steps around the apparatus in accordance with current NFPA requirements. The lights shall be EON LED (Light Emitting Diode) with clear lenses. The wiring connections shall be made with a weather resistant plug in style connector. The step lights shall be controlled by the work light switch in cab that is accessible by the driver. Cab Step Lights The apparatus shall be equipped with eight (8) lights located four (4) each side to properly illuminate the cab steps in accordance with current NFPA requirements. The lights shall be EON LED (Light Emitting Diode) with clear lenses. The wiring connections shall be made with a weather resistant plug in style connector. The step lights shall be controlled by the work light switch in cab that is accessible by the driver. Medical Cabinet Light E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 58 Two (2) Amdor Luma-Bar LED compartment light strips shall be mounted in the medical cabinet. The light shall be wired to the compartment light rocker switch in the cab. Cab Scene Light Switching The cab scene lights shall be wired to activate through the appropriate side cab door ajar switch. This application allows the cab scene lights to be used as additional illumination of the ground area for personnel entering or exiting the vehicle. The switching for this application is in addition to the standard cab scene light switching. Scene Lights Two (2) Whelen model M6ZC series Linear Super LED clear scene lights shall be provided. Each shall have Linear Super LED diodes with internal light deflecting optics. The internal light deflecting optics shall redirect the light without the use of angle brackets. The lights shall be located (1) each side of cab, rearward of forward doors, up high, (1) each side of body rear facing up high and be controlled by a switch in cab accessible to driver (lights on sides of apparatus to be switched separately). Engine Compartment Light There shall be LED lighting provided in compliance with NFPA to illuminate the engine compartment area. Foot Switch A heavy duty metal floor mounted foot switch shall be installed to operate the air horns. It shall be located driver's side, officer's side. Foot Switch A heavy duty metal floor mounted foot switch shall be installed to operate the Q2B siren. It shall be located driver's side, officer's side. Cab Tilt Switch The cab tilt shall be controlled by Ramsey weatherproof momentary action push-button switches connected to a cord. The cord shall control tilting and lowering functions of the cab and have an extended length of 36”. The plug-in for the control shall be located next to manual cab tilt pump. E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 59 Three-Way Intercom A three-way Atkinson Dynamics (Federal Signal) intercom system shall be installed to provide communications between the turntable control station, the pump operator`s panel and the aerial tip. The system shall consist of a 12 volt transistorized amplifier and three (3) waterproof speaker / microphones. In addition to the speaker / microphone, the turntable and pump panel stations shall include a volume control and a push to talk button. The speaker / microphone at the tip shall be hands free operation. Intercom Wireless 4 Cab A FireCom wireless intercom package shall be installed within the cab interior. One (1) model 5200D dual radion digital intercom with touch pad adjustable volume with advanced digital noise reduction circuitry. The intercom uses a durable membrane switch plate to control volume and change radios. This intercom provides hearing loss protection that can occur from exposure to high noise levels. The system contains: One (1) FireCom model 5200D dual radio monitor shall be provided in the cab (two (2) year limited warranty). Two (2) base transmit units with radio transmission, FireCom part number 106-3089-00 shall be included. One (1) base transmit unit, intercom only (no radio), FireCom part number 106-3086-00 shall be included. Four (4) NFPA compliant headset hooks, FireCom part number 108-0678-00 shall be provided at each seated position. Back-Up Alarm An electronic back-up alarm shall be supplied. The 97 dB alarm shall be wired into the chassis back-up lights to signal when the vehicle is in reverse gear. 15KW Hydraulic Generator An Onan 15KW side draft hydraulic generator, model 15RBAA, shall be provided and installed officer side of open storage area. The unit shall come equipped with modular generator unit (which includes the hydraulic motor and filter, generator, and cooler), variable displacement hydraulic pump, hydraulic reservoir and a gauge panel. The gauge panel shall display voltage, hour meter, frequency and amperage. The hydraulic motor, generator, blower, cooler, and necessary hydraulic components are enclosed in stainless steel housing. The housing is lined with acoustical material to reduce noise levels. E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 60 The modular generator unit shall be 39” long x 15.80” wide x 13.70" high. The reservoir shall be mounted separately. The hydraulic pump shall be driven by a chassis transmission mounted power take off (PTO). A generator control / PTO engage switch shall be mounted on the cab instrument panel to engage the PTO and start the generator. Rating and Capacities 15,000 watts continuous Volts: 120/240 volts Phase: Single 4 wire Frequency: 60 HZ Amperage: 125.00 amps @ 120 volts or 62.50 amps @ 240 volts Engine speed at engagement: Below 1000 RPM Operation range: 975 to 2500 RPM 600 to 2500 RPM Aerial Only The generator shall be tested operating at 100 percent of its name plate voltage for a minimum of 2 hours in accordance with current NFPA 1901 standards. Notes: *All ratings and capacities shall be derived utilizing current NFPA 1901 test parameters. *Extreme ambient temperatures could effect generator performance. 3rd Party Generator Testing The generator shall be tested at the manufacturer`s facility by an independent, third-party testing service. The conditions and testing of the generator shall be as outlined in current NFPA 1901. The test shall include operating the generator for two hours at 100% of the rated load. Power source voltage, amps, frequency shall be monitored. The prime mover`s oil pressure, water temperature, transmission temperature (if applicable) and power source hydraulic fluid temperature (if applicable) shall be monitored during testing. The results of the test shall be recorded and provided with delivery documentation. Generator Air Deflector An air deflector to allow for exhausting up or down draft for an Onan hydraulic generator shall be provided on the air output side of the generator. The air deflector shall be constructed of stainless steel. Circuit Breaker Panel E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 61 An eight (8) place breaker box with up to six (6) appropriately sized ground-fault interrupter circuit breakers shall be supplied. The breaker box will include a master breaker sized according to the generator output which will occupy two (2) places. The breaker box will be located in the specified compartment, not to exceed 12` run of wire. Dimensions: 12.50” high x 8.88” wide x 3.80” deep. Location: L1 forward wall. Electric Cord Reels Two (2) Hannay electric rewind cord reels (ECR 1618-17-18) shall be installed and located L1 offset rearward, R1 ceiling mounted offset rearward. ***Exact location can be determined at Pre-Con. They are listed here merely as a suggestion/placeholder.*** The reels shall each include 200` of yellow 10 gauge 4 conductor type SOWA cord. The cord shall be rated at 20 amps @ 220 volts. The end of the cord shall be terminated for the installation of a department required connector. Cord Reel Rollers [Qty: 2] A Stainless steel cord reel roller shall be installed and located on each reel. The rollers shall facilitate smooth removal of the electric cord. Cord Connector A Daniel Woodhead 20 amp, 110/220 volt (NEMA L14-20) twist lock female cord connector model 27W74 shall be installed as specified on each reel Electric Junction Box An electric junction box shall be supplied with each truck and mounted in a bracket at a location TBD at final inspection. Cord Reel Rewind Switch [Qty: 2] A heavy duty rubber covered electric reel rewind button shall be installed on wall near cord reel. 100` AERIAL DEVICE Performance A 100` telescopic aerial ladder of the open truss design shall be installed at the rear of the vehicle with the aerial pointed forward when it is in the travel position. The aerial ladder shall meet or E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 62 exceed the requirements of the current edition of NFPA 1901, (2009 edition) sections 19.2 through 19.6 and sections 19.17 through 19.25. Some portions of this specification exceed minimum NFPA recommendations and are to be considered a minimum requirement to be met. The aerial ladder shall consist of four (4) telescopic ladder sections capable of operating from minus (-) 6 degrees to plus (+) 76 degrees at any ladder extension to give a full range of movement. The aerial ladder shall be designed to provide continuous egress for firefighters and civilians from an elevated position to the turntable. The aerial ladder shall have a rated vertical height of 100` at full extension and elevation. The measurement of the height shall be consistent with NFPA 1901 section 19.2.2. The aerial ladder shall have a rated horizontal reach of 91.5`. The measurement of the horizontal reach shall be consistent with NFPA 1901 19.2.3. The aerial ladder shall utilize two (2) pairs of stabilizers - two (2) on the left and two (2) on the right opposite each other - with a maximum stabilizer spread of 12` from centerline to centerline of the stabilizer pads to allow set-up in confined spaces. The ladder shall be able to provide full operating capacities in up to 35 mph wind conditions. Aluminum Aerial Ladder To ensure a high strength-to-weight ratio and an inherent corrosion resistance, the aerial ladder shall be completely constructed of high-strength aluminum. NO EXCEPTIONS. All side rails, rungs, handrails, uprights, and K-braces shall be made of structural 6061-T6 alloy aluminum extrusions. All material shall be tested and certified by the material supplier. All ladder sections shall be semi-automatically welded by inert gas shielded arc welding methods using 5356 aluminum alloy welding wire. Structural rivets or bolts shall not be utilized in the ladder weldment sections. Due to the unpredictable nature of fireground operations, a minimum safety factor of 2.5 to 1 is required. This structural safety factor shall apply to all structural aerial components including turntable and torque box stabilizer components. Definition of the structural safety factor shall be as outlined in NFPA 1901 A.19.20.1 NO EXCEPTIONS: DL = Dead load stress. Stress produced by the weight of the aerial device and all permanently attached components. RL = Rated capacity stress. Stress produced by the rated capacity load of the ladder. WL = Water load stress. Stress produced by nozzle reaction force and the weight of water in the water delivery system. FY = Material yield strength. The stress at which material exhibits permanent deformation. 2.5 x DL + 2.5 x RL + 2.0 x WL equal to/less than FY E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 63 The minimum NFPA specification is exceeded in this paragraph by requiring safety margin above 2 to 1 while flowing water. The stability factor, or tip-over safety margin, shall be a minimum of 1.5 to 1 as defined by NFPA 1901 19.21. An independent engineering firm shall verify the aerial safety factor. Design verification shall include computer modeling and analysis, and extensive strain gauge testing performed by an independent registered professional engineer. Verification shall include written certification from the independent engineering firm made available by the manufacturer upon request from the purchaser. NO EXCEPTIONS. All welding of aerial components, including the aerial ladder sections, turntable, torque box and outriggers shall be performed by welders who are certified to American Welding Society Standards D1.1, D1.2 and D1.3 as outlined in NFPA 1901 19.22.3.1. NO EXCEPTIONS. The weldment assemblies of each production unit shall be tested visually and mechanically by an ASNT certified level II non-destructive test technician to comply with NFPA 1901 19.22.2. Testing procedures shall conform to the American Welding Society Standard B1.10 Guide for non-destructive testing. Test methods may include dye penetrate, ultrasound, and magnetic particle where applicable. Each ladder section shall consist of two (2) heavy extruded aluminum side rails and a combination of aluminum rungs, tubular diagonals, verticals, and two (2) full-length handrails. The rungs on all sections shall be K-braced for maximum lateral stability. This K-bracing shall extend to the center of each rung to minimize ladder side deflection. The ladder rungs shall be designed to eliminate the need for rubber rung covers. The rungs shall be spaced on 14-inch centers and have integral skid-resistant surfaces as outlined in NFPA 1901 19.2.5 through 19.5.2.3. An oval-shaped rung shall be utilized to provide a larger step surface at low angles and more comfortable grip at elevated positions. The minimum design load shall be 500 pounds per rung distributed over a 3-1/2” wide area as outlined in NFPA 1901 19.2.5.4. NO EXCEPTIONS. The aerial ladder shall exceed NFPA 1901 sections 19.2.6 and 19.2.8 governing the minimum ladder section width and handrail height. Section Width Height Base Section 41-1/2” 32” Second Section 34-1/4” 28-1/8” Third Section 28” 24-3/4” Fly Section 22-3/4” 21-15/16” Ladder Extension Mechanism E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 64 Both power extension and retraction shall be furnished and meet the requirements of NFPA 1901 section 19.19, 19.20.3, and 19.5.3. Extension shall be by way of two (2) extending cylinders mounted on the side of the base section of the ladder. Extension Cylinder Size Bore 3-1/4” Stroke 59-1/2” The cylinders shall operate through a block-and-tackle cable arrangement to extend and retract the ladder. Maximum extension of the ladder is to be automatically limited by the stroke of the cylinders. The normal operating cable safety factor shall be 5 to 1, and the stall safety factor shall be 2 to 1 based on the breaking strength of the cables. The minimum ratio of the diameter of wire rope used to the diameter of the sheave used shall be 1 to 12. The cables shall be treated with Pre-Lube 6 for increased service life. Ladder Cable Size 1st section (4 cables - 2 extend, 2 retract) 3/4” 6 x 19 galvanized cable 2nd section (4 cables - 2 extend, 2 retract) 1/2” 7 x 19 galvanized cable 3rd section (4 cables - 2 extend, 2 retract) 3/8” 7 x 19 galvanized cable The ladder assembly shall consist of four (4) separate weldments that shall extend and retract within each other. Nylatron NSM slide pads shall be utilized between each section to minimize friction. Six (6) interlocking load transfer stations shall be utilized -- two (2) at the upper end of the base section, the 2nd section, and the 3rd section. The interlocking load transfer stations shall handle load transfer between the ladder sections and encapsulate the slide pads. Aerial Extension Indicator Reflective tape stripes shall be installed on the ladder top handrail of the base section to indicate extension in 5-foot increments. Numeric indicators shall be placed at 10-foot intervals. A reflective dot on the base of the 2nd section shall provide a visual reference for the operator to estimate aerial elevation. Aerial Finish To reduce maintenance expense, the aerial shall have a natural aluminum swirled finish. Visible inspection of all ladder weld joints shall be possible without having to remove paint or body filler to reveal the weld bead. Operation Times The aerial shall complete the NFPA 1901 19.2.12 time test in 120 seconds or less. This test involves raising the aerial from the bedded position to full elevation and extension and rotating it 90 degrees to the side. This test is to begin with the stabilizers deployed. E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 65 In addition to completing the test described above, the aerial ladder shall be capable of performing the following operations in the times noted: Time to extend ladder maximum 50 seconds Time to retract ladder maximum 50 seconds Time to raise ladder maximum 50 seconds Time to lower ladder maximum 50 seconds Time to rotate 180 degrees maximum 80 seconds Aerial Ladder Rated Capacity The aerial ladder shall have a rated tip capacity of 500 lbs. when the ladder is unsupported at full extension and 0 degrees elevation as defined by the current edition of NFPA 1901. This capacity may take the form of firefighters wearing personal protective gear, people being rescued, equipment, or any combination of loads not to exceed the rated tip capacity. The rated tip capacity shall be in addition to an allowance of 50 lbs. for equipment mounted at the tip of the ladder. A sign mounted at the base of the aerial ladder shall communicate the aerial ladder capacity ratings for the following configurations when the ladder is in the unsupported, fully extended configuration while maintaining a 2.5 to 1 safety margin. These capacities may take the form of firefighters wearing personal protective gear, people being rescued, equipment, or any combination of loads not to exceed the rated capacities. For purposes of this sign, it shall be assumed that each person weighs 250 lbs. In no case shall the actual combined weights of personnel, equipment, and other loads exceed the rated capacities. The loads for each configuration are in addition to an allowance of 50 lbs. for equipment mounted at the tip of the ladder. Condition #1- Tip load only, no water flowing Elevation Capacity Pounds -6 to 39 degrees 2 people 500 lbs. 40 to 76 degrees 3 people 750 lbs. Condition #2- Distributed loads no water flowing. (These include two people at the tip) Elevation Capacity Pounds -6 to 20 degrees 3 people 750 lbs. 21 to 35 degrees 4 people 1000 lbs. 36 to 60 degrees 6 people 1500 lbs. 61 to 76 degrees 10 people 2500 lbs. Condition #3- Ladder tip load while flowing 1000 gpm with pre-piped waterway E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 66 Elevation Capacity Pounds -6 to 76 degrees 2 people 500 lbs. Hydraulic System The hydraulic fluid reservoir shall consist of a 60 gallon reservoir mounted to the torque box and plumbed to the suction side of the hydraulic pump. The tank shall be supplied with a removable top to allow access to the tank strainer filter. There shall be ports for a return line and a tank drain on the reservoir. The reservoir fill cap shall be marked ”Hydraulic Oil Only” according to NFPA 1901 19.19.5.2. Gated valves under the tank shall facilitate filter changes. The hydraulic fluid reservoir shall have sufficient volume and be mounted in such a manner to minimize heat buildup and meet the performance requirement in the current edition of NFPA 1901 19.19.6 and 19.19.7. An interlock device shall be provided to prevent activation of the aerial ladder hydraulic pump until either the transmission is placed in neutral and the parking brake is set, or the transmission is placed in drive and the rear driveline is disengaged as outlined in NFPA 19.17.3. All hydraulic components with non-sealing moving parts, whose failure could result in the movement of the aerial, shall have a minimum burst strength of four (4) times the maximum operating pressure to which the component is subjected in order to comply with the current edition of NFPA 1901 19.19.1. All hydraulic components with dynamic sealing parts, whose failure could result in the movement of the aerial, shall not begin to extrude or otherwise fail at pressures at or below two (2) times the maximum operating pressure to which the component is subjected in order to comply with the current edition of NFPA 1901 19.19.1.1. All hydraulic hoses and fittings shall have a minimum burst strength of at least three (3) times the maximum operating pressure to which the component is subjected in order to comply with the current edition of NFPA 1901 19.19.2. All hydraulic tubing shall be made of stainless steel whenever possible. It shall have a minimum burst strength of four (4) times the maximum operating pressure to which it is subjected in order to exceed the requirements of the current edition of NFPA 1901. A hydraulic oil pressure gauge and an aerial hour meter shall be supplied at the aerial ladder control station as required by the current edition of NFPA 1901 19.19.4 and 19.19.7. The hydraulic system shall use 5W-20 multi-weight, SAE 32 grade oil and incorporate the following filters to remove contaminant and provide dependable service: Reservoir Breather: 10-micron Magnetic Reservoir Strainer: 125-mesh Pressure Filter (Torque Box): 3-micron Return Filter: 10-micron E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 67 The aerial hydraulic system shall be designed in such a manner that a hydraulic pump failure or line rupture shall not allow the aerial or outriggers to lose position. Hydraulic holding valves shall be mounted directly on cylinders. To ensure reliable performance of holding valves, no hoses shall be permitted between a holding valve and cylinder. The hydraulic system shall be designed with an auxiliary power unit meeting the guidelines of NFPA 1901 19.18.7. The auxiliary power unit shall be a 12-volt pump connected to the chassis electrical system. The pump shall provide operation at reduced speeds to store the aerial device and outriggers for road transportation. Self-centering switches shall be provided at the turntable and each stabilizer control station to activate the system. The system shall be designed to provide a minimum of five (5) minutes of hydraulic power to operate functions. Hydraulic power to the ladder shall be transferred from the torque box by a hydraulic swivel. Aerial Torque Box The aerial shall utilize an integral torque box design. The integral torque box design shall serve to carry the chassis, body, and aerial device as an integrated system. The system design shall provide a lower center of gravity to enhance road performance, a mounting location for underslung stabilizers, and additional space for body compartments. The strength of the torque box shall be a minimum 14.1 million inch-pounds resistance to bending moment (RBM). The stabilizers and turntable supports shall be welded directly to the torque box. Stabilization The unit shall be equipped with two (2) sets of extendable criss-cross, underslung stabilizers. The stabilizers shall have a spread of 12` centerline to centerline of the stabilizer pads when fully extended. One (1) set of stabilizers shall be mounted in the forward body area and a second set close to the rear axle to minimize impact on departure angle. The stabilizers shall have an inner and outer tube that slide on a low-friction pad for deployment. The stabilizers shall have a tip- over safety margin of 1-1/2 times the rated load imposed by the aerial in any position the aerial device can be placed as outlined in NFPA 1901 19.21.2. The apparatus stabilization shall be accomplished without the assistance of the chassis suspension or tires in contact with the ground. The aerial shall be able to sustain a 1-1/3 to 1 rated load on a 5-degree slope downward in the position most likely to cause overturning as outlined in NFPA 1901 19.21.3. The maximum ground slope the apparatus can be set up on is 12 percent. On the 12 percent slope, the apparatus can be leveled within a 6 percent operating range for the apparatus. The cylinders shall be supplied with dual pilot-operated check valves on each stabilizer cylinder to hold the cylinder in the retracted (stowed) or extended (working) position should a charged line be severed at any point in the hydraulic system. The stabilizers shall level side-to-side, corner-to corner, and front-to-rear on uneven terrain. Stabilizers shall contain safety lock valves. This assures there will be no ”leak down” of stabilizer legs. Mechanical pins are not required. This feature contributes to efficient set-up and field operation. E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 68 The stabilizer lift cylinders shall be sized to maximize ground penetration. The lift cylinders shall be mounted on the side of the torque box for protection and shall have the following dimensions: Bore: 6” Stroke: 13” The stabilizer extension cylinders shall have the following dimensions: Bore: 2 ” Stroke: 31-1/2” Each stabilizer that can be extended from the body shall be supplied with a red warning light as outlined in NFPA 19.21.4.4. A stabilizer extended warning light shall be supplied in the cab to warn the driver of an extended stabilizer condition as outlined in NFPA 1901 13.11. A floodlight shall be supplied in each stabilizer location to illuminate the stabilizer and ground. The light shall automatically turn on with the deployment of the stabilizer. The stabilizer ground contact area for each foot pad shall be 10” x 14” without auxiliary pads and 24” x 24” with auxiliary pads deployed. The ground pressure shall not exceed 75 psi with auxiliary pads deployed when the apparatus is fully loaded and the aerial device is carrying its rated capacity in every position. This shall be accomplished with the stabilizer pads deployed, as outlined in NFPA 19.21.4.2. Stabilizer Controls Four (4) electric solenoid valves shall control the stabilizers. The control switches shall be located at the rear of the apparatus so the operator may observe the stabilizers during deployment. An audible alarm with a minimum 87 dbA shall also sound while the stabilizers are in motion as required by NFPA 19.21.4.1. Stabilizer deployment shall be completed in less than 60 seconds. There shall be an interlock that prevents the operation of the ladder until the stabilizers are down and properly set as outlined in NFPA 19.17.5. Four (4) micro-switches, one (1) on each jackleg, shall sense when all four (4) jack feet are in firm contact with the ground. This condition shall be indicated when all four (4) yellow ”jacks down” indicator lights are on and the green ”interlock” light is on. When the apparatus has been leveled, a manual transfer switch shall be used to shift E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 69 hydraulic power to ladder operations. The interlock system shall have a manual override with access through a door on the rear control panel. To simplify leveling the apparatus, two (2) color-coded level indicators shall be supplied at the rear of the apparatus. One (1) indicator shall be for front-to-rear level and one (1) for side-to-side level. Forward Aerial Support The aerial ladder support shall be fabricated from steel components and be welded directly to the torque box chassis. The ladder support uprights shall be constructed from 7/8" thick steel plate. Bolt-in diagonal bracing shall be installed on the support structure in an "X" pattern to restrict to side movement. This design shall allow for a pre-determined amount of flex preventing premature failure that can be found in an overly rigid structure. The support shall be located behind the rear wall of the cab. Turntable Support Assembly The aerial ladder turntable assembly shall be mounted at the rear of the apparatus. The turntable support assembly shall be welded to the integral torque box for efficient transfer of aerial loads to the stabilizers and shall permit storage of ground ladders in the center rear of the apparatus. The complete turntable support assembly shall be multi-pass welded to the sides of the combination chassis frame torque box. The turntable support assembly shall be a steel weldment constructed of four (4) vertical 1/2” x 5” x 5” square tubing with identical tubing welded in between the top ends of the verticals. A bearing mounting plate shall be welded to the top of the verticals and sides of the horizontals. The bearing mounting plate shall be 54” x 54” and shall have a 1-1/2” thickness. This bearing mounting plate shall be bulkheaded to a 3/4” steel plate that is welded to the bottoms of the horizontal tubing. The use of multi-pass welding shall be utilized wherever possible. A 44” rotation bearing with a 3-3/4” face drive gear shall be bolted to the top of the bearing mounting plate with thirty (30) 1” grade 8 plated bolts. The gear tooth shall be stub tooth form. Upper Turntable The upper turntable assembly shall attach to the rotation bearing and the base of the ladder. The turntable platform shall be a one-piece flanged steel plate that is a minimum of 96” in diameter and 3/8” thick. The working platform shall be covered with a non-skid material for operator safety. E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 70 Three (3) railings 42” high shall be provided along the outside of the turntable disc as outlined in NFPA 1901 19.18.1. There shall be a control pedestal on the left side of the turntable. The turntable assembly shall provide a mounting base for the ladder and elevating cylinders. The turntable assembly shall be bolted to the turntable bearing by twenty-two (22) 1” grade 8 plated bolts. The ladder pivot point shall connect to the upper turntable assembly by two (2) 2-1/2” (2.5”) ID spherical bearings. Elevation Mechanism The aerial shall utilize dual 6” diameter elevating cylinders with 35” stroke and shall attach to the upper turntable assembly and the base section of the ladder by 2-1/4” ID spherical bearings. The elevation system shall be designed following NFPA 1901 19.5.1. The elevation hydraulic cylinders shall incorporate cushions on the upper limit of travel. The hydraulic elevation cylinders shall also serve as a locking device to hold the aerial in the stored position for road travel. Rotation Mechanism The aerial shall be supplied with a hydraulically-powered rotation system as outlined in NFPA 1901 19.5.2. The hydraulic rotation motor shall provide continuous rotation under all rated conditions and be supplied with a spring-applied brake to prevent unintentional rotation. The high torque rotation drive shall operate through a dual reduction planetary gearbox that drives a spur gear mated with the ring gear on the rotation bearing. The rotation gearbox shall be rated at 120,000 in-lbs. Aerial Electric Power A hydraulic swivel shall be installed to provide hydraulic fluid transfer to the aerial ladder cylinders, electrical power to the aerial ladder, and water delivery to the pre-plumbed waterway while permitting continuous 360-degree rotation. The swivel shall provide two (2) hydraulic circuits, twenty four (24) electrical circuits, and one (1) 4” passage for waterflow. The swivel shall be environmentally-sealed to prevent contamination of the hydraulic fluid. Aerial Ladder Operating Position An aerial ladder operator`s position shall be supplied as outlined in NFPA 1901 19.4. The operator`s position shall be located on the left side of the ae rial turntable. The apparatus shall be supplied with labels to warn of electrocution hazard. The control console shall provide a service access door on the front and side of the console to access hydraulic and electrical connections. The electrical panel shall be contained in a junction box with labeled wires. The console shall be angled, labeled, and supplied with lights for night operation. Console Cover E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 71 A diamond plate contoured hinged cover shall be supplied to protect the console from the elements. The cover shall latch in the stored position and swing away from the console so as not to interfere with sight of the aerial device. Aerial Ladder Control Levers The control levers shall be arranged as outlined in NFPA 19.17.7. The first lever from the left shall be the extension control (forward for extend and back for retract). The second lever shall be for rotation (forward for clockwise and back for counter clockwise). The third handle shall control elevation (forward for down and back for up). The aerial shall employ direct hydraulic controls for precise control and dependable service with minimal electrical functions. A ring around the control console shall be provided to prevent unintentional movement as outlined in NFPA 19.17.6.2. Rung Alignment Indicator A light on the control console shall indicate when the ladder rungs are aligned for climbing. Aerial Alignment Indicator A reflective arrow mounted to the body and the turntable shall indicate when the aerial is aligned for travel bed. Load Indication System A lighted elevation/safe load indicator diagram shall be located on the lower left side of the base section to indicate safe load capacity at any angle of elevation. The safe load indicator shall be 15” x 15” in size and clearly communicate aerial capacity in any one of the following conditions: tipload, tipload with water flowing, and distributed load at full extension. The chart shall identify capacity using graphic characters to indicate each 250 lb. increment. The chart shall be equipped with lighting and warn of electrocution hazards from power lines and lightning. Aerial Waterway A 1000 gpm pre-piped waterway shall be supplied as outlined in NFPA 1901 19.6. The waterway shall telescope to the end of the fourth section. A waterway of 4” internal diameter shall run through the turntable and a swivel joint to connect to the tubular aerial waterway. The tubular waterway shall run under the aerial ladder. The waterway tubes shall have the following sizes: Base Section: 5” OD 2nd Section: 4-1/2” OD 3rd Section: 4” OD Fly Section: 3-1/2” OD E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 72 The tubes shall be constructed of 6063-T6 hard coat anodized aluminum tube with 1/8” walls and shall be telescopic with the aerial ladder through sealed slip joints. The slip joints shall be designed with grease zerk fittings to facilitate lubrication. A 1-1/2” drain valve shall be installed and operated from the rear of the apparatus. The water system shall be capable of flowing 1,000 gpm at 100 psi nozzle pressure at full elevation and extension. The friction loss between the tip and below the swivel shall not exceed 100 psi while flowing 1000 gpm as outlined in NFPA 1901 19.6.1 and 19.6.2. Pinned Waterway A remote-controlled monitor/nozzle assembly shall be attached to the ladder fly section through channel slide pads which shall allow the monitor/nozzle assembly to be positioned at the tip of the fly section for maximum master stream reach or at the tip of the next section down for unobstructed rescue capabilities. The monitor/nozzle assembly shall be pinned at either operating location with a single stainless steel ”T” handle locking ball pin. A monitor control station shall be attached to the sliding monitor/nozzle assembly and shall move with it. The turntable monitor controls shall be connected to the sliding monitor system using an electronic multiplexing system that sends all monitor control signals over a shielded pair of wires through a spring retract electric cable reel. The collector rings in the cable reel shall be specifically designed for accurate transmission of electronic signals. A gel-cell rechargeable battery shall be located on the sliding monitor assembly. A dedicated ground wire and 12-volt DC positive charging wire shall be routed from the turntable control station through the electric cable reel to the monitor battery. The charging wire shall be directly connected to the chassis 12-volt battery system through a 20-amp auto reset circuit breaker. Waterway Relief Valve An automatic relief valve preset at 250 psi shall be installed in the aerial waterway to prevent over-pressurization of waterway system. The relief valve shall be mounted in the lower portion of the waterway where it enters the aerial torque box frame and dump under the apparatus. Ladder Tip Steps Two (2) folding steps shall be located near the ladder tip to provide a position for a firefighter using the ladder pipe/monitor as outlined in NFPA 1901 19.2.9. The steps shall have a raised surface for traction and cut outs for deployment. ISO Compliance The manufacturer shall operate a Quality Management System meeting the requirements of ISO 9001:2000. E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 73 The International Organization for Standardization (ISO) is a recognized world leader in establishing and maintaining stringent manufacturing standards and values. The manufacturer`s certificate of compliance affirms that these principles form the basis for a quality system that unswervingly controls design, manufacture, installation, and service. The manufacturer`s quality systems shall consist of, but not be limited to, all written quality procedures (aka QOP) and other procedures referenced within the pages of the manufacturer`s Quality Manual, as well as all Work Instructions, Workmanship Standards, and Calibration Administration that directly or indirectly impacts products or processes. In addition, all apparatus assembly processes shall be documented for traceability and reference. The manufacturer shall also engage the services of a certified third party for testing purposes where required. If the manufacturer operates more than one manufacturing facility each facility must be ISO certified. By virtue of its ISO compliance the manufacturer shall provide an apparatus that is built to exacting standards, meets the customer`s expectations, and satisfies the customer`s requirements. A copy of the manufacturer`s certificate of ISO compliance for each manufacturing facility shall be provided with the bid. Aerial Hydraulic Oil Level Gauge A hydraulic oil level gauge shall be supplied for easy fluid level verification. The three-light system shall indicate full oil level with a green light, acceptable oil level with yellow light, and low oil level with a red light. The display shall be located next to aerial master panel. Special Hydraulic Oil Reservoir Location In order to facilitate a larger ground ladder compliment, the aerial hydraulic oil reservoir shall be located in the lower area of compartment L1. Aerial Control System The aerial shall employ direct hydraulic controls for precise control and dependable service with minimal electrical functions. The control valve shall be located just below the turntable console with the levers extending up through the panel. 1000 GPM Electric Monitor The aerial ladder shall be equipped with an Akron style 3578 Stream Master electrically controlled monitor. The monitor shall be made from Akron`s unique lightweight Pyrolite construction to minimize ladder tip loads. The monitor shall be equipped with an Akron style 5177 Akromatic electrically controlled automatic nozzle capable of discharging 250-1,000 gpm at 80 psi nozzle pressure. This waterflow capability shall be available at any extension, elevation, E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 74 or position without any restrictions while flowing 1,000 gpm. A minimum stability factor of 1.5 to 1 shall be maintained in this configuration. The operational range of the electric monitor and nozzle shall be 135 degrees through the vertical plane (90 degrees upwards from a line perpendicular to the aerial ladder and 45 degrees downward), and 180 degrees through the horizontal plane (90 degrees to either side of the aerial ladder center line). The monitor shall be able to move in the horizontal and vertical axis simultaneously. The monitor relay box shall include solid state components and shall be coated to resist corrosion. The monitor shall have fully enclosed motors and gears with built in manual override capability and quick-attach handles. A battery, which continuously charges from the vehicle power system shall provide power for monitor movement. Systems which do not utilize a battery shall not be acceptable due to the higher incidence of failure with this type of system. NO EXCEPTIONS. Control switches for horizontal movement, vertical movement and pattern selection shall be located at the control panel. Monitor Tip Controls In addition to the controls at the operator console, electric monitor directional and stream controls shall be installed in close proximity to the monitor on the ladder to allow operation by a firefighter on the ladder. Monitor Finish The aerial monitor(s) shall be ordered from the OEM manufacturer painted silver. LED Outrigger Lights (4) Four (4) Truck-Lite model 91 LED outrigger warning lights with red lenses shall be provided. The lights shall be surface mounted on the outrigger covers in compliance with current NFPA 1901. Ladder Tip Warning Lights Two (2) Whelen 500 Series TIR6 Super-LED light heads with red lenses shall be supplied and mounted one each side at the ladder tip. The rectangular lights shall include model 5TSMAC chrome flanges. The lights shall be wired to activate with the aerial master power switch. Ladder Base Lighting E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 75 Two (2) Whelen round 12 Super LED model PFBP12C floodlights with black housing and chrome rear cover shall be mounted one on each side at the bottom of the ladder base section. They shall be controlled from the turntable operating pedestal. Ladder Climbing Lights A Luma-Bar Pathfinder LED lighting system shall be provided to illuminate the climbing area inside both sides of each ladder section. The strip type lights shall be located above ladder rung level and directed toward the centerline of the ladder to reduce glare. The lights shall be mounted to a 1.25" x .5" x .125" extruded aluminum channel and wired to not be an obstruction during climbing. The lights shall be controlled with the ladder lights switch at the operator`s control console. The LED lights shall be Red. LED 12V Flood Light A Whelen Pioneer Plus series 12V flood light model PFP1P1 LED light fixture(s) shall be provided on a Whelen model PBAPEDD permanent mount non-telescoping base. The rectangular extruded light fixture with die cast end caps shall measure 8-3/16" wide by 4-5/8" high by 3" deep and have a white powder coat finish. The 73.2W LED light head shall be rated at 8,100 usable Lumens that draws 6.5 amps. The light assembly shall be mounted at the tip of the aerial as specified. The base shall allow for 360-degree rotation of the light. A locking knob shall hold the pole at the desired angle. The light shall be provided with a weather-resistant switch on the head and a three-way switch at the lower console to control the light when the aerial power circuit is activated. Location(s): left side tip. Waterway Inlet One (1) 4” inlet shall be provided at the rear of the apparatus and shall be connected to the vertical pedestal waterway piping to supply water to the aerial waterway from an outside source. All fabricated piping shall be constructed of a minimum of Schedule 10 stainless steel piping to help prevent corrosion. The threads shall be NST. A long handle chrome plated 4” NST cap shall be installed on the inlet. Flowminder The aerial shall be equipped with one (1) Class 1 brand Flowminder for the aerial waterway to digitally display the actual volume of water being discharged in gallons per minute and the total volume of water that has flowed through the waterway. The readout shall be mounted at the turntable control station. E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 76 The Flowminder shall consist of: • Weatherproof digital flow display with super-bright digits at least 1/2” (0.5”) high. The display shall read actual flow and shall switch to total flow when the totalizer button is depressed and held. • Flow transmitter mounted in the aerial waterway pipe above the swivel. The transmitter shall consist of a weather-resistant black-anodized housing with brass wetted parts with a double paddle wheel. • Connecting cables to connect the digital display to the flow transmitter and apparatus power. • Machined mounting hardware to hold the transmitter in position in the discharge line. The flow meter shall be checked and calibrated prior to delivery of the apparatus. Waterway Pressure Gauge The waterway gauges shall be 4" (101mm) diameter Innovative Controls pressure gauges. Each gauge shall have a rugged corrosion free stainless steel case and clear scratch resistant molded crystals with captive O-ring seals to ensure distortion free viewing and seal the gauge. The gauges shall be filled with a synthetic mixture to dampen shock and vibration, lubricate the internal mechanisms, prevent lens condensation and ensure proper operation from –40F to +160F. Each gauge shall exceed ANSI B40.1 Grade A requirements with an accuracy of +/- 1.5% full scale and include a size appropriate phosphorous bronze bourdon tube with a reinforced lap joint and large tube base to increase the tube life and gauge accuracy. A polished chrome-plated stainless steel bezel shall be provided to prevent corrosion and protect the lens and gauge case. The gauges shall be installed into decorative chrome-plated mounting bezels that incorporate valve-identifying verbiage and/or color labels. The gauges shall display a range from 0 to 400 psi with black graphics on a white background. Safety Bars Two (2) padded safety bars shall be mounted to the hand rail section of the aerial to prevent firemen from falling from the truck. The safety bars shall be spring loaded to open both inward and upward. Axe Bracket An axe bracket shall be provided on the aerial ladder. The bracket shall consist of a stainless steel bracket for the blade (with retaining pin), chrome spring clamp for the handle and a rubber boot for the pick end of the axe. The bracket shall be designed to hold a 6 lb. axe. Location: left side fly section. Pike Pole Mount E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 77 There shall be an aluminum tube mounted directly on the ladder for storage of a 8` pike pole. The tube shall be located right side fly section. Roof Ladder Bracket A lift-out style roof ladder mounting bracket shall be installed on the outside of the ladder base section. The bracket shall be designed to hold a PRL-14 on right side of base section. Aerial Sign Plate Two (2) 10” x 144” x 1/8” (0.125”) thick smooth aluminum plates shall be provided. The plates shall have 1” lips top and bottom for rigidity. Each sign plate shall be bolted on either side of the base section, approximately at the midpoint. The plates shall be provided to display the department`s name or other information. The plates shall be painted Job Color as specified by the customer. Third-Party Flow Test A flow test shall be conducted to determine that the water system is capable of flowing 1,000 gpm at 100 psi nozzle pressure with the aerial device at full extension and elevation. When the aerial apparatus is equipped with a fire pump, the test shall be conducted using the onboard pump. Intake pressure for the onboard pump shall not exceed 20 psi. In addition to the flow test, a hydrostatic test shall be done on the waterway system. The permanent water system, piping, and monitor shall be hydrostatically tested at the maximum operating pressure required to flow 1,000 gpm at 100 psi nozzle pressure at maximum elevation and extension. These results shall be certified by an independent, third-party testing organization, per NFPA 16.13.1 through 16.13.1.3. Aerial Certification All certification shall be performed by a certification organization that is accredited for inspection and testing systems on fire apparatus in accordance with ISO/IEC 17020, General criteria for the operation of various types of bodies performing inspection or ISO/IEC Guide 65, General requirements for bodies operating product certification systems. All quality control testing shall be performed by an ASNT-certified level II Non-Destructive Test Technician. The aerial ladder shall be tested in compliance with the current editions of NFPA 1901 and NFPA 1911. All sub-assemblies are to be inspected before assembly and body mounting. E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 78 Each aerial section shall be tested prior to the assembly of the complete aerial device. Each section shall be subjected to a visual weld inspection to assure the integrity of the weldment. Die penetrant shall be used as required to qualify suspected weld defect indications. All turntable mounting bolts, cylinder anchor pins, outrigger anchor pins, aerial hinge pins, and other critical mounting components are subjected to ultrasonic testing to detect any flaws. A magnetic particle test shall be conducted on the torque box, aerial support structure, outriggers, outrigger support structure and all other structural ferrous aerial components. This test shall be performed to assure the integrity of the weldment. After the aerial is assembled and installed on the vehicle, an operational inspection shall be made and the aerial shall be tested to comply with the applicable standards in the current editions of NFPA 1901 and NFPA 1911. In addition to the above tests, the aerial shall successfully complete the following operational tests: 1) The completed apparatus shall be placed on a firm, level surface with the aerial stabilizers extended and down. The aerial shall lift a test weight equal to the rated tip load capacity, as specified herein, with the aerial at full extension, 0 degrees elevation, and rotated 90 degrees to either side of the truck chassis. The test weight shall be lifted from 0 degrees to 15-20 degrees. The test weight shall be suspended from a position equal to the position of the outermost rung of the fly section or the center of the platform when so equipped. The aerial shall lift the test weight smoothly and evenly with no twisting or jerking. This test shall be performed at the normal hydraulic system relief valve setting. No temporary adjustments to the relief valve shall be allowed. 2) The completed apparatus shall be placed on a firm, level surface with the aerial ladder stabilizers extended and down. A test weight equal to 1.5 times the aerial`s rated tip load capacity, shall be suspended from a position equal to the position of the outermost rung of the fly section (or center of the platform when so equipped), with the aerial in the straight-ahead position. The aerial shall then be rotated a full 360 degrees around the vehicle with the aerial at full extension and at 0 degrees elevation (or high enough to clear vehicle-mounted equipment). The aerial and vehicle shall show no signs of instability. This test shall be performed with no water in the tank, or hose, ladders, or removable equipment that would act as a counterbalance in order to simulate a worst-case condition. 3) The completed apparatus shall be placed on a firm surface having a minimum 5 degrees side slope with the aerial stabilizers extended and down. A test weight equal to 1.5 times the aerial`s rated tip load capacity, shall be suspended from a position equal to the position of the outermost rung of the fly section (or center of the platform when so equipped), with the aerial in the straight-ahead position. The aerial shall then be rotated 90 degrees to the downhill side with the aerial at full extension, 0 degrees elevation (or high enough to clear vehicle-mounted equipment). The aerial and vehicle shall show no signs of instability, and all of the stabilizers shall remain firmly on the ground. This test shall be performed with no water in the tank, or E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 79 hose, ladders, or removable equipment that would act as a counterbalance in order to simulate a worst-case condition. 4) The completed apparatus shall be placed on a firm, level surface with the aerial stabilizers extended and down. A test weight equal to 2.0 times the aerial`s rated tip load capacity, shall be suspended from a position equal to the position of the outermost rung of the fly section (or center of the platform when so equipped), with the aerial in the straight-ahead position at full extension and at 8 degrees elevation (or high enough to clear vehicle-mounted equipment). After ten (10) minutes, the weight shall be removed, and the aerial shall be inspected for any abnormal twist or deflection. 5) The completed apparatus shall be placed on a firm, level surface with the aerial stabilizers extended and down. The aerial will be positioned at full extension at 0 degrees elevation at some position out of the travel rest and off the side or rear of the truck. For units without a pre-piped waterway to the tip, a test weight of 220# shall be applied horizontally and perpendicular to the tip of the aerial at the location of the outermost rung. The rotation brake shall not release nor shall the aerial`s deflection exceed the manufacturer`s accepted tolerances. For aerials with pre- piped waterways, a test weight of 350# will be applied at the location of water nozzle. Upon satisfactory completion of all inspections and tests, an independent third-party inspection firm shall submit a certificate indicating that all specified standards have been met. DOT Required Drive Away Kit Three (3) triangular warning reflectors with carrying case shall be supplied to satisfy the DOT requirement. Paint Break The cab shall have a two-tone paint break. The break line shall be located 31.5" below the drip rail. LINE-X Package. One or more components installed on this unit shall have LINE-X coating. The LINE-X coating shall be XS-350, a two-component, 100% high performance aromatic polyurea spray elastomer system. XS-350 being an elastomeric protective coating shall provide excellent skin formation for chemical resistance and moisture protection. When used on walking surfaces, slip resistance shall meet or exceed NFPA 1901 test requirements. Color shall be Black unless otherwise specified. Paint Custom Cab The apparatus cab shall be painted Sikkens FLNA3025 Red. The paint process shall meet or exceed current state regulations concerning paint operations. Pollution control shall include E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 80 measures to protect the atmosphere, water, and soil. Contractor shall, upon demand, provide evidence that the manufacturing facility is in compliance with State EPA rules and regulations. The aluminum cab exterior shall have no mounted components prior to painting to assure full coverage of metal treatments and paint to the exterior surfaces. Cab doors and any hinged smooth-plate compartment doors shall be painted separately to assure proper paint coverage on cab, door jambs and door edges. Paint process shall feature Sikkens high solid LV products and be performed in the following steps: Corrosion Prevention - all aluminum surfaces shall be pre-treated with the Alodine 5700 conversion coating to provide superior corrosion resistance and excellent adhesion of the base coat. Sikkens Sealer/Primer LV - acrylic urethane sealer/primer shall be applied to guarantee excellent gloss hold-out, chip resistance and a uniform base color. Sikkens High Solid LVBT650 (Base coat) - a lead-free, chromate-free high solid acrylic urethane base coat shall be applied, providing excellent coverage and durability. A minimum of two (2) coats shall be applied. Sikkens High Solid LVBT650 (Clear coat) - high solid LV clear coat shall be applied as the final step in order to ensure full gloss and color retention and durability. A minimum of two (2) coats shall be applied. Any location where aluminum is penetrated after painting, for the purpose of mounting steps, hand rails, doors, lights, or other specified components shall be treated at the point of penetration with a corrosion inhibiting pre-treatment (ECK Corrosion Control). The pre-treatment shall be applied to the aluminum sheet metal or aluminum extrusions in all locations where the aluminum has been penetrated. All hardware used in mounting steps, hand rails, doors, lights, or other specified components shall be individually treated with the corrosion inhibiting pre-treatment. After the paint process is complete, the gloss rating of the unit shall be tested with a 20 degree gloss meter. Coating thickness shall be measured with a digital MIL gauge and the orange peel with a digital wave scan device. Paint Cab Two-Tone Color The upper section of the cab shall be painted FLNA4006 White. The paint process of the secondary cab color shall be the same as the primary color. Paint Body Large The apparatus body shall be painted Sikkens FLNA3025 Red. The paint process shall meet or exceed current state regulations concerning paint operations. Pollution control shall include measures to protect the atmosphere, water, and soil. Contractor shall, upon demand, provide evidence that the manufacturing facility is in compliance with State EPA rules and regulations. E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 81 The aluminum body exterior shall have no mounted components prior to painting to assure full coverage of metal treatments and paint to the exterior surfaces of the body. Any vertically or horizontally hinged smooth-plate compartment doors shall be painted separately to assure proper paint coverage on body, door jambs and door edges. Paint process shall feature Sikkens high solid LV products and be performed in the following steps: Corrosion Prevention - all aluminum surfaces shall be pre-treated with the Alodine 5700 conversion coating to provide superior corrosion resistance and excellent adhesion of the base coat. Sikkens Sealer/Primer LV - acrylic urethane sealer/primer shall be applied to guarantee excellent gloss hold-out, chip resistance and a uniform base color. Sikkens High Solid LVBT650 (Base coat) - a lead-free, chromate-free high solid acrylic urethane base coat shall be applied, providing excellent coverage and durability. A minimum of two (2) coats shall be applied. Sikkens High Solid LVBT650 (Clear coat) - high solid LV clear coat shall be applied as the final step in order to ensure full gloss and color retention and durability. A minimum of two (2) coats shall be applied. Any location where aluminum is penetrated after painting, for the purpose of mounting steps, hand rails, doors, lights, or other specified components shall be treated at the point of penetration with a corrosion inhibiting pre-treatment (ECK Corrosion Control). The pre-treatment shall be applied to the aluminum sheet metal or aluminum extrusions in all locations where the aluminum has been penetrated. All hardware used in mounting steps, hand rails, doors, lights, or other specified components shall be individually treated with the corrosion inhibiting pre-treatment. After the paint process is complete, the gloss rating of the unit shall be tested with a 20 degree gloss meter. Coating thickness shall be measured with a digital MIL gauge and the orange peel with a digital wave scan device. Aerial Paint The lift cylinders, extension cylinders and upper turntable steelwork (less turntable) shall be painted FLNA4006 white. Cab Interior Paint The interior of the cab shall be painted with Zolatone black #20-06. Prior to painting, all exposed interior metal surfaces shall be pretreated using a corrosion prevention system. Sign Gold Letter [Qty: 60] 3” high Sign Gold letter(s) shall be applied as specified. Sign Gold Letter [Qty: 30] E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 82 Letters shall be 12” high and applied as specified. Lettering Shade and Outline [Qty: 90] Existing letter shall be shaded and outlined in black to contrast the letters. Reflective Tape on Jacks The four outriggers that protrude beyond the side of the body shall be striped with white reflective tape. The tape shall be visible from the front or rear of the unit. Scotchlite Chassis Stripe Scotchlite chassis stripe shall be 3/4” in width total, 1/2” Gold Scotchlite with a 1/8” black Scotchlite outline on both sides. Stripe shall be centrally located and shall contour with the chassis, following the paint break. Trim Stripes A 1” Scotchlite stripe shall be applied above and below the existing stripe. The stripes shall be spaced 1” away from the main stripe. The stripe shall be White. Chassis and Body Stripe A straight chassis and body Scotchlite stripe, 6” minimum in width shall be supplied. The stripe shall be NFPA compliant with the color and location to be specified by the purchaser. Location: top of stripe flush with top of bumper and straight back. Color: White. Front Bumper Reflective Striping Chevron style Reflexite V98 striping shall be provided on the front bumper of the apparatus. The stripes shall consist of 6" Red/Fluorescent Yellow Green alternating stripes in an "A" pattern. Rear Body Reflective Striping Chevron style Reflexite V98 striping shall be provided on the rear of the apparatus. The stripes shall consist of 6" Red/Fluorescent Yellow Green alternating stripes in an "A" pattern. The striping shall be located on the rear facing extrusions, panels and doors inboard and outboard of the beavertails if applicable. E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 83 Extended Five (5) Year Warranty The apparatus manufacturer shall provide a full five year warranty. All components manufactured by the apparatus manufacturer shall be covered against defects in materials or workmanship for a 5-year period. All components covered by separate suppliers such as engines, transmissions, tires, and batteries shall maintain the warranty as provided by the component supplier. A copy of the warranty document shall be provided with the proposal. (This warranty shall not cover tire wear and/or light bulbs) ***An extended TEN (10) year Engine Major Components warranty shall be supplied AT NO ADDITIONAL CHARGE to Milton (Cummins ISX 12 only).*** Lifetime Frame Warranty The apparatus manufacturer shall provide a full lifetime frame warranty. This warranty shall cover all apparatus manufacturer designed frame, frame members, and cross-members against defects in materials or workmanship for the lifetime of the covered apparatus. A copy of the warranty document shall be provided with the proposal. Frame warranties that do not cover cross-members for the life of the vehicle shall not be acceptable. 10 Year 100,000 Mile Structural Warranty The apparatus manufacturer shall provide a comprehensive 10 year/100,000 mile structural warranty. This warranty shall cover all structural components of the cab and/or body manufactured by the apparatus manufacturer against defects in materials or workmanship for 10 years or 100,000 miles, whichever occurs first. Excluded from this warranty are all hardware, mechanical items, electrical items, or paint finishes. A copy of the warranty document shall be provided with the proposal. 20 Year Aerial Device Structural Warranty The aerial manufacturer shall provide a 20 year structural integrity warranty on the aerial device. This warranty shall cover structural components and shall be extended for a period of 20 years after the date on which the vehicle is delivered to the original purchaser. A copy of the warranty document shall be provided with the proposal. Please refer to warranty document for complete details and exclusions. 10 Year Paint and Corrosion Warranty The apparatus manufacturer shall provide a 10-year limited paint and corrosion perforation warranty. This warranty shall cover paint peeling, cracking, blistering, and corrosion provided the vehicle is used in a normal and reasonable manner. E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 84 The paint shall be prorated for 10 years as follows: Topcoat & Appearance: Gloss, Color Retention, Cracking Coating System, Adhesion & Corrosion: Includes Dissimilar metal corrosion, Flaking, Blistering, Bubbling 0 to 72 months 100% 73 to 120 months 50% 0 to 36 months 100% 37 to 84 months 50% 85 to 120 months 25% Corrosion perforation shall be covered 100% for 10 years. Corrosion perforation is defined as complete penetration through the exterior metal of the apparatus. The warranty period shall begin upon delivery of the apparatus to the original user-purchaser. A copy of the warranty document shall be provided with the proposal. UV paint fade shall be covered in a separate warranty supplied by Akzo Nobel (Sikkens) and shall be for a minimum of 10 years. Training The manufacturer shall provide three (3) days of training covering vehicle maintenance and operational familiarization. This training shall be provided by a full time, manufacturer employee trainer who specializes in aerial training. Approval Drawings A general arrangement drawing depicting the vehicles appearance shall be provided. The drawing shall consist of left side, right side, front, and rear elevation views. Vehicles requiring pump controls shall include a general arrangement view of the pump operator`s position, scaled the same as the elevation views. Electronic Manuals Two (2) copies of all operator, service, and parts manuals MUST be supplied at the time of delivery in electronic format (CD-ROMs) -NO EXCEPTIONS! The electronic manuals shall include the following information: Operating Instructions, descriptions, specifications, and ratings of the cab, chassis, body, aerial (if applicable), installed components, and auxiliary systems. Warnings and cautions pertaining to the operation and maintenance of the fire apparatus and fire fighting systems. E-ONE PROPOSAL SPECIFICATIONS 85 Charts, tables, checklists, and illustrations relating to lubrication, cleaning, troubleshooting, diagnostics, and inspections. Instructions regarding the frequency and procedure for recommended maintenance. Maintenance instructions for the repair and replacement of installed components. Parts listing with descriptions and illustrations for identification. Warranty descriptions and coverage. The CD-ROM shall incorporate a navigation page with electronic links to the operator`s manual, service manual, parts manual, and warranty information, as well as instructions on how to use the manual. Each copy shall include a table of contents with links to the specified documents or illustrations. The CD must be formatted in such a manner as to allow not only the printing of the entire manual, but to also the cutting, pasting, or copying of individual documents to other electronic media, such as electronic mail, memos, and the like. A find feature shall be included to allow for searches by text or by part number. These electronic manuals shall be accessible from any computer operating system capable of supporting portable document format (PDF). Permanent copies of all pertinent data shall be kept file at both the local dealership and at the manufacturer`s location. NOTE: Engine overhaul, engine parts, transmission overhaul, and transmission parts manuals are not included. Fire Apparatus Safety Guide Fire Apparatus Safety Guide published by FAMA, latest edition. This safety manual is intended to point out some of the basic safety situations that may be encountered during the normal operation and maintenance of a fire apparatus and to suggest possible ways of dealing with these situations. This manual is NOT a substitute for the E-ONE`s fire apparatus operator and maintenance manuals or commercial chassis manufacturer`s operator and maintenance manuals. Dealer Supplied Equipment As specified, the following equipment shall be supplied/installed (where applicable) on the completed apparatus: -A $15,000 shelving/tray allowance as specified -Four (4) FireCom Wireless headsets as specified -One (1) pair of Ziamatic SAC-44 folding wheel chocks (installed) -Three (3) Streamlight model 44451 handheld lights (installed) -One (1) MDT mount installed. Model and location shall be determined during construction and finalized at Final Inspection -Two (2) trips to Ocala, Florida for up to five (5) Milton representatives for pre-construction and final inspection. EXHIBIT "C" CONTRACTOR QG FQAVIT AND AGREEMENT STATE OF GEORGIA CITY OF MILTON By executing this affidavit, the undersigned contractor verifies its compliance with O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91, stating affirmatively that the individual, firm, or corporation which is engaged in the physical performance of services on behalf of the City of Milton has registered with, is authorized to use and uses the federal work authorization program commonly known as E - Verify, or any subsequent replacement program, in accordance with the applicable provisions and deadlines established in O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91. Furthermore, the undersigned contractor will continue to use the federal work authorization program throughout the contract period and the undersigned contractor will contract for the physical performance of services in satisfaction of such contract only with subcontractors who present an affidavit to the contractor with the information required by O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91(b). Contractor hereby attests that its federal work authorization user identification number and date of authorization are as follows: &2 o6l 7 eVerify Number Date of Authorization Click here to enter text. Name of Contractor Click here to enter text. Name of Project City of Milton Name of Public Employer Alle', I hereby declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct. Executed on 067--, _:7 , 201.: in tf ✓ /ic(city),C�(state). ure of Authorized Officer or Agent Prin°ed Name and Title of Authorized Officer or Agent SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN BEFORE ME ON THIS THE DAY OF ,201 5. �UAAW&�� NOTARY P LIC ooa�oa000�il�®o [NOTARY S�cY M° CLQ®000 rll�fa:�Z "My Commission Cc�� %'®AQt l 0 y G 4pD 1=1421111 .-111 iii ON SUBCONTRACTOR AFFDAVIT STATE OF GEORGIA By executing this affidavit, the undersigned subcontractor verifies its complianc with O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91, stating affirmatively that the individual, firm or corporation which is engaged !7 the physical performance of services under a contract with FireLine, Inc. on behalf of the City of Milton ha egistered with, is authorized to use and uses the federal work authorization program commonly known as E -Verify, or any subsequent replacement program, in accordance with the applicable provisions and deadlines established in O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91. Furthermore, the undersigned subcontractor will continue to use the federal work authorization program throughout the contract period, and the undersigned subcontractor will contract for the physical performance of services in satisfaction of such contract only with sub -subcontractors who present an affidavit to the subcontractor with the information required by O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91(b). Additionally, the undersigned subcontractor will forward notice of the receipt of an affidavit from a sub -subcontractor to the contractor within five (5) business days of receipt. If the undersigned subcontf actor receives notice that a sub -subcontractor has received an affidavit from any other contracted sub -subcontractor, the undersigned subcontractor must forward, within five (5) business days of receipt, a copy of the notice to the contractor. Subcontractor hereby attests that its federal work authorization user identification number and date of authorization are as follows: eVerify Number Date of Authorization 1 Click here to enter text. Name of Subcontractor Click here to enter text. Name of Project City of Milton Name of Public Employer I hereby declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct. Executed on , 201_ in (city), (state). Signature of Authorized Officer or Agent Printed Name and Title of Authorized Officer or Agent SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN BEFORE ME ON THIS THE DAY OF .201 NOTARY PUBLIC [NOTARY SEAL] My Commission Expires: TO: FROM: HOME OF' ESTABLISHED 2006 CITY COUNCIL AGENDA ITEM City Council DATE: October 12, 2015 Carter Lucas, Assistant City Manager AGENDA ITEM: Approval of a Professional Services Agreement between the City of Milton and ARCADIS U.S., INC. for the "Milton Stormwater Inventory — FY15 Update" MEETING DATE: Monday, October 19, 2015 Regular City Council Meeting BACKGROUND INFORMATION: (Attach additional pages if necessary) See attached memorandum APPROVAL BY CITY MANAGER: P PPROVED O NOT APPROVED CITY ATTORNEY APPROVAL REQUIRED: j) YES O NO CITY ATTORNEY REVIEW REQUIRED: VYES {) NO APPROVAL BY CITY ATTORNEY O NOT APPROVED PLACED ON AGENDA FOR. �APPROVED --- REMARKS 44 J O l g l s ® You PHONE: 678.242.2500 1 FAX: 678.242.2499 ta ,Green~' WILDLIFE Community 4 Ethics `� infoC�cltyofmiltonga.us I www.cltyofmiltonga.us ® �, 13000 Deerfield Parkway, Suite 107 1 Milton GA 30004 ,''a``, To: Honorable Mayor and City Council Members From: Carter Lucas, PE-Public Works Director Date: Submitted on October 12, for the October 19, 2015 Regular Council Meeting Agenda Item: Approval of a Professional Services Agreement between the City of Milton and ARCADIS U.S., INC. for the “Milton Stormwater System Inventory – FY15 Update”. ___________________________________________________________________________ Department Recommendation: Approval. Executive Summary: The project is to perform survey and support GIS and engineering services for the Milton Stormwater System Inventory – FY15 Update. The existing inventory is a compilation of multiple efforts by Fulton County and the City and is incomplete and inconsistent. An up-to-date inventory is important to the City’s asset management and Public Works planning functions. In accordance with the city procurement procedures a Request for Qualifications was advertised for 2 weeks. There were 11 firms which submitted proper responses to the advertisement. The submittals were reviewed, evaluated and scored by Public Works staff. After consideration of firm qualifications, ARCADIS U.S., Inc. was determined to be the firm with the highest overall score. The contract price was later negotiated for performing the specified scope of services was $222,390.00. Staff is recommending approval of a Professional Services Agreement with ARCADIS U.S., Inc. in the amount of $222,390.00. Funding and Fiscal Impact: Funding for this project is available in the Public Works Capital budget. Alternatives: None Legal Review: Jarrard & Davis, LLP – Paul Higbee, 9/30/2015 Concurrent Review: Chris Lagerbloom, City Manager Attachment(s): Professional Services Agreement f+f.�Ri1StItP:'�ir PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT MILTON ST'DRMWATER SYSTEM INVENTORY - FY 155 UPDATE This Agreement made and viacred into this day of in the year 2014, by and between The City of Milton. Georgia (sometimes referred to herein as the "City-). having its principle place of business at 13000 Deerfield Parkway Suite 107G. Milton GA 30004 and ARC ADIS U.S.. Inc. (-`Consultant") having its principle place of business at 2410 Paces Ferry Road, Suite 400. Atlanta, GA 30339. WHEREAS, the City issued a Request for Proposals, to solicit professional services for the MILTON STORtiIWATER SYSTEM INVENTORY -- FYI 5 UPDATE-, and WHEREAS, based upon Consultant's bid to provide the services as required by the RFP documents, the City has selected Consultant as the winning bidder, and WHEREAS. Consultant has agxeed to perforin such work as set forth in this Agreement, according to the terms and conditions provided in this Agreement; and WHEREAS, Consultant has familiarized itself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, the Project, and the Work. with all local conditions and federal, state and local lads, ordinances, rules and regulations in any manner that may affect cost, progress or performance of work, and Consultant is aware that he must be licensed to do business in the State of Georgia. NOW THEREFORE. the City and Consultant, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, agree as follows: 1.0 Contract Documents This Agreement and the following named Exhibits, attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference_ constitute the "Contract Documents": EXHIBIT A REQUEST FOR BID/SCOPE OF WORK EXHIBIT B RESPONSE. TO BID/FEE SCHEDULE EXHIBIT C CONSULTANT AFFIDAVIT EXHIBIT D SUBCONSUL.TANT AFFIDAVIT E_ HIBiT E TITLE VI REQUIREMENTS To the extent that there ntay be any conflict among the Contract Documents_ the provision operating most to the benefit of the C its shall govern. -11 Scope of Work; Ct►mpensattan ?.l The Consultant agrees to provide all Scr,-ices specified in Exhibit "A," No payments be rnade tier unauthorized ,vork. Invoices shc)uld be subsnitted to 1 iuttur Motes. I '000 Deerfield Park■,av, Milton G:, 30004_ for approval. Pa}ment ,%-III be scant to the deshmated address bv u S.:%tail only: payment will not be hand -delivered. rUffltCOSIS monthly �`��/ r or within thirty (30) City agrees to pay Consultant for the servicesby Consultant upon the Cily`s days of certification that the services were actually performedsation for services performed receipt of shall be paid to Consultant based upon a recd upoas provided herein_ Total a mems shall not exceed two hundred and fifty thars (S?50,OQD}. Compensationan hal] be paid upon the City's receipt artd approval of i ntttte upon completion of undisputE the Work. setting forth in detail the services performed. Invoices shall reflect charges incurred Invoice, versus charges budgeted. Consultant shall take no calculatedrisk intheperformance of the � wN,Ork. Specifically. Consultant agrees that in the event it cannot perform the Work within the budgetan limitations established %kithout disregarding sound principles of Consultant's industry. Consultant .vill give %%Titten notice thereof immediately to the City. Contract Pricins Con s W= r sh alb compL u the foffo riisg farm Ile? n unt&lf s of units shown of a esamatWd quanaws and are inurded ro serw as a 9Rse;41 of thr asvrall mvimnwy si:d- A casual cantrarr .¢lxs %1V be basad on aniteom and acrrtat r copsrdrinventos uniura.4_ eumarm nits e7ePrceJrr Surest :_? moi ; ?zn ?o tt .a€1 -t m �-cr s� .:?ta G�7pT `:5- =_ u � rh :mss Prot-,± :n, SUt, m,�d LL: thle Cir% iu Z11 AdZ:G:5 He QIVI)Aa' je E:_h sav_nu- jLj+ �-:lt :ndllde 2t Inst _ :hotomph. AddiCG0.i2 *toenphs 1pOL- :=?ta ��ctagrt s :i=mss' ms1 �' r�?nom? the Cm'� �' i1 to cls d VcpRen;l unit rs ,-s ry, ; C unsultartt Shall take no calculated risk in the performance of the Work- Specificalk . Consultant agrees that itt the event it camnot perform the Work %%ithin the budgetary limitations ta► ondis 7]o0 I die Camera ,Fkanal ii15G'c'0" structure Setup euttalIScreening yuranants t_ab 5� I Test Fecal Lab Test 1 Total rva ni a :_? moi ; ?zn ?o tt .a€1 -t m �-cr s� .:?ta G�7pT `:5- =_ u � rh :mss Prot-,± :n, SUt, m,�d LL: thle Cir% iu Z11 AdZ:G:5 He QIVI)Aa' je E:_h sav_nu- jLj+ �-:lt :ndllde 2t Inst _ :hotomph. AddiCG0.i2 *toenphs 1pOL- :=?ta ��ctagrt s :i=mss' ms1 �' r�?nom? the Cm'� �' i1 to cls d VcpRen;l unit rs ,-s ry, ; C unsultartt Shall take no calculated risk in the performance of the Work- Specificalk . Consultant agrees that itt the event it camnot perform the Work %%ithin the budgetary limitations established 4L-ithoitt disregarding, sound principles of Consultant's industry. Consultant .kill giVe G,,ritten notice thereof immediately to the Cite. 14 The City reserves the right to order changes in the Work to be performed uttder this Aareernent by altering. adding to, or deducting from the Work. All Such changes shall be incorporated in written change orders executed by the Consultant and the City. Such change orders shall specify the changes ordered and any necessary- adjustment of compensation and Completion time. If the Parties cannot reach an agreement on the terms forperforating the changed work within. a reasonable time to avoid delay- or other unfavorable impacts as determined by the City in its sole discretion, the City shall have the right to determine reasonable terms and the Consultant shall proceed with the changed vmrk. 2.5 Any work added to the scope of this Agreement by a change order shall be executed under all the applicable conditions of this Agreement. No claim for additional compensation or extension of time shall be recognized, unless contained in a written change order duly executed on behalf of tete City and the Consultant. 2.b The City Manager has authority to execute without further action of the Milton City Council. any number of change orders so long as their total effect does not materially alter the terms of this Agreement or materially increase the total amount to be paid under this .Agreement. Any such change orders materially altering the tenors of this Agreement or increasing the total amount to be paid under this Agreement in excess of $25,000, must be approved by resolution of the Milton City Council. ;,d Independent Consultant 1, The Consultant is an independent Consultant. The Consultant is not an employee, agent or representative of the City of Milton. The Consultant shall obtain and maintain, at the Consultant's expense, all permits, license or approvals that may be necessary for the performance of the services. 3.? Inasmuch as the City of Milton and the Consultant are entities independent of one another. neither has the authority to hind the other to any third person or otherwise to act in any way as the representative of the other. unless othenv ise expressly agreed to in writing signed by both parities hereto- The Consultant agrees not to represent itself as the City's agent for any purpose to any party or to allow any employee of the Consultant to do so_ unless specifically authorized. in advance and in writing, to do so, and then only tier the limited purpose stated in such authorization. The Consultant shall assume full liability for any contracts or agreements the Consultant enters into on behalf of the City of Milton without the express knowledge and prior %'vritten consent of the Cite. 4.0 Indemnification The Consultant covenants and agrees to take and assume all responsibility for the services rendered in connection with this Agreement. The Consultant shall bear all losses and damages d,rectl\, or indirectly resultintr to it on account of the performance or character of the services d reasonable rendered pursuant to this Aurreetnent. onsuhant shall defend. indemnify- and hold harmless the Cite_ its officers, boards, commission elected and app�3intcd officials_ employees and aoentS from and against any Jand all claims, its, actions. liability, jttdnents. damages, losses, and to the extei expenses. including but not limited attorney's fees. cresu t of win ti . they are a negligent or tortious conduct arising out of the Worst, performance of contracted services, or operations by the Consultant_ any sub -consultant, anyone directly or indirectly employed by the Consultant or sub -consultant or anyone for whose acts the Consultant or sub -consultant may be liable, regardless of whether or not the offending act is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge, or otherwise reduce any other right or obligation of indemnity° which would otherwise exist as to any party or person described in this provision. In any and all claims against the City or any of its abents or employees, by any employee of the Consultant, any sub -consultant, anyone directly or indirectly employed by the Consultant or sub -consultant or anyone for whose acts the Consultant or sub - consultant may be liable, the indemnification obligation set forth in this provision shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Consultant or any sub -consultant under workers' or worktnen's compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. This obligation to indemnify and defend the City, its members, officers, agents, employees and volunteers shall survive termination of this Agreement. 5.0 Insurance { 1) Requirements: The Consultant shall have and maintain in full force and effect for the duration of this Agreement, insurance insuring against claims for injuries to persons or damages to property which may arise from or in connection with the performance of the Work by the Consultant, its agents, representatives, employees or sub -consultants. All policies shall be subject to approval by the City Attorney to foml and content. These requirements are subject to amendment or waiver if so approved in writing by the City Manager. (2) Minimum Limits of Insurance: Consultant shall maintain limits no less than: (a) Comprehensive General Liability of $1,000,000 combined single limit per occurrence for bodily and personal injury. sickness. disease or death_ injury to or destruction of property. including loss of use resulting there from. (b) Comprehensive Automobile Liability (owned_ tion -owned- hired) of $1,000,000 combined single limit per occurrence for bodily and personal injure- sickness. disease or death_ injury to or destruction of property - including loss of use resultin�� there born. (c) Protessional Liability of $1.000,000 limit for claims arising; out of professional services caused by the Consultant's errors- omissions, or neoli�:,}ent acts. (d) Workers' Compensation limits as required by the State of Georgia and employers Liability limits of $1.000.000 per accident. (3) Deductibles and Self -Insured Retentions: Any deductibles or self-insured retentions must be declared to and approved by the City. (4) Other Insurance Provisions: The policy is to contain. or be endorsed to contain, the following provisions: (a) General Liability, and Automobile Liability Coverage. The City. its officials, employees, agents and vol uiteers are to be covered as insured as respects: liability arising out of activities performed by or on behalf of the Consultant; products and completed operations of the Consultant, premises owned, leased. or used by the Consultant, automobiles owned, leased. hired, or borrowed by the Consultant- The coverage. shall contain no special limitations on the scope of protection afforded to the City, its officials, employees, agents or volunteers. (ii) The Consultant's insurance coverage shall be primary noncontributing insurance as respects to any other insurance or self-insurance available to the City_ its officials, employees, agents or volunteers. Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by the City, its officials, employees or volunteers shall be excess of the Consultant's insurance and shall not contribute ,�%ith it. Any failure to cnrriply with reporting provisions of the policies shall not affect coverage provided to the City, its officials. employees. agents or volunteers. (iv) Coverage shall state that the Consultant's insurance shall apply separately- to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought- except NvIth respect to the limits of the insurer's liability. (� ] Coverage: shall be provided on a --pay on behalf - basis. with defense costs payable in addition to policy limits. There shall be no cross liability exclusion. (vi} The insurer agrees to waive all rights of subrogation against the City_ its officials, employees. agents and volunteers for losses arising from work performed by the Consultant for the City. (vii] All endorsements to policies shall be executed by an authorized representative of the insurer. (b) Workers` C oml2ensation Coverage. The insurer will agree to waive all rights of subrogation against the City, its officials, employees, agents and volunteers for losses arising from work performed by the Consultant for the City. (c) All Coverages. (i} Each insurance policy required by this clause shall be endorsed to state that coverage shall not be suspended, voided. canceled. reduced in coverage or in limits except atter thirty (30) days prior written notice by certified mail, return receipt requested, has been given to the City_ (ii) Policies shall have concurrent starting and ending dates. (iii) Policies shall include an endorsement incorporating the Indemnification obligations assumed by the Consultant under the terms of this Agreement, including but not limited to Section d of this Agreement. (5) Acceptability of Insurers: Insurance is to be placed with insurers with an A.M. Bests' rating of no less than AMI. i67 Verification of Coverage: Consultant shall furnish the City with certificates of insurance and endorsements to the policies evidencing coverage required by this clause prior to the start of work. The certificates of insurance and endorsements for each insurance policy are to be signed by a person authorized by that insurer to bind coverage on its behalf. The certificate of insurance and endorsements shall be on a Corm utilized by Consultant's insurer in its normal course of business and shall be received and approved by the City prior to execution of this agreement by the City- The City reserti es the right to require complete. certified copies of all required insurance policies, at 1-111v time. The Consultant shall provide proof that any expiri112) CON-CraL'e has been renewed or rcplaced at least two {,1 �%eeks prier to the expiration of the coveraLTe. (7} Sub -consultants: Consultant shall include all sub -consultants as insured under its policies or shall furnish separate certificates and endorsements for each sub -consultant. All coverage Cor sub -consultants shall be subject to all of the requirements stated ist this Agreement_ including but not limited to narning the parties as additional insured. (8) Claims -Made Policies: Consultant shall extend any claims -made insurance policy for at least six (6) years after termination or final payment under the Agreement. whichever is later. (9) City as Additional insured and IHSS PaVee: The City shall be named as an additional insured and loss payee on all policies required by this Agreement. 6.0 Tertn, Termination The term of this Agreement shall be frogs the date the city issues a Notice to Proceed and shall terminate absolutely and without further obligation on the pan of the City on December 31. 2015, provided that this Agreement. absent written notice of non -renewal provided by the City to Consultant at least thirty (30) days prior to December 31. 3415. shall automatically- renew on 3anuary 1. 2016 to December 31, 3016. Except as othemise provided for in Exhibit "A the City may terminate this Agreement upon a breach of any provision of this Agreement by Consultant and Consultant's subsequent failure to cure such breach within fifteen (1 S) days of receipt from the City of a written notice of the breach. Title to any supplies, materials, cyttipment. or tuber personal property shall remain in the Consultant until fully paid by the City. 7.0 Compliance with All Laws and Licenses The Constdtaiit niust obtain all necessary licenses and comply with local, state and federal requirements. The Consultant shall comply v�ith all laws_ nileti ;incl regulations nt any governmental entity- pertaining to its performance under this Agreement. 8,t1 Assi ;nment Che Consultant shall not assign or subcontract the whole or any part of this Agreement k ithottt the City of Nfiltot1's prior %mitten consent - L).() .-amendments in NNritintt" No amendments to till', A�--'recment shall be effective unless it is [it v.-riting and signed b% dui% authorized representatiVes of the parties. 1tl.0 Expertise agrees �+S Consultant recapliTiftg that the City's intention and purpose in entering into this Agreement is to engage an entity with the requisite capacity-. experience. and professional skill and judgment to provide the services in pursuit of the timely and competent completion of the Work undertaken by Consultant tinder this Agreement_ l 1.4 Governing Law This Agreement shal l be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of Georgia. 12.0 Interpretation of Documents In the event of a conflict in language between this Agreement and any exhibit to this Agreement. the provisions most favorable to the City shall govern. 13.0 Entire Agreement This Agreement constitutes the entire Agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter contained herein: all prior agreements. representations, statements. negotiations, and undertakings are suspended hereby. Neither party has relied on any representation, promise, nor inducement not contained herein. 14.0 Wainer of Agreement The City's failure to enforce any provision of this Agreement or the waiver in a particular instance shall not be construed as a general waiver of any future breach ar default_ 15.0 Sovereign Immunity Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to be a c4asv er of the Cit} "s soy erei4Tn immunity or any individuals qualified good faith or official immunities. 16,0 Notices All ether notices. Writings or correspondence as required by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed received. and shall be effecti4e. when: ( 1) personalh. delivered. or i21 on the third day after the postmark date when mailed by. certified mail_ postage prepaid. return i�-ery when sent via national overnight commercial receipt requested, or t3] upon actual del carrier to the Parties at the addresses given below. unless a substitute address shall first be furnished to the other Parties by .�ritten notice in accordance here�k the NOTICE TO THE CITY shall be sent to: City Manager City of Milton 13000 Deerfield Parkway-, Suite 107F vliltcn. Georgia 30004 NOTICE TO THE CONSULTANT shall be sent to: AItCAD1S U.S., Inc. 1410 Paces Ferry Road suite 400 Atlanta, Georgia 30339 17.0 No Personal Liability No member, official or employee of the City shall be personally liable to the Consultant or any successor in interest in the event of any default or breach by the City or for any amount which may become due to the Consultant or successor or on any obligation under the terms of this Agreement. likewise, Consultant's performance of services under this Agreement shall not subject Consultant's individual employees, officers or directors to any personal liability. The Parties agree that their sole and exclusive remedy, claim, demand or suit shall he directed and/or asserted only against Consultant or the City, respectively, and not against any employee, officer. director, or elected or appointed official. 18.0 Employment of Unauthorized Aliens Prohibited t 1 } E -Verify Affidavit It is the policy of the City of Milton that unauthorized aliens shall not be employed to perform work on City contracts involving the physical performance of services. Therefore, the City shall not enter into a contract for the physical performance of services within the State of Georgia unless: (1 ) the Consultant shall provide evidence on City -provided forms. attached hereto as Exhibits -C-' and ..D" (affidavits regarding compliance with the E -Verify program to be sworn under oath under criminal penalty of false swearing pursuant to O.C.G.A. y 16-10-71), that it and Consultant's subconsultants have conducted a verification. under the federal Employment Eligibility Verification (--EEV" or `-E- Verify'") program. of the social security numbers. or other identifying information now or hereafter accepted by the E -Verify- program, of all employees who will perform work on the City contract to ensure that no unauthorized aliens will be employed, or (? ) the Consultant provides evidence that it is not required to provide an affidavit because it is licensed pursuant to Title 26 or Title 43 or by the State Bar of GcoFtTia and is in �=und st.rndi11" as of the date when the Contract tier services is to be rendered. The Consultant hereby verities that it has, prier to executing this Agreement. executed a orm ofwhich is provided in Exhibit "C'". and submitted such affidavit to notarized affidavit_ the f Citi' or provided the City with evidence that it is not required to provide such an affidavit because it is licensed and in good standing as noted in subsection (-} aboN'c. Further. Consultant hereby agrees to comply with the requirements of the federal Immigration Reform and Control Act of 19,86 (IRCA). P. L. 99-603. O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91 and Rule 300-10-1-.0?. In the event the Consultant employs or contracts with any subconsultant(s) in connection with the covered contract. the Consultant agrees to secure from such subconsultants) attestation of the subconsultant's compliance with D.C.G.A_ § 13-10-91 and Rule 300-10-1-.02 by the subconsultants execution of the subconsultant affidavit, the form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit "D", which subconsultant affidavit shall become part of the consultant/subconsultant agreement, or evidence that the subconsultant is not required to provide such an affidavit because it is licensed and in good standing as noted in subsection (?} above. if a subc onsultant affidavit is obtained. Consultant agrees to provide a completed copy to the City within fire (5) business days of receipt from any subconsultant. Where Consultant is required to provide an affidavit pursuant to G.C.G.A. § 13-10--91, the City Manager or his/her designee shall be authorized to conduct an inspection of the Consultant's and Consultant's subconsultants' verification process at any time to determine that the verification was correct and complete. The Consultant and Consultant's subconsultants shall retain all documents and records of their respective- verification process for a period of three t 3 } nears following completion of the contract. Further, where Consultant is required to provide an affidavit pursuant to O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91, the City Manager or his/her designee shall further be authorized to conduct periodic inspections to ensure that no City Consultant or Consultant's subconsultants employ unauthorized aliens on City contracts. By entering into a contract with the Cit}', the Consultant and Consultant's subconsultants agree to cooperate with any such investigation by snaking their records and personnel available upon reasonable notice for inspection and questioning. Where a Consultant or Consultant's subconsultants are found to have employed an unauthorized alien, the City Manager or his/her designee mai report same to the Department of Homeland Security. The Consultant's failure to cooperate with the investigation may be sanctioned by termination of the contract. and the Consultant sha11 be liable for all damages and delays occasioned by the City thereby_ Consultant agrees that the empinyee-number category designated below is applicable to the Consultant. [Information only required if a consultant athda, it is required pursuant to o.C.G.A. 5 '13-10-91] �()O t,r more employees. 100 I --Ir more employees. F'e« er than 100 empIovees. Consultant hereby agrees that, in the event Consultant employs or contracts %ith ani subconsultant(s) in connection «iih this Agreelnent and �t he re the sub, unsuhant is required to provide an affidavit pursuant to O.C.G.A. y 13-10-91_ the Consultant will secure from the subconsultant(s) such subconsultant(s-) indication of the above employee -number category that is applicably: to the subconsultant. The above requirements shall be in addition to the requirements of State and federal law, and shall he construed to be in conformity %vith those lm4s. 19,0 Nondiscrimination In accordance «Pith Title V I of the Civil Rights Act, as amended, 42 US.C. § 2000d, section 303 of the Age Discrimination Act of 1973, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 6102, section 202 of the Americans rNith Disabilities Act of 1990, 42 U.S.C. w 12132, and all other provisions of Federal law. the Consultant agrees that, during performance of this Agreement, Consultant, for itself, its assignees and successors in interest, will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment, any subconsultam or any supplier because of race, color, creed. national origin, gender, age or disability. In addition, Consultant agrees to comply with all applicable implementing regulations and shall include the provisions of this Section 19.0 in every subc=ontract for services contemplated under this Agreement. N WITNESS WHEREOF. the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their duly authorized officers as of the day and year set forth next to each signature. [SIGNATURES ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE] SIG D SEALED AiitD DELIVERED In t presence of: Witness (Corp to Secretary should attest Sharilyn Bainbridge Print Name PA ir be C 00 �,•• v" �.- o oma'•' �: ,'�ffflf10111►1�`'R SIGNED SEALED AND DELIVERED In the presence of. Witness Notary Public [NOTARY SEAL.] �I" CCs 1111-n 5'51 nEE:c fres: ARCADI� U. S- " .S., tile. --- S i �nauire Pete Estes, GISP Prim N:lMe Vice President Title [AFFIX CORPORATE SEAL] MILTON CITY COUNCIL: Joe Lockwood. Mayor {CITY SEAL] EXHIBIT "A" REQUEST FOR MD/SCOPE ❑F WORK -OmE OF' I LTO r iT.-I li U S l! ED 700, CITY OF MILTON REQUEST FOR QUALIFICATIONS (THIS IS NOT AN ORDER) Rid Number: Project Name: 15-PW4 Milton Stormwater System Inventory — 2015 Update Due Date and Time: June 3, 2015 Number of Pages: 28 Local Time: 2:00pm 'ISSUING DEPARTMENT INFORMATION Issue Date: May 13, 2015 City of Milton Public Works Department 13000 Deerfield Plovy, Suite 107F Milton, Ga. 30004 Picone: 578-242-2506 Fax: 678-242-2499 Website: www.cityoftulltonga.us INSTRUCTIONS TO CONSULTANTS Return Submittal to: Mark Face of Envelope/Package: rARCADIS U.S., Inc.Ferry RFQ Number: 15-PW4 City of Milton Attn: Honor dotes, Purchasing Office Name of Company or Firm Special Instructions: 13000 Deerfield Pkwy Suite 107F Deadline for Written Questions Milton, Ga. 30004 May 22, 2015, 5 pm �Ymlt nty4deral 1.D. Number: Email questions to Honor Motes at 57 U 2 lrvetvr.►rivtrs ri •r 'v n�iltv►i rt res NTS ►MUST COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING Name/Address: Authnriz Consultant Signatory` rARCADIS U.S., Inc.Ferry Road, Suite 400 (Please print name and sign in ink Peter Estes, GISP Atlanta, 3A 30339 Consultant Phone Number: Consultant FAX Number: 770.431.8666 770.435.2666 �Ymlt nty4deral 1.D. Number: Consultant E-mail Address: 57 U 2 pete.estes@arcadis-us.com 1 ['nNSULTANTS Mi1ST RETURN THIS COVER SHEET WITH RFQ RESPONSE 2j TABLE OF CONTENTS offeror's RIO Checklist Disclosure Form Schedule of Events Section I. Project OverN and Instnictions Section 3: RfQ Standard information Section 3: Scope of Project Section 4: Consultant Qualifications Section 5: F valuation Criteria Section G: Standard Contract Information Standard Contract 31 OFFEROWS RFQ CHECKLIST The 10 Nlost Critical -Things to beep in ;Mind When Responding to an RFQ for the City of Milton q.. l , �' �- Read the entire ducutnent. Vote critical items such as: mandatory requirements_ supplies/services required. submittal dates, number of copies required for stibtnittal, funding amount and source: contract requirernents (i.e.. contract performance security. insurance requirements, performance andlor reporting requirements, etc.). ? V � Vote the procurement officer's name, address. phone numbers and e-mail address. f leis is the only person you are allowed to communicate with regarding the RFQ and is an excellent source of information for any questions you may have. __R3.Attend the pre -proposal conference if is otTered. These conferences provide an opportunity to ask clarifying questions. obtain a better understanding of the project. or to notify the City of any ambiguities, inconsistencies. or errors in the RFQ. ,-) 4. V � Take advantage of the 'question and answer" period. Submit your questions to the procurement officer by the due date listed in the Schedule of Events and view the answers given in the formal --addenda'" issued for the RFQ. All addenda issued for an RFQ are pasted on the DOAS website at htip. &s.v[.(leers.stale.gu.us1PRSappIPR_inderjsp and on the City's website at hitp:/Iwsvw.citpOfnr►ltalaga.rrs will include all questions asked and answered concerning the RFQ. 5. L Follow the format required in the RFQ when preparing your response. Provide point -by - point responses to all sections in a clear and concise manner. 6.Provide complete answersldescriptions. Read and answer all questions and requirements. Don't assume the City or evaluation committee Will know what your company capabilities are or what items/services you can provide, even if you have previously contracted with the City. The submittals are evaluated based solely on the information and materials provided in your response. 1) 7. S L- Use the forms provided, i.e.. cover page, sample budget form. certification fornis, etc. g. j Check the website for RFQ addenda. Before submitting your response, check, the DORS website at http:I1ssl doers.state.go.e►sIPRSrepp/PR indew jsp and the City website at Itltpzoovlv.ritt!ofiruliortga.►es to see whether any addenda were issued for the RFQ. If so_ you must submit a signed cover sheet for each addendum issued along with your RFQ response. 9. r L Review and read the RFQ document again to make sure that you have addressed all requirements. Your original response and the requested copies must be identical and be complete. The copies are provided to the evaluation committee members and will be used to score your response. 1 p, LC Submit your response on time. dote al l the dates and times listed in the Schedule of Events and within the document_ and be sure to submit all required items on time. Late submittal responses are never accepted. l his checklist isproyided tar assistance only and ghoul not be submitted with Offeror's Response. M HOME OF' F;r\j;cisiien�nt�t, CITY OF MILTON DISCLOSURE FORM MUST BE RETURNED WITH BID This form is for disclosaire of campaign contributions and family member relations with City or yfilton officials/ employees. Please complete this form and return as part of your RFQ package r:vhen it is submitted. ARCADIS U.S., Inc. Name of CanSultallt Nat -Re and the official position of the N111 -ton Official to whoni the campaign contribution was made (please use a separate form for each official to %vhom a contribution has been made in the past t«o (2) years.) N/A List the dollar amounVvalue and description of each campaign contribution Enade over the past two (2) years by the Applicant/Opponent to the named,viilton Oificial- rriount/Value NIA Description please list any family member that is currently (or has been employed within the last l2 months) by the City of Milton and your relation: N/A 5i HOME OF ' F�TABl ItiIiFD 2000 SCHEDULE OF EVENTS [~VENT RFQ [slue Date Deadline for Receipt of Written Questions Posting of Written Answers by City to Websites RFQ DUE DATE Mar- B, 2015 5 PINI on May 22, 2015 on or about Mav 27, 2015 No Later than 2 PM on June 3, 2015 MOTE: PLEASE CI-IECK THE CITY WEBSITE (http://www.cityofmiltonga.us) OR THE DORS WEBSITE(itttp:l/ssLdoias•strete.grr.rrs/PRSiipp/PR etrrle-r jspj FOR ADDENDA AND SCHEDULE UPDATES. 61 :SE:C,rION I: PROJECT OVERVIEW AND INSTRUCTIONS 1.0 BACKGROUND .END STATEMENT OF INTENT -rlie City of Milton is requesting Statements ofQuail ficatioris (SO Q) from qualified consultants to provide professional services for the update to the !.Milton Contprehensive'l rartsportation Plan. All Consultants must comply with all general and special requirements of the UQ infc)rn3ation and instructions enclosed herein. The City intends to select a single consultant team to provide all of the required services through the Qualification Rased Selection process. The selected firth «-W be expected to provide services in accordance with the prgject schedule established by the City of Milton, i.1 SINGLE POINT OF CONTACT Froin the date this Request for Qualifications (RFQ) is issued until an offeror is selected, offerors are not allowed to communicate with any City stag or elected officials regarding this procurement. except at the direction of Honor Motes. Any unauthorized contact may disqualify the offeror from further consideration. Contact information for the single point of contact is as follows: Procurement Office: Honor Motes Address: t3004 Deerfield Parkway, Suite 107F, Millon, GA 30004 "telephone Number: 678-242-2507 E-mail Address: honor.motesaJcityofmiltonga.us 1.2 REQUIRED REVIEW A. Rev_ie wwr P Consultants should carefully review the instructions: mandatory requirements, specifications_ standard terms and conditions. and standard contract set out in this RFQ and promptly notify the procurement office identified above via e-mail of any ambiguity, inconsistency, unduly restrictive specifications, or error which they discover upon examination of this RFQ. B. Form ofestio2ns. Cor sultants with questions or requiring clarification or interpretation of any section wvithin this RFQ must submit their questions in writing via email to the procurement office referenced above on or before 5 PNI an Mav 22, 2015. Each question must provide clear reference to the section, page. and item in question. Questions received after the deadline may not be considered. C. Ci 's Answers. The City will provide an official written answer to all questions on or about May 27, 2015. The City's response will be by formal written addendum. Any other forth of interpretation, correction. or change to this RFQ w -ill not be binding upon the City. .any formal written addendum. will be posted alongside the posting of the RFQ at littp.11)vww.cityffiniftongmus or http:1lssLdoars.stide.ga.us1TRSupp1PR_index jsp. Consultants rnust sign and return any addendum with their RFQ response. 7i p, Standard Contract. By submitting a response to this RVQ. consultant agrees to acceptance of the City's standard contract. Nluch ofthe language included in the standard contract reflects requirements of state lay. Requests for exceptions to the standard contract terms, or any added provisions must be submitted to the procurement office referenced above by the date for receipt of writtenle-mailed questions or with the consultant's RFQ response and must be accompanied by an explanation of why the exception is being taken and what specific effect it will have on the consultant's ability to respond to the RFQ or perform the contract. The City reserves the right to address non- material. m1nor, insubstantial requests fnr exceptions with the highest scoring consultant during contract negotiation. Any material, substantive, important exceptions requested and granted to the standard terms and conditions and standard contract language will be addressed in any formal written addendum issued For this Rl~Q and will apply to all consultants submitting a response to this RFQ. E. Mandator Requirements. To be eligible for consideration, a consultant must meet the intent of all mandatory requirements. The City will determine whether a consultant's RFQ response complies with the intent of the requirements. RFQ responses that do not meet the full intent of all requirements listed in this RFQ may be subject to point reductions during the evaluation process or may be deemed non-responsive. 1.3 Reserved 1.4 SUBMITTING QUALIFICATIONS Consultants must organize their qualifications into sections that follow the following format. For the pLrposes of the RhQ> the term "company" shall refer to the prime respondent of this RFQ, or in other words, the company with whom the City will contract. The term "consultant" shall refer to any and all consultants with whom the prime respondent will be including on the project team. The SOQ shall clearly delineate any experience, background, etc. between the prince -'company' and ``consultants". A. Submittal Requirements. Qualifications shall include the following: 1. City of Nf ilton request for qualification cover page ( information entered and signed: first page of this document) 2. City of Nfiliton Disclosure form (signed) 3. Qualifications shall be: a. Maximum of twenty 24 single sided pages (ten pages if double -sided) b. Nfinimurn of 11 point font c. Stapled or spiral -bound. No binders d. Cover page(s). cover letter, table of contents, tabs, and required forms do not count toward page limit 4. And shall contain the following minimum information: a. Cover fetter - introductory remarks and qualification summary - no longer than two pages. a i}. Qualifications of the Design Teani - information about the overall makeup of the project team_ including: I . Identity o all key personnel. a description of their respectI Ve responsibilities and duties_ autd each team members experience Nvith similar projects ?. Identify any previous projects on which [nembers of the proposed design team have worked together. 3. Should the firm be selected to participate in an interview- the Company's designated project manager must be present to present the li17n7S qualifications and take the lead in answering questions. c. LVork Plan - Describe plans to provide the requested services including: 1. Narrative description of the proposed methodology to be used to accomplish the required tasks ?. Provide any anticipated challenges and any innovative approaches 3. Provide an anticipated project schedule and current company workload and ability to perform work for this project. d. Related Projects and References I . Description of past and current projects or contracts similar to this project, including the degree of involvement of your firm andlor personnel assigned to the project. ?. Include names. titles, and all contact information for clients for whom your firm has performed similar work. 5. City of Milton Required forms: a. City of Milton request Cor qualifications cover page (information entered and signed: first page of this document) b, City of Milton Disclosure form (signed) c. Applicable Addenda Acknowledgement Forms (if necessary) B. Failure to Comply with Instructions. Consultants failing to comply with these instructions may be subject to point deductions. The City may also choose to not evaluate. may deem non -responsive - and/or may disqualify frosts further consideration any qualifications that do not follow this RFQ format, are difficult to understand, are difficult to read, or are missing any requested information. C. Copies Required and Deadline for Receipt of Qualifications, (]ne original and tour (4) copies of each submittal {plus a CD} should be provided to the City. Qualifications must be received at the receptionist's desk in Suite 107f± prior to 2:00 PNI, local time, .June 3, 2415. F -mailed responses to requests for qualifications are not acceptable. Qualifications will be opened at approximately 2:05 pm and names of consultants will be announced. a Late Qualifications. Regardless of cause. late Qualifications will not be accepted and will automatically be disqualified from further consideration. It shall be the consultant's sole risk to assure delivery to the receptionist's desk at the designated office by the designated time. Late Qualifications will not be opened and may he returned to the. al consultant at the expense of the consultmit or destroyed if requested. iS CONSULTANT'S CER"CIF1CAT 10N A. Understanding= of Scitications and Rcuirements. By submitting a response to this RFQ. consultant agrees to an understanding of and compliance with the specifications and requirements described in this RF0. 1.6 COST OF pRF,pARING QUALIFICATIONS A. City blot Re—sWnsibfe for Preparation Casts. 1'he costs for developing and delivering responses to this RFQ and any subsequent presentations of the qualification as requested by the City are entirely the responsibility of the consultant. The City is not liable for any expense incurred by the consultant in the preparation and presentation of their qualifications. B_ All Timely 5ubnzitted Materials Become City Propertr�. All materials submitted in response to this RFQ become the property of the City of Milton and are to be appended to any formal documentation, which would further define or expand any contractual relationship between the City and consultant resulting from this RFQ process. 10 l SECTION 2: RFQ STANDARD INFORMATION 2.0 AUTHORITY Phis _ Q is issued tinder the authority of the City of Milton. The RFQ process is a procurement option allowing the award to be based on stated evaluation criteria. The RFQ states the relatiti e importance of all evaluation criteria. No other evaluation criteria, other than as outlined in the RFQ. will be used. 2,1 CONSULTANT COMPETITION The City encourages tree and open competition among consultants. Whenever possible, the City will design specifications, proposal requests, and conditions to accomplish this objective, consistent with the necessity to satisfy the City -s need to procure technically sound, cost- effective services and supplies. 2.2 RECEIPT OF QUALIFICATIONS MND PUBLIC INSPECTION A. Public Information. All information received in response to this RFQ, including copyrighted material, is deemed public information and will be made available for public viewing and copying after the time for receipt of qualifications has passed, and the award has been made, with the following four exceptions: (1) bona tide trade secrets meeting confidentiality requirements that have been properly marked, separated, and documented. {2} matters involving individual safety as detennined by the City of Milton: {3} any company financial infonnation requested by the City of Milton to determine vendor responsibility. Unless prior written consent has been given by the consultant; and (4) other constitutional protections. B. Procurement Officer Review of Qualifications. Upon opening the submittals received in response to this RFQ. the procurement office will review the qualifications and separate out any information that meets the referenced exceptions in Section 2.2(A) above, providing the following conditions have been met: I . Confidential information is clearly marked and separated from the rest of the submittal. 2. An affidavit from a consultant's legal counsel attesting to and explaining the validity of the trade secret claim is attached to each submittal containing trade secrets. Please contact Honor Motes for additional information. information separated out under this process will be available for review only by the procurement office, the evaluation committee members, and limited other designees. Consultants must be prepared to pay all legal costs and fees associated with defending a elaim for confidentiality in the event of a "right to know' (open records) request from another party. 2.3 CLASSIFICATION AND EVALUATION OF QUALIFICATIONS A. Initial Classification of Qualifications as Responsive or Nonresponsive. Qualifications may be found nonresponsive at any time during the evaluation process or contract negotiation. if any of the required information is not provided: the submitted price is f0u11d to be excessive or inadequate as measured by criteria stated in the P FQ: or the qualification is not w ithin the specifications described and required in the RFQ. If a qualification is found to be nonresponsive, it will not be considered further. B. Determination of l�espoIibibiIity. rhe procurement office will determine if a consultant has met the standards of responsibility. Such a determination may be made at any time during the evaluation process and thrattgh contract negotiation if information surfaces that %vj-)iilt.i result in a determination of nonresponsive. C. Evaluation of QLialitications. The evaluation committee will evaluate the remaining qualifications and recommend whether to award the contract to the highest scoring consultant or. if necessary, to seek discussion/negotiation in order to determine the highest scoring consultant. All responsive qualifications will be evaluated based on stated evaluation criteria. In scoring against stated criteria, the City may consider such factors as accepted industry standards and a comparative evaluation of all other qualified RFQ responses. These scores will be used to determine the most advantageous offering to the City. D. Completeness of Qualifications. Setection and award will be based on the consultant's qualifications and other items outlined in this RFQ. Submitted responses may not include references to information located elsewhere, such as Internet websites or libraries, unless specifically requested. Information or materials presented by consultants outside the formal response or subsequent discuss[on/negotiation. if requested, will not be considered, will have no bearing on any award, and may result in the corisuttant being disqualifier) from further consideration. E. ppp� ortuxiitvr #or ❑iscussioNNeotiation andlor Aral Presentationli'roduct Demonstration. After receipt of all qualifications and prior to the determination of the award, the City may initiate discussions with one or more consultants should clarification or negotiation be necessary. Consultants may also be required to make an oral presentation andlor product demonstration to clarify their RFQ response or to further define their oiler. In either ease, consultants should be prepared to send qualified personnel to Milton, Georgia to discuss technical and contractual aspects of the submittal. Oral presentations and product demonstrations, if requested, shall be at the consultant's expense. F. Evaluation Committee Recommendation for Contract Award. The evaluation committee will provide a written recommendation for contract award. Li. Request for Documents Notice. Upon concurrence with the evaluation committee's recommendation for contract award, the procurement officer may issue a "Request for Documents Notice- to the 12 1 highest scoring consultant to obtain the rciluired insurance documents. contract performance securit%-. and any other- necessary- documents. Receipt o t the "Request t'( -)r Documents Notice" does not constitute a contract and no work may begin untie it contract signed by all parties is in place. H. Contract Negotiation, The procurement officer andlor city department representatives may begin contract neg=otiation -with the responsive and responsible consultant whose submittal achieves the highest score and is, therefore. the most advantageous to the City. If contract negotiation is un.succestitid or the highest Scaring consultant fails to prnvirle necessary documents or information in a timely manner, or tails to negotiate in good faith. the City may terminate negotiations and begin negotiations with the next highest scoring consultant. I. Contract Award. Contract award, if any, will be made to the highest scoring consultant who provides all required documents and successfully completes contract negotiation. 2.4 RIGHTS RESERVED While the City has every intention to award a contract as a result of this RFQ. issuance of the RFQ in no way constitutes a commitment by the City of Milton to award and execute a contract. Upon a determination such actions would be in its best interest, the City, in its sole discretion, reserves the right to: 1. Modify, cancel or terminate this RFQ, ?. Reject any or all qualifications received in response to this RFQ, ;. Select a design team without holding interviews, 4. Waive any undesirable. inconsequential, or inconsistent provisions of this RFQ which would not have significant impact on any submittal, S. T`o request further documentation or information, and to discuss an RFQ submittal for any purpose in order to answer questions or to provide clarification, b. Not award if it is in the best interest of the City not to proceed with contract execution, or 7 If awarded, terminate any contract in accordance with the terms and conditions of the contract if the City determines adequate funds are not available. 13 I SECTION 3, SCOPE OF PROJECT The update to the Ntilton Comprehensive Transportation Plan (C,1"P) will retIne the vision. goals and objectives'. update the existing conditions inventory. evaluate and calibrate the needs assessment. update the recommendations_ project prioritization and implementation. and review the successes and shortfalls of the 2009 CTP and how to build on those efforts. The 2009 CTP is available on the City website at http:Ilwwfv,cityoftrtiltsn-a.us/govertz►zzen pzthlic- fvorks/tra►zsportatiotz-services/cottzprehensi►-e-trcznspartatiotr-pltitzl There is also a possibility proposed federal funding could be added to the study for more detailed analysis of aspects of the transportation systern_ The City has budgeted $225,000 in local funds for the study_ The project will begin once a contract is awarded to the selected consultant. if new federal funding is awarded to the project at a later date, the scope and fees will be updated based upon work complete prior to the federal funding award. Consultant and/or subconsultants shall be GDOT prequalified in areas 1.02, 1.1 0 and 1.13 (planning), 1.06a— 1.06g (environmental). 3.01 - 3.02 and 3.06 - 3.07 (design), and 3.13 (pedestrian). 3.1 GENERAL SCOPE OF SERVICES It shall be the Consultant's responsibility to design, prepare, assemble and coordinate the necessary documents to complete the project_ The completed project must comply with all applicable local, state, and federal environmental laws and regulations. Although there is currently no federal funding on this project. sufficient data should be collected to transition to federal requirements should federal funding become available. At a minimum, the following standards shall be utilized for the project: a. Georgia Department of Transportation (GDOT) Design Policy Manual (current edition), and applicable addenda. b. Georgia Department of Transportation (GDOT) Standards and Specifications (current edition), and applicable addenda. c. AASHTO Standards, latest edition and applicable addenda, including Design of Pavement Structures, Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets, Roadside Design Guide, and applicable addenda. d. INlanual on Uniform 'Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) current edition, and applicable errata. e. Federal Highway Administration Roundabouts: An Informational Guide, current edition, and all applicable addenda. f. Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) latest requirements g. City of Milton Code of Ordinances 3.2 SPECIFIC SCOPE OF SERVICES The City of Milton is seeking the services of professional engineering and planning consultants to conduct an update to the City of Milton Comprehensive Transportation Plan. The work plan that is to be provided as part of the SOQ will include the level of studies that that the consultant can provide within the budget for the following tasks: 14 1 Task 1: Development of Vision, Goals, Objectives, and Investment Strategies The transportation plan vision. goals and objectives specifics Nvill be built on the foundation of the City of Nlilton-s first Comprehensive Transportation Plan and the strategic plan for the City. A brand and logo will be developed in coordination with the City based on the transportation plan prokect vision. Task 2: Stakeholder and Public Involvement Plan and Activities: Transportation planning MUSt take into accomit a broad, diverse group of risers as wel l as different modes including transit. automobile, pedestrian. bicycling and equestrian. To accommodate demanding schedules_ the outreach needs to come to the residents. The CTP process will include a stakeholder involvement plant that welcomes and seeks input from the broad spectrum of users and interests. Task 3: Inventory of Existing Conditions This task will review studies and plans, organize and collect demographic, land use and transportation data. develop GIS trapping displaying this information, update the travel demand model forecasting and report existing conditions. To the maximum extent possible, ensure that existing data sets and sources addresses the interaction of traffic and growth from surrounding areas. A review of the City's growth and development since 2009, the: actual growth compared to projections and where the growth has occurred will be determined. Review and report on the City's ability to implement the recommendations established in the approved 2009 CTP, Task 4: Assessment of Current and Future Needs The Atlanta Regional Commission travel demand model and population and employment forecast will be the primary tools for this analysis. The identification of needs and coordination across governmental boundaries will be addressed. Citywide accident data will be collected and evaluated for needs that will improve the safety of the transportation system. Transportation improvements will be modeled rased upon the City's comprehensive plan and land use work and will be developed in consultation with the City's Public Works and Community Development staff. Task a: Recommendations This task will result in the development of multimodal recommendations and a program of Projects supporting the City's vision, stakeholder and public supported input, need and purpose, and cost considerations. Developing actual concept designs and cast estimates for improvements will allow the City to represent the recommendations in the capital improvement plan and dcvciop priorities over the next decade. 'fhe final recommended set of projects in the plan will include identified implementation strategies including funding and a constructability review of key projects to position the program for achievement. 15 1 SE"ON 4: CONSUL-rANT QUALIFICATIONS 4.0 CITY'S RIGHT TO INVESTIGATE The City may make such investigations as deemed necessary to determine the ability of the consultant to provide the supplies and/or perform the services specified. 4.1 CONSULTANT INFORMATIONAL REQUIREMENTS Finns interested in providing the services described in this U -Q should be able to demonstrate experience in the areas described in Section 3. 16 l SECTION 5: EVALUATION CRITERIA 5.0 EVALLIA-TION CRITERIA The evahiatlon committee will rcview and evahiate the qualifications according to the following criteria: • A selection tenni for the City will initially evaluate and score all submittals received. • Qualifications not meeting the mininium requirements and those «ho are non-responsive will not be considered. Submittal Evaluation Criteria Qualifications of the desltin team 35 pts. • organization strength and stability • Education and experience of the assigned staff • Key personnel's level of involvement • Proximity and availability of key personnel Work Plan • Project approach • Public involvement • Project innovations • Schedule 35 pts. Related Projects and references 30 pts. • Experience and technical competence on similar projects • previous experience with City of Milton projects • Previous cxpenence as a design team • Quality of the final work product • Ability to meet schedules 17 l SECTION 6: STANDARD CONTRACT INFORMATION 6.0 STANDARD CONTRACT The City's standard contract is attached to this document as Appendix A. Consultant should notify the City of any terms within the standard contract that preclude them from responding to the RFQ. This notification Must be made by the deadline for receipt of NvritteiVe-mailed questions or with the consultant's RT'Q response. Any requests for material. substantive. important exceptions to the standard contract will be addressed in any formal written addendum issued by the procurement officer in charge of the solicitation. The City reserves the right to address any non -material. minor. insubstantial exceptions to the standard contraet Frith the highest scoring consultant at the time of contract negotiation. 6.1 ADDITIONAL CONTRACT PROVISIONS AND TERMS This RFQ and any addenda, the consultant's RFQ response, including any amendments, a best and final offer, any clarification question responses, and any negotiations shall be included in any resulting contract_ The City's standard contract, attached as Appendix A, contains the contract terms and conditions which will form the basis of any contract negotiated between the City and the highest scoring consultant. The contract language contained in Appendix A does not define the total extent of the contract language that may be negotiated. In the event of a dispute as to the duties and responsibilities of the parties under this contract, the contract. along with any attachments prepared by the City, will govem in the same order of precedence as listed in the contract. 6.2 SUBCONSI]LTANT The highest scoring consultant will be the prince consultant if a contract is awarded and shall be responsible, in total, for all work of anv subconsultants. All subconsultants, if any, must be listed in the qualifications. The City reserves the right to approve all subconsultants. The Consultant shall be responsible to the City for the acts and omissions of all subconsultants or agents and of persons directly or indirectly employed by such subconsultants, and for the acts and omissions of persons employed directly by the Consultant. Further, nothing contained within this document or any contract documents created as a result of any contract awards derived from this RFQ shall create any contractual relationships between any subcontractor and the City. 6.3 GENERAL INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS See sample contract. 6.4 COMPLIANCE WITH WORKERS' COMPENSATION ACT The Consultant is required to supply the City of Milton with proof of compliance witfl the Workers' Compensation Act while performing work for the City. Neither the Consultant nor its employees are employees of the City. The proof of insurance/exemption must be received by the City of Milton within 10 working days of the Request for Documents Notice and must be kept current for the entire term of the contract_ CONTRACTS WILL NOT BE ISSUED TO VENDORS WHO FAIL TO PROVIDE 'THE REQUIRED I]OCLr1N4ENTATION WITHIN THE ALLOTTED TIME FRAME. ]a i b.a" COMPLIANCE WITH L.A.WS The Consultant zliiist. ill perforthhtuhce of "Ork wider this contract. fully- comply with all applicable federal, state. or loc al lwNs. rules and rel-tta11011S. irtclurlirt�1 the Ci�ii E�iuhts Act of 1964. the Atze Discrimination Act or 1975, the Americans ��,ith Disabilities Lot or 1490, and Section 504 L)t the Rehabilitation Act of 197". Any sublerting or SubcolhSUIting by the Consultant subjects subconsttltants to the same provision. The Consultant agrees that the hiring of persons to perform the contract %t ill be mace on the basis of nherit and qualifications and there ill be no discritnhination lased upon race. Color, religion. creed. political ideas. sex. aLge_ marital statris, physical or mental disability, or national origin by the persons performing the contract. 6.6 CONTRACT TERMINATION See sample contract. 19 j STANDARD CONTRXCT Incltided for Reference Onto' City reserves the right to make changes to this contract PR OFESSIOM L SER VICES . I GREEtiIENT 15-P i 4 This Agreement made incl entered into this dely of , in the year '015, bti• and between The City of ,bliltin, Georgic, lsomerimes referred to herein as the "C itv "1, hawing its principle place of business at 13000 Deerfield Parbvu.v Suite 10 -F. Ifilton GA 30004 and.. X%X ("Ca►tsultant") ha-ving its principle place of business at .'CV:V V VC WHEREAS, the Citi' i.ssaied a Request fi)r Qualifications 115-PW4 XXVCV), to solicit firms to provide design services: and WHEREAS. based upon Consultant's bid to provide _V-VLVYservices as required bY the bid documents, the City has selected Consultant as the winning bidder.- and WHEREAS, Consultant Inas agreed to peilbrm such work as set forth in this ,agreement, according to the terms arjd conditions provided in this Agreement; and WHEREAS, Consultant has finniliari=ed itself with the nature and e -went of the Contract Documents. the Project. and the Work, with all local canditi—S and f ederal. state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations in an pr manner that may affect cost. progress it performance of work, and Consultant is aware that he must he licensee. to do business in the State of Georgia. ,V() PV THEREFORE. the Citi•• and Consultant, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the si ffrciemy of which is hereby acknowledged. agree as fnllovvs: 1.0 Contract Documents This Agreet►tenr and the fi)llowing named Exhibits, attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference, constitute the "Contract Documents EXHIBIT,i SCOPE OF LYORICREOUEST FOR QUA 13FIC-4TIONS 1-YHIBIT B FEE SC'HEDULEIRESPONSE TO PFO EXHIBIT C L,:S'URANC'E CER TIFICA TE EXHIBIT D CONSULTANT AFFIDAVIT EXHIBIT E SUBCONSULT4NTAFFIDAVIT F- fIIBIT FSA VEA FFID,t 17T To the extent that there amen' be unv c•o► jlict among the Contract Documents. the provision uperating utast to the benefit al the City shall govern. 1.0 Scope of Work; Compensation 7.1 The C orrsultant agrees to provide all Services specified in Erhibit "A. " In addition to the tusks required bY Erhibit "A" the Consultant shall prasvide a .EVXKV. No payments will he made lir unauthort_ed work- Invoices should be submirted to Honr Alotes. 130100 Deerfield Parkwcn- Ste 107F, Milton GA 30004, for approval- Pa v"Ient will be sent to the designated address by U. S. Allail only; paypnent will not be hand! -delivered. 2•2 Cin! agrees rfy pen' Consultant for the services performed and costs incurred by Consultant upon the Cin -'s certificatiOn that the services were actually pert )rmed and costs actually ineurred in accordance with this ,agreement, f"urrrpe)�sEltiort for semces perjormed and. il'applicahle. reimbursement far cwts incurred shall be paid to C'orastrllant upon the Cin-'s receipt and approval uf'an invoice, suhmitred upon completion of rhe Wark. serting Ivrrla in derail the serv'ice.s pe f ;rftied crnd costs incurred. Invoiees shall reflect charges incurred versus charges budgeted The total amount paid atnder this .lgreenrenr Jor the Work shall nor, in cmzv case, exceed a fee c+f_ti.t_LL'1' (rhe "Co►att•ctct Price" ), jt,itltctur prior written approval front the City. C'onsulrctnt shall take no calcidated risk in the perfotmu►tce Of the aDork. Specifically, Consultant agrees that in the event it cannot perform the Work within rite budgetary limitations establishes! withow disregarding sound principles of, C'onsultant's inchastrl•. C•onsttltcint still give wririen notice therepl immediatel• to the Cih•- z 3 Tire Cirti reserves the right to order changes in the Work to he perfr)lrozed under this .4 greetnent hY altering. adding to, or deducting frim the 0"ork. All such Changes -shall he incorporated in written change orders executed by the Consultant and the Citi. Such change orders shall speck' the changes ordered and unv necessary adjustment ril'rn►rrpeta.sutiora incl c:otnpletion tune- 11 the Parries cannot reach an agreement on the rerms fi)r pe)jbrming the changed work within u reasonable thne to cn,oid delav or other unfuvorable impacts as determined by the Citi in its sole discretion, the Citv shall have the right to determine reasonable terms and the Consultant shall proceed with the changed work. 4 Aro- work added to the scope of this Agreement by a change order shall be executed ander all the applicable conditions cif' this :agreement- No c•labn .Jor additional compensation or extension oj' time .shall be recognised, unless contained in a written change order duly executed on behalf'of the C itv and the Consultant- ?,5 The City rblanager has authority to execute without fiuther ctcriort of the :Milton City Cortttcil, crtty' nannher of change orders .sit long as their tonal effect does not inaterially alter the tenets oj'this Agreement or moieriully increase the total amount to be paid under this Agreement. Any such change orders materially altering the terms of this Agreement or increasing the total amount to he paid under this Agreement in excess Of 55.000- inust be approved by resolution of the Milton City Council. 3-0 Intlependent Contrtrc•tur 3.1- The Consttltant is an independent Contractor- The Consultant is not un employee. agent or representative of rhe City of ,4liltom The Consultant shall obtain and maintain, at the Cunstiltunt's expense, all pertnils, lice►t_ses or approvals that may be necessury for the peifi)rmance of-the services. 3-2 Inasmuch as the City of Milton and the Consultant are entities independent of'one another, neither has the authority to bind the other to arty third person or otherwise to act to any way as the representative of the other, unless otherwise expressly agreed to in writing signet! & both parties hereto. The Consultant agrees not to represent ilse f as the City's agent for any purpose to any party or to allow any employee of the Consultant to do Ss ?, unless specocally atrthorLed, in advance and in writing; to do so, and then only for the limited purpose stated in wish curthori_alion. The Consultant Shull assume jell liability for any contracts or agreements the Consultant enters into on behalf oj'the Cit , of Milton without the express knowledge and prior written consent of the City. 4-0 Indemnification The Consultant covenants and e green to take and assume all responsibility for the services rendered in connection ivith this .4greemem. The Consultant shall bear all losses and damages directly or indirectly resulting to it on account of the perfor►nance or character of -rhe services rendered pursuant to this Agreement. Consultant shall defers( indenrnifv and hold harmless the Cin', its qfficers. boards, commissions, elected and appointed officials, ernployees and agents frown and against ant and all claims. ,suits, actions, liability', judgments, damages. losses. andexpenses, including but not limited to, aftornev's fees, which maY he the result of willful, negligent or tortious conduct arming oa:t ❑f the """'k, perfornratrce of contracted services, or operations by the Consulra►it, Lary, sub - consultant, anyone directly or indirectly emploved by the Consultant or sub -consultant or anyone far whose acts the Consultant or sub-consultanr mcrV be liable, regardless of whether or not the orfendittg act is caused in part by a para, indeinnifted hereunder- Such obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge. or other -vise reduce an,V other right or obligation of indemnity which would otherwise e-rist cis to any party or person described in this provision - In any and all clahns against the Cin, or am' oj� its agents or etnplovees. by am employee of the Consultant. anv sub-consatltani anyone directly or indirectly employed by the Consultant or sub -consultant or anyone for whose acts the Consultant or suh-consultant ni(A, be liable. the indemnification obligatiion set firth in this provision shall not be limited in arn� avers• by any limitation on the amount or type of darttages. compensation or heniJits pu1'cthle by or for the C'onsteltunr ❑r urn sash -consultant under workers ' or workmen 's compensation acts, c disability benefit ats• w ether empluvee bet►e Jit aers This obligemon to inademnifi and ik ern! the Cain. its members- uljicers. agents. etttltlui ees Lind volttrrteers sitrtlt suriYve term imaion off h is Agreettretrt. j, U lltsttruttre 111 Re, j trire-In et111 The Consultant shall have and Maintain in _11111 force and effect jor the duration of this Agreement. insurance insuring ag[Iinst Chlinls'ilr injzuries to persony or d")nages io prop ern - which 1ne11' at-ise from or lrz eonnection a i1h the perfot'rnunce ref the Work by the Consultant, its dlgen, represenatives, employees e)r soh-cotzsultdtnts. .411 policies shall he subject to approval bt• the 0(y A(tornev to form and conrent. These requirements tyre .subject to amendment or ivaiver if.so approved in 4vriting by the Litt- Manager- j2) anager_ j 7) L1i►rimttntr Li►nits o Insurartez' f'nn.stllternt shall maintain limits no less that).- (a) han:(er) C_'ostprehensive General Liability of S1.000,000 combined single Iirnit per occurrence fi?r bodill and personal injury, sickness- disease or death. injure• to or destruction of properts•, including loss of use residting there front. (h) Comprehensive Aittool oblie Liability (owned, non -owned, hired) of 51.000,000 coinbined single limit pet' occurrence for bodily ata! personal it jury. sickness, disease or death, injure to or destruction of property. including loss of'use resulting there froth. (c) Professional Liability of $1,000,000 limit for claims arising out of professional services caused by the Consultant's errors, omissions, or negligent acts. (el) Workers' Compensation linrits as required by the State ot' Georgia and employers Liability limits of S 1, 000, 000 per accident. (3) Deductibles and Selj-lnstered Retentions: Aqv deductibles or selj-insured retentions must be declared to crud approved by the City. (4) other lnsuranee Provisions: The policy is to contain, or be endorsed to contain. the folluwing provisions-- (a) rovisions:(a) General Liabi I , and Automobile Liabili Covera e. (i) rhe Circ-, its officials, employees, agents and volunteers are to be covered ens insured cis respects: liabilit}' arising out of activities performed by or on behalf oj*ihe Consultant: products and completed operations of the Consultant; premises owned, leased, or used by the Consultant: automobiles owned. teased, hired, or borrowed by the Consultant. The coverage shall contain no .special limitations an the scope afprntecrion c.#orded to the City, its officials. employees, agents or volunteers. (ii) The Consultant's insurance coverage shall be primary noncontributing insurance as respects to ctnv other insurance ar self-insurance available to the City, its officials, employees, agents or volunteers. Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by the City, its officials, emplgvees or volunteers shall be excess of the Consultant's insurance and shall not contribute with it. (iii) Any fidlure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies shall not affect coverage provided to rhe City, its of vials, etnplovees, agents or volunteers. (iv) Coverage shall state that the Consultant's insurance shall apply .separately to each insitred against whom claim is made ur suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of the insurer's liability. (v) Covercige shall be provided on a "pay on hehall" basis. with defense costs payable in addition to policy linrits. There shall he no cross liability eYclusion. (vi) The insurer agrees to waive all rights o] -.subrogation against the Cite, its i}ficials. employees, agents and volunteers for losses arising_ froth work perfortned M: the Consultant f br the Cin.•. (vii). -l11 en dorsenrents to policies shall be executed h,v an authorised representative of the insurer, fhl i3`orker ' Compensation Coverg g. The insurer will agree to waive all rights of subrogation against the City. its officials, emplgvees, agents ttnd volunteers for losses arising from work performed by the C'onsultantAr the Cir),. rc1 ALL C:oyerag-es. (i) Each insurance policy required by this clause shall be endorsed to state that coverage shall not be suspended voided, canceled! reduced in coverage or in limits except after thirty (30) days prior written notice by certified mail. return receipt requested. has been given to the City iii Policies shall hJVe enrIc•urrent si artin,g and ending dates. tiii) policie.+ shall incliale an errclorsewent incorporating the Indettrtrifrc assort c)bligations assumed hi• the ['r,r+strltant it)ider the terms aft this Agreement. ir1�'lirdirty but not limiter!it) Seezion -t of this Agreement +ent A�C,� ptahrlifv qInsurers. Insitrance is to he placed will, insurers trirh cin:A..11. Bests'ratitkv cel no less than A I'll - (6) Verification c, C'ov�rct e' Consultant shall lirr►tish the Citi' with certificates ofir+surance and endorsements to rine policies evidencing coverage required bi' this cliurse prior to the start t?f wrk The cet'tyicates of ins urtrnce and endorsements Jor each ins ttrance policy' are to he signed hl' a petsort ut+thori ed hi' that insr+rer to bind coverage on its hehcalf-- The certificate of insurance and enc&arsements shall be Orr a fprtn tailized hi' Cons++ltatrt'.s insurer in its normal course of business anti shall be received and approved by the City prior to e_rectrtia I of this Av-eerrtent by the Citi'. The Cit'v reserves the right to require complete. cert fed Copies <)f all required ir+surunce policies, at any time. The Consultant shall provide proof that atn• expiring coverage has been renewed or replaced at least two (2) weeks prior to the ecpircaion of the coverage. (7) sub -consultants: Consultant shall include all Sig b -consultants cis insured ander its policies or shaft Jianish separate certijicutes and endorseinrents Jnr each srib- COP'S trltant- A11 coverage /ear sub -consultants shall be subject to all of -the requ irent en is stated in this .Agreement, including but not limited to naming the parties as additional insurer! (8) Claims -11 -de policies- Consultant shall extend anv claims -made insurance poliLl, for at least six (6) years after termination at- final puvntenr under the Agreement. whichever rs later. (q) Cin' as _ l CIdrtiortal Insurer, and Liss Ytryee; The City shall he named as in additional insured and loss puvee on all policies required by this .4gr•eemem. 6-0 Term; Termination The term of this Agreement .shall be from April 10, 2011 and .shall terminate absolr+tely and without further obligation on the part of the City on December 31, 2012, provided that this Agreement, absent written not ice of non- renewal provicled by the City to C'onst+ltani at least thirty {301 clays prior to December 31. 2012, shall automatically renew on JanuEary 1. 2013 to .-April 1. 2013. The City may terminate this .Agreement upon a breach of any provision of this Agreement by Consultant and Consultant's subsequent failure to cure such breach svilhin fifteen (15) d ns oj' receipt front the City of a written notice of the breach The City' mciy teratinate this Agreement for Convenience by providing at least thirty (30) days prior written notice of sash termination to Consultant. Title to any supplies, materials, equipment. or rather personal property shall remain in the Consultant until fztlly paid by the ON. 7.0 Compliance with All Laws and Licenses The Consultant roust obtain all necessary licenses and comply with local, scute and ltderal requirements. The Consultant shall cotttpiv with all Imus, rules and regulations oJ' cay governmental entin• pertaining to its periorrt+ante under this Agreement. 8.0 Assignment Tate C'rtr:sultant shall not assign or suhcontrctct the whole or any part of this .Agreement without rhe City of Ahlton's prior written consent. 9.0 Amendinetils Ill Writing No Eunendinents to this .Agreement shall be q#f k•tive wiless it is in writing and signed & chtly authorized representatives oJ'the parties - J o. 0 Expertise of Consultant Consultant accepts the relationship of truss and conjidence established between it and the Cit-. recognizing that the Ciiy's intention tintl pi+rpose in entering into this Agreement is to ertguge an entrt)� With the requisite capacit-. experience. and professional skill kind judgment to provide the services in pursuit oft' the titneh and competent completion of the Work undertaken bt' Consultant wider this .Agreena+ent- 11.0 Guverttittg I_uw T11 _q greetriera shall be gr+t'er inter in,dl respects ht' the 1trlics orf the Sturm zit [l nrgicr. l ', t) hiterprefatiuf► of Docutr►enrs 1n the eveiir of a conflict in It 1)"9111 between chis : fgreement ane! air n• exhibit to this :lgreenrew. rite prcivtsiorts rrtnst t0v)rctble ro the Cit}• shall govern - 13.0 Entire .4gree►nent this : lgreement constitutes the entire : (greenrent between the parries with respect to the subject ntalter contained herein: all prior agreements, representations, statements. negotiations. and undertakings are suspended herebt•. Neither party has relied on am- representurion, promise, nor inducement nor contained herein. 14.0 Waiver of.4greentent The C'in• :s Jiiilure to enforce any provision of this .4greenienr or the waiver in a particular instance shall not be construed as a general warver of'unry future breach or default - 15,0 Sovereign lartttnrttlty nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to be a waiver of the Citv's sovereign immunity or any individual's gticilifiedgood faith or Official immunities- 1& mmunities_ 1& U :Votices ,.III other notices, writings or correspondence as required by this Agreernem .shall be in writing and shall he deemed received. and shall be effective, when: (1) personalh• delivered, or (2) on the third day after the postmark date when naailed by certified mail, postage prepaid return recerpi requested, or (3) upon actual delivery when sent via national overnight commercial currier to the Parties at the addresses given below unless a .substitute address shall _first he furnished to the other Parties by written notice in accordance herewith: ,,'VO TICE TO THE CITY shall he sent to: City Manager City of Millon 13000 Deerfield Parkway, Suite 107F Milton, Georgia 30004 ,VOTICE T4 THE CONSULTANT shall be sent to: At1n: 17.[7 No Personal Liability No member, official or employee of rhe City shall be personally liable to the Constrlrctnt or tiny successor in interest in the event of any default or breach by the City or for any amount which inert' become clue to the Consultant or sitccessar or on cant' obligation tinder the terms of this Agreement. Likewise, Consultant's pe►fortnance of services tinder this 4greement shall not subject Consultant's individual employees, officers or directors to tiny personal liability. The Parties agree that their sole and exclusive reined},, claire, demand or suit shall be directed andlor asserted oily against Consultant or the City, respectively, and not against anv emplovee, o icer, director, or elected or appointed official. 1&0 I-arployrnenr of Unauthorized Aliens Prohibited (1) E-b'erify Aff►rluvit it is the poliL-v of the City of Milton that unatrthori::ed aliens shall not be employed to perform work on City contracts iii -volving the physical performance of services. Therefr}re. the Citi' shall not enter into a confruet for the physical performance of services within the State of Georgia unless tl1 the Contractor shall provide evidence on Cin - provided fortes, attached hereto as Exhibits '•O" and "E" lalfidctviis regarding compliance with the E -Verb, program to he sworn under oath under criminal penalty- o1 firlse swearing pursuant to O.C.G._4. .a 16-10-71). that it and C•ontracror'.s subcontractors have conducted a verification. under the federal Emplo'wnent Elrgi . ilinv 1 eri file. wion ("EE 4"" ur -E- � en6 "i program of the social s'ecurin- numbers. or rtrher ide►rtiAi►eg it rrrenatiort tuns• or herealier accepted ht• rhe E- Ver qt- pr•ogreein. uI all eniploi -e es folio swill per•lirrnr avarrk ore the On contract to ensure that rie3 unauthori-ed aliens will be empluYe1, or t'1 the Coraraclol. pren•ides cn•idence thea it is ►lilt required to provide an uffklavit becuaese it is licensed pursteunt tO Title 'h Or Title 43 or h -v the State Bar ol'Geor.gia tine! is mgood stare bib- ti -r of the elate when the contract for services is to be renderer!_ The C ontrac te,r hel-ell I• vea'ifies thar it ht is. prior• to executing this : fgreemetit, eeectrte! a notari-eel t f iduvit- file lora+ of which is Provided ill Lvhihit "D ". and submitted such ulfielen,it to Litt' or provided the Ca with evidence that it is Plot required to provide such an Crlfiduvit because it is licensed raid in good slancling as rioted in subsection l -'t tth(ti'e- Further, Contractor herel?t• agrees to comphf with the requirements of the federal 1►rrneigratirrrt Refit►►r: trndC'onlrnl.lc'traf 1986 rIRCA), P.L- 99-603. O.C'G-A- § 13-10-91 and Rule 300-10-1--04. ' in the event the Contractor entplovs or contracts with any subcontractort'st in connection with the covered contract, the Contractor agrees to secure firom such suheontractorrsl aftestation of the Srthcontractor's compliance with O) (-'-G..a. § 13-10-91 unci Rule 300-10-1-02 b, the subcontractor's e- ectetion (fr• the suhcontractouffIdavit. the fi)rin of which is anuched hereto as Exhibit "E which subcontractor r f idavir shall become purt of the contractor/subcontractor agreement- or evidence that the subcontractor is not requited to provide such can affidavit because it is licensed and in good slanding as noted in subsection (?) above. I- a subcontractor cafdavit is obtained Contractor agrees to provide a completed copy to the C'it}t within five (5) business dans of receipt from arty subcontractor. Where Contractor is required to provide an affidavit pursuant to G. C. GA § 13-10-91, the Cit, Manager or hislher designee shall be authorized to conduct an inspection of the Contractor's and Contractors subconlractors' verification process err any time to determine that the verification war correct anti complete. The Contractor and Contractor's subcontractors shall retain till documents and records of ' their respective verification process for a period of three 131 vears following completion of the contract. Further, where Contractor is required to provide all tfidrvit pursuant to O-C.GA § 13-10-91. the Cin• :11anager or hislher designee shall further be authorized to conduct periodic inspections to ensure that no City Contractor or C'ontractor's subcontractors employ unatethorised aliens on ON cantracts. By entering into a contract with the City, the Contractor and Contractor's subcontractors agree to cooperate with curt.' such invesiigaflon b'v making their records and personnel available upon reasonable notice for inspection and questioning. Where a Contractor or Contractor's subcontractors are found to have employed an unaurhori7ed alien, the City Manager or hwher designee may report saine to the Deprtrttnent of 1lotneland See.-urity. The Contractor's fitilure to cooperate with the investigation may be sanctioned by termination of tine contreect, tend the Contractor shall be liable for all damages and delays occasioned by the City ther•ebv. Contractor agrees that the employee -number category designated below is applicable to the Contractor. [ln/brmalion only requires[ if a contractor rjj1davit is required pursuant to 0.(:.GA- § 13-10-91.] 500 or more employees. 100 or more emplovee - Fewer than 100 employees. Contractor hereby agrees that, in the event Contractor employs or contrasts with cane subcontructortst in cureneeliorr i ith Mis Agreestent unci u -here the subcontractor is required ro provide: an affidcrvit Pursuant to U. C. GA § 13-10.91, the Contractor ►vill secure fi-um the subcontractor(s) such subconrracrorO') indication of the shove employee -number category that is upplicable to the .subcontractor. The above requirements shall be in addition to the requirements of State and federal Iter. and shall be co►astrued to he in cot formiti• with those lcsys- 1 9.0 :No to discrhnination Ira erccordance with Title V1 of the Civil RiKhts Act as ameneded. 42 {_-S_C'. § 2000d, seciiun 303 Jj the Age Discriminate n .-le'r n1 19'a, is amended.. •13 U.S.C.. F 6102. section 202 ot•the Americans with Disabilities .I,:t of 199(), -t' C :SC'_ § 12132. and all ritherprovisium rd Federal /a . rhe Consullant agrees that, darring perlurntance (a/ this .A-rewnent. Consultur+t, Jnr itself, its assignees utacf successors in interest_ it -ill not discriminate againsr am, zniplavee or applicant Jnr emplo Ysaent. anY subconrractrrr. or tarn' supplier bectruse ul race. color. creed. +ahold c)rigin, gentler, age 01, disabilitti'. In adcGtiun. C'onsrtltant tagree.s to compli• with all applic•uble implementing regulations and shall inclrtde the provisions of this Section 19.0 in even Services c•ontemplared aarnler this Agreertrertt. !;V Wl"fjVESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto hrn•e camsed this Agreement to be dtdi• erecatted by their dufv attthori:ed off +c erS as of the dcn' and Year set fiurth ne-v to each signatztre. Us,- President & CEO SICi:VED, SE.-ELED.:AND DELIVERED in the presence of.= Witness rYotrrry Public [NOTA RY SEA LI .vJy Commission F_rpires: [AFFIX CORPORA 7E SPA L] CITY OF .VflLTON: LA Its: (CITY Sr~ [L] -)C' EXHIBI-l' "A" SCOPE OF;VOR KIR F_@L'E'ST FOR Q('ALIFIC4TION.5 EXHIBIT -B" -- J FEE SCIIEDLI E/RESPONSE TO RFQ EXHIBIT T "C"' LN'S TRANCE CERTIFIC-1 T£ ,f' 1;'. HIBIT "D" CONTRA CTOR AFFID, i I'1T AND-A(,REE;bIENT Sn TE OF GEORGLI CITY OF JIIL 1*0N 81' executing this rVjid vit. the undersigned eontrac:ror verijies its compliance with 0-C_G.A. § 13-10-91, stating affrmauve!y that the individtud, firm, or corporation which is engaged in the pksical perfarmartrc� of sen'ices on behalf tf' the City o}' Milton has registered with, is awhorLed to use and uses the federal work awhorLation program conuttonl'V known cis F-Veriji'. or am- subsequent replacement program, in accordance with rhe applicable provisions and deadlines established in O.C'.G.A_ § 13-10-91. Furthermore, the rtndersigned contractor will continue to t«e the fecleral zvri►•k ciuthuri=ation program throughout the contract period and the undersigned contractor will contract jrr the pksic•al perjor►nance of services in satisfitction qj. suc•h contract onll' witlt setbeonirctcty►s is,l;o present an affidavit to the contractor ivith the information required bti• D. C. G.A. § 13-10-91 th1. Contractor hereby attests that its federal work authorLation riser identification number and date gl'authorifarion are as follows: 1 hereby declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct eVerii , Number Executed on 201� in —_.(city). (stale). Duce of .4 urhori_ation -- Signature of Authorized Officer or Agent Name of Contructor• _ Printed Name and Title of Authorised Officer or Na►ne ol'Projec't Agent City(ity olg Vliltun Name of Public Employer SUBSC RIBF.D A VD SWORN BEFORE ME ON THIS THE 0A Y OF 201 NOTARY PUBLIC [,VOT.a R Y SE.4I] gbh: Commission Expires: V _7 EXHIBIT "E" SUBCONTRACTOR AFFIDA VIT STA TE OF GEORGIA CITY OF MILTON Bti' erecatling this affidavit, the undersigned subcontractor verifies its complionc•e tis•ith U. C. GA J 13-10-91. stating affirmatively drat the individual. firm or corporation which is engaged in the phvsical perfortnonc•e ofservices under a contract �' ith Contractor :v nae on behalf of the Cin- of Milton has registered with. is authorised to use and uses the federal work authorisation program commonh• known ca.s E -Ver&, or any subsequem replacement program. in accordance with the applicable provisions artd deadlines established in U. C. GA. S 13-10-91. Furthermore. the tutdersigned subcontractor will continue to use the federal work authorization program throrsghout the contract perivd.. and the undersigned subcontractor will contract for the physical perlbrmance o_f services in satisfaction of such contract only with suh--subcontractors who present can gffideavit to the suhcontractor with the information required by O. C'.L:..l. I3 -1i1 -9!{h1. ,Additionally, the atntlersignecistrbeont+•ricior will fon•ard notice of rite receipt of 'an u�duvit jront a sttb-subcontractor to the contractor within f rs-e (5) business clays of receipt. If the underr'i�grted subcontracoor receives notice that a sub -subcontractor has recerved an off idavit from any other contracted suh- subcontractor, the undersigned suhcontractor must fonvard. within five (5) business days of receipt. a copy of the notice to the contractor. Subcontractor hereby° attests that its federal work authori_ation user identification number and date of author-Lation are as fblluvvs: 1 herehv declare ander penalty o_ f per_ jury that the foregoing is trite and correct. el'erlfv Number Executed on _. 201 � in (ci(y). (state). Date of.Authorization Signature of Authorized Officer or .Agent Nance of Subcontractor Printed Name and Title of .Authorized Officer or Nance of Project _Agent Cit, Name oJPuhlic Emplgt e+ SU&SCRIBED .A;w'D SWORN BEFORE :LIE ON THIS THE Dfl Y OF 201, NOTARY PUBLIC j,NOT_ARY SE.ALf tib C urrtanissiun Evpires. '8 General Response to Questions: This is an RFQ. The exact specifications for data collection will be detailed out after selection of the consultant, based partly on budget considerations. The pricing sheet is to be provided to help us with budget and to provide us an idea of the consultants anticipated charges for these services. Responses to more specific questions are provided below. In Section 1. Subsection 1.0, on page 6 of the RFQ, it is stated that "the selected firm will be expected to provide services in accordance with the project schedule established by the City of Milton", Has a project schedule been established by the City? If not, is there a rough idea of what the estimated schedule with be after the award? 3 months? 6 months? 12 months? Will the firm that is awarded the contract have some input on said schedule? Yes, the schedule, specifications and final pricing will be negotiated with the selected consultant. We would like to initiate the contract this fall. This is an RFQ_ The exact specifications for data collection will be detailed out after selection of the consultant, based partly on budget considerations. The pricing sheet is to be provided to help as with budget, and to provide tis an idea of the consultants anticipated charges for these services. 2. In Section 3, Subsection 3.2, on pages 13 and 14 of the RFQ there are references to "Condition (1 to 5)". Does this rating system refer to a previously established set of parameters/guidelines or will the firm that is awarded the contract be responsible for establishing the parameters/guidelines? The exact specifications for data collection will be detailed out after selection of the consultant, based partly on budget consideration. 3. is the contractor required to inspect the piping condition beneath the right-of-way. If yes, then: Approximately how much of the 5,750 piping segments are passing beneath the right-of-way? At this point, we anticipate a visual general condition inspection of the pipes at both ends. Not infernally per se. Roughly 70 to 80 % of the segments are within RIW. Our inventory includes within, or connected to the RIW 4. It is stated in the RFQ Section 3: Scope of Project (pg 13) that all the previous inventory inspection records of the Stormwater System in the last 10-15 years are available for viewing at City Half by appointment. is there a possibility upon winning the contract that these records will be provided electronically? Yes 5. RFQ Section 1.4.0 (pg 8) should the required CD include an electronic copy of the Pricing Sheet? Envelope preferred. Not necessary in electronic format_ Prefer Both, 6. RFQ Section 3 (pg 13) a_ What is the format of the existing inventory compilation (i.e. hardcopy, GIS, combination, etc.)? GIS. b. Does the City have an existing GIS platform and if so, what is it? ArcGIS. See general motes above. c. Does the City have other digital GIS data (i.e. aerial photography, parcels, topography, planimetrics etc) and if so, wilt these be available to the consultant? Yes. d. Does the City have a GIS database schema l design for storrnwater or will the consultant be required to develop this? This will be a coordinated effort. This is an RFQ_ The exact specifications for data collection will be detailed out after selection of the consultant, based partly on budget consideration. 7. RFQ Section 3.1 (pg 13) Does the City provided "data entry format" correspond with the list of attributes for structures, conveyances and storage facilities in RFQ Section 3.2? In other words, will the City require any other attributes for these features as pari of this project? The exact specifications for data collection will be detailed out after selection of the consultant, based partly on budget consideration_ 8_ RFQ Section 3.2 (pg 8) Please confirm that the inventory and inspection will be limited to structures and conveyances within the "City owned right-of-way". How does the City anticipate handling instances where stormwater is collected in a right-of-way, but then passes through structures and conveyances not within a right-of-way only to reemerge into another City owned right-of-way? What about structures and pipes not within right- of-ways, but within dedicated easements? The inventory includes structures and conveyances in the ROW or connected to the system in the ROW. g. What is the City's desired schedule for this project? Is there a definite due date in order to comply with EPD requirements or is this a multi-year (i -e. 20% per year per EPD) schedule? We have an existing inventory that was completed several years ago by various entities - This is a -`re -do" of the inventory which is intended to consolidate. coordinate and organize the inventory- The total inventory may be completed in 7 or more phases depending on budget considerations. -10- Please confirm that the City is NOT requesting photographs of structures and l or conveyances. The RFQ does not mention these, even though they are fairly standard for the industry. Assume no photographs per this submittal will be detailed out after selection of consideration. The exact specifications for data collection the consultant, based partly on budget 11. Please clarify the estimated number of storage facilities. On pg 14, the number is listed as 50 while shown as 60 on the Pricing List. There are approximately 60 facilities. Pricing will be based on units. 12 RFQ Section 3.2 (pg 14) Please confirm the horizontal (+l- 4 foot) and vertical (+l_ 0.5 foot) accuracy requirements- industry standards for stormwater inventories are usually "mapping grade" horizontal (sub -meter). Will the City allow the submittal of an optional price for "mapping grade" accurate data in addition to the RFQ stated accuracies? See general comments above- We have provided anticipated standards for accuracy and levels of effort. We will negotiate final pricing and standards once a consultant is selected. The pricing sheet is intended to provide us an idea of the consultant's anticipated per unit cost which in turn will provide us an idea of overall cost for our budgeting purposes. Based on total cost, we may issue this inventory in 7 or more phases. 13. Section -1.4 Page -8 Item -B 2 — Our firm has limited experience with inventory projects however our staff has significant experience gained at other firms on this project type - Which will have more merit the firm or staff experience? Experience is important and is part of the evaluation criteria. The project team is the key component to this evaluation - 14. Section -3.2 Page -13 Item -Structures, conveyances and ponds Should any of the structures or conveyances be in easements, is it the responsibility of the contractor or the city to clear these areas in order to have access?? In general, it is the contractor's respoosibiFity to gain access to collect information. The City will assist in sorne situations. 15. Section -3.Z Page -'13 Item -Location - It is expected for structures to be located on residential as well as commercial properties. Will there be notification provided to the landowners regarding the inventory project. If so who will be providing the notification? if the consultant will be providing the notification will the city be providing the notification mailers, door hangers, etc? The majority of this inventory is in residential areas. and within public R -Q -W. Courtesy notification of affected property owners will be responsibility of contractor_ The City will post general notifications via website. 15. Section -3.2 Page- 13 Item -Condition What is the city's definition of 1-5 on the condition? a R. 0 # - ip 17. Will video be required to determine pipe material and condition between structures? No 18_ is a registered land surveyor required to oversee location? The firm should have an RLS serving in a capacity of oversight and 4C review. The actual work does not have to be conducted by an RLS. 19_ Will assessment of conveyances (pipes) need to be determined with a pole camera or is inspection of each end of the pipe sufficient for the condition rating? Inspection of each end of the pipe will be sufficient. 20. For storm water storage facilities, is the elevation for the tap and bottom considered to be the outlet control structure in the pond or is it the top of the dam and bottom of the dirt? Ea EXHIBIT "B„ RESPONSE TO BID/FEE SCHEDULE Citi° agrees to pay- Consultant for the sen,lces performed by Consultant upon the City's certification that the services were actually performed. Compensation for services perfon-ned shall be paid to Consultant based upon agreed upon unit costs as provided herein. Total payments. shall not exceed two hundred and fifty thousand dollar~ (,S?50,000)- Compensation shall be paid upon the City's receipt and approval of an invoice, submitted upon completion of the Work_ setting forth in detail the services performed. Invoices shall reflect charges incurred versus charges budgeted. Consultant shall take no calculated risk in the performance of the Work. Specifically, Consultant agrees that in the event it cannot perform the Work within the budgetary limitations established without disregarding sound principles of Consultant's industry, Consultant will give written notice thereof immediately to the City. V f 0 1 Q1 � ra r7 3 oCD r, a n Co V? � L CL b i cc CD a C Ij I I cn C Q czy E J n Q] a L% �] CIO = IV Uca cc Cl ca _ co L Ln �. LL EXHIBIT "C" CONSULTANT AFFIDAVIT _ ND AGREENIE.w-f STATE OF GEORGIA CITY OF MILTON By executing this affidavit_ the undersigned consultant verifies its compliance with O_C_G_A_ 13-10-91, stating affirmatively that the individual, firm, or corporation which is engaged in the physical performance of services on behalf of the City of Milton has registered with, is authorized to use and uses the federal work authorization program commonly known as E - Verify, or any subsequent replacement prograrrt, in accordance with the applicable provisions and deadlines established in O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91. Ftu-thermore, the undersigned consultant will continue to use the federal work authorization program throughout the contract period and the undersigned consultant will contract for the physical performance of services in satisfaction of such contract only with subconsultants who present an affidavit to the consultant with the information required by O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91(b). Consultant hereby attests that its federal work authorization user identification number and date of authorization are as follows: 38945 1 hereby declare under penalty of perjury that the eVerify `.{umber foregoing is true and correct. Atlanta Executed 9 2015 in on 10 (city). 42/21/2007 CA state). Date of Authorization ARCADiS U.S._ Inc. Sibnature of Authorized Officer or Agent Name of Consultant Pete Estes, Vice President Milton Stormwater Svstem InG°entory - FY 15 Printed Name and Title of Authorized Officer or Update Agent Name of Project C ily of Milton Name of Public Employer SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN BEFOREIME ON THIS THE T 7 DAY OF C C -h )0e.r ,2015 . C - NOTARY P(,B,,t(;��lrrry►► MvC Ipe %- 'D'NG `X� N/A EXHIBIT -D" SUBCONSULTANT _AFFIDAVIT STATE OF GEORGIA CITY OF [MILTON By executing this affidavit, the undersigned subconsultant verities its compliance with O.C.G. A. y 13-10-91, stating affirmatively that the individual, firm or carpo ration which is engaged in the physical performance of services under a contract with ARCADIS U -S.. Inc. on behalf of the Citv of Milton has registered with, is authorized to use and uses the federal work authorization program commonly known as E -Verify, or any subsequent replacement program, in accordance with the applicable provisions and deadlines established in O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91. Furthermore, the undersigned subconsultant will continue to use the federal work authorization program throughout the contract period, and the undersigned subconsultant will contract for the physical performance of services in satisfaction of such contract only with sub-subconsultants who present an affidavit to the subconsultant with the information required by O.C.G.A. § 13-10- 91(b). Additionally, the undersigned subconsultant will forward notice of the receipt of an affidavit from a sub-subconsultant to the consultant within five (S) business days of receipt. If the undersigned subconsultant receives notice that a sub-subconsultant has received an affidavit from any other contracted sub-subconsultant, the undersigned subconsultant must forward. within five (a) business days of receipt, a copy of the notice to the consultant. Subconsultant hereby attests that its federal work authorization user identification number and date of authorization are as follows- e'Verify Number Date of Authorization Name of Subconsultallt �+liiton Stonnwater System ln,entory FY i� llpdatc Name of Project C�ilton Mame of Public Employer I hereby declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct. Executed on , ?O1_ in (city), (state). Siflnature of Authorized Officer or Agent Printed Name and Title of Authorized Officer or Agent SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN BEFORE ME ON THIS THE DAY OF ?O1 . NOTARY PUBLIC [NOTARY SEALI My Commission Expires: EXHIBIT "E" During the performance of this contract, the consultant, for itself, its assignees, and successors in interest thereinafter referred to as the "Consultant"), agree as follows: �. Compliance with Regulations The Consultant shall comply with the Regulations relative to nondiscrimination in federally - assisted programs of the Department of Transportation (hereinafter referred to as DOT), Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, part 21, as they may be amended from time to time, thereinafter referred to as the Regulations), which are herein incorporated by reference and made a part of this contract. 2. Nondiscrimination The Consultant, with regard to the work performed by it during the contract, shall not discriminate on the grounds of race, color, sex, or national origin in the selection and retention of subconsultants, including procurement of materials and leases of equipment_ The Consultant shall not participate either directly or indirectly in discrimination prohibited by Section 21.5 of the Regulations, including employment practices when the contract covers a program set forth in Appendix B of the Regulations. 3. Solicitations for Subcontracts, Including Procurement of Materials and Equipment In all solicitations either by competitive bidding or negotiations made by the Consultant for work to be performed under a subcontract, including procurement of materials or leases of equipment, each potential subconsultant or supplier shall be notified by the Consultant of the Consultant's obligations under this contract and the Regulations relative to nondiscrimination on the ground of race, color, sex, or national origin. 4. Information and Reports The Consultant shall provide all information and reports required by the Regulations or directives issued pursuant thereto. and shall permit access to its books, records, accounts, other sources of information and its facilities as may be determined by the (Recipient) or the Federal Highway Administration to be pertinent to ascertain compliance with such Regulations, orders, and instructions. Where any information required of a consultant is in the exclusive possession of another who fails or refuses to furnish this information, the Consultant shall so certify to the (Recipient), or the Federal Highway Administration as appropriate, and shall set forth what efforts it has made to obtain the information. 5. Sanctions for Noncompliance In the event of the Consultant's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination provisions of this contract, the (Recipient) shall impose such contract sanctions as it or the Federal Highway Administration may determine to be appropriate. including, but not limited to Withholding of payments to the Consultant under the contract until the Consultant complies; and/or Cancellation, termination, or suspension of the contract, in whole or in part. 6. Incorporation of Provisions The Consultant shall include the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (5) in every subcontract, including procurement of materials and leases of equipment, unless exempt by the Regulations, or directives issued pursuant thereto. The Consultant shall take such action with respect to any subconsultant or procurement as the (Recipient) or the Federal Highway Administration may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for noncompliance: Provided, however, that in the event a Consultant becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a subconsuitant or supplier as a result of such direction, the Consultant may request the (Recipient) enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the state and, in addition, the Consultant may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States. HOME OF' ESTABLISHED 2006 CITY COUNCIL AGENDA ITEM TO: City Council DATE: October 8, 2015 FROM: City Manager AGENDA ITEM: Consideration of RZ15-141U15-04NC15-03 — 3503 and 3505 Bethany Bend by Wisdarium, LLC - To Rezone from 0-1 (Office -Institutional) and AG -1 (Agricultural) to 0-1 (Office -Institutional) and a Use Permit for a Private School (Sec. 64-1831) to Expand the Existing School from 2,000 Square Feet to 8,000 Square Feet for up to 150 Students. A Two-part Concurrent Variance to Reduce the 50 Foot Undisturbed Buffer and 10 Foot Improvement Setback to a 20 Foot Landscape Strip along the North Property Line [Sec. 64-1091(a)] and to Reduce the 100 Foot Setback for Recreation Areas to 20 Feet along the North Property Line [Sec. 64- 1831(b)(4)]. MEETING DATE: Monday, October 19, 2015 Regular City Council Meeting BACKGROUND INFORMATION: (Attach additional pages if necessary) See attached memorandum APPROVAL BY CITY MANAGER: APPROVED (} NOT APPROVED CITY ATTORNEY APPROVAL REQUIRED: (} YES PkNO CITY ATTORNEY REVIEW REQUIRED: () YES VNO APPROVAL BY CITY ATTORNEY () APPROVED (} NOT APPROVED PLACED ON AGENDA FOR: 10 19 1 r REMARKS 144 © F Yougm PHONE: 678.242.25001 FAX: 678.242.2499 Green *C"'ifico* fop,1W Info@cityofmiltonga.us i www.cityofmiltonga.us WILDLIFE Community ; E',i;« 13000 Deerfield Parkway, Suite 107 1 Milton GA 30004 eh Prepared by the Community Development Department for the Mayor and City Council Meeting on October 19, 2015 (First Presentation October 3, 2015) 10/14/2015 Page 1 of 24 RZ15-14/U15-04/VC15-03 PETITION NUMBERS RZ15-14/U15-04/VC15-03 PROPERTY INFORMATION ADDRESS 3503 and 3505 Bethany Bend DISTRICT, LAND LOTS 2/1 973 and 974 OVERLAY DISTRICT State Route 9 EXISTING ZONING O-I (Office-Institutional) and AG-1(Agricultural) PROPOSED ZONING O-I (Office-Institutional) and Use Permit for Private School ACRES 2.89 EXISTING USE Montessori School and a Single Family Residence PROPOSED USE Expand existing school PETITIONER Wisdarium LLC – Biju Eappen ADDRESS 3505 Bethany Bend Milton, GA 30004 INTENT To rezone from O-I (Office-Institutional) and AG-1 (Agricultural) to O-I (Office- Institutional) and a Use Permit for a Private School (Sec. 64-1831) to expand the existing school from 2,000 square feet to 8,000 square feet for up to 150 students and to request a two-part concurrent variance: 1)To reduce the 50 foot undisturbed buffer and 10 foot improvement setback to a 20 foot landscape strip along the north property line (Sec. 64-1091(a)) 2) To reduce the 100 foot setback for recreation areas to 20 feet along the north property line (Sec. 64-1831(b)(4)). Prepared by the Community Development Department for the Mayor and City Council Meeting on October 19, 2015 (First Presentation October 3, 2015) 10/14/2015 Page 2 of 24 RZ15-14/U15-04/VC15-03 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT RECOMMENDATION –SEPTEMBER 23, 2015 RZ15-14 – APPROVAL CONDITIONAL U15-04- APPROVAL CONDITIONAL VC15-03 – PARTS 1 AND 2 – APPROVAL CONDITIONAL PLANNING COMMISSION RECOMMENDATION –SEPTEMBER 23, 2015 RZ15-14 – APPROVAL CONDITIONAL U15-04- APPROVAL CONDITIONAL VC15-03 – PARTS 1 AND 2 – APPROVAL CONDITIONAL The Planning Commission recommended approval conditional as presented by Staff and include the days and hours of operation for the school. It was passed unanimously 6-0. Prepared by the Community Development Department for the Mayor and City Council Meeting on October 19, 2015 (First Presentation October 3, 2015) 10/14/2015 Page 3 of 24 RZ15-14/U15-04/VC15-03 LOCATION MAP Prepared by the Community Development Department for the Mayor and City Council Meeting on October 19, 2015 (First Presentation October 3, 2015) 10/14/2015 Page 4 of 24 RZ15-14/U15-04/VC15-03 CURRENT ZONING MAP Prepared by the Community Development Department for the Mayor and City Council Meeting on October 19, 2015 (First Presentation October 3, 2015) 10/14/2015 Page 5 of 24 RZ15-14/U15-04/VC15-03 FUTURE LAND USE PLAN MAP Prepared by the Community Development Department for the Mayor and City Council Meeting on October 19, 2015 (First Presentation October 3, 2015) 10/14/2015 Page 6 of 24 RZ15-14/U15-04/VC15-03 REVISED SITE PLAN SUBMITTED ON JULY 10, 2015 Prepared by the Community Development Department for the Mayor and City Council Meeting on October 19, 2015 (First Presentation October 3, 2015) 10/14/2015 Page 7 of 24 RZ15-14/U15-04/VC15-03 REVISED SITE PLAN SUBMITTED SEPTEMBER 23, 2015 Prepared by the Community Development Department for the Mayor and City Council Meeting on October 19, 2015 (First Presentation October 3, 2015) 10/14/2015 Page 8 of 24 RZ15-14/U15-04/VC15-03 FRONT ELEVATION FACING BETHANY BEND Prepared by the Community Development Department for the Mayor and City Council Meeting on October 19, 2015 (First Presentation October 3, 2015) 10/14/2015 Page 9 of 24 RZ15-14/U15-04/VC15-03 WEST ELEVATION FACING REAR OF PROPERTY Prepared by the Community Development Department for the Mayor and City Council Meeting on October 19, 2015 (First Presentation October 3, 2015) 10/14/2015 Page 10 of 24 RZ15-14/U15-04/VC15-03 SOUTH FACING ELEVATION (TOWARD EXISTING BUILDING) Prepared by the Community Development Department for the Mayor and City Council Meeting on October 19, 2015 (First Presentation October 3, 2015) 10/14/2015 Page 11 of 24 RZ15-14/U15-04/VC15-03 NORTH ELEVATION Prepared by the Community Development Department for the Mayor and City Council Meeting on October 19, 2015 (First Presentation October 3, 2015) 10/14/2015 Page 12 of 24 RZ15-14/U15-04/VC15-03 SUBJECT SITE: The subject site contains 2.89 acres and is developed with the 2,000 square foot Red Apple Montessori school at 3505 Bethany Bend, zoned O -I pursuant to Z03- 152 approved for a day care in the existing building and a total of 50 students. The subject property at 3503 Bethany Bend is a single family residence zoned AG- 1. The property at 3503 had been a part of a larger assemblage to rezone to TR for 71 townhomes pursuant to RZ14-15/VC14-04 but was withdrawn on April 27, 2015. This property is located within the SR 9 Overlay District and not the Deerfield Form Based Code area. In the applicant’s letter of intent, he states that he requests to expand the current capacity of 50 students to 150 students. In addition, the school will serve not just the current pre-school but include elementary school classes, thus the requirement for a Use Permit for a Private School . The expansion will require the adjacent property at 3503 Bethany Bend with a newly constructed 6,000 square foot building. The added classes will require an additional 10 teachers. SITE PLAN ANALYSIS Based on the applicant’s revised site plan submitted on September 23, 2015 to the Community Development Department offers the following considerations: DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS – SEC. 64-730 O-I (Office-Institutional) Based on the requirements pursuant to Sec. 64-730, the site plan indicates compliance with the development standards for O-I (Office-Institutional). The applicant is requesting this zoning district for those students who are less than 4 years in age which requires a day care facility and is allowed by right within the O-I district. Staff has evaluated the existing and future right-of-way requirements based on the revised site plan received on September 23, 2015 and is in compliance with the minimum building setback of 40 feet for the proposed new building along Bethany Bend. DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS – SEC. 64-1831 – PRIVATE SCHOOL USE PERMIT Based on the requirements pursuant to Sec. 64-1831, the site plan indicates compliance with the development standards for the Use Permit with the exception of the following: VC15-03 – Part 2 - Reduce the 100 foot setback for recreation areas to 20 feet along the north property line (Sec. 64-1831(b)(4)). Staff notes that the approved zoning adjacent to the north is TR (Townhouse Residential) and for a use permit for senior housing at a density of 20 units per acre. The Use Permit development standard states the following: “Active outdoor Prepared by the Community Development Department for the Mayor and City Council Meeting on October 19, 2015 (First Presentation October 3, 2015) 10/14/2015 Page 13 of 24 RZ15-14/U15-04/VC15-03 recreation areas shall not be located within 100 feet of an adjoining residential district or use.” The requirement does not make a distinction between multi-family residential and single family residential. It is Staff’s opinion that the proposed reduction of the setback to 20 feet would not have a negative impact on the adjacent property based on the fact that it will be developed with a much more intense use. Additionally, relief, if granted, would not offend the spirit or intent of this zoning ordinance. Therefore, Staff recommends APPROVAL CONDITIONAL of VC15-03 – Part 2. STATE ROUTE 9 OVERLAY DISTRICT The proposed expansion of the Montessori school is required to meet the State Route 9 Overlay District standards within Chapter 64, Article VII, Division 5 of the Zoning Ordinance. Staff notes that the proposed new building will also need to comply with the Overlay District prior to the issuance of the building permit. The site plan shows compliance with the requirements of the State Route 9 Overlay District with the exception of the following: VC15-03 –Part 1 - Reduce the 50 foot undisturbed buffer and 10 foot improvement setback to a 20 foot landscape strip along the north property line (Sec. 64-1091(a)) Staff notes that there is an approved zoning adjacent to the north which is TR (Townhouse Residential) and a use permit for senior housing at a density of 20 units per acre. The State Route 9 Overlay District requires “for sites on four acres or less, a 50 foot wide undisturbed buffer, with a ten foot improvement setback, shall be located adjacent to all AG-1 zoning districts and all property zoned, used or developed for residential uses”. The requirement does not make a distinction between multi-family residential and single family residential. It is Staff’s opinion that the proposed reduction of the buffer to a 20 foot landscape strip would not have a negative impact on the adjacent property based on the fact that it will be developed with a much more intense use. Additionally, relief, if granted, would not offend the spirit or intent of this zoning ordinance. Therefore, Staff recommends APPROVAL CONDITIONAL of VC15-03 – Part 1. Landscape Strips and Buffers The Site Plan is compliant with the following required landscape strip and buffers as required by the State Route 9 Overlay District: 20 foot landscape strip adjacent to Bethany Bend and Morris Roads 50 foot undisturbed buffer and 10 foot improvement setback along the western property line. Prepared by the Community Development Department for the Mayor and City Council Meeting on October 19, 2015 (First Presentation October 3, 2015) 10/14/2015 Page 14 of 24 RZ15-14/U15-04/VC15-03 25 foot undisturbed buffer and 10 foot improvement setback along the southern property line. This is based on the existing zoning of O-I (Office- Institutional) pursuant to RZ03-152. Staff has evaluated the existing and future right-of-way requirements based on the revised site plan received on September 23, 2015 and is in compliance with the minimum required 20 foot landscape strip along Bethany Bend. Fencing Pursuant to 64-1092 (i) the Overlay requires a black four board equestrian fence, not exceeding 55 inches in height along Bethany Bend and Morris Road. This requirement is included in the revised site plan. ENVIRONMENTAL SITE ANALYSIS In reference to the Environmental Impacts to the site, it satisfies the requirement of Section 64-2126. The applicant has addressed the various issues outlined in the ESA report. The proposed site does contain wetlands, floodplains and streams but does not contain, steep slopes, historical sites or sensitive plant and animal species. The applicant has included the tree survey on the site plan. ARBORIST COMMENTS There will be no specimen trees impacted by the newly developed building or parking. Based on a field visit, the City Arborist noted that there is a small area of wetlands on the site, but not within any disturbed area. CITY OF MILTON FIRE MARSHAL The Fire Marshal has no objection to the proposed site plan. All development plans and building plans will be reviewed by the Fire Marshal prior to any permits being issued. Prepared by the Community Development Department for the Mayor and City Council Meeting on October 19, 2015 (First Presentation October 3, 2015) 10/14/2015 Page 15 of 24 RZ15-14/U15-04/VC15-03 COST TO SERVE ANALYSIS Prepared by the Community Development Department for the Mayor and City Council Meeting on October 19, 2015 (First Presentation October 3, 2015) 10/14/2015 Page 16 of 24 RZ15-14/U15-04/VC15-03 PUBLIC INVOLVEMENT On June 23, 2015 the applicant was present at the Community Zoning Information Meeting (CZIM) held at the Milton City Hall. There were four members of the community in attendance. The community asked the applicant some general information questions about the project. PUBLIC PARTICIPATION REPORT The applicant submitted a public participation report on September 17, 2015. The meeting was held on September 14, 2015 and there were 4 people who attended. They were not opposed to the request and there were no issues to resolve. CITY OF MILTON DESIGN REVIEW BOARD COURTESY REVIEW – JULY 7, 2015 Comments: Move structure to be even with the existing building. Put parking behind the building. Make sure you have the current road improvement layout. Show correct right of way dedication. We want something to look nice from the streetscape; everything should blend in. The structure presented is not the Milton look. It’s a rural area, and people want to see that. Meet with the City Architect; work with him on building placement and, architectural character. Needs to meet State Route 9 Overlay requirements. Staff notes that the applicant worked closely with Staff to address the DRB’s comments. The report includes the latest building elevations in response to the DRB and Staff’s direction regarding the design of the building. Also, the site plan has been revised to address the DRB’s comments. Standards of Review (Section 64-2104) Planning Staff shall, with respect to each zoning application, investigate and make a recommendation with respect to factors 1 through 7, below, as well as any other factors it may find relevant. 1. Whether or not the proposal will permit a use that is suitable in view of the use and development of adjacent and nearby Property? The proposed expansion of the existing Montessori school at a density of 2,759 square feet per acre is suitable based on the adjacent and nearby developments. Specifically, adjacent to the north, the subject property is zoned TR (Townhouse Residential) with a use permit for senior housing at a Prepared by the Community Development Department for the Mayor and City Council Meeting on October 19, 2015 (First Presentation October 3, 2015) 10/14/2015 Page 17 of 24 RZ15-14/U15-04/VC15-03 density of 20 units per acre and 3 stories in height. In addition, Windcrest Park further to the north is developed with townhomes at a density of 6.76 units per acre zoned TR (Townhouse Residential). Furthermore, Spring Valley townhomes are developed at 7.86 units per acre. The City of Milton approved their 2030 Comprehensive Plan recommending High Density Residential at 3 to 5 units per acre in 2011 based on the city’s vision for the area and for the subject parcel currently zoned AG-1. The Future Land Use Map indicates that the parcel to the north, zoned for senior housing is designated as Retail and Service. This should have been assigned to the existing O-I zoning where the current Red Apple Montessori is located. In addition, there is a large mixed use development directly to the east in Forsyth County as described in the table below. I t is Staff’s opinion that the proposed expansion is suitable in view of the adjacent and nearby properties. Adjacent Uses Location Parcel / Zoning Petition Zoning / Name Approved Density/Min. Heated Floor Area North 1 RZ08-08 U08-04 TR (Townhouse Residential) and Use Permit for Senior Housing 20 unit/acre 3 stories East (Forsyth County) 2 MPD (Master Plan Development) Deerfield Township 114,800 sq.ft. – retail 35,200 sq.ft. – office 300 units – CCRC 92,000 sq.ft. – self storage 283 single family units 800 multi-family units Further North 3 AG-1 (Agricultural) Scattered single family residential 1 unit per acre Northwest 4 Z97-115 TR (Townhouse Residential) Conditional Windcrest Park 6.76 units/acre 1,500 sq. ft. Northwest 5 Z99-136 TR (Townhouse Residential) Conditional Spring Valley 7.86 units/acre 2 stories 1,200 sq. ft. West 6 Z02-105 TR (Townhouse Residential) Conditional Hidden Forest 4.99 units/acre 1,500 sq. ft. attached 2,000 sq. ft. detached Southeast 7 Z96-124 T-5R and Civic Space The Preserve at Deerfield 12 units/acre 3 stories Prepared by the Community Development Department for the Mayor and City Council Meeting on October 19, 2015 (First Presentation October 3, 2015) 10/14/2015 Page 18 of 24 RZ15-14/U15-04/VC15-03 ADJACENT USES MAP Prepared by the Community Development Department for the Mayor and City Council Meeting on October 19, 2015 (First Presentation October 3, 2015) 10/14/2015 Page 19 of 24 RZ15-14/U15-04/VC15-03 2. Whether or not the proposal will adversely affect the existing use or usability of adjacent or nearby property? It is Staff’s opinion that the proposed expansion of the Montessori School will not adversely affect the existing uses of adjacent or nearby properties if approved with Staff’s recommended conditions. 3. Whether the property to be affected by the proposal has a reasonable economic use as currently zoned? The subject site may have a reasonable economic use as currently zoned, although, the AG-1 portion of the site may not have a reasonable economic use based on the high density residential and non-residential uses nearby. 4. Whether the proposal will result in a use which will or could cause an excessive or burdensome use of existing streets, transportation facilities, utilities or schools? If developed with the recommended conditions, Staff does not anticipate an excessive or burdensome use of existing streets, transportation facilities, or utilities. 5. Whether the proposal is in conformity with the policies and intent of the land use plan? Future Land Use Plan Map: – 2030 City of Milton Comprehensive Plan recommends Retail and Service at 3505 Bethany Bend (see note about correction of Map) and High Density Residential developed at 3 to 5 units per acre for 3503 Bethany Bend. The proposed expansion is partially consistent with the Comprehensive Plan. Proposed use/density: Day Care/Montessori School 2,759 square feet per acre In addition, the proposed development is consistent with the following plan policies: We will support programs that retain, expand and create businesses that provide a good fit for our community’s economy in terms of job skills required and links to existing businesses and locate them appropriately within the City. Prepared by the Community Development Department for the Mayor and City Council Meeting on October 19, 2015 (First Presentation October 3, 2015) 10/14/2015 Page 20 of 24 RZ15-14/U15-04/VC15-03 We support appropriate residential and non-residential infill development and redevelopment in ways that complement surrounding areas. 6. Whether there are other existing or changed conditions affecting the use and development of the property which gives supporting grounds for either approval or disapproval of the proposal? It is Staff’s opinion that since the adoption of the Plan, the surrounding development of high density residential and especially the commercial development to the east in Forsyth County and the increased traffic in the area have changed the character of this area. 7. Whether the zoning proposal will permit a use which can be considered environmentally adverse to the natural resources, environment and citizens of the City of Milton? The proposed use may not be environmentally adverse to the natural resources, environment and citizens of the City due to the required development regulations as it pertains to stormwater facilities, tree recompense and landscape requirements. USE PERMIT CONSIDERATIONS In the interest of the public health, safety and welfare, the Mayor and City Council may exercise limited discretion in evaluating the site proposed for a use that requires a Use Permit. In exercising such discretion pertaining to the subject use, the Mayor and City Council shall consider each of the following as outlined in Sec. 64-1552 of the Zoning Ordinance: Use Permit Considerations. Staff has reviewed said items pertaining to the subject use, and, offers the following comments: 1. Whether the proposed use is consistent with the land use or economic development plans adopted by the Mayor and City Council: The proposed development is located in both the Commercial and Service land use category on the City of Milton 2030 Comprehensive Plan Map. The proposed use permit for a private school is permitted in the O-I (Office- Institutional) district which is an acceptable zoning district for the Retail and Service land use category. Prepared by the Community Development Department for the Mayor and City Council Meeting on October 19, 2015 (First Presentation October 3, 2015) 10/14/2015 Page 21 of 24 RZ15-14/U15-04/VC15-03 2. Compatibility with land uses and zoning districts in the vicinity of the property for which the use permit is proposed: The subject site is compatible with the adjacent and nearby land uses and zoning districts based on the existing zoning on a portion of the property, an approved senior living facility at a density of 20 units per acre to the north, residential development ranging from 4.99 units per acre (Hidden Forest) to 12 units per acre (The Preserve at Deerfield). In addition, although it is not in the City of Milton, directly to the east is a high intensity mixed use development in Forsyth County which will directly impact these properties. 3. Whether the proposed use may violate local, state and/or federal statutes, ordinances or regulations governing land development: The proposed use does not appear to violate any ordinances or regulations governing land development if the concurrent variances are approved. 4. The effect of the proposed use on traffic flow, vehicular and pedestrian, along adjoining streets: The proposed use’s effect on the traffic flow, vehicular, pedestrian, along adjoining streets should be mitigated with the location of the entrance, a required left turn lane into the property and required sidewalks. 5. The location and number of off-street parking spaces; The off street parking is located on the sides and rear of the existing and proposed buildings which is the appropriate location as required by the State Route 9 Overlay District. Below is a table indicating the required and provided number of parking spaces for the site. 1 parking space per 4 employees 1.7 parking spaces per 1,000 sq.ft. # of Parking Spaces Existing Building (2,000 sq. ft.) 6 employees = 2 parking spaces 1.7x2 = 4 parking spaces 6 Proposed Building (6,000 sq. ft.) 12 employees = 3 parking spaces 1.7 x6 =11 parking spaces 14 Total Required 20 Total Provided 20 6. The amount and location of open space: The proposed site provides adequate open space along the western portion of the site as well as in front of the existing structure near Morris Road. Prepared by the Community Development Department for the Mayor and City Council Meeting on October 19, 2015 (First Presentation October 3, 2015) 10/14/2015 Page 22 of 24 RZ15-14/U15-04/VC15-03 7. Protective screening: There is a large amount of protective screening to the west adjacent to the Hidden Forest Subdivision. A perennial stream is located along the western property line which requires a 50 foot undisturbed buffer and 25 foot non- improvement setback. Along the north property line, a concurrent variance has been requested to reduce it from 50 feet to 20 feet; it is Staff’s opinion that this is sufficient for the approved high density senior housing to the north. 8. Hours and manner of operation: Monday –Friday 7:30 am – 6:00 pm It is Staff’s opinion that the above mentioned hours and days of operation are reasonable for the proposed use and will be included in the Recommended Conditions. 9. Outdoor lighting: The applicant has not indicated any additional lighting on the site. If lighting is proposed, it must comply with the Highway 9 Overlay District pursuant to Sec. 64-1094. 10. Ingress and egress to the property. The site plan indicates a one way in and a one way out for ingress and egress to the property. This allows the student drop off and vehicular turnaround be provided so that flow of traffic to remain forward in motion which is required per Sec. 64-1831(b)(7). CONCLUSION The proposed development is partially consistent with the 2030 City of Milton Comprehensive Plan’s suggestion of High Density Residential developed at 3 to 5 units per acre and Retail and Service. Based on the fact that there is higher density residential adjacent to the north, southwest and east within the City of Milton and retail commercial to the east in Forsyth County, it is Staff’s opinion the proposed rezoning from AG-1 and O-I to O-I is appropriate and therefore, recommends APPROVAL CONDITIONAL of RZ15-14 and U15-04. In addition, Staff recommends APPROVAL CONDITIONAL of PARTS 1 AND 2 OF VC15-03. Prepared by the Community Development Department for the Mayor and City Council Meeting on October 19, 2015 (First Presentation October 3, 2015) 10/14/2015 Page 23 of 24 RZ15-14/U15-04/VC15-03 RECOMMENDED CONDITIONS If this petition is approved by the Mayor and City Council, it should be O-I (Office- Institutional) CONDITIONAL and a Use Permit for a Private School (Sec. 64-1831) subject to the owner’s agreement to the following enumerated conditions. Where these conditions conflict with the stipulations and offerings contained in the Letter of Intent, these conditions shall supersede unless specifically stipulated by the Mayor and City Council. 1) To the owner’s agreement to restrict the use of the subject property as follows: a) Restrict the use of the subject property to a private school and day care facility in the existing structure and proposed 6,000 square foot structure not to exceed 8,000 square feet in size at a maximum density of 2,759 square feet per acre, whichever is less, based on the total acreage zoned. b) Restrict the number of students to 150. c) Restrict the days and hours of operation to Monday through Friday 7:30 am – 6:00 pm. 2) To the owner’s agreement to abide by the following: a) To the revised site plan received by the Community Development Department on September 23, 2015. Said site plan is conceptual only and must meet or exceed the requirements of the Zoning Ordinance, all other applicable city ordinances and these conditions prior to the approval of a Land Disturbance Permit. Unless otherwise noted herein, compliance with all conditions shall be in place prior to the issuance of the first Certificate of Occupancy. b) Prior to the issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy, comply with all regulations of the Georgia Department of Early Care and Learning. 3) To the owner’s agreement to the following site development considerations: a) Provide a 20 foot landscape strip along the north property line. (VC15-03, Part 1) b) Provide a 20 foot setback for recreational areas along the north property line. (VC15-03, Part 2) Prepared by the Community Development Department for the Mayor and City Council Meeting on October 19, 2015 (First Presentation October 3, 2015) 10/14/2015 Page 24 of 24 RZ15-14/U15-04/VC15-03 4) To the owner’s agreement to abide by the following requirements, dedication, and improvements: a) Dedicate at no cost to the City of Milton prior to the approval of a Certificate of Occupancy, sufficient land as necessary to provide the following: i. Provide at least 35 feet of right of way from the centerline of Bethany Bend along the entire property frontage 1) Proposed right-of-way shall be located no less than 12 feet behind back of curb of proposed frontage infrastructure improvements 2) Back of the sidewalk shall be no more than one foot inside the proposed right of way ii. Reserve 45 feet of right-of-way from the centerline of Bethany Bend along the entire property frontage iii. Provide bicycle and pedestrian improvements along entire property frontage of Bethany Bend according to cross sections in Chapter 48 Streets, Sidewalks and Other Public Places of the City of Milton Code of Ordinances and as approved by the City of Milton Public Works Department. All proposed infrastructure improvements (i.e. sidewalk, curb and gutter, etc…) shall tie to the existing facilities on adjacent properties as required by the City of Milton Public Works Department iv. Provide installation/modification of the following transportation infrastructure according to Chapter 48 Streets, Sidewalks and Other Public Places of the City of Milton Code of Ordinances: 1) Northbound Left Turn Lane on Bethany Bend at new entrance access drive, to tie into turn lanes proposed by others as part of improvements to the intersection of Bethany Bend at Morris Rd/McGinnis Ferry Road. b) Access to the site shall be subject to the approval of the City of Milton Public Works Department, prior to the issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy. i. No vehicular access to Morris Road. 5) To the owner’s agreement to abide by the following: a) A stormwater management concept plan shall be submitted and approved by Milton Public Works Department prior to submission of land disturbance application. ORDINANCE NO._______ PETITION NO. RZ15-14/U15- 04/VC15-03 STATE OF GEORGIA COUNTY OF FULTON AN ORDINANCE TO APPROVE A REZONING FROM AG-1 AND O-I TO O-I FOR A DAY CARE FACILITY AND A USE PERMIT FOR A PRIVATE SCHOOL (SEC. 64-1809) ON 2.89 ACRES LOCATED AT 3503 AND 3505 BETHANY BEND. BE IT ORDAINED by the City Council for the City of Milton, Georgia while in regular session on October 19, 2015 at 6:00 p.m. as follows: SECTION 1. That the Zoning Ordinance of the City of Milton be amended, so that the following properties located at 3503 and 3505 Bethany Bend consisting of a total of approximately 2.89 acres as described in the attached legal description, be approved Office-Institutional for a Day Care Facility and a Use Permit for a Private School with conditions, attached hereto and made a part herein; ALL THAT TRACT or parcel of land lying and being Land Lots 973 and 974 of the 2nd District 1st Section, City of Milton, Fulton County, Georgia; and SECTION 2. That the private school and day care facility listed in the attached conditions of approval, be approved under the provisions Sec. 64-1831 and Article VI, Division 16, respectively, of the Zoning Ordinance of the City of Milton; and SECTION 3. That the property shall be developed in compliance with the conditions of approval as attached to this ordinance. Any conditions hereby approved (including any site plan) do not authorize the violation of any district regulations; and SECTION 4. That all ordinances or part of ordinances in conflict with the terms of this ordinance are hereby repealed; and SECTION 5. This Ordinance shall become effective upon adoption by the Mayor and City Council and the signature of approval of the Mayor. ORDAINED this 19th day of October, 2015. Approved: ______________________ Joe Lockwood, Mayor Attest: ________________________________ Sudie Gordon, City Clerk (Seal) RECOMMENDED CONDITIONS If this petition is approved by the Mayor and City Council, it should be O-I (Office- Institutional) CONDITIONAL and a Use Permit for a Private School (Sec. 64-1831) subject to the owner’s agreement to the following enumerated conditions. Where these conditions conflict with the stipulations and offerings contained in the Letter of Intent, these conditions shall supersede unless specifically stipulated by the Mayor and City Council. 1) To the owner’s agreement to restrict the use of the subject property as follows: a) Restrict the use of the subject property to a private school and day care facility in the existing structure and proposed 6,000 square foot structure not to exceed 8,000 square feet in size at a maximum density of 2,759 square feet per acre, whichever is less, based on the total acreage zoned. b) Restrict the number of students to 150. c) Restrict the days and hours of operation to Monday through Friday 7:30 am – 6:00 pm. 2) To the owner’s agreement to abide by the following: a) To the revised site plan received by the Community Development Department on September 23, 2015. Said site plan is conceptual only and must meet or exceed the requirements of the Zoning Ordinance, all other applicable city ordinances and these conditions prior to the approval of a Land Disturbance Permit. Unless otherwise noted herein, compliance with all conditions shall be in place prior to the issuance of the first Certificate of Occupancy. b) Prior to the issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy, comply with all regulations of the Georgia Department of Early Care and Learning. 3) To the owner’s agreement to the following site development considerations: a) Provide a 20 foot landscape strip along the north property line. (VC15-03, Part 1) b) Provide a 20 foot setback for recreational areas along the north property line. (VC15-03, Part 2) 4) To the owner’s agreement to abide by the following requirements, dedication, and improvements: a) Dedicate at no cost to the City of Milton prior to the approval of a Certificate of Occupancy, sufficient land as necessary to provide the following: i. Provide at least 35 feet of right of way from the centerline of Bethany Bend along the entire property frontage 1) Proposed right-of-way shall be located no less than 12 feet behind back of curb of proposed frontage infrastructure improvements 2) Back of the sidewalk shall be no more than one foot inside the proposed right of way ii. Reserve 45 feet of right-of-way from the centerline of Bethany Bend along the entire property frontage iii. Provide bicycle and pedestrian improvements along entire property frontage of Bethany Bend according to cross sections in Chapter 48 Streets, Sidewalks and Other Public Places of the City of Milton Code of Ordinances and as approved by the City of Milton Public Works Department. All proposed infrastructure improvements (i.e. sidewalk, curb and gutter, etc…) shall tie to the existing facilities on adjacent properties as required by the City of Milton Public Works Department iv. Provide installation/modification of the following transportation infrastructure according to Chapter 48 Streets, Sidewalks and Other Public Places of the City of Milton Code of Ordinances: 1. Northbound Left Turn Lane on Bethany Bend at new entrance access drive, to tie into turn lanes proposed by others as part of improvements to the intersection of Bethany Bend at Morris Rd/McGinnis Ferry Road. b) Access to the site shall be subject to the approval of the City of Milton Public Works Department, prior to the issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy. i. No vehicular access to Morris Road 5) To the owner’s agreement to abide by the following: a) A stormwater management concept plan shall be submitted and approved by Milton Public Works Department prior to submission of land disturbance application. REVISED SITE PLAN SUBMITTED SEPTEMBER 23, 2015 HOME OF ' FSTAN. ISH FD2006 CITY COUNCIL AGENDA ITEM TO: City Council DATE: October 8, 2015 FROM: City Manager AGENDA ITEM: Consideration of an Ordinance to Amend Appendix A, Parks and Recreation Fees and Other Charges, Chapter 34, Section 24 of The Milton City Code. MEETING DATE; Monday, October 19, 2015 Regular City Council Meeting BACKGROUND INFORMATION: (Attach additional pages if necessary) See attached memorandum APPROVAL BY CITY MANAGER. YAPPROVED O NOT APPROVED CITY ATTORNEY APPROVAL REQUIRED: R YES O NO CITYATTORNEY REVIEW REQUIRED: (YES () NO APPROVAL BY CITY ATTORNEY (APPROVED O NOT APPROVED PLACED ON AGENDA FOR. j p t 9 1 S REMARKS V -14r, ©'*Youlm PHONE: 678.242.25001 FAX: 678.242,2444 Gre@n info4cityofmiltonga.us i www.cityofmiltonga.us Community I E;h;c 13000 Deerfield Parkway, Suite 107 1 Milton GA 30004 %''B4,e To: Honorable Mayor and City Council Members From: Jim Cregge, Director of Parks and Recreation Date: Submitted on September 18, 2015 for the October 5, 2015 and October 19, 2015 Regular Council Meetings Agenda Item: Consideration of an Ordinance to Amend Appendix A, Parks and Recreation Fees and Other Charges, Chapter 34, Section 24 of The Milton City Code ____________________________________________________________________________ Department Recommendation: Staff is recommending the Adoption of the Amendment to Appendix A, Parks and Recreation Fees and Other Charges, Chapter 34, Section 24 of The Milton City Code. Executive Summary: The City of Milton Parks and Recreation Department Fee Schedule was last reviewed in April 2015. Since that time, Bell Memorial Park has come online as a city asset with new components that the community wishes to rent. This revised schedule now includes the fee to rent the artificial turf fields and the Meeting Room by City of Milton residents and non-residents. Non- residents will be charged an additional 50% as is the practice with all other Parks and Recreation fees. The proposed rental fee for the Broadwell Pavilion was reviewed by the Parks and Recreation Advisory Board. The PRAB approved the proposed rental fees. Funding and Fiscal Impact: The fees proposed to rent the artificial turf fields and the meeting room will cover the costs of operating the facility for that rental period. Alternatives: If this fee schedule is not adopted, our alternative is to relay the council’s input and return to the PRAB to revise the fee structure. Page 2 of 2 Legal Review: Ken Jarrard – Jarrard & Davis, September 18, 2015 Concurrent Review: Chris Lagerbloom, City Manager Attachment(s): 1) Ordinance – Appendix A Chapter 34 Section 24 2) Chapter 34 - Table of Fees and Charges STATE OF GEORGIA COUTY OF FULTON ORDINANCE NO. AN ORDINANCE TO AMEND APPENDIX A, PARKS AND RECREATION FEES AND OTHER CHARGES, CHAPTER 34, SECTION 24 OF THE MILTON CITY CODE BE IT ORDAINED by the City Council of the City of Milton, GA while in a regularly called council meeting on October 19, 2015 at 6:00 p.m. does hereby ratify and approve the following Ordinance: SECTION 1. Pursuant to that authorization in Chapter 34, Section 24 of the Milton Code, Appendix A of the Milton Code is hereby amended to include a table of fees and charges that may be assessed and collected for access and use of City-owned or controlled parks, recreational fields and cultural amenities, with the schedule of said fees and charges as set forth in Exhibit A to this Ordinance. SECTION 2. All ordinances, parts of ordinances, or regulations in conflict herewith are repealed. SECTION 3. That this Ordinance shall become effective upon its adoption. ORDAINED this the 19th day of October, 2015. ____________________________________ Joe Lockwood, Mayor Attest: ______________________________ Sudie AM Gordon, City Clerk 34‐24 (a) (1)Field rental rates at Bell Memorial Park ‐ Milton Citizen RateOne Field for two hours without lights $25.00 per hour34‐24 (a) (2)Field rental rates at Bell Memorial Park ‐ Milton Citizen RateOne Field for two hours with lights $37.50 per hour34‐24 (a) (3)Field rental rates at Bell Memorial Park ‐ Milton Citizen RateField preparation ‐ dragging and lining $75.00 34‐24 (a) (4)Field rental rates at Bell Memorial Park ‐ Milton Citizen RateRefundable Security Deposit $100.00 34‐24 (a) (5)Field rental rates at Bell Memorial Park ‐ Milton Citizen RateOne Field for a Day without lights $175.00 34‐24 (a) (6)Field rental rates at Bell Memorial Park ‐ Milton Citizen RateOne Field for a Day with lights $225.00 34‐24 (a) (7)Field rental rates at Bell Memorial Park ‐ Milton Citizen RateFor a Special Event for a Day $500.00 34‐24 (a) (8)Field rental rates at Bell Memorial Park ‐ Milton Citizen RateOne artificial turf field without lights $75.00 per hour34‐24 (a) (9)Field rental rates at Bell Memorial Park ‐ Milton Citizen RateOne artificial turf field with lights $100.00 per hour34‐24 (a) (10)Field rental rates at Bell Memorial Park ‐ Milton Citizen RateRefundable Security Deposit $100.00 34‐24 (a) (11)Field rental rates at Bell Memorial Park ‐ Milton Citizen RateMeeting Room Rental $20.00 per hour34‐24 (b) (1)Facility rental rates at Bethwell Community Center ‐ Milton Citizen RateRentals offered in a minimum of three hours $40.00 per hour34‐24 (b) (2)Facility rental rates at Bethwell Community Center ‐ Milton Citizen RateRefundable Cleaning Deposit $50.00 34‐24 (b) (3)Facility rental rates at Bethwell Community Center ‐ Milton Citizen RateRental for a Day $300.00 34‐24 (c) Facility rental rates at Friendship Community Park Pavilion Only ‐ Milton Citizen RateRentals offered in a minimum of two hours $10.00 per hour34‐24 (d) (1)Facility rental rates at Broadwell Pavilion ‐ Milton Citizen RateRentals offered in a minimum of four hours $25.00 per hourChapter 34 ‐‐ Parks, Recreation and Cultural Affairs 34‐24 (d) (2)Facility rental rates at Broadwell Pavilion ‐ Milton Citizen RateUsage of lights for the duration of a rental $25.00 per hour34‐24 (d) (3)Facility rental rates at Broadwell Pavilion ‐ Milton Citizen RateRefundable Security Deposit $500.00 34‐24 (d) (4)Facility rental rates at Broadwell Pavilion ‐ Milton Citizen RateRefundable personal grill usage deposit $100.00 34‐24 (e) (1) Camp Joyful Soles Registration Fee per week $175.00 34‐24 (e) (2) Camp Joyful Soles Non‐refundable, Non‐transferable Deposit per week $50.00 34‐24 (f) Administrative Fee Approved Refunds/Cancellations $15.00 34‐24 (g) Employee DiscountCity of Milton employees may receive a discount on City of Milton directly offered programs (Does not apply to programs offered through Independent Contractors)50% off of the City of Milton Resident rate34‐24 (h) Corporate Rate Milton based businesses20% increase over City of Milton Resident rate34‐24 (i) Non‐Resident Rate Applies to all individuals and businesses not based in Milton50% increase over City of Milton Resident rate34‐24 (j) Independent Contractor CommissionsAt the discretion of the Parks ands Recreation Director based upon services provided and fees chargedNo less than 10% and no more than 30% HOME OF' ESTABI.ISHEf} 2006 CITY COUNCIL AGENDA ITEM TO: City Council DATE: October 8, 2015 FROM: City Manager AGENDA ITEM: Consideration of a Resolution Adopting the City of Milton Parks and Recreation Department Revised Facility and Fields Use Policy. MEETING DATE: Monday, October 19, 2015 Regular City Council Meeting BACKGROUND INFORMATION: (Attach additional pages if necessary) See attached memorandum APPROVAL BY CITY MANAGER: �APPROVED () NOT APPROVED CITY ATTORNEY APPROVAL REQUIRED: KYES {) NO CITY ATTORNEY REVIEW REQUIRED: XYES () NO APPROVAL BY CITY ATTORNEY K APPROVED PLACED ON AGENDA FOR: 10 1 131 t ,j REMARKS ® YouGM PHONE: 678.242.25001 FAX: 678.242,2499 infoftityofmiltonga.us I www.cityofmlltonga.us 13000 Deerfield Parkway, Suite 107 1 Milton GA 30004 (} NOT APPROVED ,�F Community,`a<<,� To: Honorable Mayor and City Council Members From: Jim Cregge, Director of Parks and Recreation Date: Submitted on September 18, 2015 for the October 19, 2015 Regular Council Meeting Agenda Item: Consideration of a Resolution Adopting the Revised City of Milton Parks and Recreation Department Facility and Fields Use Policy ____________________________________________________________________________ Department Recommendation: Staff is recommending the approval of a Resolution Adopting the Revised City of Milton Parks and Recreation Department Facility and Fields Use Policy. Executive Summary: The city continues to grow in many ways. Our population is growing and the number of Parks and Recreation Department assets we have is growing as well. In 2015, we had many requests, both formally and informally, to rent out the artificial turf assets of the City for repetitive private functions. Our policy needed to be revised such that we can be consistent in our delivery of service to the citizens. The Parks and Recreation Advisory Board (PRAB) invested two months of work, crafting a policy that allows the citizens of Milton a fair and equal opportunity to use the city assets for private functions. This policy combines the stated wishes of the citizens as well as the best practices from the parks and recreation agencies of the surrounding communities. Funding and Fiscal Impact: While the resolution itself does not have a fiscal impact, the adoption of the Facilities and Field Use Policy will likely result in a modest increase in rental revenue to the City. Alternatives: If this policy is not adopted our alternative is to relay the council’s input and return to the PRAB to revise the policy. Page 2 of 2 Legal Review: Ken Jarrard – Jarrard & Davis September 19, 2015 Concurrent Review: Chris Lagerbloom, City Manager Attachment(s): 1) Resolution Adopting the City of Milton Parks and Recreation Department Revised Facility and Fields Use Policy 2) Exhibit A - MPRD Revised Facility Field Use Policy – Proposed Version 3.0 STATE OF GEORGIA COUNTY OF FULTON RESOLUTION NO. A RESOLUTION ADOPTING THE CITY OF MILTON PARKS AND RECREATION DEPARTMENT REVISED FACILITY AND FIELDS USE POLICY WHEREAS, the City of Milton continues to expand and grow the Facilities and Fields in the Parks and Recreation Department; and WHEREAS, the City of Milton Parks and Recreation Department continues to expand the number and variety of recreation programs; and WHEREAS, the number of requests to use and/or rent the city’s Facilities and Fields increased in 2015; and WHEREAS, the Parks and Recreation Advisory Board (PRAB) worked closely with the City Staff, the City Attorney and surrounding Parks and Recreation Agencies to create a City of Milton Facility and Field Use Policy; and WHEREAS, the public interest will be served by the adoption of this revised Facility and Field Use Policy, which is attached as Exhibit A. NOW, THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED, that the Mayor and Council of the City of Milton hereby approve the Department of Parks and Recreation Facility and Fields Use Policy. RESOLVED this 19th day of October, 2015. Approved: ____________________________ Joe Lockwood, Mayor Attest: _____________________________ Sudie AM Gordon, City Clerk City of Milton Parks and Recreation Department: Facility and Fields Policy Exhibit A - Proposed Version 3.0 - September 18, 2015 Purpose and Mission The City of Milton Parks and Recreation Department (hereinafter referred to as “MPRD”) has a variety of facilities and fields located within the City of Milton, Georgia (“City”) that are available to rent when not in use for City-sponsored programs or City partner programs. MPRD’s mission is to serve the residents of the City, and therefore City residents enjoy the first opportunity to rent available space after other programming needs are met. MPRD hereby establishes these universal policies and procedures (the “Policy”) pertaining to the rental of such fields and facilities for distribution to City employees and the general public as appropriate to ensure consistency in MPRD operations. It should be noted that each rental facility and field is unique and has specific guidelines that renters must adhere to in addition to those listed in this Policy. Rental fees will vary for each specific facility/field. Facilities include, but may not be limited to, picnic pavilions, meeting rooms, gymnasiums and tennis courts identified by MPRD. Fields include, but may not be limited to, baseball/softball fields and multi- purpose rectangular athletic fields identified by MPRD. MPRD facilities and fields are intended to be used by residents of the City, and City residents shall be given first priority to rent after City-sponsored programs or City partner programs. MPRD reserves the right to request participation information (including participant names and addresses) from any individual or group requesting to rent fields or facilities. Factors that may be considered by MPRD in considering a request to rent include the number of City residents involved in the rental activity. Rentals will be subject to the following restrictions: 1. Facilities will not be available when an event sponsored by the City or an activity approved by the City is being conducted. 2. With the exception of the Bethwell Community Center, indoor rentals will not be allowed on City recognized holidays. 3. All rentals, except outdoor athletic facilities, will end no later than 10:00pm. Outdoor athletic facility rentals may end at 11:00pm with prior written approval from MPRD, but otherwise shall end at 10:00pm. 4. Reservations of indoor facilities during regular hours of operation are not allowed. 5. Reservations of indoor and outdoor facilities may be made no earlier than six (6) months prior to requested event date. MPRD reserves the right to amend this Policy, including the fee schedule, Rental Requests provisions, Universal Guidelines, and Fields/Facilities below, as deemed appropriate with thirty (30) days prior written notice of amendment by posting on the City’s website. Per the terms of the Memorandum of Understanding with the City of Alpharetta (“Alpharetta”) effective December 1, 2012, Alpharetta residents shall be allowed to rent City facilities and fields, provided space City of Milton Parks and Recreation Department: Facility and Fields Policy Exhibit A - Proposed Version 3.0 - September 18, 2015 is available, and shall pay the same fees as City residents. For the purposes of this Policy, the word “Resident” shall include residents of the Cities of Alpharetta and Milton unless noted otherwise. City of Milton Parks and Recreation Department: Facility and Fields Policy Exhibit A - Proposed Version 3.0 - September 18, 2015 Rental Requests All applicants shall complete a Field Use Agreement or a Facility Use Agreement (“Agreement”), copies of which are included with this Policy. Requests to rent a facility/field shall be treated as follows: 1. A request for a program or athletic sport already offered by MPRD, or its partners, will not be considered. 2. Athletic teams representing a sport (or a certain level of sport) that is not offered by the MPRD may rent a field based on availability if the field has not been closed for repair or maintenance 3. Social activities/events may be scheduled on any field as long as the field is available and there would be sufficient time after the rental to prepare/maintain the field for its next scheduled use. 4. In the event a rental request is made that does not fall under item 2 or 3 above, the MPRD Director (“Director”) shall determine if the rental request will be allowed. However, the City Parks and Recreation Advisory Board has the final discretion in approving/denying rental requests that fall outside this Policy. All requests must be made via a completed Field Use Agreement or Facility Use Agreement no more than six (6) months prior and no less than thirty (30) days prior to the requested date. Requests will NOT be processed on a first come, first served basis. Each month on the 1st and 15th of the month (or the next business day if said date falls on a weekend or City holiday), there will be an approval of rental requests. In the event of competing dates/times for the same facility or field, a drawing will be held to approve the rental. The approved rental will be notified via the contact email on the completed Agreement. Other Departments of the City will be allowed to reserve MPRD facilities during regular business hours for employee functions at no cost, depending on availability. Requests for Department usage outside of regular business hours will be handled on a case by case basis by the Director. No individual or group may make a rental request more than one (1) time in a calendar quarter. Separate individuals affiliated with the same group will not be allowed to individually apply in an effort to circumvent this one (1) request in a calendar quarter restriction. It is the intention of the City Council of Milton and the Parks and Recreation Department that organizations/leagues having access to Milton fields be organizations as are recognized by the City, and which are a part of duly sanctioned local, regional or nationally affiliated leagues. This policy ensures that demand on fields is kept to a manageable level. The City of Milton reserves the right to decline access to field space if, in the discretion of the Director or City Manager, field access is being requested by individuals or entities in derogation of the statement of intention set forth in this paragraph. Fees and Deposits will be set forth in the Fee Schedule below. City of Milton Parks and Recreation Department: Facility and Fields Policy Exhibit A - Proposed Version 3.0 - September 18, 2015 Fee Schedule Rentals contracted with non-Alpharetta and non-Milton Residents will be charged fees consisting of 150% of the fees set forth below. Time requested for rental should include set-up and clean-up. A. Meeting Rooms a. Bethwell Community Center Rental – Three hour minimum - $40/hour b. Refundable Cleaning deposit - $50.00 c. Bell Memorial Park Meeting Room – Two hour minimum - $20/hour d. Refundable Cleaning deposit - $50.00 B. Gymnasiums – Not available for rental per FCBoE agreement C. Picnic Pavilion a. Friendship Community Park Pavilion – Two hour minimum - $10/hour b. Broadwell Pavilion – Four hour minimum - $25/hour c. Refundable Security Deposit for Broadwell Pavilion Only - $500 d. Refundable Grill Use Deposit for Broadwell Pavilion Only - $100 D. Tennis Courts – Not available for rental per FCBoE agreement E. Athletic Field (Baseball/Softball) a. Two hour minimum without lights - $50/hour b. Two hour minimum with lights - $75/hour c. Include drag and line field – $50/field set up d. Refundable Security deposit - $100 e. Other fees might be necessary and determined on a case by case basis F. Athletic Field (Rectangular) a. Two hour minimum without lights – $75/hour b. Two hour minimum with lights – $100.00/hour c. Paint or line the field – (price quote to be provided by MPRD Director) d. Refundable Security deposit – $100 e. Other fees might be necessary and determined on a case by case basis G. Other: Full refunds will be granted if a rental is cancelled by MPRD. Refunds will be granted if requested by the renter at least ten (10) business days prior to the rental, provided that MPRD will retain a $10 service charge. Refunds will not be granted if a rental group does not show up for their reserved time without advance notice (at least 10 business days). City of Milton Parks and Recreation Department: Facility and Fields Policy Exhibit A - Proposed Version 3.0 - September 18, 2015 Universal Guidelines 1. No one under the age of 21 years shall be permitted to enter into an Agreement with MPRD. 2. Renter (person whose name is on the Agreement) must be present during the entire scheduled event. Failure to do so may result in immediate forfeiture of any applicable fees and deposits, and renter may not be allowed to use any City facility in the future for a period up to, but not exceeding, two years. 3. Renter is responsible for ensuring that any guest asked to leave the premises by any MPRD employee due to misconduct and/or violation of MPRD rules leaves the MPRD property immediately and without incident. 4. MPRD reserves the right to cancel, postpone or reschedule any rental. The renter will be given a choice of a refund or to have an alternative date scheduled. 5. For the safety of all, if MPRD is closed due to inclement weather, all facility reservations will be cancelled. The renter will be entitled to a full refund or may reschedule at another time as agreed upon in writing by MPRD and renter. 6. Requested times of use shall include set-up and clean-up times. 7. Per City ordinance, the use of alcoholic beverages, tobacco and all tobacco products is strictly prohibited in City parks, fields and facilities. 8. Except for guide animals, pets are not allowed in or on facilities or fields. Pets are otherwise allowed in the parks if kept on a leash. 9. The renter shall not have the right to assign a rental agreement or any rights hereunder or to sublet MPRD facilities or fields. 10. Renter must provide at least one (1) adult chaperone for every fifteen (15) youth (i.e. individuals under the age of 18 years) in attendance. 11. Renter shall use only the facilities or fields that have been formally rented as identified in the Agreement. Rental activities shall not hinder or obstruct the activities of the occupants of the facility, or the accompanying or adjacent park areas. 12. MPRD has the right to immediately cancel any rental on site if the actions of the group put the group, any member of the group, any City employee, the general public, and/or the facility or field at risk or in danger. 13. Renter is responsible for discouraging participants at the event from the use of offensive language. MPRD has the right to order the removal from the premises any guest(s) who engages in physical abuse or threat of physical abuse toward another guest, a City employee or the general public. 14. Upon request. Renter must provide a Certificate of Insurance ($1,000,000 minimum). The City of Milton should be listed as an additional insured. 15. MPRD reserves the right to rent different areas of the same facility or field to different groups at the same time. 16. MPRD does not guarantee the use of equipment, tables, chairs, etc. No tables, chairs or other City personal property may be removed from a facility or field. 17. Portable grills are not permitted at all in any City park. 18. Athletic field participants are prohibited from gaining access to any field by climbing over a fence. City of Milton Parks and Recreation Department: Facility and Fields Policy Exhibit A - Proposed Version 3.0 - September 18, 2015 19. Only stakes or posts that can be pushed by hand into the ground may be used on any baseball/softball field. 20. Renters are NOT allowed to use any paint or other similar materials on athletic fields. 21. All trash and garbage must be placed in the proper receptacles provided by the City. City of Milton Parks and Recreation Department: Facility and Fields Policy Exhibit A - Proposed Version 3.0 - September 18, 2015 Facilities/Fields Bell Memorial Park Field 1 - 180 feet Regulation football sized, artificial turf Field 2 - 250 feet Regulation football sized, artificial turf Field 3 - 140 feet 290 feet Field 4 - 160 feet 190 feet Field 5 – 200 feet Field 6 – 200 feet Field 7 – 200 feet (artificial turf – charged at the artificial turf rate of $75/hour) Concession Stand with multiple tables, both regular and ADA accessible Meeting Room for 15 available for rental Walking Trail of approximately 1 mile, ½ ADA accessible, ½ natural terrain. Pavilion adjoining concession stand – 24 feet X 19 feet 3 Picnic Tables 2 Standard Tables 1 Americans with Disabilities Act compliant Table (“ADA Table”) Pavilion in front of Field 3 – 31 feet X 20 feet 4 Picnic Tables 2 Standard Tables 2 ADA Tables Bethwell Community Center 2 Picnic Tables 1 Outdoor Grill Indoor capacity for 55 people Broadwell Pavilion 6 Picnic Tables, 4 regular need, 2 are ADA accessibile Outdoor grilling allowed with a special permit Alcohol permitted with special permit Friendship Community Park 1 Multi-Purpose Rectangular Field approximately ½ acre 1 Half-Court Basketball Court with 1 Basketball Goal Circular Pavilion – 24 feet X 24 feet 3 Picnic Tables 2 Standard Tables 1 ADA Table Birmingham Falls Elementary 1 Multi-Purpose Rectangular Field approximately 2.5 acres 1 Indoor Gymnasium City of Milton Parks and Recreation Department: Facility and Fields Policy Exhibit A - Proposed Version 3.0 - September 18, 2015 Cogburn Woods Elementary 1 Multi-Purpose Rectangular Field approximately 1 acre 1 Indoor Gymnasium Hopewell Middle 1 Multi-Purpose Rectangular Field approximately 1.5 acres 1 Diamond shaped field 1 Indoor Gymnasium Northwestern Middle 1 Multi-Purpose Rectangular Field approximately 2 acres 1 Diamond Shaped Field 1 Lacrosse field approximately .5 acres 1 Lacrosse/Basesball/Softball field approximately 1.25 acres 1 Indoor Gymnasium HOMEOF'r�FBEST QUAL rw )' P. F IN GwOh.(-4A.' M LT - 0 N1 F5TAM,1SHFD 2006 CITY COUNCIL AGENDA ITEM TO: City Council DATE: October 12, 2015 FROM: City Manager AGENDA ITEM: Consideration of an Intergovernmental Agreement between the City of Milton and Fulton County Schools Regarding Implementation of an Automated Enforcement Program for School Bus Stop Arm Violations ("School Bus Safety Camera Enforcement Program"). MEETING DATE: Monday, October 19, 2015 Regular City Council Meeting BACKGROUND INFORMATION: (Attach additional pages if necessary) See attached memorandum APPROVAL BY CITY MANAGER: XAPPROVED () NOT APPROVED CITY ATTORNEY APPROVAL REQUIRED: JIYES () NO CITY ATTORNEY REVIEW REQUIRED: k YES () NO APPROVAL BY CITY ATTORNEY i) APPROVED () NOT APPROVED PLACED ON AGENDA FOR: 4okgk%� REMARKS © i Youlm PHONE: 678.242.25001 FAX: 678.242,2499 Green info@cltyofmiltonga.us I www.cityofmiltonga.us WILDLIFE Community Eih,c,� � ` 13000 Deerfield Parkway, Suite 107 1 Milton GA 30004 3', a CLL To: Honorable Mayor and City Council Members From: Chris Lagerbloom, City Manager Date: Submitted on October 14, 2015 for the October 19, 2015 Regular Council Meeting Agenda Item: Consideration of an Intergovernmental Agreement between the City of Milton and Fulton County Schools Regarding Implementation of an Automated Enforcement Program for School Bus Stop Arm Violations. ______________________________________________________________________________ Department Recommendation: Approval. Executive Summary: Fulton County Schools approached the City of Milton with the concept of automated enforcement of school bus stop arm violations. In speaking with Board of Education staff, Georgia ranks very high in the number of bus stop injuries and fatalities each year. This would be a program where cameras would be installed on busses which score high on stop arm violations. Violations would be reviewed by a member of the Milton Police Department. Fulton County Schools are seeking to implement this program in multiple cities within the county. Funding and Fiscal Impact: There is no cost associated with the installation of the equipment. In the event of a violation, a civil notice will be sent to the offender and proceeds from that fine will be split 50% to the City of Milton and 50% to the Board of Education. Alternatives: Do not approve the IGA. Legal Review: Ken Jarrard, City Attorney Attachment(s): IGA INTERGOVERNMENTAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN FULTON COUNTY SCHOOLS AND THE CITY OF MILTON This Intergovernmental Agreement (“IGA”) is entered into this ___ day of ___________, 20__, between Fulton County Schools, a school district in the State of Georgia, with principal offices at 6201 Powers Ferry Rd., NW; Atlanta, GA 30339 (“School District”) and The City of Milton, with principal offices at 13000 Deerfield PKWY -# 107, Milton, GA, 30004 (“Municipality)”. Each entity may be referred to individually as a “party” and collectively as the “parties.” BACKGROUND WHEREAS, School District entered into a Professional Services Agreement dated October 9, 2014 with American Traffic Solutions, Inc. (“ATS”) to provide School District with a School Bus Safety Camera Enforcement Program; WHEREAS, Municipality wishes to implement an automated enforcement program for school bus stop arm violations (“School Bus Safety Camera Enforcement Program”); and WHEREAS, ATS has the knowledge, possession and ownership of certain equipment, licenses, and processes, referred to collectively as the “Axsis TM System”, to allow the School District to implement and maintain a School Bus Safety Camera Enforcement Program . AGREEMENT NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises, the parties agree: I. Purpose This IGA allocates responsibility among the parties for: 1) implementing a school bus safety camera enforcement program (“Enforcement Program”) to capture recorded images of motor vehicles unlawfully passing school buses; and 2) capturing the fundamental terms and conditions of services to be performed by each party, the means and methods of Enforcement Program funding, accounting and recordkeeping and the allocation of revenue realized from fines (including any fees and surcharges) for each party’s services related to the Enforcement Program. Each party warrants that it has appropriate authorization to enter into this IGA. II. School District responsibilities School District has contracted with a third party Vendor for the provision of violation detection technology equipment and services to administer the Enforcement Program (“Program Agreement”). School District will manage the Program Agreement and Vendor relationship. Upon expiration or termination of the Program Agreement, School District will wind up performance, in accordance with the Program Agreement. III. Municipality responsibilities Municipality will provide law enforcement resources necessary to administer traffic enforcement and violation assessment for the Enforcement Program. In performing its obligations under this IGA, Municipality shall comply with O.C.G.A. § 40-6-163 and all statutes, regulations, policies, and ordinances related to the administration of traffic enforcement and violation assessment. Municipality will provide resources necessary to administer the Enforcement Program and prosecute violations. Municipality will ensure that a qualified officer or other qualified staff member reviews the recorded images no later than three (3) days after the transmission of data indicating a traffic violation captured by Vendor’s technology to determine whether an infraction occurred. A determination of whether an infraction occurred, and communication of such determination, shall be made no later than three (3) days after transmission of data indicating a traffic violation. The communication of such determination shall be communicated to the motorist in accordance with O.C.G.A. § 40-6-163, as that code section may be amended from time to time. Page 2 The Municipality warrants that it has sufficient funds and personnel to implement the responsibilities of t his IGA, including, but not limited to, issuing citations, serving as a witness when necessary, and facilitating such law enforcement duties of the Municipality. Municipality will reasonably cooperate with the School District in the administration of the Enforcement Program. Such cooperation may include, but is not limited to, working directly with the School District’s Vendor to communicate enforcement determinations or approvals necessary for Vendor to process all paperwork (i.e., notices of violation, c itations and other administrative or collections activities) and payment of civil monetary penalties. Municipality shall maintain accounting records for violations, citations, and other administrative or collection activities and such records shall be made available for review by the School District within ten (10) days upon request. Municipality shall send monthly progress reports to the School District detailing the number of violations issued. The balance or value of an account shall be determined as of the last day of each month during the Program Agreement term. IV. Financing and Reimbursement School District will contract with Vendor for detection equipment, installation and field technical services and any other agreed-to services such as processing notices of violations and collections activities. School District shall reimburse Vendor fees as required in the Program Agreement. Each party will bear its respective administrative costs associated with the Enforcement Program. The funds from citation will be collected in a designated account operated by the School District. After the School District reimburses the Vendor’s fee, as required by the Program Agreement, each party shall be entitled to a percentage of the remaining dollar amount of fines collected as part of the Enforcement Program (“Program Revenue”): Municipality: 50% School District: 50% V. Term This IGA will commence on the Effective Date of the Program Agreement and will run concurrently with the term (including any renewal terms) set forth in the Program Agreement (“Term”). Either party may terminate this Agreement upon 90 days advanced notice to the other party. If the Municipality elects to terminate, the Municipality shall pay for the de -installation of the cameras from the school buses at a cost of $325 per bus. If the School District terminates the Agreement, the School District shall have the right to de-install the cameras but there shall be no cost to the Municipality. Otherwise, when the cameras have exceeded their useful life, are otherwise no longer operational, or this program is discontinued, this IGA shall terminate and the cameras shall be removed at the sole expense of the School District. VI. Agency No personnel of one party will be considered an employee or agent of any other party to this IGA. Each party to this IGA assumes full responsibility for its personnel while performing servic es related to the Enforcement Program. Each party shall be solely responsible for the supervision, daily direction, control and payment of salary (including provision of benefits and withholding of income taxes and social security), worker’s compensation and disability benefits. Page 3 VII. Non-Assignability None of the parties to this IGA shall assign any of the obligations or benefits of this IGA without the mutual written consent of all parties. VIII. Community Coordination and Communication The parties to this IGA agree to jointly determine their roles for community coordination and communication for the Enforcement Program and to jointly develop a public information/education plan for this Enforcement Program. Parties agree to assist in producing materials for public dis tribution. IX. E-verify and Title VI Each party agrees that it will comply with all E-Verify and Title VI requirements and execute any documents reasonably required related to such compliance. Further, each party agrees that any contracts let for work completed in furtherance of this Agreement shall contain all required E-verify and Title VI requirements under applicable law. X. Miscellaneous Provisions a. In the event of any controversy which may arise out of this IGA, the parties agree to participate in mutually agreeable mediation. b. All notices or demands upon any party to this IGA will be in writing and will be delivered in person or sent by mail, addressed as follows: City of Milton 13000 Deerfield PKWY, Ste. 107 Milton, GA 30004 Attn: Chris Lagerbloom Fulton County Schools 6201 Powers Ferry Road NW Atlanta, GA 30339 Attn: Superintendent c. Headings are used for convenience only and will not be construed to limit or derogate from the meaning of each clause. d. This IGA may be signed in counterparts (including electronic or facsimile transmission); each counterpart will be deemed an original and all taken together constitute one and the same instrument. e. To the extent required by applicable law, the parties will include as attachments to this IGA authenticated copies of each appropriate action by ordinance, resolution or otherwise of the governing bodies authorizing the execution hereof. f. This IGA represents the parties’ entire understanding and complete agreement on the subject matter contained herein and supersedes any prior or contemporaneous agreements, representations or understandings, either written or verbal. This IGA may not be modified or amended, except by a mutually-agreed writing that is signed by an authorized representative of each party and, to the extent required by law made effective b y authentication, determination of an agency lawyer or Attorney General or recording. [SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS] Page 4 ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED TO BY: Fulton County Schools By: By: Name/Title Date Superintendent Date HOME OF ' 71 ESTABLItiIIFD 2006 CITY COUNCIL AGENDA ITEM TO: City Council DATE: October 12, 2015 FROM: City Manager AGENDA ITEM: Consideration of a Consent Order Resolving the Issue of Road Funding and Maintenance in Fulton County, MEETING DATE: Monday, October 19, 2015 Regular City Council Meeting BACKGROUND INFORMATION: (Attach additional pages if necessary) See attached memorandum APPROVAL BY CITY MANAGER: V APPROVED CITY ATTORNEY APPROVAL REQUIRED. CITY ATTORNEY REVIEW REQUIRED. APPROVAL BY CITY ATTORNEY KYES KYES kAPPROVE PLACED ON AGENDA FOR: jolaiS REMARKS () NOT APPROVED () NO () NO D O NOT APPROVED q4 9110 Youl PHONE: 678.242.25001 FAX: 678.242.2499 Gt`een 'J' *Nc rnfie� �� ��.� �.�� ''2r info@cityofmiltonga.us 1 www.cityofmiifonga.us Community �� vEth[,,cs� 13000 Deerfield Parkway, Suite 107 1 Milton GA 30004 'a` 1 IN THE SUPERIOR COURT OF FULTON COUNTY STATE OF GEORGIA FULTON COUNTY, GEORGIA ) ) Petitioner, ) CIVIL ACTION ) ) FILE NO. 2009-CV-177235 vs. ) ) CITY OF ALPHARETTA, ET AL ) ) Respondents. ) ___________________________________________ CONSENT ORDER The above-captioned matter coming before the Special Master on the issue of funding for street/road construction and maintenance for unincorporated streets/roads within Fulton County and the parties have reached a negotiated agreement with respect to funding, it is hereby ORDERED that with respect to the funding of street/road construction and maintenance, local streets/roads, defined as any roadway that has no access control, and places a strong emphasis on access to adjacent land over mobilit y while service to through traffic is discouraged, shall come from the Special Services Tax District for unincorporated Fulton County. Should any dispute arise between or among the parties with respect to the declaration of a particular street/road as local, the Director of the Fulton County Department of the Environment and Community Services shall have the final say on said designation. All other street/road programs, including Transportation Improvement Program (“TIP”) matching funds, intersection improvements, signalization, street lights, striping, widening, and other maintenance or construction may be funded through the General Fund. It is further ORDERED that Fulton County shall conduct an annual audited accounting for General Fund expenditures 2 for Street/Road Maintenance and Construction and provide a copy of said accounting to all parties. This Order will remain in effect until such time as the parties undertake re- negotiations of the Service Delivery Strategy Act pursuant to O.C.G.A. § 36-70-1 et seq. So ORDERED, this ________ day of ________________, 2015. _____________________________ Judge Stanley F. Birch, Jr. (Ret.), Special Master HOME OF' FSTARLISIIFn 2006 CITY COUNCIL AGENDA ITEM TO: City Council DATE: October 12, 2015 FROM: City Manager AGENDA ITEM: Consideration of the Final Service Delivery Strategy Agreement between the City of Milton, Fulton County, and All Other Municipalities in Fulton County. MEETING DATE: Monday, October 19, 2015 Regular City Council Meeting BACKGROUND INFORMATION: (Attach additional pages if necessary) See attached memorandum APPROVAL BY CITY MANAGER: k APPROVED () NOT APPROVED CITY ATTORNEY APPROVAL REQUIRED: YES O NO CITY ATTORNEY REVIEW REQUIRED . - YES () NO APPROVAL BY CITY ATTORNEY () NOT APPROVED PLACED ON AGENDA FOR: to , q,S REMARKS ©10You(n PHONE: 678.242.25001 FAX: 678.242.2499 Gre-en �' *Ccrtliicvi* i�il info@cityofmiltonga.us I www.cifyofmiltonga.us Community 13000 Deerfield Parkway, Suite 107 1 Milton GA 30004 SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY FOR FULTON COUNTY AND THE CITIES OF: ALPHARETTA ATLANTA CHATTAHOOCHEE HILLS COLLEGE PARK EAST POINT FAIRBURN HAPEVILLE JOHNS CREEK MILTON MOUNTAIN PARK PALMETTO ROSWELL SANDY SPRINGS UNION CITY July 17, 2015 Formatted: Emphasis, Font: Calibri, 11 pt ATTACHMENT – III Service Delivery Strategy • 911 3 • Animal Control 7 • Communications (Non-911) 12 • Courts 16 • Drug Task Force 20 • Fire 23 • Aviation 28 • Indigent Care 31 • Law Enforcement (Police and Marshal) 34 • Mental Health/Development Disability/Addictive Diseases (MH/DD/AD) 39 • Public Defender 41 • Recreation Programs 43 • Recycling Programs/Curbside 46 • Refuse Collection 51 • Senior Centers 55 • Wastewater (Treatment and Collection) 58 • Water System (Treatment and Distribution) 67 • Welfare Services 70 • Yard Waste Collection 73 • Arts Grants Program 77 • Arts Programs 80 • Building Inspections & Permits 83 • Code Enforcement 86 • Computer Maps (GIS) 89 • Disability Affairs 93 • Economic Development 95 • Elections 98 • Emergency Management (EMS) 101 • Environmental Health 104 • Environmental Regulation 108 • Housing 111 • Parks 115 • Physical Health 118 • Planning & Zoning 121 • Solicitor 124 • Street Construction and Maintenance 128 • Storm Water 129 • Voter Registration 135 • Workforce Development 136 Jail 139 ATTACHMENT IV Exhibits 1 ______________________________________ GEORGIA DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY AFFAIRS –––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––– SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY FOR FULTON COUNTY PAGE 1 I. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS: 1. Only one set of these forms should be submitted per county. The completed forms should clearly present the collective agreement reached by all cities and counties that were party to the service delivery strategy. 2. List each local government and/or authority that provides services included in the service delivery strategy in Section II below. 3. List all services provided or primarily funded by each general purpose local government and authority within the county in Section III below. It is acceptable to break a service into separate components if this will facilitate description of the service delivery strategy. 4. For each service or service component listed in Section III, complete a separate Summary of Service Delivery Arrangements form (page 2). 5. Complete one copy of the Summary of Land Use Agreements form (page 3). 6. Have the Certifications form (page 4) signed by the authorized representatives of participating local governments. Please note that DCA cannot validate the strategy unless it is signed by the local governments required by law (see Instructions, page 4). 7. Mail the completed forms along with any attachments to: Georgia Department of Community Affairs Office of Coordinated Planning For answers to most frequently asked questions on 60 Executive Park South, N.E Georgia’s Service Delivery Act, links and helpful. Atlanta, Georgia 30329 publications, visit DCA’s website at www.dca.servicedelivery.org, or call the Office of Coordinated Planning at (404) 679-3114. Note: Any future changes to the service delivery arrangem ents described on these form s will require an official update of the service delivery strategy and submittal of revised forms and attachments to the Georgia Departm ent of Community Affairs. II. LOCAL GOVERNMENTS INCLUDED IN THE SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY: In this section, list all local governments (including cities located partially within the county) and authorities that provide services included in the service delivery strategy. Fulton County, Alpharetta, City of Atlanta, Chattahoochee Hills, College Park, East Point, Fairburn, Hapeville, Johns Creek, Milton, Mountain Park, Palmetto, Roswell, Sandy Springs, Union City, Roswell Housing Authority, ChatCom Authority, Union City Housing Authority, Fairburn and Palmetto Housing Authority, South Fulton Municipal Regional Jail Authority, South Fulton Municipal Regional Water and Sewer Authority, Fulton/DeKalb Hospital Authority, Housing Authority of Fulton County, College Park Housing Authority, Milton Parks Authority, Milton Facilities Authority, Atlanta Downtown Improvement Development Authority, Atlanta Urban Redevelopment Agency, Atlanta Housing Authority, Atlanta-Fulton County Recreation Authority, Development Authority of Fulton County, Development Authority of DeKalb County, Metro Atlanta Joint Development Authority, Metro Atlanta Rapid Transit Authority, Fulton County Urban Redevelopment Agency; Building Authority of Fulton County; College Park Business and Industrial Development Authority Development Authority of Hapeville, Fulton County Residential Care Facilities for the Elderly Authority, Clayton County Water Authority 2 III. GOVERNING PROVISIONS: 1. Unless otherwise specified herein, agreements between and among the parties hereto may be changed or cancelled without modifying, cancelling, or affecting in any way, this Service Delivery Strategy. 2. The parties have engaged in good faith negotiations and reached agreement as to the Fulton County Service Delivery Strategy (“Strategy”), pursuant to the requirements of the Service Delivery Act O.C.G.A. § 36 -70-20, et seq. (the “Act”); and affirmatively declare that this Strategy is not intended to limit or supersede the rights and powers of each and every party to this Strateg y as to each parties’ respective rights and powers granted by the State of Georgia, as political subdivisions of the State of Georg ia, as may be set out in respective City or County Charters, the Georgia Constitution, the Official Code of Georgia or other applicable law, except as affirmatively required by the Act; and the parties expressly reserve such rights and powers. 3 Instructions: SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY SUMMARY OF SERVICE DELIVERY ARRANGEMENTS PAGE 2 Make copies of this form and complete one for each service listed on page 1, Section III. Use exactly the same service names listed on page 1. Answer each question below, attaching additional pages as necessary. If the contact person for this service (listed at the bottom of the page) changes, this should be reported to the Department of Community Affairs. County: Fulton Service: 911 1. Check the box that best describes the agreed upon delivery arrangement for this service: Service will be provided countywide (i.e., including all cities and unincorporated areas) by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the service will not be provided in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organization providing the service: One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the county will provide the service in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organization providing the service.): ✔ Other (If this box is checked, attach an UPDATED legible map delineating the service area of each service provider, and identify the government, authority, or other organization that will provide service within each service area.): No map required. Fulton, Alpharetta, Atlanta, College Park, East Point, Fairburn, Hapeville, Palmetto, Chattahoochee Hills, Roswell, Union City, Mountain Park:, Sandy Springs and, Johns Creek using ChatCom Authority for 911:, Milton using Alpharetta for 911 2. In developing the strategy, were overlapping service areas, unnecessary competition and/or duplication of this service identified? Yes ✔ No If these conditions will continue under the strategy, attach an explanation for continuing the arrange ment (i.e., overlapping but higher levels of service (See O.C.G.A. 36-70-24(1)), overriding benefits of the duplication, or reasons that overlapping service areas or competition cannot be eliminated). If these conditions will be eliminated under the strategy, attach an implementation schedule listing each step or action that will be taken to eliminate them, the responsible party and the agreed upon deadline for completing it. 4 3. List each government or authority that will help to pay for this service and indicate how the service will be funded (e.g., enterprise funds, user fees, general funds, special service district revenues, hotel/motel taxes, franchise taxes, impact fees, bonded indebtedness, etc.). Local Government or Authority: Funding Method: Fulton County and municipalities See Funding Arrangement 4. How will the strategy change the previous arrangements for providing and/or funding this service within the county? Not Applicable 5. List any formal service delivery agreements or intergovernmental contracts that will be used to implement the strategy for this service: Agreement Name: Contracting Parties: Effective and Ending Dates: Intergovernmental Roswell and Mountain Park 4/30/98 – indefinite 911 Intergovernmental Alpharetta and Milton 10/1/08 through 9/30/18 911 Intergovernmental Palmetto and Fulton County 12/19/07 through12/18/17 911 Intergovernmental Fulton County and Fairburn 1/1/2015 through 12/31/2018 911 Intergovernmental Fulton County and Chatt Hills 3/1/15 through 12/31/18 911 Intergovernmental Fulton County and Union City 3/1/15 through 12/31/18 6. What other mechanisms (if any) will be used to implement the strategy for this service (e.g., ordinances, resolutions, local acts of the General Assembly, rate or fee changes, etc.), and when will they take effect? Not Applicable 7. Person completing form: L a u r a Le w i s Phone number: 404.612.0246 Date completed: July 17, 2015 8. Is this the person who should be contacted by state agencies when evaluating whether proposed local government projects are consistent with the service delivery strategy? Yes No If not, provide designated contact person(s) and phone number(s) below: County Manager (404) 612-8320 PAGE 2 (continued) 5 SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY Services: 911 Parties: Fulton County and the cities of Alpharetta, Atlanta, Chattahoochee Hills, College Park, East Point, Fairburn, Hapeville, Johns Creek, Milton, Mountain Park, Palmetto, Roswell, Sandy Springs and Union City. Strategy: All municipalities in Fulton will continue to provide their own 911 services within their respective cities, with the exception of Mountain Park, which will continue to contract with Roswell for 911 services. Palmetto, Fairburn, Union City, and Chattahoochee Hills contract with Fulton County for 911 services. Milton contracts with Alpharetta for 911 services. Sandy Springs and Johns Creek contract with ChatCom for 911 services. FUNDING ARRANGEMENT Local Government Funding Method Alpharetta 911 Fund/User Fees Atlanta 911Fund/User Fees/General Fund Chattahoochee Hills 911 Fund/User Fees College Park 47% 911 Fund/ 53% General Fund East Point General Fund/911 Fund/User Fees Fairburn 911Fund/User Fees/General Fund Hapeville 911 Fund/User Fees Johns Creek 911Fund/General Fund /User Fees Milton 911 Fund /User Fees (potential General Fund) Mountain Park 911 User Fees Palmetto 911 Fund/User Fees Roswell 911 Fund/User Fees 6 Sandy Springs 911 Fund/User Fees/General Fund Union City 911 User Fees/General Fund Fulton County 911 Fund/User Fees 7 Instructions: SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY SUMMARY OF SERVICE DELIVERY ARRANGEMENTS PAGE 2 Make copies of this form and complete one for each service listed on page 1, Section III. Use exactly the same service names listed on page 1. Answer each question below, attaching additional pages as necessary. If the contact person for this service (listed at the bottom of the page) changes, this should be reported to the Department of Community Affairs. County: Fulton County Service: Animal Control 1. Check the box that best describes the agreed upon delivery arrangement for this service: Service will be provided countywide (i.e., including all cities and unincorporated areas) by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): Service will be provided only in the unincorporated portion of the county by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the service will not be provided in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organization providing the service: One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the county will provide the service in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organization providing the service.): ✔ Other (If this box is checked, attach a legible map delineating the service area of each service provider, and identify the government, authority, or other organization that will provide service within each service area.): No map required Fulton County and all municipalities 2. In developing the strategy, were overlapping service areas, unnecessary competition and/or duplication of this service identified? Yes ✔ No If these conditions will continue under the strategy, attach an explanation for continuing the arrange ment (i.e., overlapping but higher levels of service (See O.C.G.A. 36-70-24(1)), overriding benefits of the duplication, or reasons that overlapping service areas or competition cannot be eliminated). If these conditions will be eliminated under the strategy, attach an implementation schedule listing each step or action that will be taken to eliminate them, the responsible party and the agreed upon deadline for completing it. 8 3. List each government or authority that will help to pay for this service and indicate how the service will be funded (e.g., enterprise funds, user fees, general funds, special service district revenues, hotel/motel taxes, franchise taxes, impact fees, bonded indebtedness, etc.). Local Government or Authority: Funding Method: Fulton County and municipalities See Funding Arrangement 4. How will the strategy change the previous arrangements for providing and/or funding this service within the county? The Fulton County General Fund will pay for rabies related activities. Fulton County will fund other animal control services from the Special Service District, based on calls for service in the unincorporated areas of the County. 5. List any formal service delivery agreements or intergovernmental contracts that will be used to implement the strategy for this service: Agreem ent Nam e: Contracting Parties: Effective and Ending Dates IGA Fulton/Atlanta 7/1/14-12/31/17 IGA Fulton/Sandy Springs 2014-6/30/17 IGA Fulton/Union City 2014-6/30/17 IGA Fulton/Fairburn 2014-6/30/17 IGA Fulton/City of Roswell 2014-6/30/17 IGA Fulton/Chattahoochee Hills 2014-6/30/17 IGA Fulton/Alpharetta 2014-6/30/17 IGA Fulton/City of Milton 2014-6/30/17 IGA Fulton/Hapeville 2014-6/30/17 IGA Fulton/College Park 2014-6/30/17 IGA Fulton/Palmetto 2014-6/30/17 IGA Fulton/Mountain Park 2014-6/30/17 IGA Fulton/East Point 2014-6/30/17 IGA Fulton/Johns Creek 2014-6/30/17 6. What other mechanisms (if any) will be used to implement the strategy for this service (e.g., ordinances, resolutions, local acts of the General Assembly, rate or fee changes, etc.), and when will they take effect? Not Applicable 7. Person completing form: La u r a Le w i s Phone number: 404.612.0246 Date completed: J u l y 1 7 , 2 0 1 5 8. Is this the person who should be contacted by state agencies when evaluating whether proposed local government projects are consistent with the service delivery strategy? Yes ✔ No 9 If not, provide designated contact person(s) and phone number(s) below: County Manager (404) 612-8320 PAGE 2 (continued) 10 SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY Services: Animal Control Parties: Fulton County and the cities of Alpharetta, Atlanta, Chattahoochee Hills, College Park, East Point, Fairburn, Hapeville, Johns Creek, Milton, Mountain Park, Palmetto, Roswell, Sandy Springs and Union City. Strategy: Fulton County and municipalities in Fulton County share the cost of animal control services provided by a vendor which has a contract with Fulton County. The current contract provides for the County General Fund to pay an adjustable percentage (determined by the number of calls received that are related to rabies activities) of the cost of the contract for animal control services. The remaining contract cost is paid by the County Special Service District Fund (Unincorporated Fulton County) and the municipalities based on calls for services provided to the respective municipalities and unincorporated areas. Citations issued by animal control personnel within a municipality shall be prosecuted in the municipal court of that municipality. FUNDING ARRANGEMENT Local Government Funding Method Alpharetta General Fund Atlanta General Fund Chattahoochee Hills General Fund College Park General Fund East Point General Fund Fairburn General Fund Hapeville General Fund Johns Creek General Fund Milton General Fund 11 Mountain Park General Fund Palmetto General Fund Roswell General Fund Sandy Springs General Fund Union City General Fund Fulton County General Fund Fulton County (Unincorporated) SFSSD 12 Instructions: SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY SUMMARY OF SERVICE DELIVERY ARRANGEMENTS PAGE 2 Make copies of this form and complete one for each service listed on page 1, Section III. Use exactly the same service names listed on page 1. Answer each question below, attaching additional pages as necessary. If the contact person for this service (listed at the bottom of the page) changes, this should be reported to the Department of Community Affairs. County: Fulton County Service: Communications (Non-911) 1. Check the box that best describes the agreed upon delivery arrangement for this service: Service will be provided countywide (i.e., including all cities and unincorporated areas) by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): Service will be provided only in the unincorporated portion of the county by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the service will not be provided in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organization providing the service: One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the county will provide the service in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organization providing the service.): Other (If this box is checked, attach a legible map delineating the service area of each service provider, and identify the government, authority, or other organization that will provide service within each service area.): No map required Fulton County, Alpharetta, Atlanta, Chattahoochee Hills, College Park, East Point, Fairburn Hapeville, Johns Creek, Milton, Mountain Park, Palmetto, Roswell, Sandy Springs and Union City 2. In developing the strategy, were overlapping service areas, unnecessary competition and/or duplication of this service identified? Yes ✔ No If these conditions will continue under the strategy, attach an explanation for continuing the arrange ment (i.e., overlapping but higher levels of service (See O.C.G.A. 36-70-24(1)), overriding benefits of the duplication, or reasons that overlapping service areas or competition cannot be eliminated). If these conditions will be eliminated under the strategy, attach an implementation schedule listing each step or action that will be taken to eliminate them, the responsible party and the agreed upon deadline for completing it. 13 3. List each government or authority that will help to pay for this service and indicate how the service will be funded (e.g., enterprise funds, user fees, general funds, special service district revenues, hotel/motel taxes, franchise taxes, impact fees, bonded indebtedness, etc.). Local Government or Authority: Funding Method: Fulton County General Fund/ User Fees/Enterprise Fund (Water/Sewer) Municipalities See Funding Arrangement 4. How will the strategy change the previous arrangements for providing and/or funding this service within the county? This service was not delineated in the previous Service Delivery Strategy. 5. List any formal service delivery agreements or intergovernmental contracts that will be used to implement the strategy for this service: Agreem ent Nam e: Contracting Parties: Effective and Ending Dates: 800 MHz IGA Fulton County / Chattahoochee Hills 3/1/15 through 12/31/18 800 MHz IGA Fulton County / Palmetto 1/2014 through 12/2018 800 MHz IGA Fulton County / Johns Creek 1/1/15 through 12/31/18 800 MHz IGA Fulton County / Fairburn 1/1/15 through 12/31/18 800 MHz IGA Fulton County / Milton 1/1/15 through 12/31/15 800 MHz IGA Fulton County / Mountain Park 1/1/15 through 12/31/15 800 MHz IGA Fulton County / Sandy Springs 1/1/15 through 12/31/15 800 MHz IGA Fulton County / Alpharetta 1/1/15 through 12/31/15 800MHz IGA Fulton County / Roswell 1/1/15 through 12/31/15 800 MHz IGA Fulton County / Union City 1/1/15 through 12/31/18 Unified Radio System IGA Alpharetta/Milton/Roswell/Sandy Springs 1/28/13 through 1/27/33 800 MHz IGA Atlanta/College Park ? 800 MHz IGA Fulton County / Fulton County School Bd. 1/1/15 through 12/31/18 800 MHz IGA Fulton County / Chatt. River Nat’l Recreation Area 1/1/15 through 12/31/18 6. What other mechanisms (if any) will be used to implement the strategy for this service (e.g., ordinances, resolutions, local acts of the General Assembly, rate or fee changes, etc.), and when will they take effect? Not Applicable. 7. Person completing form: Laura Lewis Phone number: 404.612.0246 Date completed: July 17, 2015 8. Is this the person who should be contacted by state agencies when evaluating whether proposed local government projects are consistent with the service delivery strategy? ✔ Yes No Formatted: Right: -0.05", Line spacing: single 14 If not, provide designated contact person(s) and phone number(s) below: County Manager (404) 612-0832 15 SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY Services: Communications (Non -911) Parties: Fulton County and the cities of Alpharetta, Atlanta, Chattahoochee Hills, College Park, East Point, Fairburn, Hapeville, Johns Creek, Milton, Mountain Park, Palmetto, Roswell, Sandy Springs and Union City. Strategy: Fulton County provides certain county-wide, non-911 system communication services, including (but not limited to) the 800 MHZ radio communications system. These systems allow for communications among public-safety agencies and other governmental users and also allow for communications to the general public. Atlanta provides a non-911 communications service within its boundaries and to other users, including those identified in the intergovernmental agreements listed in Section 5. The North Fulton Regional Radio System Authority provides a unified radio system to Roswell, Sandy Springs, Milton and Alpharetta. FUNDING ARRANGEMENT Local Government Funding Method Alpharetta General Fund Atlanta General Fund Chattahoochee Hills General Fund College Park General Fund East Point General Fund Fairburn General Fund Hapeville General Fund 16 Johns Creek General Fund Milton General Fund Mountain Park General Fund Palmetto General Fund Roswell General Fund Sandy Springs General Fund Union City General Fund Fulton County General Fund/800 MHz System Fees/ Enterprise Fund (Water/Sewer) 17 Instructions: SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY SUMMARY OF SERVICE DELIVERY ARRANGEMENTS PAGE 2 Make copies of this form and complete one for each service listed on page 1, Section III. Use exactly the same service names listed on page 1. Answer each question below, attaching additional pages as necessary. If the contact person for this service (listed at the bottom of the page) changes, this should be reported to the Department of Community Affairs. County: Fulton County Service: Courts 1. Check the box that best describes the agreed upon delivery arrangement for this service: Service will be provided countywide (i.e., including all cities and unincorporated areas) by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): Fulton County Service will be provided only in the unincorporated portion of the county by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the service will not be provided in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organizatio n providing the service: One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the county will provide the service in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organization providing the service.): ✔ Other (If this box is checked, attach a legible map delineating the service area of each service provider, and identify the government, authority, or other organization that will provide service within each service area.): No map required Fulton County provides Probate, Magistrate , Juvenile, State and Superior Courts County- wide. Each Municipality provides municipal courts within its jurisdiction. 2. In developing the strategy, were overlapping service areas, unnecessary competition and/or duplication of this service identified? Yes ✔ No If these conditions will continue under the strategy, attach an explanation for continuing the arrange ment (i.e., overlapping but higher levels of service (See O.C.G.A. 36-70-24(1)), overriding benefits of the duplication, or reasons that overlapping service areas or competition cannot be eliminated). If these conditions will be eliminated under the strategy, attach an implementation schedule listing each step or action that will be taken to eliminate them, the responsible party and the agreed upon deadline for completing it. 18 3. List each government or authority that will help to pay for this service and indicate how the service will be funded (e.g., enterprise funds, user fees, general funds, special service district revenues, hotel/motel taxes, franchise taxes, impact fees, bonded indebtedness, etc.). Local Government or Authority: Funding Method: Fulton County and municipalities See Funding Arrangement 4. How will the strategy change the previous arrangements for providing and/or funding this service within the county? No Change. 5. List any formal service delivery agreements or intergovernmental contracts that will be used to implement the strategy for this service: Agreem ent Nam e: Contracting Parties: Effective and Ending Dates: General state law 6. What other mechanisms (if any) will be used to implement the strategy for this service (e.g. ordinances, resolutions, local acts of the General Assembly, rate or fee changes, etc. and when will they take effect? Not Applicable. 7. Person completing form: Laura Lewis Phone number: 404.612.0246 j Date completed: July 17, 2015 8. Is this the person who should be contacted by state agencies when evaluating whether proposed local government projects are consistent with the service delivery strategy? Yes No If not, provide designated contact person(s) and phone number(s) below: County Manager (404) 612-0832 PAGE 2 (continued) 19 SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY Services: Courts Parties: Fulton County and the cities of Alpharetta, Atlanta, Chattahoochee Hills, College Park, East Point, Fairburn, Hapeville, Johns Creek, Milton, Mountain Park, Palmetto, Roswell, Sandy Springs and Union City. Strategy: Fulton County will continue to provide Magistrate, Probate, Juvenile, State and Superior Court services to the unincorporated and incorporated areas of Fulton County. Each municipality within the county provides and will continue to provide Municipal Court services within their respective city where the municipal court has jurisdiction under the state law and city charter. COURTS FUNDING ARRANGEMENT (Superior, State, Magistrate, Probate, and Juvenile) Local Government Funding Method Fulton County General Fund/ South Fulton Special Services District (SFSSD) Municipal Courts Local Government Funding Method Alpharetta General Fund Atlanta General Fund Chattahoochee Hills General Fund College Park General Fund East Point General Fund Fairburn General Fund 20 Hapeville General Fund Johns Creek General Fund Milton General Fund Mountain Park General Fund Palmetto General Fund Roswell General Fund Sandy Springs General Fund Union City General Fund 21 Instructions: SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY SUMMARY OF SERVICE DELIVERY ARRANGEMENTS PAGE 2 Make copies of this form and complete one for each service listed on page 1, Section III. Use exactly the same service names listed on page 1. Answer each question below, attaching additional pages as necessary. If the contact person for this service (listed at the bottom of the page) changes, this should be reported to the Department of Community Affairs. County: Fulton County Service: Drug Task Force 1. Check the box that best describes the agreed upon delivery arrangement for this service: Service will be provided countywide (i.e., including all cities and unincorporated areas) by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): Service will be provided only in the unincorporated portion of the county by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the service will not be provided in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organizatio n providing the service: ✔ One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the county will provide the service in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organization providing the service.): Fulton County, Alpharetta, Atlanta, College Park, East Point, Fairburn, Hapeville, Mountain Park Palmetto, Roswell, Union City, Milton and Johns Creek Other (If this box is checked, attach a legible map delineating the service area of each service provider, and identify the government, authority, or other organization that will provide service within each service area.): 2. In developing the strategy, were overlapping service areas, unnecessary competition and/or duplication of this service identified? Yes ✔ No If these conditions will continue under the strategy, attach an explanation for continuing the arrange ment (i.e., overlapping but higher levels of service (See O.C.G.A. 36-70-24(1)), overriding benefits of the duplication, or reasons that overlapping service areas or competition cannot be eliminated). If these conditions will be eliminated under the strategy, attach an implementation schedule listing each step or action that will be taken to eliminate them, the responsible party and the agreed upon deadline for completing it. 22 3. List each government or authority that will help to pay for this service and indicate how the service will be funded (e.g., enterprise funds, user fees, general funds, special service district revenues, hotel/motel taxes, franchise taxes, impact fees, bonded indebtedness, etc.). Local Government or Authority: Funding Method: Fulton County and municipalities See Funding Arrangement 4. How will the strategy change the previous arrangements for providing and/or funding this service within the county? No Change. 5. List any formal service delivery agreements or intergovernmental contracts that will be used to implement the strategy for this service: Agreem ent Nam e: Contracting Parties: Effective and Ending Dates: 6. What other mechanisms (if any) will be used to implement the strategy for this service (e.g., ordinances, resolutions, local acts of the General Assembly, rate or fee changes, etc.), and when will they take effect? Not Applicable 7. Person completing form: Laura Lewis Phone number: 404.612.0246 Date completed: July 17, 2015 8. Is this the person who should be contacted by state agencies when evaluating whether proposed local government projects are consistent with the service delivery strategy? Yes √ No If not, provide designated contact person(s) and phone number(s) below: County Manager (404) 612-0832 PAGE 2 (continued) 23 SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY Services: Drug Task Force Parties: Fulton County and the cities of Alpharetta, Atlanta, Chattahoochee Hills, College Park, East Point, Fairburn, Hapeville, Johns Creek, Milton, Mountain Park, Palmetto, Roswell, Sandy Springs and Union City. Strategy: Fulton County will continue to provide drug enforcement services to the unincorporated areas of the Fulton County. Each municipality within the county will continue to provide drug enforcement services within their respective city. Further, the GBI and the DEA provide overlapping support to the County and the cities. FUNDING ARRANGEMENT Local Government Funding Method Alpharetta General Fund Atlanta General Fund Chattahoochee Hills General Fund College Park General Fund East Point General Fund Fairburn General Fund Hapeville General Fund Johns Creek General Fund Milton General Fund Mountain Park General Fund Palmetto General Fund Roswell General Fund Sandy Springs General Fund Union City General Fund Fulton County SFSSD 24 Instructions: SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY SUMMARY OF SERVICE DELIVERY ARRANGEMENTS PAGE 2 Make copies of this form and complete one for each service listed on page 1, Section III. Use exactly the same service names listed on page 1. Answer each question below, attaching additional pages as necessary. If the contact person for this service (listed at the bottom of the page) changes, this should be reported to the Department of Community Affairs. County: Fulton County Service: Fire 1. Check the box that best describes the agreed upon delivery arrangement for this service: Service will be provided countywide (i.e., including all cities and unincorporated areas) by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): Service will be provided only in the unincorporated portion of the county by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the service will not be provided in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organizatio n providing the service: One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the county will provide the service in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organization providing the service.): ✔ Other (If this box is checked, attach a legible map delineating the service area of each service provider, and identify the government, authority, or other organization that will provide service within each service area.): No map required Fulton County, Alpharetta, Atlanta, College Park, East Point, Hapeville, Roswell, Union City, Chattahoochee Hills, Sandy Springs, Johns Creek, Palmetto, Milton and Fairburn 2. In developing the strategy, were overlapping service areas, unnecessary competition and/or duplication of this service identified? Yes No If these conditions will continue under the strategy, attach an explanation for continuing the arrange ment (i.e., overlapping but higher levels of service (See O.C.G.A. 36-70-24(1)), overriding benefits of the duplication, or reasons that overlapping service areas or competition cannot be eliminated). If these conditions will be eliminated under the strategy, attach an implementation schedule listing each step or action that will be taken to eliminate them, the responsible party and the agreed upon deadline for completing it. 25 3. List each government or authority that will help to pay for this service and indicate how the service will be funded (e.g., enterprise funds, user fees, general funds, special service district revenues, hotel/motel taxes, franchise taxes, impact fees, bonded indebtedness, etc.). Local Government or Authority: Funding Method: Fulton County and municipalities See Funding Arrangement 4. How will the strategy change the previous arrangements for providing and/or funding this service within the county? No Change. 5. List any formal service delivery agreements or intergovernmental contracts that will be used to implement the strategy for this service: Agreem ent Nam e: Contracting Parties: Effective and Ending Dates: IGA Mutual Aid Atlanta/Sandy Springs/DeKalb/Cobb ? IGA Mutual Aid Palmetto/Fairburn 12/11/07- Annual Automatic Renewal IGA Mutual Aid Palmetto/Chattahoochee Hills 6/2/08 – Annual Automatic Renewal IGA Automatic Aid Alpharetta/Milton 10/01/2008 – Annual Automatic Renewal IGA Automatic Aid GA Mutual Aid Group GAMAG- 5/00 - indefinite IGA Mutual Aid Roswell/Milton 10/26/07 – Annual Automatic Renewal Mutual Aid Agreement College Park Secretary of the Army 2/7/2002-effective until 90 day notice Mutual Aid Agreement Fulton County/College Park 6/21/2003 - Mutual Aid Agreement Atlanta/College Park 1/4/2010-12/31/2015 – Agreement will be reviewed and renewed annually on January 1st each year of this term” MOU Metro Atlanta Urban Area Security Initiative/Atlanta ? Mutual Aid Resource Pact Atlanta/Georgia Mutual Aid Group 3/14/94 IGA Mutual Aid Palmetto/Union City 1 year renewable terms – terminable on 12/31/15 if 90 day notice is given IGA Mutual Aid Union City/Atlanta 1 year renewable terms – terminable on 12/31/15 if 90 day notice is given IGA Mutual Aid Union City/College Park 1 year renewable terms – terminable on 12/31/15 if 90 day notice is given 26 IGA Mutual Aid Union City/Fulton County 1 year renewable terms – terminable on 12/31/15 if 90 day notice is given IGA Mutual Aid Union City/Fairburn 1 year renewable terms – terminable on 12/31/15 if 90 day notice is given IGA Mutual Aid Fulton County/Roswell 8/20/03 – Annual Automatic Renewal (terminable if 90 day notice is given) IGA Mutual Aid Fulton County/Douglas County 8/20/03 – Annual Automatic Renewal (terminable if 90 day notice is given) IGA Mutual Aid Fulton County/College Park 9/17/03 - Annual Automatic Renewal (terminable if 90 day notice is given) IGA (Cascade Corridor) Fulton County/Atlanta ? Public Safety IGA Roswell/Mountain Park 4/20/2009 – no end date 6. What other mechanisms (if any) will be used to implement the strategy for this service (e.g., ordinances, resolutions, local acts of the General Assembly, rate or fee changes, etc.), and when will they take effect? The Georgia Mutual Aid Group. 7. Person completing form: Laura Lewis Phone number: 404.612.0246 Date completed: July 17, 2015 8. Is this the person who should be contacted by state agencies when evaluating whether proposed local government projects are consistent with the service delivery strategy? Yes ✔ No If not, provide designated contact person(s) and phone number(s) below: County Manager (404) 612-0832 PAGE 2 (continued) Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.28", Right: -0.01", Space Before: 0 pt, Line spacing: single 27 SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY Services: Fire Parties: Fulton County and the cities of Alpharetta, Atlanta, Chattahoochee Hills, College Park, East Point, Fairburn, Hapeville, Johns Creek, Milton, Mountain Park, Palmetto, Roswell, Sandy Springs and Union City. Strategy: Fulton County will continue to provide fire services to the unincorporated areas of Fulton County and a limited area within the City of Atlanta known as the Cascade Corridor. Each municipality within the County, with the exception Mountain Park, will continue to provide fire services within their respective cities. Mountain Park has a volunteer fire department which provides fire services within the city. FUNDING ARRANGEMENT Local Government Funding Method Alpharetta General Fund Atlanta General Fund/Enterprise Fund College Park General Fund East Point General Fund Fairburn General Fund Hapeville General Fund Johns Creek General Fund Milton General Fund Palmetto General Fund Chattahoochee Hills General Fund Roswell General Fund Sandy Springs General Fund Union City General Fund 28 Fulton SFSSD 29 Instructions: SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY SUMMARY OF SERVICE DELIVERY ARRANGEMENTS PAGE 2 Make copies of this form and complete one for each service listed on page 1, Section III. Use exactly the same service names listed on page 1. Answer each question below, attaching additional pages as necessary. If the contact person for this service (listed at the bottom of the page) changes, this should be reported to the Department of Community Affairs. County: Fulton County Service: Aviation 1. Check the box that best describes the agreed upon delivery arrangement for this service: Service will be provided countywide (i.e., including all cities and unincorporated areas) by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service Service will be provided only in the unincorporated portion of the county by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the service will not be provided in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organization providing the service: One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the county will provide the service in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organization providing the service.): Other (If this box is checked, attach a legible map delineating the service area of each service provider, and identify the government, authority, or other organization that will provide service within each service area.): No maps required Fulton County, City of Atlanta, College Park, and Hapeville 2. In developing the strategy, were overlapping service areas, unnecessary competition and/or duplication of this service identified? Yes ✔ No If these conditions will continue under the strategy, attach an explanation for continuing the arrange ment (i.e., overlapping but higher levels of service (See O.C.G.A. 36-70-24(1)), overriding benefits of the duplication, or reasons that overlapping service areas or competition cannot be eliminated). If these conditions will be eliminated under the strategy, attach an implementation schedule listing each step or action that will be taken to eliminate them, the responsible party and the agreed upon deadline for completing it. 30 3. List each government or authority that will help to pay for this service and indicate how the service will be funded (e.g., enterprise funds, user fees, general funds, special service district revenues, hotel/motel taxes, franchise taxes, impact fees, bonded indebtedness, etc.). Local Government or Authority: Funding Method: City of Atlanta Enterprise Fund Fulton County Enterprise Fund 4. How will the strategy change the previous arrangements for providing and/or funding this service within the county? No Change 5. List any formal service delivery agreements or intergovernmental contracts that will be used to implement the strategy for this service: Agreem ent Nam e: Contracting Parties: Effective and Ending Dates: 6. What other mechanisms (if any) will be used to implement the strategy for this service (e.g., ordinances, resolutions, local acts of the General Assembly, rate or fee changes, etc.), and when will they take effect? Not Applicable 7. Person completing form: Laura Lewis Phone number: 404.612.0246 Date completed:July 17, 2015 8. Is this the person who should be contacted by state agencies when evaluating whether proposed local government projects are consistent with the service delivery strategy? Yes ✔ No If not, provide designated contact person(s) and phone number(s) below: County Manager (404) 612-0832 PAGE 2 (continued) 31 SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY Services: Aviation Parties: Fulton County and the cities of Alpharetta, Atlanta, Chattahoochee Hills, College Park, East Point, Fairburn, Hapeville, Johns Creek, Milton, Mountain Park, Palmetto, Roswell, Sandy Springs and Union City. Strategy: The City of Atlanta owns and operates the Hartsfield-Jackson Atlanta International Airport, which is located within the City of Atlanta, the City of College Park, the City of Hapeville and Clayton County and provides international airport services. Fulton County owns and operates the Fulton County Airport, which is located within unincorporated Fulton County and provides airport services to the region. 32 Instructions: SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY SUMMARY OF SERVICE DELIVERY ARRANGEMENTS PAGE 2 Make copies of this form and complete one for each service listed on page 1, Section III. Use exactly the same service names listed on page 1. Answer each question below, attaching additional pages as necessary. If the contact person for this service (listed at the bottom of the page) changes, this should be reported to the Department of Community Affairs. County: Fulton County Service: Indigent Care 1. Check the box that best describes the agreed upon delivery arrangement for this service: Service will be provided countywide (i.e., including all cities and unincorporated areas) by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service Service will be provided only in the unincorporated portion of the county by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the service will not be provided in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organizatio n providing the service: One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the county will provide the service in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organization providing the service.): Other (If this box is checked, attach a legible map delineating the service area of each service provider, and identify the government, authority, or other organization that will provide service within each service area.): Fulton County, Fulton/DeKalb Hospital Authority and City of Atlanta 2. In developing the strategy, were overlapping service areas, unnecessary competition and/or duplication of this service identified? Yes ✔ No If these conditions will continue under the strategy, attach an explanation for continuing the arrange ment (i.e., overlapping but higher levels of service (See O.C.G.A. 36-70-24(1)), overriding benefits of the duplication, or reasons that overlapping service areas or competition cannot be eliminated). If these conditions will be eliminated under the strategy, attach an implementation schedule listing each step or action that will be taken to eliminate them, the responsible party and the agreed upon deadline for completing it. 33 3. List each government or authority that will help to pay for this service and indicate how the service will be funded (e.g., enterprise funds, user fees, general funds, special service district revenues, hotel/motel taxes, franchise taxes, impact fees, bonded indebtedness, etc.). Local Government or Authority: Funding Method: Fulton County General Fund/ MOU Fulton/ DeKalb Hospital Authority MOU City of Atlanta/Hospital Authority General Fund/ Contract 4. How will the strategy change the previous arrangements for providing and/or funding this service within the county? No Change 5. List any formal service delivery agreements or intergovernmental contracts that will be used to implement the strategy for this service: Agreem ent Nam e: Contracting Parties: Effective and Ending Dates: MOU Fulton County/Hospital Authority Contract City of Atlanta/Hospital Authority 6. What other mechanisms (if any) will be used to implement the strategy for this service (e.g., ordinances, resolutions, local acts of the General Assembly, rate or fee changes, etc.), and when will they take effect? Not Applicable 7. Person completing form: Laura Lewis Phone number: 404.612.0246 Date completed: July 17, 2015 8. Is this the person who should be contacted by state agencies when evaluating whether proposed local government projects are consistent with the service delivery strategy? Yes No If not, provide designated contact person(s) and phone number(s) below: County Manager (404) 612-0832 PAGE 2 (continued) 34 SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY Services: Indigent Care Parties: Fulton County and the cities of Alpharetta, Atlanta, Chattahoochee Hills, College Park, East Point, Fairburn, Hapeville, Johns Creek, Milton, Mountain Park, Palmetto, Roswell, Sandy Springs and Union City. Strategy: Fulton County provides and will continue to provide indigent care services to the unincorporated and incorporated areas of Fulton County. Indigent care is available to the residents of Fulton County through the Fulton/DeKalb Hospital Authority and the Grady Memorial Hospital Corporation (Grady Hospital). The City of Atlanta also provides for Indigent Care to citizens of the City of Atlanta through a contract with Grady Hospital. 35 Instructions: SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY SUMMARY OF SERVICE DELIVERY ARRANGEMENTS PAGE 2 Make copies of this form and complete one for each service listed on page 1, Section III. Use exactly the same service names listed on page 1. Answer each question below, attaching additional pages as necessary. If the contact person for this service (listed at the bottom of the page) changes, this should be reported to the Department of Community Affairs. County: Fulton County Service: Law Enforcement (Police and Marshal) 1. Check the box that best describes the agreed upon delivery arrangement for this service: Service will be provided countywide (i.e., including all cities and unincorporated areas) by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): Service will be provided only in the unincorporated portion of the county by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the service will not be provided in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organizatio n providing the service: One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the county will provide the service in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organization providing the service.): ✔ Other (If this box is checked, attach a legible map delineating the service area of each service provider, and identify the government, authority, or other organization that will provide service within each service area.): No map required All cities and Fulton County provide police services within their jurisdictions. Roswell and Fulton County provide Marshal services. 2. In developing the strategy, were overlapping service areas, unnecessary competition and/or duplication of this service identified? Yes ✔ No If these conditions will continue under the strategy, attach an explanation for continuing the arrange ment (i.e., overlapping but higher levels of service (See O.C.G.A. 36-70-24(1)), overriding benefits of the duplication, or reasons that overlapping service areas or competition cannot be eliminated). If these conditions will be eliminated under the strategy, attach an implementation schedule listing each step or action that will be taken to eliminate them, the responsible party and the agreed upon deadline for completing it. 36 3. List each government or authority that will help to pay for this service and indicate how the service will be funded (e.g., enterprise funds, user fees, general funds, special service district revenues, hotel/motel taxes, franchise taxes, impact fees, bonded indebtedness, etc.). Local Government or Authority: Funding Method: Fulton County and municipalities See Funding Arrangement 4. How will the strategy change the previous arrangements for providing and/or funding this service within the county? No Change 5. List any formal service delivery agreements or intergovernmental contracts that will be used to implement the strategy for this service: Agreem ent Nam e: Contracting Parties: Effective and Ending Dates: Police Protection Agreement East Point /College Park 2/4/2003 – Annual Automatic Renewal Mutual Aid Agreement Atlanta/College Park 5/5/2005 – Annual Automatic Renewals) Cooperative Agreement MARTA/College Park 8/17/2007 – With written notice Public Safety IGA Roswell/Mountain Park 4/20/2009 – no end date 6. What other mechanisms (if any) will be used to implement the strategy for this service (e.g., ordinances, resolutions, local acts of the General Assembly, rate or fee changes, etc.), and when will they take effect? Not Applicable 7. Person completing form: Laura Lewis Phone number: 404.612.0246 Date completed: July 17, 2015 8. Is this the person who should be contacted by state agencies when evaluating whether proposed local government projects are consistent with the service delivery strategy? Yes No If not, provide designated contact person(s) and phone number(s) below: County Manager (404) 612-0832 PAGE 2 (continued) 37 SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY Services: Law Enforcement (Police and Marshal) Parties: Fulton County and the cities of Alpharetta, Atlanta, Chattahoochee Hills, College Park, East Point, Fairburn, Hapeville, Johns Creek, Milton, Mountain Park, Palmetto, Roswell, Sandy Springs and Union City. Strategy: Fulton County will continue to provide police service to the unincorporated areas of the Fulton County. These duties include patrol, criminal investigation, apprehension, and crime prevention activities. These activities are funded through the South Fulton Tax District. There is also a section of Fulton County police service that is funded through the General Fund. One is the identi fication unit, which provides fingerprint checks for prospective employees, firearm permits, business license applicants, work permits, and crime scene technicians. The other is building security, which provides county-wide physical security support. Each municipality within the county provides and will continue to provide police services within their respective city. The County Marshal’s office is to directly support the State and Magistrate Courts of Fulton County. The Marshal provides service to all portions of unincorporated and incorporated Fulton County. When called upon, the Marshal will protect life and property, preserve the peace, prevent crime, arrest violators of the law, and enforce all Federal, State and local laws and ordinances coming within the State Court’s jurisdiction. Many jurisdictions have mutual aid agreements for the purpose of sharing equipment and/or resources. 38 FUNDING ARRANGEMENT Local Government Funding Method Alpharetta General Fund/Grants/ Forfeiture Funds Atlanta General Fund/Grants/ Forfeiture Funds Chattahoochee Hills General Fund College Park General Fund/Grants/ Forfeiture Funds East Point General Fund/Grants/ Forfeiture Funds Milton General Fund/Grants/ Forfeiture Funds Roswell General Fund Sandy Springs General Fund/Grants/ Forfeiture Funds Fairburn General Fund/Grants/ Forfeiture Funds Hapeville General Fund/Grants/ Forfeiture Funds Johns Creek General Fund/ Grants/Forfeiture Funds Mountain Park General Fund/Grants/ Forfeiture Funds Palmetto General Fund/Grants/ Forfeiture Funds Roswell General Fund/Grants/ Forfeiture Funds Union City General Fund/Grants/ 39 Forfeiture Funds Fulton County SFSSD/Grants/ Forfeiture Funds/General Fund 40 Instructions: SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY SUMMARY OF SERVICE DELIVERY ARRANGEMENTS PAGE 2 Make copies of this form and complete one for each service listed on page 1, Section III. Use exactly the same service names listed on page 1. Answer each question below, attaching additional pages as necessary. If the contact person for this service (listed at the bottom of the page) changes, this should be reported to the Department of Community Affairs. County Fulton County Service: Mental Health, Developmental Disability, Addictive Diseases 1. Check the box that best describes the agreed upon delivery arrangement for this service: ✔ Service will be provided countywide (i.e., including all cities and unincorporated areas) by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): Fulton County Service will be provided only in the unincorporated portion of the county by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the service will not be provided in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organizatio n providing the service: One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the county will provide the service in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organization providing the service.): Other (If this box is checked, attach a legible map delineating the service area of each service provider, and identify the government, authority, or other organization that will provide service within each service area.): 2. In developing the strategy, were overlapping service areas, unnecessary competition and/or duplication of this service identified? Yes ✔ No If these conditions will continue under the strategy, attach an explanation for continuing the arrange ment (i.e., overlapping but higher levels of service (See O.C.G.A. 36-70-24(1)), overriding benefits of the duplication, or reasons that overlapping service areas or competition cannot be eliminated). If these conditions will be eliminated under the strategy, attach an implementation schedule listing each step or action that will be taken to eliminate them, the responsible party and the agreed upon deadline for completing it. 41 3. List each government or authority that will help to pay for this service and indicate how the service will be funded (e.g., enterprise funds, user fees, general funds, special service district revenues, hotel/motel taxes, franchise taxes, impact fees, bonded indebtedness, etc.). Local Government or Authority: Funding Method: Fulton County Health Grant Fund (General Fund, State Funds, Federal Funds) 4. How will the strategy change the previous arrangements for providing and/or funding this service within the county? No Change. 5. List any formal service delivery agreements or intergovernmental contracts that will be used to implement the strategy for this service: Agreem ent Nam e: Contracting Parties: Effective and Ending Dates: 6. What other mechanisms (if any) will be used to implement the strategy for this service (e.g., ordinances, resolutions, local acts of the General Assembly, rate or fee changes, etc.), and when will they take effect? Not Applicable. 7. Person completing form: Laura Lewis Phone number: 404.612.0246 Date comp leted: July 17, 2015 8. Is this the person who should be contacted by state agencies when evaluating whether proposed local government projects are consistent with the service delivery strategy? Yes No If not, provide designated contact person(s) and phone number(s) below: County Manager (404) 612-0832 PAGE 2 (continued) 42 Instructions: SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY SUMMARY OF SERVICE DELIVERY ARRANGEMENTS PAGE 2 Make copies of this form and complete one for each service listed on page 1, Section III. Use exactly the same service names listed on page 1. Answer each question below, attaching additional pages as necessary. If the contact person for this service (listed at the bottom of the page) changes, this should be reported to the Department of Community Affairs. County: Fulton County Service: Public Defender 1. Check the box that best describes the agreed upon delivery arrangement for this service: Service will be provided countywide (i.e., including all cities and unincorporated areas) by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): _______________________________________________________________________________ Service will be provided only in the unincorporated portion of the county by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the service will not be provided in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organizatio n providing the service: One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the county will provide the service in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organization providing the service.): Other (If this box is checked, attach a legible map delineating the service area of each service provider, and identify the government, authority, or other organization that will provide service within each service area.): No map required Fulton County and all cities within Fulton County. 2. In developing the strategy, were overlapping service areas, unnecessary competition and/or duplication of this service identified? Yes ✔ No If these conditions will continue under the strategy, attach an explanation for continuing the arrange ment (i.e., overlapping but higher levels of service (See O.C.G.A. 36-70-24(1)), overriding benefits of the duplication, or reasons that overlapping service areas or competition cannot be eliminated). If these conditions will be eliminated under the strategy, attach an implementation schedule listing each step or action that will be taken to eliminate them, the responsible party and the agreed upon deadline for completing it. 43 3. List each government or authority that will help to pay for this service and indicate how the service will be funded (e.g., enterprise funds, user fees, general funds, special service district revenues, hotel/motel taxes, franchise taxes, impact fees, bonded indebtedness, etc. Local Government or Authority: Funding Method: Fulton County General Fund /Special Service District Fulton Municipalities General Fund 4. How will the strategy change the previous arrangements for providing and/or funding this service within the county? Each municipality is required to provide public defender services pursuant to the law. 5. List any formal service delivery agreements or intergovernmental contracts that will be used to implement the strategy for this service: Agreem ent Nam e: Contracting Parties: Effective and Ending Dates: 6. What other mechanisms (if any) will be used to implement the strategy for this service (e.g., ordinances, resolutions, local acts of the General Assembly, rate or fee changes, etc.), and when will they take effect? Each municipality shall be responsible for providing its own Public Defender for its municipal court 7. Person completing form: Laura Lewis Phone number: 404.612.0246 Date comp leted: July 17, 2015 8. Is this the person who should be contacted by state agencies when evaluating whether proposed local government projects are consistent with the service delivery strategy? Yes ✔ No If not, provide designated contact person(s) and phone number(s) below: County Manager (404) 612-0832 PAGE 2 (continued) 44 Instructions: SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY SUMMARY OF SERVICE DELIVERY ARRANGEMENTS PAGE 2 Make copies of this form and complete one for each service listed on page 1, Section III. Use exactly the same service names listed on page 1. Answer each question below, attaching additional pages as necessary. If the contact person for this service (listed at the bottom of the page) changes, this should be reported to the Department of Community Affairs. County: Fulton County Service: Recreation Programs 1. Check the box that best describes the agreed upon delivery arrangement for this service: Service will be provided countywide (i.e., including all cities and unincorporated areas) by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): Service will be provided only in the unincorporated portion of the county by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the service will not be provided in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organizatio n providing the service: ✔ One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the county will provide the service in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organization providing the service.): No maps required Fulton County, Alpharetta – Private Provider, Atlanta, College Park, East Point, Fairburn, Hapeville, Mountain Park, Palmetto, Roswell, Union City, Sandy Springs, Chattahoochee Hills, Milton, and Johns Creek Other (If this box is checked, attach a legible map delineating the service area of each service provider, and identify the government, authority, or other organization that will provide service within each service area.): 2. In developing the strategy, were overlapping service areas, unnecessary competition and/or duplication of this service identified? Yes ✔ No If these conditions will continue under the strategy, attach an explanation for continuing the arrange ment (i.e., overlapping but higher levels of service (See O.C.G.A. 36-70-24(1)), overriding benefits of the duplication, or reasons that overlapping service areas or competition cannot be eliminated). If these conditions will be eliminated under the strategy, attach an implementation schedule listing each step or action that will be taken to eliminate them, the responsible party and the agreed upon deadline for completing it. 45 3. List each government or authority that will help to pay for this service and indicate how the service will be funded (e.g., enterprise funds, user fees, general funds, special service district revenues, hotel/motel taxes, franchise taxes, impact fees, bonded indebtedness, etc.). Local Government or Authority: Funding Method: Fulton County and municipalities See Funding Arrangement 4. How will the strategy change the previous arrangements for providing and/or funding this service within the county? No Change. 5. List any formal service delivery agreements or intergovernmental contracts that will be used to implement the strategy for this service: Agreem ent Nam e: Contracting Parties: Effective and Ending Dates: 6. What other mechanisms (if any) will be used to implement the strategy for this service (e.g., ordinances, resolutions, local acts of the General Assembly, rate or fee changes, etc.), and when will they take effect? Not Applicable. 7. Person completing form: Laura Lewis Phone number: 404.612.0246 Date comp leted: J u l y 1 7 , 2 0 1 5 8. Is this the person who should be contacted by state agencies when evaluating whether proposed local governments projects are consistent with the service delivery strategy? Yes No If not, provide designated contact person(s) and phone number(s) below: County Manager (404) 612-0832 PAGE 2 (continued) 46 SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY Services: Recreation Programs Parties: Fulton County and the cities of Alpharetta, Atlanta, Chattahoochee Hills, College Park, East Point, Fairburn, Hapeville, Johns Creek, Milton, Mountain Park, Palmetto, Roswell, Sandy Springs, and Union City. Strategy: Fulton County will continue to provide Recreation services to the unincorporated Fulton County. Each municipality within the county will continue to provide Recreation services within their respective city. FUNDING ARRANGEMENT Local Government Funding Method Alpharetta General Fund/Fees Atlanta General Fund/Fees/Grants Chattahoochee Hills General Fund/Fees College Park General Fund /Car Rental Tax/Fees East Point General Fund/Fees Fairburn General Fund/Fees Hapeville General Fund/Fees Johns Creek General Fund/Fees Milton General Fund/Fees Mountain Park General Fund/Fees Palmetto General Fund/Fees Roswell General Fund/Enterprise/Fees Sandy Springs General Fund/Fees Union City General Fund/Fees Fulton County SFSSD 47 Instructions: SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY SUMMARY OF SERVICE DELIVERY ARRANGEMENTS PAGE 2 Make copies of this form and complete one for each service listed on page 1, Section III. Use exactly the same service names listed on page 1. Answer each question below, attaching additional pages as necessary. If the contact person for this service (listed at the bottom of the page) changes, this should be reported to the Department of Community Affairs. County: Fulton County Service: Recycling Programs/Curbside 1. Check the box that best describes the agreed upon delivery arrangement for this service: Service will be provided countywide (i.e., including all cities and unincorporated areas) by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): Service will be provided only in the unincorporated portion of the county by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the service will not be provided in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organizatio n providing the service: One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the county will provide the service in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organization providing the service.): ✔ Other (If this box is checked, attach a legible map delineating the service area of each service provider, and identify the government, authority, or other organization that will provide service within each service area) No map required Fulton County and all municipalities within Fulton County. Municipalities Service Provider Atlanta Atlanta College Park Public Works Department East Point ? Union City Private Company Alpharetta Private Company Mountain Park Private Company Roswell Private Company Milton Private Company Johns Creek Private Company Hapeville Private Company Chattahoochee Hills Private Company Fairburn Private Company Palmetto Private Company Sandy Springs Private Company Fulton County Private Company 48 2. In developing the strategy, were overlapping service areas, unnecessary competition and/or duplication of this service identified? Yes ✔ No If these conditions will continue under the strategy, attach an explanation for continuing the arrange ment (i.e., overlapping but higher levels of service (See O.C.G.A. 36-70-24(1)), overriding benefits of the duplication, or reasons that overlapping service areas or competition cannot be eliminated). If these conditions will be eliminated under the strategy, attach an implementation schedule listing each step or action that will be taken to eliminate them, the responsible party and the agreed upon deadline for completing it 3. List each government or authority that will help to pay for this service and indicate how the service will be funded (e.g., enterprise funds, user fees, general funds, special service district revenues, hotel/motel taxes, franchise taxes, impact fees, bonded indebtedness, etc.). Local Government or Authority: Funding Method: Fulton County See Funding Arrangement Fulton Municipalities See Funding Arrangement 4. How will the strategy change the previous arrangements for providing and/or funding this service within the county? No Change. 5. List any formal service delivery agreements or intergovernmental contracts that will be used to implement the strategy for this service: Agreement Name: Contracting Parties: Effective and Ending Dates: 6. What other mechanisms (if any) will be used to implement the strategy for this service (e.g., ordinances, resolutions, local acts of the General Assembly, rate or fee changes, etc.), and when will they take effect? Services provided by approved haulers in compliance with Solid Waste Management Plan. 49 7. Person completing form: Stacey Grundy Phone number: 404.612.0246 Date comp leted: July 17, 2015 8. Is this the person who should be contacted by state agencies when evaluating whether proposed local government projects are consistent with the service delivery strategy? Yes No If not, provide designated contact person (s) and phone number (s) below: County Manager (404) 612-0832 PAGE 2 (continued) 50 SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY Services: Recycling/Curbside Parties: Fulton County and the cities of Alpharetta, Atlanta, Chattahoochee Hills, College Park, East Point, Fairburn, Hapeville, Johns Creek, Milton, Mountain Park, Palmetto, Roswell, Sandy Springs and Union City. Strategy: Recycle/Curb Side services will continue to be provided by private contractors in Unincorporated Fulton County. The cities of Atlanta and College Park will continue to provide recycling services within their respective cities. The cities of Alpharetta, Fairburn, Hapeville, Mountain Park, Palmetto, Roswell, Sandy Springs, Milton, Johns Creek, Chattahoochee Hills and Union City provide their residents with recycling services through contracts with private waste haulers. FUNDING ARRANGEMENT Local Government Funding Method Alpharetta Enterprise Fund Atlanta Enterprise Fund Chattahoochee Hills Private Contract College Park Enterprise Fund East Point Enterprise Fund Fairburn Enterprise Fund Hapeville Enterprise Fund Johns Creek Customer Contract Milton Customer Contract Mountain Park Enterprise Fund 51 Palmetto Enterprise Fund Roswell Enterprise Fund Sandy Springs Customer Contract Union City Enterprise Fund Fulton County SFSSD 52 Instructions: SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY SUMMARY OF SERVICE DELIVERY ARRANGEMENTS PAGE 2 Make copies of this form and complete one for each service listed on page 1, Section III. Use exactly the same service names listed on page 1. Answer each question below, attaching additional pages as necessary. If the contact person for this service (listed at the bottom of the page) changes, this should be reported to the Department of Community Affairs. County: Fulton County Service: Refuse Collection 1. Check the box that best describes the agreed upon delivery arrangement for this service: Service will be provided countywide (i.e., including all cities and unincorporated areas) by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): Service will be provided only in the unincorporated portion of the county by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the service will not be provided in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organizatio n providing the service: One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the county will provide the service in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organization providing the service.): ✔ Other (If this box is checked, attach a legible map delineating the service area of each service provider, and identify the government, authority, or other organization that will provide service within each service area.): No map required Fulton County and all municipalities within Fulton County 2. In developing the strategy, were overlapping service areas, unnecessary competition and/or duplication of this service identified? Yes ✔ No If these conditions will continue under the strategy, attach an explanation for continuing the arrange ment (i.e., overlapping but higher levels of service (See O.C.G.A. 36-70-24(1)), overriding benefits of the duplication, or reasons that overlapping service areas or competition cannot be eliminated). If these conditions will be eliminated under the strategy, attach an implementation schedule listing each step or action that will be taken to eliminate them, the responsible party and the agreed upon deadline for completing it. 53 3. List each government or authority that will help to pay for this service and indicate how the service will be funded (e.g., enterprise funds, user fees, general funds, special service district revenues, hotel/motel taxes, franchise taxes, impact fees, bonded indebtedness, etc.). Local Government or Authority: Funding Method: Fulton County and municipalities See Funding Arrangement 4. How will the strategy change the previous arrangements for providing and/or funding this service within the county? No Change 5. List any formal service delivery agreements or intergovernmental contracts that will be used to implement the strategy for this service: Agreem ent Nam e: Contracting Parties: Effective and Ending Dates: 6. What other mechanisms (if any) will be used to implement the strategy for this service (e.g., ordinances, resolutions, local acts of the General Assembly, rate or fee changes, etc.), and when will they take effect? Not Applicable 7. Person completing form: Laura Lewis Phone number: 404.612.0246 Date comp leted: July 17, 2015 8. Is this the person who should be contacted by state agencies when evaluating whether proposed local government projects are consistent with the service delivery strategy? Yes ✔ No If not, provide designated contact person(s) and phone number(s) below: County Manager (404) 612-0832 PAGE 2 (continued) 54 SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY Services: Refuse Collection Parties: Fulton County and the cities of Alpharetta, Atlanta, Chattahoochee Hills, College Park, East Point, Fairburn, Hapeville, Johns Creek, Milton, Mountain Park, Palmetto, Roswell, Sandy Springs and Union City. Strategy: Refuse Collection services will continue to be provided by private contractors in unincorporated Fulton County. The cities of College Park, East Point, Hapeville, and Roswell will continue to provide refuse collection within their respective cities. The cities of Alpharetta, Fairburn, Mountain Park, Palmetto, Sandy Springs, Union City and Milton and Johns Creek will provide their citizens with refuse collection through franchise agreements or contracts with private waste haulers. The City of Atlanta will continue to provide refuse collection to include dead animal collection and disposal within the City of Atlanta’s corporate limits. FUNDING ARRANGEMENT Local Government Funding Method Alpharetta Enterprise Fund Atlanta Enterprise Fund Chattahoochee Hills Customer Contracts College Park Enterprise Fund East Point Enterprise Fund Fairburn Enterprise Fund Hapeville Enterprise Fund Johns Creek Customer Contracts Milton Customer Contracts Mountain Park Enterprise Fund 55 Palmetto Enterprise Fund Roswell Enterprise Fund Sandy Springs Customer Contracts Union City Enterprise Fund Fulton County SFSSD 56 Instructions: SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY SUMMARY OF SERVICE DELIVERY ARRANGEMENTS PAGE 2 Make copies of this form and complete one for each service listed on page 1, Section III. Use exactly the same service names listed on page 1. Answer each question below, attaching additional pages as necessary. If the contact person for this service (listed at the bottom of the page) changes, this should be reported to the Department of Community Affairs. County: Fulton County Service: Senior Centers 1. Check the box that best describes the agreed upon delivery arrangement for this service: Service will be provided countywide (i.e., including all cities and unincorporated areas) by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): Service will be provided only in the unincorporated portion of the county by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the service will not be provided in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organizatio n providing the service: One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the county will provide the service in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organization providing the service.): ✔ Other (If this box is checked, attach a legible map delineating the service area of each service provider, and identify the government, authority, or other organization that will provide service within each service area.): Fulton County, Alpharetta, College Parkrk Rowel,, Union City, Johns Creek 2. In developing the strategy, were overlapping service areas, unnecessary competition and/or duplication of this service identified? Yes ✔ No If these conditions will continue under the strategy, attach an explanation for continuing the arrange ment (i.e., overlapping but higher levels of service (See O.C.G.A. 36-70-24(1)), overriding benefits of the duplication, or reasons that overlapping service areas or competition cannot be eliminated). If these conditions will be eliminated under the strategy, attach an implementation schedule listing each step or action that will be taken to eliminate them, the responsible party and the agreed upon deadline for completing it. 57 3. List each government or authority that will help to pay for this service and indicate how the service will be funded (e.g., enterprise funds, user fees, general funds, special service district revenues, hotel/motel taxes, franchise taxes, impact fees, bonded indebtedness, etc.). Local Government or Authority: Funding Method: Fulton County and municipalities See funding arrangements 4. How will the strategy change the previous arrangements for providing and/or funding this service within the county? No Change 5. List any formal service delivery agreements or intergovernmental contracts that will be used to implement the strategy for this service: Agreem ent Nam e: Contracting Parties: Effective and Ending Dates: 6. What other mechanisms (if any) will be used to implement the strategy for this service (e.g., ordinances, resolutions, local acts of the General Assembly, rate or fee changes, etc.), and when will they take effect? Not Applicable. 7. Person completing form: Laura Lewis Phone number: 404.612.0246 Date comp leted: July 17, 2015 8. Is this the person who should be contacted by state agencies when evaluating whether proposed local government projects are consistent with the service delivery strategy? Yes ✔ No If not, provide designated contact person(s) and phone number(s) below: County Manager (404) 612-0832 PAGE 2 (continued) 58 SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY Services: Senior Centers Parties: Fulton County and the cities of Alpharetta, Atlanta, College Park, East Point, Fairburn, Hapeville, Johns Creek, Milton, Mountain Park, Palmetto, Roswell, Sandy Springs and Union City. Strategy: Fulton County will continue to operate and manage 15 neighborhood senior centers through the Office of Aging within the Aging and Youth Services Department. The neighborhood senior centers are located within the following municipalities: Atlanta, Alpharetta, Roswell, Hapeville, College Park, Fairburn, Palmetto, Milton and Sandy Springs. The centers are managed by three non-profit agencies under contract with Fulton County and geographically located to provide optimum community- based services. Funding is a combination of Federal (Older Americans Act), State and General Funds. The cities of College Park, Johns Creek, Union City, Roswell, and Alpharetta each have an independent senior center. FUNDING ARRANGEMENT Local Government Funding Method Alpharetta General Fund/Grants College Park General Fund/Grants Roswell General Fund/Grants Union City General Fund/Grants Johns Creek General Fund/Grants Fulton County General Fund/Grants 59 Instructions: SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY SUMMARY OF SERVICE DELIVERY ARRANGEMENTS PAGE 2 Make copies of this form and complete one for each service listed on page 1, Section III. Use exactly the same service names listed on page 1. Answer each question below, attaching additional pages as necessary. If the contact person for this service (listed at the bottom of the page) changes, this should be reported to the Department of Community Affairs. County: Fulton County Service: Wastewater 1. Check the box that best describes the agreed upon delivery arrangement for this service: Service will be provided countywide (i.e., including all cities and unincorporated areas) by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): Service will be provided only in the unincorporated portion of the county by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): One or more cities will provid e this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the service will not be provided in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organizatio n providing the service: One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the county will provide the service in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organization providing the service.): ✔ Other (If this box is checked, attach a legible map delineating the service area of each service provider, and identify the government, authority, or other organization that will provide service within each service area.): Maps attached as indicated in the detailed Service Delivery Strategy explanations. (No maps attached) Fulton County, Atlanta, Cobb County, College Park, East Point, Fairburn, Hapeville, Milton, Palmetto, Union City, Clayton County Water Authority 2. In developing the strategy, were overlapping service areas, unnecessary competition and/or duplication of this service identified? Yes ✔ No If these conditions will continue under the strategy, attach an explanation for continuing the arrange ment (i.e., overlapping but higher levels of service (See O.C.G.A. 36-70-24(1)), overriding benefits of the duplication, or reasons that overlapping service areas or competition cannot be eliminated). If these conditions will be eliminated under the strategy, attach an implementation schedule listing each step or action that will be taken to eliminate them, the responsible party and the agreed upon deadline for completing it. 60 3. List each government or authority that will help to pay for this service and indicate how the service will be funded (e.g., enterprise funds, user fees, general funds, special service district revenues, hotel/motel taxes, franchise taxes, impact fees, bonded indebtedness, etc.). Local Government or Authority: Funding Method: Fulton County and municipalities See funding arrangements See Funding Arrangement See funding arrangements 4. How will the strategy change the previous arrangements for providing and/or funding this service within the county? No Change. 5. List any formal service delivery agreements or intergovernmental contracts that will be used to implement the strategy for this service: (see attached service area boundary map, which may be amended via IGA.) Agreem ent Nam e: Contracting Parties: Effective and Ending Dates: Sewer Service Agreement Clayton County – City of College Park 5/1/2006 – 10 Years Water Pollution Control Service Agreement City of Atlanta; City of College Park May 12, 1978-2028 (50 years) City of Atlanta and Fulton County Sewer Collection and Billing Agreement City of Atlanta; Fulton County October 12, 2007- 2022 (15 years) City of Atlanta and Fulton County Wastewater Services Agreement For Camp Creek Water Reclamation Facility City of Atlanta; Fulton County October 12, 2007- 2022 unless renewed for additional 5 yrs. City of Atlanta and Fulton County Wastewater Services Agreement for R. M. Clayton Water Reclamation Center City of Atlanta; Fulton County October 12, 2007-2022, unless renewed for additional 5 yrs. City of Atlanta and Fulton County Wastewater Services Agreement for Utoy Creek Water Reclamation Center City of Atlanta ; Fulton County October 12, 2007-2022, unless renewed for additional 5yrs. City of Atlanta and City of East Point Water Pollution Control Service Agreement City of Atlanta; City of East Point July 17, 1979-2029 City of Atlanta and City of Hapeville Water Pollution Control Service Agreement City of Atlanta; City of Hapeville December 28, 1979-2029 Permanent Contract ( Wastewater Treatment) City of Atlanta; Cobb County May 23, 1972 - Unspecified Wastewater Service Agreement City of College Park; Fulton County October 25, 2007 – October 24, 2057 61 Control Plant Contract City of College Park; City of East Point; Fulton County; City of Atlanta 1958 – 1971 (incorporated into this agreement) Intergovernmental Agreement for the Extraterritorial Provision of Sewer Service by Fulton County to Certain Property Located within the City of Milton (to include multiple amendments and related resolutions) Fulton County; City of Milton December 3, 2012 / December 3, 2062(see attached service area boundary map) Wastewater Services Agreement Fulton County; Union City July 17, 2013 – 2028, unless renewed for additional 5 years Wastewater Services Agreement Fulton County/Palmetto 10/20/2004 through 10/19/2034 Wastewater Services Agreement Fulton County/Fairburn 6/16/04 through 2019 Sewer Coop Agreement Fulton County/Fairburn 6/7/00 through South Fulton Municipal Regional Water and Sewer Authority Agreement Fairburn/Palmetto/Union City 2000 - ongoing 6. What other mechanisms (if any) will be used to implement the strategy for this service (e.g., ordinances, resolutions, local acts of the General Assembly, rate or fee changes, etc.), and when will they take effect? Not applicable. 7. Person completing form: Laura Lewis Phone number: 404.612.0246 Date comp leted: July 17, 2015 8. Is this the person who should be contacted by state agencies when evaluating whether proposed local government projects are consistent with the service delivery strategy? Yes No If not, provide designated contact person(s) and phone number(s) below: County Manager (404) 612-0832 PAGE 2 (continued) Formatted Table 62 SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY Services: Wastewater Parties: Fulton County and the cities of Alpharetta, Atlanta, Chattahoochee Hills, College Park, East Point, Fairburn, Hapeville, Johns Creek, Milton, Mountain Park, Palmetto, Roswell, Sandy Springs and Union City. Strategy: Wastewater services are provided at various service levels on retail and/or a wholesale basis, as further described below: Fulton County: Fulton County provides wastewater service on a wholesale basis to Atlanta, portions of College Park, East Point, Union City, Fairburn and Palmetto, as further described in the intergovernmental agreements referenced in Item No. 5 of the “Summary of Service Delivery Arrangements.” Fulton County provides wastewater services on a retail basis to its customers generally in unincorporated South Fulton County, Johns Creek, Alpharetta, portions of Milton, Mountain Park, Roswell, Sandy Springs and portions of Atlanta, College Park, Fairburn, Palmetto and Union City, as further depicted in the attached customer or service boundary maps and intergovernmental agreements referenced in Item No. 5 of the “Summary of Service Delivery Arrangements.” Fulton County only provides wastewater services on a retail basis to the sewered portion of the City of Milton, which area is more particularly described in the attached sewer boundary map. Pursuant to the Intergovernmental Agreement for the Extraterritorial Provision of Sewer Service by Fulton County to Certain Property Located within the City of Milton (including the amendments thereto), the City Council is now authorized by formal Council action to unilaterally authorize Fulton county to provide sewer service to additional parcels over and above those reflected in the current sewer boundary map. This unilateral process has been utilized by the Milton Council and is an efficient mechanism by which the City may authorize the modification of the sewer boundary while providing Fulton the right, but not obligation, to extend sewer service and sewer infrastructure. Based upon the above- Formatted: Indent: Left: 1.81", Right: 0.06", Space After: 0 pt, Line spacing: Multiple 1.33 li, No widow/orphan control, Don't adjust space between Latin and Asian text, Don't adjust space between Asian text and numbers, Tab stops: 1.85", Left 63 referenced IGA and the amendments and related resolutions thereto, the SDS dispute between the City of Milton and Fulton County regarding wastewater service is resolved. City of Atlanta: Atlanta provides wastewater services to its customers on a retail basis generally within its municipal boundaries, Fort McPherson, and the Hartsfield-Jackson Atlanta International Airport, which lies partially within Clayton County, College Park, Atlanta, and Hapeville, as further depicted in the attached customer maps. Atlanta provides wastewater services on a wholesale basis to portions of Fulton County, portions of College Park, portions of East Point and Hapeville, as further described in the intergovernmental agreements referenced in Item No. 5 of the “Summary of Service Delivery Arrangements.” Atlanta also provides billing services for Fulton County’s retail wastewater customers who receive water service from Atlanta, as further described in the intergovernmental agreement referenced in Item No. 5 of the “Summary of Service Delivery Arrangements.” Cobb County provides wastewater service on a wholesale basis to a portion of Atlanta. Retail wastewater service by other cities: The Cities of College Park, Fairburn, Hapeville, East Point, Palmetto and Union City provide wastewater service on a retail basis generally to their respective customers located within the respective jurisdictional boundaries, as further depicted in the attached customer or service boundary maps. Other service: Clayton County Water Authority provides wastewater service on a wholesale basis to a portion of College Park and portions of unincorporated South Fulton County, as further described in the intergovernmental agreement referenced in Item No. 5 of the “Summary of Service Delivery Arrangements.” The wastewater services described, above, are subject to the following: 1. The attached customer maps shall serve as a general reference to describe the existing service locations of service providers. However, to the extent that the map includes a Formatted: Font: (Default) Times New Roman, 12 pt 64 mistake or omission of the service actually provided to any particular parcel, the city, County, or Authority actually providing the service on a retail basis to that particular parcel shall be the service provider. The customer maps or service boundary maps may be updated from time to time by the parties without the need to further amend this Service Delivery Agreement. 2. A city, county or Authority providing service on a retail basis to an existing customer at the time of an annexation or de-annexation shall continue to remain a customer of that provider after the effective date of an annexation or de -annexation, unless otherwise agreed upon by the affected parties. 3. The terms of any intergovernmental agreement or boundary map referenced in Item No. 5 of the “Summary of Service Delivery Arrangements” or as may be entered into by parties shall control, as may be amended by the affected parties from time to time. 4. To the extent that a party identifies an unauthorized connection to a service provider’s system, the party from whom the customer has obtained unauthorized service may claim recovery as the service provider and pursue all available remedies for such unauthorized connection. FUNDING ARRANGEMENT Local Government Funding Method Atlanta Enterprise Fund/MOST College Park Enterprise Fund East Point Enterprise Fund Fairburn Enterprise Fund Hapeville Enterprise Fund Palmetto Enterprise Fund Union City Enterprise Fund Fulton County Enterprise Fund 65 Instructions: SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY SUMMARY OF SERVICE DELIVERY ARRANGEMENTS PAGE 2 Make copies of this form and complete one for each service listed on page 1, Section III. Use exactly the same service names listed on page 1. Answer each question below, attaching additional pages as necessary. If the contact person for this service (listed at the bottom of the page) changes, this should be reported to the Department of Community Affairs. County: Fulton County Service: Water System (Treatment & Distribution) 1. Check the box that best describes the agreed upon delivery arrangement for this service: Service will be provided countywide (i.e., including all cities and unincorporated areas) by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): Service will be provided only in the unincorporated portion of the county by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the service will not be provided in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organization providing the service: One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the county will provide the service in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organization providing the service.): ✔ Other (If this box is checked, attach a legible map delineating the service area of each service provider, and identify the government, authority, or other organization that will provide service within each service area. .Maps attached as indicated in the detailed Service Delivery Strategy explanations. (No maps attached) Fulton, Atlanta, Cobb County, Roswell, East Point, Palmetto, College Park, Fairburn, Hapeville, Mountain Park and Union City 2. In developing the strategy, were overlapping service areas, unnecessary competition and/or duplication of this service identified? Yes ✔ No If these conditions will continue under the strategy, attach an explanation for continuing the arrange ment (i.e., overlapping but higher levels of service (See O.C.G.A. 36-70-24(1)), overriding benefits of the duplication, or reasons that overlapping service areas or competition cannot be eliminated). If these conditions will be eliminated under the strategy, attach an implementation schedule listing each step or action that will be taken to eliminate them, the responsible party and the agreed upon deadline for completing it. 66 3. List each government or authority that will help to pay for this service and indicate how the service will be funded (e.g., enterprise funds, user fees, general funds, special service district revenues, hotel/motel taxes, franchise taxes, impact fees, bonded indebtedness, etc.). Local Government or Authority: Funding Method: Fulton County and municipalities See Funding Arrangements 4. How will the strategy change the previous arrangements for providing and/or funding this service within the county? No Changes 5. List any formal service delivery agreements or intergovernmental contracts that will be used to implement the strategy for this service: Agreem ent Nam e: Contracting Parties: Effective and Ending Dates: Water Supply Contract East Point/College Park 4/1/12-3/31/15 Water Supply Contract Clayton County Water Authority/ College Park 8/06/2009 – 12/31/28 Water Service Agreement Atlanta/Hapeville February 27, 1995 – December 31, 2020 South Fulton Municipal Regional Water and Sewer Authority Agreement Fairburn/Palmetto/Union City 2000 - ongoing 6. What other mechanisms (if any) will be used to implement the strategy for this service (e.g., ordinances, resolutions, local acts of the General Assembly, rate or fee changes, etc.), and when will they take effect? Not applicable. 7. Person completing form: Laura Lewis Phone number: 404.612.0246 Date comp leted: July 17, 2015 8. Is this the person who should be contacted by state agencies when evaluating whether proposed local government projects are consistent with the service delivery strategy? Yes ✔ No If not, provide designated contact person(s) and phone number(s) below: County Manager (404) 612-0832 PAGE 2 (continued) 67 SERVICE DELIVERY AGREEMENT Services: Water System (Treatment and Distribution) Parties: Fulton County and the cities of Alpharetta, Atlanta, Chattahoochee Hills, College Park, East Point, Fairburn, Hapeville, Johns Creek, Milton, Mountain Park, Palmetto, Roswell, Sandy Springs and Union City. Strategy: Fulton County will continue to provide clean water and water distribution services on a retail basis to its customers in Johns Creek, Alpharetta, Milton, and portions of Roswell, as further depicted in the attached customer or service boundary maps and IGAs referenced in Item No. 5 of the “Summary of Service Delivery Arrangements.” Fulton County provides water services on a wholesale basis to a portion of Roswell as further defined in the IGA referenced in Item No. 5 of the “Summary of Service Delivery Arrangements.” City of Atlanta provides water services on a retail basis to its customers within its municipal boundaries, Sandy Springs, Chattahoochee Hills, unincorporated South Fulton County, Fort McPherson, and the Hartsfield-Jackson Atlanta International Airport, which lies partially within Clayton County, College Park, Atlanta, and Hapeville, as further depicted in the attached customer maps. Atlanta provides water services on a wholesale basis to Hapeville, as further described in the IGA referenced in Item No. 5 of the “Summary of Service Delivery Arrangements.” Atlanta provides water services to Fairburn and Union City on a wholesale basis; however, no IGA currently exists between Atlanta and Union City or Atlanta and Fairburn as to the provision of this service. Atlanta, Union City and Fairburn agree that: (1) neither Union City nor Fairburn is legally obligated to accept water from Atlanta and may obtain water service from water providers other than Atlanta; and (2) Atlanta is not legally obligated to provide water to Union City or Fairburn. East Point provides water service on a wholesale basis to College 68 Park. Roswell provides water service on a retail basis to its customers located within a portion of its jurisdictional boundaries not served by Fulton County, as further depicted in the attached customer maps. The Cities of College Park, Fairburn, Hapeville, East Point, Mountain Park, and Union City provide water service on a retail basis generally to their respective customers located within the respective jurisdictional boundaries, as further depicted in the attached customer or service boundary maps. The City of Palmetto provides water service on a retail basis to its respective customers located within its jurisdictional boundaries. Palmetto also purchases water from Coweta County. The Cobb-Marietta Water Authority provides water service on a wholesale basis to Mountain Park. The Clayton County Water Authority provides water service on a wholesale basis to a portion of College Park. [LANGUAGE PROPOSED BY SANDY SPRINGS; DISPUTED BY ATLANTA] “The City of Sandy Springs reserves all rights to determine how water treatment, distribution and billing services are provided within the City of Sandy Springs. The City of Atlanta currently provides water treatment, distribution and billing services of water user customers within the City of Sandy Springs. The City of Sandy Springs reserves the option to select other water treatment service providers in the future and reserves the right to provide distribution and billing services in its sole discretion.” The water services described, above, are subject to the following: 5.1.The attached customer maps shall serve as a general reference to describe the existing service locations of service providers. However, to the extent that the map includes a mistake or omission of the service actually provided to any particular parcel, the city, County, or Authority actually Formatted: Indent: Left: 0.25", No bullets or numbering Formatted: Numbered + Level: 1 + Numbering Style: 1, 2, 3, … + Start at: 1 + Alignment: Left + Aligned at: 0.25" + Indent at: 0.5" 69 providing the service on a retail basis to that particular parcel shall be the service provider. The customer maps or service boundary maps may be updated from time to time by the parties without the need to further amend this Service Delivery Agreement. 6.2.A city, county or Authority providing service on a retail basis to an existing customer at the time of an annexation or de -annexation shall continue to remain that provider’s customer after the effective date of an annexation or de-annexation, unless otherwise agreed upon by the affected parties. 7.3.The terms of any intergovernmental agreement or boundary map referenced in Item No. 5 of the “Summary of Service Delivery Arrangements” or as may be entered into by parties shall control, as may be amended by the affected parties from time to time. 8.4.To the extent that a party identifies an unauthorized connection to a service provider’s system, the party from whom the customer has obtained unauthorized service may claim recovery as the service provider and pursue all available remedies for such unauthorized connection. FUNDING ARRANGEMENT Local Government Funding Method Atlanta Enterprise Fund/MOST College Park Enterprise Fund East Point Enterprise Fund Fairburn Enterprise Fund Hapeville Enterprise Fund Mountain Park Enterprise Fund Palmetto Enterprise Fund Roswell Enterprise Fund Union City Enterprise Fund Fulton County Enterprise Fund 70 SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY SUMMARY OF SERVICE DELIVERY ARRANGEMENTS PAGE 2 Instructions: Make copies of this form and complete one for each service listed on page 1, Section III. Use exactly the same service names listed on page 1. Answer each question below, attaching additional pages as necessary. If the contact person for this service (listed at the bottom of the page) changes, this should be reported to the Department of Community Affairs. County: Fulton County Service: Welfare Services 1. Check the box that best describes the agreed upon delivery arrangement for this service: Service will be provided countywide (i.e., including all cities and unincorporated areas) by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): Fulton County Service will be provided only in the unincorporated portion of the county by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the service will not be provided in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organization providing the service: One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the county will provide the service in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organization providing the service.): Other (If this box is checked, attach a legible map delineating the service area of each service provider, and identify the government, authority, or other organization that will provide service within each service area.): 2. In developing the strategy, were overlapping service areas, unnecessary competition and/or duplication of this service identified? Yes No If these conditions will continue under the strategy, attach an explanation for continuing the arrangement (i.e., overlapping but higher levels of service (See O.C.G.A. 36-70-24(1)), overriding benefits of the duplication, or reasons that overlapping service areas or competition cannot be eliminated). If these conditions will be eliminated under the strategy, attach an implementation schedule listing each step or action that will be taken to eliminate them, the responsible party and the agreed upon deadline for completing it. 71 3. List each government or authority that will help to pay for this service and indicate how the service will be funded (e.g., enterprise funds, user fees, general funds, special service district revenues, hotel/motel taxes, franchise taxes, impact fees, bonded indebtedness, etc.). Local Government or Authority: Funding Method: Fulton County Health Grant Fund (General Fund, State Funds, Federal Funds) 4. How will the strategy change the previous arrangements for providing and/or funding this service within the county? No Change. 5. List any formal service delivery agreements or intergovernmental contracts that will be used to implement the strategy for this service: Agreem ent Nam e: Contracting Parties: Effective and Ending Dates: 6. What other mechanisms (if any) will be used to implement the strategy for this service (e.g., ordinances, resolutions, local acts of the General Assembly, rate or fee changes, etc.), and when will they take effect? Not Applicable. 7. Person completing form: Laura Lewis Phone number: 404.612.0246 Date comp leted: July 17, 2015 8. Is this the person who should be contacted by state agencies when evaluating whether proposed local government projects are consistent with the service delivery strategy? Yes ✔ No If not, provide designated contact person(s) and phone number(s) below: County Manager (404) 612-0832 PAGE 2 (continued) 72 SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY Services: Welfare Services Parties: Fulton County and the cities of Alpharetta, Atlanta, Chattahoochee Hills, College Park, East Point, Fairburn, Hapeville, Johns Creek, Milton, Mountain Park, Palmetto, Roswell, Sandy Springs and Union City. Strategy: Fulton County will continue to provide Welfare services to the unincorporated and incorporated areas of the Fulton County. This service is provided through the Fulton County Department of Family and Children Services (D.F.A.C.S), which is an agency of the Georgia Department of Human Resources. 73 Instructions: SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY SUMMARY OF SERVICE DELIVERY ARRANGEMENTS PAGE 2 Make copies of this form and complete one for each service listed on page 1, Section III. Use exactly the same service names listed on page 1. Answer each question below, attaching additional pages as necessary. If the contact person for this service (listed at the bottom of the page) changes, this should be reported to the Department of Community Affairs. County: Fulton County Service: Yard Waste Collection 1. Check the box that best describes the agreed upon delivery arrangement for this service: Service will be provided countywide (i.e., including all cities and unincorporated areas) by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): Service will be provided only in the unincorporated portion of the county by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the service will not be provided in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organization providing the service: One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the county will provide the service in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organization providing the service.): ✔ Other (If this box is checked, attach a legible map delineating the service area of each service provider, and identify the government, authority, or other organization that will provide service within each service area.): No map required. Fulton County and all municipalities within Fulton County. Municipality Service Provider Fulton County Private Contractor Atlanta Atlanta College Park Public Works Department East Point Union City Alpharetta Mountain Park Private Contractor Roswell Milton Private Contractor Johns Creek Private Contractor Hapeville Public Works Department Chattahoochee Hills Fairburn Palmetto 74 2. In developing the strategy, were overlapping service areas, unnecessary competition and/or duplication of this service identified? Yes No If these conditions will continue under the strategy, attach an explanation for continuing the arrangement (i.e., overlapping but higher levels of service (See O.C.G.A. 36-70-24(1)), overriding benefits of the duplication, or reasons that overlapping service areas or competition cannot be eliminated). If these conditions will be eliminated under the strategy, attach an implementation schedule listing each step or action that will be taken to eliminate them, the responsible party and the agreed upon deadline for completing it. 3. List each government or authority that will help to pay for this service and indicate how the service will be funded (e.g., enterprise funds, user fees, general funds, special service district revenues, hotel/motel taxes, franchise taxes, impact fees, bonded indebtedness, etc.). Local Government or Authority: Funding Method: Fulton County and municipalities See Funding Arrangements 4. How will the strategy change the previous arrangements for providing and/or funding this service within the county? No Change. 5. List any formal service delivery agreements or intergovernmental contracts that will be used to implement the strategy for this service: Agreem ent Nam e: Contracting Parties: Effective and Ending Dates: 6. What other mechanisms (if any) will be used to implement the strategy for this service (e.g., ordinances, resolutions, local acts of the General Assembly, rate or fee changes, etc.), and when will they take effect? Service provided by approved haulers in compliance with Solid Waste Management Plan. 7. Person completing form: Laura Lewis Phone number: 404.612.0246 Date comp leted: July 17, 2015 8. Is this the person who should be contacted by state agencies when evaluating whether proposed local government projects are consistent with the service delivery strategy? Yes ✔ No If not, provide designated contact person(s) and phone number(s) below: County Manager (404) 612-0832 75 PAGE 2 (continue) 76 SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY Services: Yard Waste Collection Parties: Fulton County and the cities of Alpharetta, Atlanta, Chattahoochee Hills, College Park, East Point, Fairburn, Hapeville, Johns Creek, Milton, Mountain Park, Palmetto, Roswell, Sandy Springs and Union City. Strategy: Fulton County will continue to provide yard waste collection services in Unincorporated South Fulton County, through a private contractor. The cities of Atlanta, College Park, East Point, Fairburn, Hapeville, Milton, and Roswell will continue to provide yard waste collection within their respective cities. The cities of Alpharetta, Milton, Mountain Park, Palmetto, Sandy Springs, Johns Creek, and Roswell and Union City provide their residents with yard waste collection through franchise agreements or contracts with private waste haulers FUNDING ARRANGEMENT Local Government Funding Method Alpharetta Enterprise Fund Atlanta Enterprise Fund College Park Enterprise Fund East Point Enterprise Fund Fairburn Enterprise Fund Hapeville Enterprise Fund 77 Johns Creek Customer Contract Milton Customer Contract Mountain Park Enterprise Fund Palmetto Enterprise Fund Roswell Enterprise Fund Sandy Springs Customer Contract Union City Enterprise Fund Fulton County Customer Contract 78 Instructions: SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY SUMMARY OF SERVICE DELIVERY ARRANGEMENTS PAGE 2 Make copies of this form and complete one for each service listed on page 1, Section III. Use exactly the same service names listed on page 1. Answer each question below, attaching additional pages as necessary. If the contact person for this service (listed at the bottom of the page) changes, this should be reported to the Department of Community Affairs. County: Fulton County Service: Arts Grants Program 1. Check the box that best describes the agreed upon delivery arrangement for this service: Service will be provided countywide (i.e., including all cities and unincorporated areas) by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service Service will be provided only in the unincorporated portion of the county by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the service will not be provided in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organization providing the service: One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the county will provide the service in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organization providing the service.): Other (If this box is checked, attach a legible map delineating the service area of each service provider, and identify the government, authority, or other organization that will provide service within each service area.): No map required Fulton County, City of Atlanta and Johns Creek. 2. In developing the strategy, were overlapping service areas, unnecessary competition and/or duplication of this service identified? Yes ✔ No If these conditions will continue under the strategy, attach an explanation for continuing the arrange ment (i.e., overlapping but higher levels of service (See O.C.G.A. 36-70-24(1)), overriding benefits of the duplication, or reasons that overlapping service areas or competition cannot be eliminated). If these conditions will be eliminated under the strategy, attach an implementation schedule listing each step or action that will be taken to eliminate them, the responsible party and the agreed upon deadline for completing it. 79 3. List each government or authority that will help to pay for this service and indicate how the service will be funded (e.g., enterprise funds, user fees, general funds, special service district revenues, hotel/motel taxes, franchise taxes, impact fees, bonded indebtedness, etc.). Local Government or Authority: Funding Method: Fulton County and municipalities General Fund 4. How will the strategy change the previous arrangements for providing and/or funding this service within the county? No Change. 5. List any formal service delivery agreements or intergovernmental contracts that will be used to implement the strategy for this service: Agreement Name: Contracting Parties: Effective and Ending Dates: 6. What other mechanisms (if any) will be used to implement the strategy for this service (e.g., ordinances, resolutions, local acts of the General Assembly, rate or fee changes, etc.), and when will they take effect? Not Applicable. 7. Person completing form: Laura Lewis Phone number: 404.612.0246 Date comp leted: July 17, 2015 8. Is this the person who should be contacted by state agencies when evaluating whether proposed local government projects are consistent with the service delivery strategy? Yes ✔ No If not, provide designated contact person(s) and phone number(s) below: County Manager PAGE 2 (continued) 80 SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY Services: Arts Grants Program Parties: Fulton County and the cities of Alpharetta, Atlanta, Chattahoochee Hills, College Park, East Point, Fairburn, Hapeville, Johns Creek, Milton, Mountain Park, Palmetto, Roswell, Sandy Springs and Union City. Strategy: Fulton County will continue to offer arts services to the unincorporated areas of Fulton County. In addition, Fulton County government via the Fulton County Department of Arts and Culture offers Contracts for Services (grants) to Arts agencies located in municipalities in Fulton County. Additionally, Arts agencies must provide a match to the County’s funds. All funds from both the County and the municipalities are general funds. The City of Atlanta and the City of Johns Creek will continue to provide grants for arts services within their respective city limits. 81 Instructions: SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY SUMMARY OF SERVICE DELIVERY ARRANGEMENTS PAGE 2 Make copies of this form and complete one for each service listed on page 1, Section III. Use exactly the same service names listed on page 1. Answer each question below, attaching additional pages as necessary. If the contact person for this service (listed at the bottom of the page) changes, this should be reported to the Department of Community Affairs. County: Fulton County Service: Arts Programs 1. Check the box that best describes the agreed upon delivery arrangement for this service: Service will be provided countywide (i.e., including all cities and unincorporated areas) by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): Service will be provided only in the unincorporated portion of the county by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the service will not be provided in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organization providing the service: ✔ One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the county will provide the service in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organization providing the service.): No map required Fulton County, Alpharetta, Atlanta, Roswell, Sandy Springs, Palmetto, Milton, Hapeville, Johns Creek and Union City Other (If this box is checked, attach a legible map delineating the service area of each service provider, and identify the government, authority, or other organization that will provide service within each service area.): 2. In developing the strategy, were overlapping service areas, unnecessary competition and/or duplication of this service identified? Yes No If these conditions will continue under the strategy, attach an explanation for continuing the arrange ment (i.e., overlapping but higher levels of service (See O.C.G.A. 36-70-24(1)), overriding benefits of the duplication, or reasons that overlapping service areas or competition cannot be eliminated). If these conditions will be eliminated under the strategy, attach an implementation schedule listing each step or action that will be taken to eliminate them, the responsible party and the agreed upon deadline for completing it. 82 3. List each government or authority that will help to pay for this service and indicate how the service will be funded (e.g., enterprise funds, user fees, general funds, special service district revenues, hotel/motel taxes, franchise taxes, impact fees, bonded indebtedness, etc.). Local Government or Authority: Funding Method: Fulton County and municipalities See Funding Arrangement 4. How will the strategy change the previous arrangements for providing and/or funding this service within the county? No Change. 5. List any formal service delivery agreements or intergovernmental contracts that will be used to implement the strategy for this service: Agreement Name: Contracting Parties: Effective and Ending Dates: 6. What other mechanisms (if any) will be used to implement the strategy for this service (e.g., ordinances, resolutions, local acts of the General Assembly, rate or fee changes, etc.), and when will they take effect? Not Applicable. 7. Person completing form: Laura Lewis Phone number: 404.612.0246 Date comp leted: 8. Is this the person who should be contacted by state agencies when evaluating whether proposed local government projects are consistent with the service delivery strategy? Yes No If not, provide designated contact person(s) and phone number(s) below: County Manager (404) 612-0832 PAGE 2 (continued) 83 SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY Services: Arts Programs Parties: Fulton County and the cities of Alpharetta, Atlanta, Chattahoochee Hills, East Point, Fairburn, Hapeville, Johns Creek, Milton, Mountain Park, Palmetto, Roswell, Sandy Springs and Union City. Strategy: Arts programs are available to residents county-wide. The municipalities of Alpharetta, Atlanta, Roswell, Milton, Sandy Springs, Union City and Johns Creek will also continue to offer Art programs within their respective cities. FUNDING ARRANGEMENT Local Government Funding Method Alpharetta General Fund/Grants Atlanta General Fund/Grants East Point General Fund/Grants Fairburn General Fund/Grants Hapeville General Fund Grants Johns Creek General Fund/Grants Milton General Fund/Grants Palmetto General Fund/Grants Roswell General Fund/Grants Sandy Springs General Fund/Grants Union City General Fund/Grants Fulton County General Fund/Grants 84 Instructions: SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY SUMMARY OF SERVICE DELIVERY ARRANGEMENTS PAGE 2 Make copies of this form and complete one for each service listed on page 1, Section III. Use exactly the same service names listed on page 1. Answer each question below, attaching additional pages as necessary. If the contact person for this service (listed at the bottom of the page) changes, this should be reported to the Department of Community Affairs. County: Fulton County Service: Building Inspection & Permits 1. Check the box that best describes the agreed upon delivery arrangement for this service: Service will be provided countywide (i.e., including all cities and unincorporated areas) by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): Service will be provided only in the unincorporated portion of the county by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): One or more cities will provid e this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the service will not be provided in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organizatio n providing the service: ✔ One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the county will provide the service in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organization providing the service.): No map required Fulton County, Alpharetta, Atlanta, Chattahoochee Hills, College Park, East Point, Fairburn, Hapeville, Mountain Park, Palmetto, Roswell, Union City, Milton, Johns Creek and Sandy Springs. See Attachment (No attachment) Other (If this box is checked, attach a legible map delineating the service area of each service provider, and identify the government, authority, or other organization that will provide service within each service area.): 2. In developing the strategy, were overlapping service areas, unnecessary competition and/or duplication of this service identified? Yes No If these conditions will continue under the strategy, attach an explanation for continuing the arrange ment (i.e., overlapping but higher levels of service (See O.C.G.A. 36-70-24(1)), overriding benefits of the duplication, or reasons that overlapping service areas or competition cannot be eliminated). If these conditions will be eliminated under the strategy, attach an implementation schedule listing each step or action that will be taken to eliminate them, the responsible party and the agreed upon deadline for completing it. 85 3. List each government or authority that will help to pay for this service and indicate how the service will be funded (e.g., enterprise funds, user fees, general funds, special service district revenues, hotel/motel taxes, franchise taxes, impact fees, bonded indebtedness, etc.). Local Government or Authority: Funding Method: Fulton County and municipalities See Funding Arrangement 4. How will the strategy change the previous arrangements for providing and/or funding this service within the county? No change. 5. List any formal service delivery agreements or intergovernmental contracts that will be used to implement the strategy for this service: Agreement Name: Contracting Parties: Effective and Ending Dates: 6. What other mechanisms (if any) will be used to implement the strategy for this service (e.g., ordinances, resolutions, local acts of the General Assembly, rate or fee changes, etc.), and when will they take effect? Third party vendors are used by some cities to provide this service. 7. Person completing form: Laura Lewis Phone number: 404.612.0246 Date comp leted: July 17, 2015 8. Is this the person who should be contacted by state agencies when evaluating whether proposed local government projects are consistent with the service delivery strategy? Yes ✔ No If not, provide designated contact person(s) and phone number(s) below: County Manager (404) 612-0832 PAGE 2 (continued) 86 SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY Services: Building Inspection and Permits Parties: Fulton County and the cities of Alpharetta, Atlanta, Chattahoochee Hills, College Park, East Point, Fairburn, Hapeville, Johns Creek, Milton, Mountain Park, Palmetto, Roswell, Sandy Springs and Union City. Strategy: Fulton County will continue to provide building inspection and permit services to the unincorporated areas of Fulton County. Each municipality within the county will continue to provide building inspection and permit services within their respective city. FUNDING ARRANGEMENT Local Government Funding Method Alpharetta General Fund/Fees Atlanta General Fund/Fees Chattahoochee Hills General Fund/Fees College Park General Fund/Fees East Point General Fund/Fees Fairburn General Fund/Fees Hapeville General Fund/Fees Johns Creek General Fund/Fees Milton General Fund/Fees Mountain Park General Fund/Fees Palmetto General Fund/Fees Roswell General Fund/Fees Sandy Springs General Fund/Fees Union City General Fund/Fees Fulton County SFSSD 87 Instructions: SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY SUMMARY OF SERVICE DELIVERY ARRANGEMENTS PAGE 2 Make copies of this form and complete one for each service listed on page 1, Section III. Use exactly the same service names listed on page 1. Answer each question below, attaching additional pages as necessary. If the contact person for this service (listed at the bottom of the page) changes, this should be reported to the Department of Community Affairs. County: Fulton County Service: Code Enforcement 1. Check the box that best describes the agreed upon delivery arrangement for this service: Service will be provided countywide (i.e., including all cities and unincorporated areas) by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): Service will be provided only in the unincorporated portion of the county by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): One or more cities will provid e this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the service will not be provided in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organizatio n providing the service: ✔ One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the county will provide the service in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organization providing the service.): No map required Fulton County and all cities within Fulton County .Other (If this box is checked, attach a legible map delineating the service area of each service provider, and identify the government, authority, or other organization that will provide service within each service area.): 2. In developing the strategy, were overlapping service areas, unnecessary competition and/or duplication of this service identified? Yes ✔ No If these conditions will continue under the strategy, attach an explanation for continuing the arrange ment (i.e., overlapping but higher levels of service (See O.C.G.A. 36-70-24(1)), overriding benefits of the duplication, or reasons that overlapping service areas or competition cannot be eliminated). If these conditions will be eliminated under the strategy, attach an implementation schedule listing each step or action that will be taken to eliminate them, the responsible party and the agreed upon deadline for completing it. 88 3. List each government or authority that will help to pay for this service and indicate how the service will be funded (e.g., enterprise funds, user fees, general funds, special service district revenues, hotel/motel taxes, franchise taxes, impact fees, bonded indebtedness, etc.). Local Government or Authority: Funding Method: Fulton County and municipalities See Funding Arrangements 4. How will the strategy change the previous arrangements for providing and/or funding this service within the county? No Change 5. List any formal service delivery agreements or intergovernmental contracts that will be used to implement the strategy for this service: Agreement Name: Contracting Parties: Effective and Ending Dates: 6. What other mechanisms (if any) will be used to implement the strategy for this service (e.g., ordinances, resolutions, local acts of the General Assembly, rate or fee changes, etc.), and when will they take effect? Not applicable. 7. Person completing form: Laura Lewis Phone number: 404.612.0246 Date comp leted: July 17, 2015 8. Is this the person who should be contacted by state agencies when evaluating whether proposed local government projects are consistent with the service delivery strategy? Yes ✔ No If not, provide designated contact person(s) and phone number(s) below: County Manager (404) 612-0832 PAGE 2 (continued) 89 SERVICE STRATEGY DELIVERY Services: Code Enforcement Parties: Fulton County and the cities of Alpharetta, Atlanta, Chattahoochee Hills, College Park, East Point, Fairburn, Hapeville, Johns Creek, Milton, Mountain Park, Palmetto, Roswell, Sandy Springs and Union City. Strategy: Fulton County will continue to provide code enforcement services to the unincorporated areas of Fulton County. Each municipality within the county will continue to provide code enforcement services within their respective city. FUNDING ARRANGEMENT Local Government Funding Method Alpharetta General Fund/Fees Atlanta General Fund/ Enterprise Fund/Fees Chattahoochee Hills General Fund/Fees College Park General Fund/Fees East Point General Fund/Fees Fairburn General Fund/Fees Hapeville General Fund/Fees Johns Creek General Fund/Fees Milton General Fund/Fees Mountain Park General Fund/Fees Palmetto General Fund/Fees Roswell General Fund/Fees Sandy Springs General Fund/Fees Union City General Fund/Fees Fulton County SFSSD 90 Instructions: SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY SUMMARY OF SERVICE DELIVERY ARRANGEMENTS PAGE 2 Make copies of this form and complete one for each service listed on page 1, Section III. Use exactly the same service names listed on page 1. Answer each question below, attaching additional pages as necessary. If the contact person for this service (listed at the bottom of the page) changes, this should be reported to the Department of Community Affairs. County: Fulton County Service: Computer Maps (GIS) 1. Check the box that best describes the agreed upon delivery arrangement for this service: Service will be provided countywide (i.e., including all cities and unincorporated areas) by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): Service will be provided only in the unincorporated portion of the county by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the service will not be provided in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organization providing the service: ✔ One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the county will provide the service in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organization providing the service.): No map required Fulton, Alpharetta, Atlanta, College Park, East Point, Fairburn, Hapeville, Mountain Park, Palmetto, Roswell, Milton, Johns Creek, Chattahoochee Hills, Sandy Springs, and Union City Other (If this box is checked, attach a legible map delineating the service area of each service provider, and identify the government, authority, or other organization that will provide service within each service area.): 2. In developing the strategy, were overlapping service areas, unnecessary competition and/or duplication of this service identified? Yes ✔ No If these conditions will continue under the strategy, attach an explanation for continuing the arrange ment (i.e., overlapping but higher levels of service (See O.C.G.A. 36-70-24(1)), overriding benefits of the duplication, or reasons that overlapping service areas or competition cannot be eliminated). If these conditions will be eliminated under the strategy, attach an implementation schedule listing each step or action that will be taken to eliminate them, the responsible party and the agreed upon deadline for completing it. 91 3. List each government or authority that will help to pay for this service and indicate how the service will be funded (e.g., enterprise funds, user fees, general funds, special service district revenues, hotel/motel taxes, franchise taxes, impact fees, bonded indebtedness, etc.). Local Government or Authority: Funding Method: Fulton County and municipalities See Funding Arrangements 4. How will the strategy change the previous arrangements for providing and/or funding this service within the county? No change. 5. List any formal service delivery agreements or intergovernmental contracts that will be used to implement the strategy for this service: Agreement Name: Contracting Parties: Effective and Ending Dates: Information Technology Johns Creek/Milton 11/01/10 – 10/31/11 and Annual Automatic Renewal for up to 5 Successive Annual Terms 6. What other mechanisms (if any) will be used to implement the strategy for this service (e.g., ordinances, resolutions, local acts of the General Assembly, rate or fee changes, etc.), and when will they take effect? Not applicable. 7. Person completing form: Laura Lewis Phone number: 404.612.0246 Date completed: July 17, 2015 8. Is this the person who should be contacted by state agencies when evaluating whether proposed local government projects are consistent with the service delivery strategy? Yes No If not, provide designated contact person(s) and phone number(s) below: County Manager (404) 612-0832 PAGE 2 (continued) 92 SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY Services: Computer Maps (GIS) Parties: Fulton County and the cities of Alpharetta, Atlanta, Chattahoochee Hills, College Park, East Point, Fairburn, Hapeville, Johns Creek, Milton, Mountain Park, Palmetto, Roswell, Sandy Springs and Union City. Strategy: Fulton County will continue to provide GIS services to the unincorporated areas of Fulton County. Each municipality within the county will continue to provide GIS services within their respective city or as otherwise provided by mutual agreement. GIS services in the City of Milton are provided by the City of Johns Creek pursuant to an intergovernmental agreement, referenced in paragraph 5 above. Further, the jurisdictions within Fulton County recognize the importance of facilitating data sharing and convergence and encourage all jurisdictions to employ compatible mapping systems. FUNDING ARRANGEMENT Local Government Funding Method Alpharetta General Fund Atlanta General Fund/ Enterprise Fund Chattahoochee Hills General Fund College Park General Fund East Point General Fund Fairburn General Fund Hapeville General Fund Johns Creek General Fund Milton General Fund Mountain Park General Fund 93 Palmetto General Fund Roswell General Fund Sandy Springs General Fund Union City General Fund Fulton County SFSSD / Enterprise Fund/General Fund 94 SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY SUMMARY OF SERVICE DELIVERY ARRANGEM ENTS PAGE 2 Instructions: Make copies of this form and complete one for each service listed on page 1, Section III. Use exactly the same service names listed on page 1. Answer each question below, attaching additional pages as necessary. If the contact person for this service (listed at the bottom of the page) changes, this should be reported to the Department of Community Affairs. County: Fulton County Service: Economic Development 1. Check the box that best describes the agreed upon delivery arrangement for this service: Service will be provided countywide (i.e., including all cities and unincorporated areas) by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): Service will be provided only in the unincorporated portion of the county by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the service will not be provided in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organization providing the service: One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the county will provide the service in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organization providing the service.): No map required Fulton County, Alpharetta, Atlanta, Chattahoochee Hills, College Park, East Point, Fairburn, Hapeville, Johns Creek, Milton, Mountain Park, Palmetto, Roswell, Sandy Springs, Union City, Atlanta Development Authority, Atlanta Downtown Improvement Development Authority, Urban Residential Finance Authority, Atlanta Urban Redevelopment Agency; Atlanta Housing Authority; Atlanta-Fulton County Recreational Authority; Development Authority of Fulton County; Metro Atlanta Joint Development Authority, Metro Atlanta Rapid Transit Authority; College Park Business and Industrial Development Authority, Development Authority of Hapeville, Business and Industry Development Authority of College Park Other (If this box is checked, attach a legible map delineating the service area of each service provider, and identify the government, authority, or other organization that will provide service within each service area.): 2. In developing the strategy, were overlapping service areas, unnecessary competition and/or duplication of this service identified? Yes ✔ No If these conditions will continue under the strategy, attach an explanation for continuing the arrange ment (i.e., overlapping but higher levels of service (See O.C.G.A. 36-70-24(1)), overriding benefits of the duplication, or reasons that overlapping service areas or competition cannot be eliminated). If these conditions will be eliminated under the strategy, attach an implementation schedule listing each step or action that will be taken to eliminate them, the responsible party and the agreed upon deadline for completing it. 95 3. List each government or authority that will help to pay for this service and indicate how the service will be funded (e.g., enterprise funds, user fees, general funds, special service district revenues, hotel/motel taxes, franchise taxes, impact fees, bonded indebtedness, etc.). Local Government or Authority: Funding Method: Fulton County and municipalities See Funding Arrangement 4. How will the strategy change the previous arrangements for providing and/or funding this service within the county? No change. 5. List any formal service delivery agreements or intergovernmental contracts that will be used to implement the strategy for this service: Agreement Name: Contracting Parties: Effective and Ending Dates: 6. What other mechanisms (if any) will be used to implement the strategy for this service (e.g., ordinances, resolutions, local acts of the General Assembly, rate or fee changes, etc.), and when will they take effect? All cities are authorized to create development authorities under general state law. 7. Person completing form: Laura Lewis Phone number: 404.612.0246 Date comp leted: July 17, 2015 8. Is this the person who should be contacted by state agencies when evaluating whether proposed local government projects are consistent with the service delivery strategy? Yes ✔ No If not, provide designated contact person(s) and phone number(s) below: County Manager (404) 612-0832 PAGE 2 (continued) 96 SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY Services: Economic Development Parties: Fulton County and the cities of Alpharetta, Atlanta, Chattahoochee Hills, College Park, East Point, Fairburn, Hapeville, Johns Creek, Milton, Mountain Park, Palmetto, Roswell, Sandy Springs and Union City. Strategy: There is some overlap of service as Fulton County provides Economic Development service for the entire County including all the cities and unincorporated areas. However, competition is the nature of Economic Development service provision and therefore each jurisdiction needs to maintain their own service as they compete to attract development. It should also be noted that at the County level, the cities and the County do work cooperatively. FUNDING ARRANGEMENT Local Government Funding Method Alpharetta General Fund Atlanta General Fund Chattahoochee Hills General Fund College Park General Fund East Point General Fund Fairburn General Fund Hapeville General Fund Johns Creek General Fund Milton General Fund Mountain Park General Fund Palmetto General Fund Roswell General Fund Sandy Springs General Fund Union City General Fund Fulton County General Fund/SFSSD 97 _ Instructions: Make copies of this form and complete one for each service listed on page 1, Section III. Use exactly the same service names listed on page 1. Answer each question below, attaching additional pages as necessary. If the contact person for this service (listed at the bottom of the page) changes, this should be reported to the Department of Community Affairs. County: Fulton County Service: Elections 1. Check the box that best describes the agreed upon delivery arrangement for this service: Service will be provided countywide (i.e., including all cities and unincorporated areas) by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): Service will be provided only in the unincorporated portion of the county by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the service will not be provided in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organization providing the service: ✔ One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the county will provide the service in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organization providing the service.): No map required Fulton County, Alpharetta, Atlanta, Chattahoochee Hills, College Park, East Point, Fairburn, Hapeville, Mountain Park, Palmetto, Roswell, Milton, Johns Creek and Union City Other (If this box is checked, attach a legible map delineating the service area of each service provider, and identify the government, authority, or other organization that will provide service within each service area.): 2. In developing the strategy, were overlapping service areas, unnecessary competition and/or duplication of this service identified? Yes ✔ No If these conditions will continue under the strategy, attach an explanation for continuing the arrange ment (i.e., overlapping but higher levels of service (See O.C.G.A. 36-70-24(1)), overriding benefits of the duplication, or reasons that overlapping service areas or competition cannot be eliminated). If these conditions will be eliminated under the strategy, attach an implementation schedule listing each step or action that will be taken to eliminate them, the responsible party and the agreed upon deadline for completing it. SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY SUMMARY OF SERVICE DELIVERY ARRANGEMENTS PAGE 2 98 3. List each government or authority that will help to pay for this service and indicate how the service will be funded (e.g., enterprise funds, user fees, general funds, special service district revenues, hotel/motel taxes, franchise taxes, impact fees, bonded indebtedness, etc.). Local Government or Authority: Funding Method: Fulton County and municipalities See Funding Arrangement 4. How will the strategy change the previous arrangements for providing and/or funding this service within the county? Not Applicable. 5. List any formal service delivery agreements or intergovernmental contracts that will be used to implement the strategy for this service: Agreement Name: Contracting Parties: Effective and Ending Dates: 6. What other mechanisms (if any) will be used to implement the strategy for this service (e.g., ordinances, resolutions, local acts of the General Assembly, rate or fee changes, etc.), and when will they take effect? Not Applicable 7. Person completing form: Laura Lewis Phone number: 404.612.0246 Date comp leted: July 17, 2015 8. Is this the person who should be contacted by state agencies when evaluating whether proposed local government projects are consistent with the service delivery strategy? Yes ✔ No If not, provide designated contact person(s) and phone number(s) below: County Manager (404) 612-0832 PAGE 2 (continued) 99 SERVICE DELIVERYSTRATEGY Services: Elections Parties: Fulton County and the cities of Alpharetta, Atlanta, Chattahoochee Hills, College Park, East Point, Fairburn, Hapeville, Johns Creek, Milton, Mountain Park, Palmetto, Roswell, Sandy Springs and Union City. Strategy: Fulton County will continue to provide elections services to the unincorporated and incorporated areas of Fulton County for countywide elections on an actual cost basis less expenses. In addition, Fulton County will continue to offer election services to any municipality through an IGA. Palmetto, Chattahoochee Hills, and College Park provide election services for municipal elections within the city. FUNDING ARRANGEMENT Local Government Funding Method Alpharetta General Fund Atlanta General Fund Chattahoochee Hills General Fund College Park General Fund East Point General Fund Fairburn General Fund Hapeville General Fund Johns Creek General Fund Milton General Fund Mountain Park General Fund Palmetto General Fund Roswell General Fund Sandy Springs General Fund Union City General Fund Fulton County General Fund 100 Instructions: SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY SUMMARY OF SERVICE DELIVERY ARRANGEMENTS PAGE 2 Make copies of this form and complete one for each service listed on page 1, Section III. Use exactly the same service names listed on page 1. Answer each question below, attaching additional pages as necessary. If the contact person for this service (listed at the bottom of the page) changes, this should be reported to the Department of Community Affairs. County: Fulton County Service EMS 1. Check the box that best describes the agreed upon delivery arrangement for this service: Service will be provided countywide (i.e., including all cities and unincorporated areas) by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): Service will be provided only in the unincorporated portion of the county by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the service will not be provided in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organization providing the service: One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the county will provide the service in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organization providing the service.): ✔ Other (If this box is checked, attach a legible map delineating the service area of each service provider, and identify the government, authority, or other organization that will provide service within each service area.): No map required EMS Service is provided by the Region 3 EMS C ouncil (contractual provider). Currently, Rural Metro Ambulance in north and south Fulton County, Grady Hospital provides service in the central zone. (See attachment) 2. In developing the strategy, were overlapping service areas, unnecessary competition and/or duplication of this service identified? Yes ✔ No If these conditions will continue under the strategy, attach an explanation for continuing the arrange ment (i.e., overlapping but higher levels of service (See O.C.G.A. 36-70-24(1)), overriding benefits of the duplication, or reasons that overlapping service areas or competition cannot be eliminated). If these conditions will be eliminated under the strategy, attach an implementation schedule listing each step or action that will be taken to eliminate them, the responsible party and the agreed upon deadline for completing it. 101 3.List each government or authority that will help to pay for this service and indicate how the service will be funded (e.g., enterprise fund general funds, special service district revenues, hotel/motel taxes, franchise taxes, impact fees, bonded indebtedness, etc.). Local Government or Authority: Funding Method: Sandy Springs, Milton, Johns Creek General Fund 4. How will the strategy change the previous arrangements for providing and/or funding this service within the county? No Change. 5. List any formal service delivery agreements or intergovernmental contracts that will be used to implement the strategy for this service: Agreement Name: Contracting Parties: Effective and Ending Dates: 6. What other mechanisms (if any) will be used to implement the strategy for this service (e.g., ordinances, resolutions, local acts of the General Assembly, rate or fee changes, etc.), and when will they take effect? Some cities and unincorporated Fulton County have agreements with the authorized service providers for enhanced services. 7. Person completing form: Laura Lewis Phone number: 404.612.0246 Date comp leted: July 17, 2015 8. Is this the person who should be contacted by state agencies when evaluating whether proposed local government projects are consistent with the service delivery strategy? Yes ✔ No If not, provide designated contact person(s) and phone number(s) below: County Manager (404) 612-0832 PAGE 2 (continued) 102 SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY Services: Emergency Medical Services (EMS) Parties: Fulton County and the cities of Alpharetta, Atlanta, Chattahoochee Hills, College Park, East Point, Fairburn, Hapeville, Johns Creek, Milton, Mountain Park, Palmetto, Roswell, Sandy Springs and Union City. Strategy: EMS service is provided by Rural Metro Ambulance Company in North Fulton County. EMS service is provided by Rural Metro Ambulance to unincorporated and incorporated areas of South Fulton County, excluding the City of Hapeville, which provides its own ambulance service. EMS service is provided by Grady Hospital for the City of Atlanta. EMS service for the City of Sandy Springs is provided by Rural Metro Ambulance by contract. FUNDING ARRANGEMENT Provider Funding Method Atlanta Grady Hospital Sandy Springs General Fund/Charges for Services Hapeville General Fund/Charges for Services Milton General Fund/Charges for Services Johns Creek Customer Contract Roswell General Fund/Charges for Services Alpharetta General Fund/Charges for Services Palmetto General Fund/Charges for Services Chattahoochee Hills General Fund/Charges for Services Fairburn General Fund/Charges for Services East Point General Fund/Charges for Services Union City General Fund/Charges for Services 103 College Park General Fund/Charges for Services Mountain Park General Fund/Charges for Services Fulton County SFSSD/Charges for Services 104 SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY SUMMARY OF SERVICE DELIVERY ARRANGEMENTS PAGE 2 Instructions: Make copies of this form and complete one for each service listed on page 1, Section III. Use exactly the same service names listed on page 1. Answer each question below, attaching additional pages as necessary. If the contact person for this service (listed at the bottom of the page) changes, this should be reported to the Department of Community Affairs. County: Fulton County Service: Environmental Health 1. Check the box that best describes the agreed upon delivery arrangement for this service: Service will be provided countywide (i.e., including all cities and unincorporated areas) by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): Service will be provided only in the unincorporated portion of the county by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the service will not be provided in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organization providing the service: One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the county will provide the service in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organization providing the service.): ✔ Other (If this box is checked, attach a legible map delineating the service area of each service provider, and identify the government, authority, or other organization that will provide service within each service area.): No map required Fulton, Alpharetta, Atlanta, Chattahoochee Hills, College Park, East Point, Fairburn, Hapeville, Johns Creek, Mountain Park, Palmetto, Roswell, Sandy Springs, Union City and Milton 2. In developing the strategy, were overlapping service areas, unnecessary competition and/or duplication of this service identified? Yes ✔ No If these conditions will continue under the strategy, attach an explanation for continuing the arrange ment (i.e., overlapping but higher levels of service (See O.C.G.A. 36-70-24(1)), overriding benefits of the duplication, or reasons that overlapping service areas or competition cannot be eliminated). If these conditions will be eliminated under the strategy, attach an implementation schedule listing each step or action that will be taken to eliminate them, the responsible party and the agreed upon deadline for completing it. 105 3. List each government or authority that will help to pay for this service and indicate how the service will be funded (e.g., enterprise funds, user fees, general funds, special service district revenues, hotel/motel taxes, franchise taxes, impact fees, bonded indebtedness, etc.). Local Government or Authority: Funding Method: Fulton County and municipalities See Funding Arrangement 4. How will the strategy change the previous arrangements for providing and/or funding this service within the county? No Change 5. List any formal service delivery agreements or intergovernmental contracts that will be used to implement the strategy for this service: Agreement Name: Contracting Parties: Effective and Ending Dates: 6. What other mechanisms (if any) will be used to implement the strategy for this service (e.g., ordinances, resolutions, local acts of the General Assembly, rate or fee changes, etc.), and when will they take effect? This service only includes those matters required by state general law. 7. Person completing form: Laura Lewis Phone number: 404.612.0246 Date comp leted :July 17, 2015 8. Is this the person who should be contacted by state agencies when evaluating whether proposed local government projects are consistent with the service delivery strategy? Yes ✔ No If not, provide designated contact person(s) and phone number(s) below: County Manager (404) 612-0832 PAGE 2 (continued) Formatted: Line spacing: Exactly 5 pt 106 SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY Services: Environmental Health Parties: Fulton County and the cities of Alpharetta, Atlanta, Chattahoochee Hills, College Park, East Point, Fairburn, Hapeville, Johns Creek, Milton, Mountain Park, Palmetto, Roswell, Sandy Springs and Union City. Strategy: Most environmental health activities, such as septic tanks swimming pools and restaurants inspections, are provided and will continue to be provided by Fulton County to the unincorporated and incorporated areas of Fulton County. However, other environmental health issues are addressed by each municipality, and each municipality will continue to provide such services within their respective city, per City Code, Charter and applicable law. FUNDING ARRANGEMENT Local Government Funding Method Alpharetta General Fund Atlanta General Fund Chattahoochee Hills General Fund College Park General Fund East Point General Fund Fairburn General Fund Hapeville General Fund Johns Creek General Fund Milton General Fund Mountain Park General Fund Palmetto General Fund Roswell General Fund 107 Sandy Springs General Fund Union City General Fund Fulton County General Fund/SFSSD 108 Instructions: Make copies of this form and complete one for each service listed on page 1, Section III. Use exactly the same service names listed on page 1. Answer each question below, attaching additional pages as necessary. If the contact person for this service (listed at the bottom the page) changes, this should be reported to the Department of Community Affairs. County: Fulton County Service: Environmental Regulation 1. Check the box that best describes the agreed upon delivery arrangement for this service: Service will be provided countywide (i.e., including all cities and unincorporated areas) by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): Service will be provided only in the unincorporated portion of the county by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the service will not be provided in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organization providing the service: ✔ One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the county will provide the service in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organization providing the service.) No map required Fulton County and all cities within Fulton County Other (If this box is checked, attach a legible map delineating the service area of each service provider, and identify the government, authority, or other organization that will provide service within each service area.): 2. In developing the strategy, were overlapping service areas, unnecessary competition and/or duplication of this service identified? Yes ✔ No If these conditions will continue under the strategy, attach an explanation for continuing the arrange ment (i.e., overlapping but higher levels of service (See O.C.G.A. 36-70-24(1)), overriding benefits of the duplication, or reasons that overlapping service areas or competition cannot be eliminated). If these conditions will be eliminated under the strategy, attach an implementation schedule listing each step or action that will be taken to eliminate them, the responsible party and the agreed upon deadline for completing it. SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY SUMMARY OF SERVICE DELIVERY ARRANGEMENTS PAGE 2 109 3. List each government or authority that will help to pay for this service and indicate how the service will be funded (e.g., enterprise funds, user fees, general funds, special service district revenues, hotel/motel taxes, franchise taxes, impact fees, bonded indebtedness, etc.). Local Government or Authority: Funding Method: Fulton County and municipalities See Funding Arrangement 4. How will the strategy change the previous arrangements for providing and/or funding this service within the county? No change. 5. List any formal service delivery agreements or intergovernmental contracts that will be used to implement the strategy for this service: Agreement Name: Contracting Parties: Effective and Ending Dates: 6. What other mechanisms (if any) will be used to implement the strategy for this service (e.g., ordinances, resolutions, local acts of the General Assembly, rate or fee changes, etc.), and when will they take effect? This service includes those matters required by State General Law and by local ordinances and regulations 7. Person completing form: Laura Lewis Phone number: 404.612.0246 Date comp leted: July 17, 2015 8. Is this the person who should be contacted by state agencies when evaluating whether proposed local government projects are consistent with the service delivery strategy? Yes ✔ No If not, provide designated contact person(s) and phone number(s) below: County Manager (404) 612-0832 PAGE 2 (continued) 110 SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY Services: Environmental Regulation Parties: Fulton County and the cities of Alpharetta, Atlanta, Chattahoochee Hills, College Park, East Point, Fairburn, Hapeville, Johns Creek, Milton, Mountain Park, Palmetto, Roswell, Sandy Springs and Union City. Strategy: Fulton County will continue to provide environmental regulation services to the unincorporated areas of Fulton County. Each municipality within the county will continue to provide environmental regulation services within their respective city. FUNDING ARRANGEMENT S E R V I C E D E L I V E R Y Local Government Funding Method Alpharetta General Fund Atlanta General Fund/Enterprise Fund Chattahoochee Hills General Fund College Park General Fund East Point General Fund Fairburn General Fund Hapeville General Fund Johns Creek General Fund Milton General Fund Mountain Park General Fund Palmetto General Fund Roswell General Fund Sandy Springs General Fund Union City General Fund Fulton County SFSSD 111 Instructions: SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY SUMMARY OF SERVICE DELIVERY ARRANGEMENTS PAGE 2 Make copies of this form and complete one for each service listed on page 1, Section III. Use exactly the same service names listed on page 1. Answer each question below, attaching additional pages as necessary. If the contact person for this service (listed at the bottom of the page) changes, this should be reported to the Department of Community Affairs. County: Fulton County Service: Housing 1. Check the box that best describes the agreed upon delivery arrangement for this service: Service will be provided countywide (i.e., including all cities and unincorporated areas) by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): Service will be provided only in the unincorporated portion of the county by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): One or more cities will provid e this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the service will not be provided in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organizatio n providing the service: ✔ One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the county will provide the service in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organization providing the service.): (See Attached) Other (If this box is checked, attach a legible map delineating the service area of each service provider, and identify the government, authority, or other organization that will provide service within each service area.): 2. In developing the strategy, were overlapping service areas, unnecessary competition and/or duplication of this service identified? Yes No If these conditions will continue under the strategy, attach an explanation for continuing the arrange ment (i.e., overlapping but higher levels of service (See O.C.G.A. 36-70-24(1)), overriding benefits of the duplication, or reasons that overlapping service areas or competition cannot be eliminated). If these conditions will be eliminated under the strategy, attach an implementation schedule listing each step or action that will be taken to eliminate them, the responsible party and the agreed upon deadline for completing it. 112 3. List each government or authority that will help to pay for this service and indicate how the service will be funded (e.g., enterprise funds, user fees, general funds, special service district revenues, hotel/motel taxes, franchise taxes, impact fees, bonded indebtedness, etc.). Local Government or Authority: Funding Method: Fulton County and municipalities See Funding Arrangement 4. How will the strategy change the previous arrangements for providing and/or funding this service within the county? No change. 5. List any formal service delivery agreements or intergovernmental contracts that will be used to implement the strategy for this service: Agreement Name: Contracting Parties: Effective and Ending Dates: CDBG Cooperative Agreement Fulton County/Johns Creek FY 2015-2017 CDBG Cooperative Agreement Fulton County/Mountain Park FY 2015-2017 CDBG Cooperative Agreement Fulton County/Alpharetta FY 2015-2017 CDBG Cooperative Agreement Fulton County/Fairburn FY 2015-2017 CDBG Cooperative Agreement Fulton County/Hapeville FY 2015-2017 CDBG Cooperative Agreement Fulton County/College Park FY 2015-2017 CDBG Cooperative Agreement Fulton County/Chatt Hills FY 2015-2017 CDBG Cooperative Agreement Fulton County/Palmetto FY 2015-2017 CDBG Cooperative Agreement Fulton County/Union City FY 2015-2017 CDBG Cooperative Agreement Fulton County/Milton FY 2015-2017 CDBG Cooperative Agreement Fulton County/East Point FY 2015-2017 6. What other mechanisms (if any) will be used to implement the strategy for this service (e.g., ordinances, resolutions, local acts of the General Assembly, rate or fee changes, etc.), and when will they take effect? N/A 7. Person completing form: Laura Lewis Phone number: 404.612.0246 Date comp leted: July 17, 2015 8. Is this the person who should be contacted by state agencies when evaluating whether proposed local government projects are consistent with the service delivery strategy? Yes No If not, provide designated contact person(s) and phone number(s) below: County Manager (404) 612-0832 113 SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY Services: Housing Parties: Fulton County and the cities of Alpharetta, Atlanta, Chattahoochee Hills, College Park, Fairburn, Hapeville, Johns Creek, Milton, Mountain Park, Palmetto, Roswell, Sandy Springs and Union City. Strategy: All City of Atlanta housing programs are provided only within the city limits of Atlanta. Fulton County is the lead service provider for most housing programs and services within Fulton County outside of the city of Atlanta. Fulton County provides the following services for unincorporated Fulton County and all cities except the City of Atlanta: Down Payment Assistance, Rental Rehabilitation Program, and Tenant Based Rental Assistance. Fulton County further provides the Housing Rehabilitation Program for unincorporated Fulton County and all cities except the City of Atlanta and the City of Atlanta provides this program for their residents. Fulton County works in cooperation with the City of Atlanta to abate taxes within the Ccity of Atlanta with the Housing Enterprise Zones. Fulton County and 11 cities also have cooperative agreements to provide community development and low income housing assisting through CDBG Grants. 114 Local Government or Authority Housing Program Offered Funding Method City of Atlanta Atlanta Affordable Home Ownership Program HOME Down Payment Assistance Program C.D.B.G. Multi-Family Housing Program NSP./HOME Targeted Housing Rehabilitation Pro gram C.D.B.G Senior Housing Rehabilitation Services CDBG Rebuilding Together Atlanta Roof Repair Program CDBG Neighborhood Stabilization Program (NSP1, NSP3) NSP Habitat for Humanity Down Payment HOME State Historic Property Tax Abatement Program Tax Abatement Federal Rehabilitation Investment Tax Credit Program Tax Abatement Tenant Based Rental Assistance Program HOME Atlanta Housing Authority Conventional Public Hearing Units Section 8 Voucher and Certificate Program HUD HUD College Park Housing Authority Conventional Public Housing Units HUD City of College Park/Fulton County Community Development and Low Income Housing Assistance CDBG City of East Point Housing Rehabilitation Program C.D.B.G. East Point Housing Authority Section 8 Voucher & Certificate Program Conventional Public Housing Units HUD Fairburn, Palmetto Housing Authority Conventional Public Housing Units HUD Fulton County Administrative Program Overnight Down Payment Assistance Program Housing Rehabilitation Program Rental Rehabilitation Program Tenant Based Rental Assistance Housing Enterprise Zones General Fund HOME C.D.B.G./HO ME HOME HOME Abate County Taxes Fulton County Housing Authority Conventional Public Housing Units Section 8 Voucher Certificate Program Tax Exempt Bond Program HUD H U D H U D Roswell Housing Authority Conventional Public Housing Units HUD City of Union City Conventional Public Housing Units HUD 115 Instructions: SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY SUMMARY OF SERVICE DELIVERY ARRANGEMENTS PAGE 2 Make copies of this form and complete one for each service listed on page 1, Section III. Use exactly the same service names listed on page 1. Answer each question below, attaching additional pages as necessary. If the contact person for this service (listed at the bottom of the page) changes, this should be reported to the Department of Community Affairs. County: Fulton County Service: Parks 1. Check the box that best describes the agreed upon delivery arrangement for this service: Service will be provided countywide (i.e., including all cities and unincorporated areas) by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): Service will be provided only in the unincorporated portion of the county by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the service will not be provided in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organizatio n providing the service: ✔ One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the county will provide the service in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organization providing the service.): Fulton County, Alpharetta, Atlanta, Chattahoochee Hills, College Park, East Point, Fairburn, Hapeville, Mountain Park, Palmetto, Roswell, Sandy Springs, Milton, Johns Creek & Union City Other (If this box is checked, attach a legible map delineating the service area of each service provider, and identify the government, authority, or other organization that will provide service within each service area.): 2. In developing the strategy, were overlapping service areas, unnecessary competition and/or duplication of this service identified? Yes No If these conditions will continue under the strategy, attach an explanation for continuing the arrange ment (i.e., overlapping but higher levels of service (See O.C.G.A. 36-70-24(1)), overriding benefits of the duplication, or reasons that overlapping service areas or competition cannot be eliminated). If these conditions will be eliminated under the strategy, attach an implementation schedule listing each step or action that will be taken to eliminate them, the responsible party and the agreed upon deadline for completing it. 116 3. List each government or authority that will help to pay for this service and indicate how the service will be funded (e.g., enterprise funds, user fees, general funds, special service district revenues, hotel/motel taxes, franchise taxes, impact fees, bonded indebtedness, etc.). Local Government or Authority: Funding Method: Fulton County and municipalities See Funding Arrangements 4. How will the strategy change the previous arrangements for providing and/or funding this service within the county? No Change. 5. List any formal service delivery agreements or intergovernmental contracts that will be used to implement the strategy for this service: Agreement Name: Contracting Parties: Effective and Ending Dates: 6. What other mechanisms (if any) will be used to implement the strategy for this service (e.g., ordinances, resolutions, local acts of the General Assembly, rate or fee changes, etc.), and when will they take effect? Not Applicable. 7. Person completing form: Laura Lewis Phone number: 404.612.0246 Date comp leted: July 17, 2015 8. Is this the person who should be contacted by state agencies when evaluating whether proposed local government projects are consistent with the service delivery strategy? Yes ✔ No If not, provide designated contact person(s) and phone number(s) below: County Manager (404) 612-0832 PAGE 2 (continued) 117 SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY Services: Parks Parties: Fulton County and the cities of Alpharetta, Atlanta, Chattahoochee Hills, College Park, East Point, Fairburn, Hapeville, Johns Creek, Milton, Mountain Park, Palmetto, Roswell, Sandy Springs and Union City. Strategy: Fulton County will continue to provide Park services to the unincorporated areas of the Fulton County. Each municipality within the Ccounty will continue to provide Park services within their respective citycity. FUNDING ARRANGEMENT Local Government Funding Method Alpharetta General Fund/Fees Atlanta General Fund/Fees Chattahoochee Hills General Fund College Park General Fund East Point General Fund Fairburn General Fund Hapeville General Fund Johns Creek General Fund/Fees Milton General Fund/Fees Mountain Park General Fund/Fees Palmetto General Fund Roswell General Fund/Fees Sandy Springs General Fund/Fees Union City General Fund/Fees Fulton County SFSSD /Fees 118 Instructions: SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY SUMMARY OF SERVICE DELIVERY ARRANGEMENTS PAGE 2 Make copies of this form and complete one for each service listed on page 1, Section III. Use exactly the same service names listed on page 1. Answer each question below, attaching additional pages as necessary. If the contact person for this service (listed at the bottom of the page) changes, this should be reported to the Department of Community Affairs. County: Fulton County Service: Physical Health 1. Check the box that best describes the agreed upon delivery arrangement for this service: ✔ Service will be provided countywide (i.e., including all cities and unincorporated areas) by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): Fulton County Service will be provided only in the unincorporated portion of the county by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the service will not be provided in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organizatio n providing the service: One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the county will provide the service in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organization providing the service.): Other (If this box is checked, attach a legible map delineating the service area of each service provider, and identify the government, authority, or other organization that will provide service within each service area.): 2. In developing the strategy, were overlapping service areas, unnecessary competition and/or duplication of this service identified? Yes ✔ No If these conditions will continue under the strategy, attach an explanation for continuing the arrange ment (i.e., overlapping but higher levels of service (See O.C.G.A. 36-70-24(1)), overriding benefits of the duplication, or reasons that overlapping service areas or competition cannot be eliminated). If these conditions will be eliminated under the strategy, attach an implementation schedule listing each step or action that will be taken to eliminate them, the responsible party and the agreed upon deadline for completing it. 119 3. List each government or authority that will help to pay for this service and indicate how the service will be funded (e.g., enterprise funds, user fees, general funds, special service district revenues, hotel/motel taxes, franchise taxes, impact fees, bonded indebtedness, etc.). Local Government or Authority: Funding Method: Fulton County Health Grant Fund (General Fund, State Grant-in-aid, Medicare Reimbursement) 4. How will the strategy change the previous arrangements for providing and/or funding this service within the county? No Change. 5. List any formal service delivery agreements or intergovernmental contracts that will be used to implement the strategy for this service: Agreement Name: Contracting Parties: Effective and Ending Dates: 6. What other mechanisms (if any) will be used to implement the strategy for this service (e.g., ordinances, resolutions, local acts of the General Assembly, rate or fee changes, etc.), and when will they take effect? Not Applicable. 7. Person completing form: Laura Lewis Phone number: (404) 612-0246 Date comp leted: July 17, 2015 8. Is this the person who should be contacted by state agencies when evaluating whether proposed local government projects are consistent with the service delivery strategy? Yes ✔ No If not, provide designated contact person(s) and phone number(s) below: County Manager (404) 612-0832 PAGE 2 (continued) 120 SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY Services: Physical Health Parties: Fulton County and the cities of Alpharetta, Atlanta, Chattahoochee Hills, College Park, East Point, Fairburn, Hapeville, Johns Creek, Milton, Mountain Park, Palmetto, Roswell, Sandy Springs and Union City. Strategy: Fulton County will continue to provide Physical Health services to the unincorporated and incorporated areas of the Fulton County. This service is provided through the Fulton County Department of Health, whose mission is to promote, protect, and assure the health and wellness of the people of Fulton County. The Department is funded through the Health Grant Fund to allow for budget administration based on the State of Georgia’s Fiscal Year ending June 30th. The Grant fund is made up of the Fulton County General Fund, State grant-in-aid and fees from Medicaid clients. 121 Instructions: SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY SUMMARY OF SERVICE DELIVERY ARRANGEMENTS PAGE 2 Make copies of this form and complete one for each service listed on page 1, Section III. Use exactly the same service names listed on page 1. Answer each question below, attaching additional pages as necessary. If the contact person for this service (listed at the bottom of the page) changes, this should be reported to the Department of Community Affairs. County: Fulton County Service: Planning & Zoning 1. Check the box that best describes the agreed upon delivery arrangement for this service: Service will be provided countywide (i.e., including all cities and unincorporated areas) by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): Service will be provided only in the unincorporated portion of the county by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the service will not be provided in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organizatio n providing the service: ✔ One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the county will provide the service in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organization providing the service.): Fulton, Alpharetta, Atlanta, Chattahoochee Hills, College Park, East Point, Fairburn, Hapeville, Mountain Park, Palmetto, Roswell, Sandy Springs, Milton, Johns Creek and Union City Other (If this box is checked, attach a legible map delineating the service area of each service provider, and identify the government, authority, or other organization that will provide service within each service area.): 2. In developing the strategy, were overlapping service areas, unnecessary competition and/or duplication of this service identified? Yes ✔ No If these conditions will continue under the strategy, attach an explanation for continuing the arrangement (i.e., overlapping but higher levels of service (See O.C.G.A. 36-70-24(1)), overriding benefits of the duplication, or reasons that overlapping service areas or competition cannot be eliminated). If these conditions will be eliminated under the strategy, attach an implementation schedule listing each step or action that will be taken to eliminate them, the responsible party and the agreed upon deadline for completing it. 122 3. List each government or authority that will help to pay for this service and indicate how the service will be funded (e.g., enterprise funds, user fees, general funds, special service district revenues, hotel/motel taxes, franchise taxes, impact fees, bonded indebtedness, etc.). Local Government or Authority: Funding Method: Fulton County and municipalities See Funding Arrangement 4. How will the strategy change the previous arrangements for providing and/or funding this service within the county? No change. 5. List any formal service delivery agreements or intergovernmental contracts that will be used to implement the strategy for this service: Agreement Name: Contracting Parties: Effective and Ending Dates: 6. What other mechanisms (if any) will be used to implement the strategy for this service (e.g., ordinances, resolutions, local acts of the General Assembly, rate or fee changes, etc.), and when will they take effect? Not applicable. 7. Person completing form: Laura Lewis Phone number: 404.612.0246 Date comp leted: July 17, 2015 8. Is this the person who should be contacted by state agencies when evaluating whether proposed local government projects are consistent with the service delivery strategy? Yes ✔ No If not, provide designated contact person(s) and phone number(s) below: County Manager (404) 612-0832 PAGE 2 (continued) 123 SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY Services: Planning and Zoning Parties: Fulton County and the cities of Alpharetta, Atlanta, Chattahoochee Hills, College Park, East Point, Fairburn, Hapeville, Johns Creek, Milton, Mountain Park, Palmetto, Roswell, Sandy Springs and Union City. Strategy: Fulton County will continue to provide planning and zoning services to the unincorporated areas of Fulton County. Each municipality within the Ccounty will continue to provide planning and zoning services within their respective city. FUNDING ARRANGEMENT . Local Government Funding Method Alpharetta General Fund/Fees Atlanta General Fund/Fees Chattahoochee Hills General Fund/Fees College Park General Fund/Fees East Point General Fund/Fees Fairburn General Fund/Fees Hapeville General Fund/Fees Johns Creek General Fund/Fees Milton General Fund/Fees Mountain Park General Fund/Fees Palmetto General Fund/Fees Roswell General Fund/Fees Sandy Springs General Fund/Fees Union City General Fund/Fees Fulton County SFSSD/Fees 124 Instructions: SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY SUMMARY OF SERVICE DELIVERY ARRANGEMENTS PAGE 2 Make copies of this form and complete one for each service listed on page 1, Section III. Use exactly the same service names listed on page 1. Answer each question below, attaching additional pages as necessary. If the contact person for this service (listed at the bottom of the page) changes, this should be reported to the Department of Community Affairs. County: Fulton County Service: Solicitor 1. Check the box that best describes the agreed upon delivery arrangement for this service: Service will be provided countywide (i.e., including all cities and unincorporated areas) by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): Fulton County Service will be provided only in the unincorporated portion of the county by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the service will not be provided in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organizatio n providing the service: ✔ One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the county will provide the service in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organization providing the service.): Fulton County, Alpharetta, Atlanta, Chattahoochee Hills, College Park, East Point, Fairburn, Hapeville, Mountain Park, Palmetto, Roswell, Milton, Johns Creek and Union City Other (If this box is checked, attach a legible map delineating the service area of each service provider, and identify the government, authority, or other organization that will provide service within each service area.): 2. In developing the strategy, were overlapping service areas, unnecessary competition and/or duplication of this service identified? Yes ✔ No If these conditions will continue under the strategy, attach an explanation for continuing the arrange ment (i.e., overlapping but higher levels of service (See O.C.G.A. 36-70-24(1)), overriding benefits of the duplication, or reasons that overlapping service areas or competition cannot be eliminated). If these conditions will be eliminated under the strategy, attach an implementation schedule listing each step or action that will be taken to eliminate them, the responsible party and the agreed upon deadline for completing it. 125 3. List each government or authority that will help to pay for this service and indicate how the service will be funded (e.g., enterprise funds, user fees, general funds, special service district revenues, hotel/motel taxes, franchise taxes, impact fees, bonded indebtedness, etc.). Local Government or Authority: Funding Method: Fulton County and municipalities See Funding Arrangement 4. How will the strategy change the previous arrangements for providing and/or funding this service within the county? No Change. 5. List any formal service delivery agreements or intergovernmental contracts that will be used to implement the strategy for this service: Agreement Name: Contracting Parties: Effective and Ending Dates: 6. What other mechanisms (if any) will be used to implement the strategy for this service (e.g., ordinances, resolutions, local acts of the General Assembly, rate or fee changes, etc.), and when will they take effect? Service may be provided via retained third-party vendors. 7. Person completing form: Laura Lewis Phone number: 404.612.0246 Date comp leted: July 17, 2015 8. Is this the person who should be contacted by state agencies when evaluating whether proposed local government projects are consistent with the service delivery strategy? Yes ✔ No If not, provide designated contact person(s) and phone number(s) below: County Manager (404) 612-0832 PAGE 2 (continued) 126 SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY Services: Solicitor Parties: Fulton County and the cities of Alpharetta, Atlanta, Chattahoochee Hills, College Park, East Point, Fairburn, Hapeville, Johns Creek, Milton, Mountain Park, Palmetto, Roswell, Sandy Springs and Union City. Strategy: Fulton County will continue to provide Solicitor services to the unincorporated areas of Fulton County, for county-wide offenses, jury trials originating in the several municipalities, and for offenses bound over from municipal courts from incorporated areas of Fulton County. Specifically, the Solicitor General of the State Court of Fulton County investigates and prosecutes misdemeanors and County ordinance violations arising in Fulton County. Each municipality within in the county provides and will continue to provide solicitor services within their respective city, for violations of city offenses as well as certain State law violations. FUNDING ARRANGEMENT Local Government Funding Method Alpharetta General Fund Atlanta General Fund Chattahoochee Hills General Fund College Park General Fund East Point General Fund Fairburn General Fund Hapeville General Fund Johns Creek General Fund Milton General Fund 127 Mountain Park General Fund Palmetto General Fund Roswell General Fund Sandy Springs General Fund Union City General Fund Fulton County General Fund/SFSSD . 128 Instructions: SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY SUMMARY OF SERVICE DELIVERY ARRANGEMENTS PAGE 2 Make copies of this form and complete one for each service listed on page 1, Section III. Use exactly the same service names listed on page 1. Answer each question below, attaching additional pages as necessary. If the contact person for this service (listed at the bottom of the page) changes, this should be reported to the Department of Community Affairs. County: Fulton County Service: Street Construction & Maintenance 1. Check the box that best describes the agreed upon delivery arrangement for this service: Service will be provided countywide (i.e., including all cities and unincorporated areas) by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): Service will be provided only in the unincorporated portion of the county by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the service will not be provided in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organizatio n providing the service: ✔ One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the county will provide the service in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organization providing the service.): Fulton County, Alpharetta, Atlanta, Chattahoochee Hills, College Park, East Point, Fairburn, Hapeville, Mountain Park, Palmetto, Roswell, Sandy Springs, Milton, Johns Creek and Union City Other (If this box is checked, attach a legible map delineating the service area of each service provider, and identify the government, authority, or other organization that will provide service within each service area.): 2. In developing the strategy, were overlapping service areas, unnecessary competition and/or duplication of this service identified? Yes No If these conditions will continue under the strategy, attach an explanation for continuing the arrange ment (i.e., overlapping but higher levels of service (See O.C.G.A. 36-70-24(1)), overriding benefits of the duplication, or reasons that overlapping service areas or competition cannot be eliminated). If these conditions will be eliminated under the strategy, attach an implementation schedule listing each step or action that will be taken to eliminate them, the responsible party and the agreed upon deadline for completing it. 129 3. List each government or authority that will help to pay for this service and indicate how the service will be funded (e.g., enterprise funds, user fees, general funds, special service district revenues, hotel/motel taxes, franchise taxes, impact fees, bonded indebtedness, etc.). Local Government or Authority: Funding Method: Fulton County and municipalities See Consent Order 4. How will the strategy change the previous arrangements for providing and/or funding this service within the county? Street Construction and Maintenance within unincorporated Fulton County will be handled pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Consent Order entered in civil action 2009CV177235. 5. List any formal service delivery agreements or intergovernmental contracts that will be used to implement the strategy for this service: Agreement Name: Contracting Parties: Effective and Ending Dates: Consent Order County and all Cities 6. What other mechanisms (if any) will be used to implement the strategy for this service (e.g., ordinances, resolutions, local acts of the General Assembly, rate or fee changes, etc.), and when will they take effect? Not Applicable 7. Person completing form: Laura Lewis Phone number: 404.612.0246 Date comp leted: (TBD) 8. Is this the person who should be contacted by state agencies when evaluating whether proposed local government projects are consistent with the service delivery strategy? Yes ✔ No If not, provide designated contact person(s) and phone number(s) below: County Manager (404) 612-0832 PAGE 2 (continued) 130 SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY Services: Street Construction & Maintenance Parties: Fulton County and the cities of Alpharetta, Atlanta, Chattahoochee Hills, College Park, East Point, Fairburn, Hapeville, Johns Creek, Milton, Mountain Park, Palmetto, Roswell, Sandy Springs and Union City. Strategy: Fulton County will continue to provide street construction services to the unincorporated areas of the Fulton County pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Consent Order entered in civil action 2009CV177235. Each municipality within in the county will continue to provide street construction services within their respective city. FUNDING ARRANGEMENT Local Government Funding Method Alpharetta General Fund Atlanta General Fund Chattahoochee Hills General Fund College Park General Fund East Point General Fund Fairburn General Fund Hapeville General Fund Johns Creek General Fund Milton General Fund Mountain Park General Fund Palmetto General Fund Sandy Springs General Fund Union City General Fund Fulton County SFSSD/General Fund/Grants 131 Instructions: SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY SUMMARY OF SERVICE DELIVERY ARRANGEMENTS PAGE 2 Make copies of this form and complete one for each service listed on page 1, Section III. Use exactly the same service names listed on page 1. Answer each question below, attaching additional pages as necessary. If the contact person for this service (listed at the bottom of the page) changes, this should be reported to the Department of Community Affairs. County: Fulton Service: Storm Water 1. Check the box that best describes the agreed upon delivery arrangement for this service: Service will be provided countywide (i.e., including all cities and unincorporated areas) by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): Service will be provided only in the unincorporated portion of the county by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the service will not be provided in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organizatio n providing the service: One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the county will provide the service in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organization providing the service.): Fulton County, Alpharetta, Atlanta, Chattahoochee Hills, College Park, East Point, Fairburn, Hapeville, Mountain Park, Palmetto, Roswell, Sandy Springs, Milton, Johns Creek and Union City Other (If this box is checked, attach a legible map delineating the service area of each service provider, and identify the government, authority, or other organization that will provide service within each service area.): No map required 2. In developing the strategy, were overlapping service areas, unnecessary competition and/or duplication of this service identified? Yes No If these conditions will continue under the strategy, attach an explanation for continuing the arrange ment (i.e., overlapping but higher levels of service (See O.C.G.A. 36-70-24(1)), overriding benefits of the duplication, or reasons that overlapping service areas or competition cannot be eliminated). If these conditions will be eliminated under the strategy, attach an implementation schedule listing each step or action that will be taken to eliminate them, the responsible party and the agreed upon deadline for completing it. 132 3. List each government or authority that will help to pay for this service and indicate how the service will be funded (e.g., enterprise funds, user fees, general funds, special service district revenues, hotel/motel taxes, franchise taxes, impact fees, bonded indebtedness, etc.). Local Government or Authority: Funding Method: Fulton County and municipalities See Funding Arrangement 4. How will the strategy change the previous arrangements for providing and/or funding this service within the county? No Changes 5. List any formal service delivery agreements or intergovernmental contracts that will be used to implement the strategy for this service: Agreement Name: Contracting Parties: Effective and Ending Dates: 6. What other mechanisms (if any) will be used to implement the strategy for this service (e.g., ordinances, resolutions, local acts of the General Assembly, rate or fee changes, etc.), and when will they take effect? Not Applicable 7. Person completing form: Laura Lewis Phone number: 404.612.0246 Date comp leted: July 17, 2015 8. Is this the person who should be contacted by state agencies when evaluating whether proposed local government projects are consistent with the service delivery strategy? Yes ✔ No If not, provide designated contact person(s) and phone number(s) below: County Manager (404) 612-0832 PAGE 2 (continued) 133 SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY Services: Storm Water Parties: Fulton County and the cities of Alpharetta, Atlanta, Chattahoochee Hills, College Park, East Point, Fairburn, Hapeville, Johns Creek, Milton, Mountain Park, Palmetto, Roswell, Sandy Springs and Union City. Strategy: Fulton County will continue to provide storm water regulation services to the unincorporated areas of Fulton County. Each Municipality within the county will continue to provide storm water regulation services within their respective city. Fulton County and each municipality shall each be responsible for storm water services and maintenance related to property and storm water infrastructure owned and/or operated by that specific jurisdiction, or as required by any applicable agreements or as otherwise required by law. FUNDING ARRANGEMENT Local Government Funding Method Alpharetta General Fund/Grant Fund Atlanta General Fund Chattahoochee Hills General Fund College Park General Fund East Point General Fund Fairburn General Fund Hapeville General Fund Johns Creek General Fund Milton General Fund Mountain Park General Fund 134 Palmetto General Fund Roswell Grant Fund/ Storm Water Utility Fund Sandy Springs General Fund/Grant Fund Union City General Fund/Storm Water Utility Fund Fulton County SFSSD/Storm Water Utility Fund 135 Instructions: SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY SUMMARY OF SERVICE DELIVERY ARRANGEMENTS PAGE 2 Make copies of this form and complete one for each service listed on page 1, Section III. Use exactly the same service names listed on page 1. Answer each question below, attaching additional pages as necessary. If the contact person for this service (listed at the bottom of the page) changes, this should be reported to the Department of Community Affairs. County: Fulton County Service: Voter Registration 1. Check the box that best describes the agreed upon delivery arrangement for this service: ✔ Service will be provided countywide (i.e., including all cities and unincorporated areas) by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): Fulton County Service will be provided only in the unincorporated portion of the county by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the service will not be provided in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organizatio n providing the service: One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the county will provide the service in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organization providing the service.): Other (If this box is checked, attach a legible map delineating the service area of each service provider, and identify the government, authority, or other organization that will provide service within each service area.): 2. In developing the strategy, were overlapping service areas, unnecessary competition and/or duplication of this service identified? Yes ✔ No If these conditions will continue under the strategy, attach an explanation for continuing the arrange ment (i.e., overlapping but higher levels of service (See O.C.G.A. 36-70-24(1)), overriding benefits of the duplication, or reasons that overlapping service areas or competition cannot be eliminated). If these conditions will be eliminated under the strategy, attach an implementation schedule listing each step or action that will be taken to eliminate them, the responsible party and the agreed upon deadline for completing it. 136 3. List each government or authority that will help to pay for this service and indicate how the service will be funded (e.g., enterprise funds, user fees, general funds, special service district revenues, hotel/motel taxes, franchise taxes, impact fees, bonded indebtedness, etc.). Local Government or Authority: Funding Method: Fulton County General Fund 4. How will the strategy change the previous arrangements for providing and/or funding this service within the county? No Change. 5. List any formal service delivery agreements or intergovernmental contracts that will be used to implement the strategy for this service: Agreement Name: Contracting Parties: Effective and Ending Dates: 6. What other mechanisms (if any) will be used to implement the strategy for this service (e.g., ordinances, resolutions, local acts of the General Assembly, rate or fee changes, etc.), and when will they take effect? Not Applicable. 7. Person completing form: Laura Lewis Phone number: 404.612.0246 Date comp leted: July 17, 2015 8. Is this the person who should be contacted by state agencies when evaluating whether proposed local government projects are consistent with the service delivery strategy? Yes ✔ No If not, provide designated contact person(s) and phone number(s) below: County Manager (404) 612-0832 PAGE 2 (continued) 137 SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY Services: Voter Registration Parties: Fulton County and the cities of Alpharetta, Atlanta, Chattahoochee Hills, College Park, East Point, Fairburn, Hapeville, Johns Creek, Milton, Mountain Park, Palmetto, Roswell, Sandy Springs and Union City. Strategy: Fulton County will continue to provide voter registration services to the unincorporated and incorporated areas of the Fulton County. The County is responsible for registering all qualified residents of Fulton County. 138 Instructions: SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY SUMMARY OF SERVICE DELIVERY ARRANGEMENTS PAGE 2 Make copies of this form and complete one for each service listed on page 1, Section III. Use exactly the same service names listed on page 1. Answer each question below, attaching additional pages as necessary. If the contact person for this service (listed at the bottom of the page) changes, this should be reported to the Department of Community Affairs. County: Fulton County Service: Workforce Development 1. Check the box that best describes the agreed upon delivery arrangement for this service: Service will be provided countywide (i.e., including all cities and unincorporated areas) by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): Service will be provided only in the unincorporated portion of the county by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the service will not be provided in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organizatio n providing the service: One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the county will provide the service in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organization providing the service.): Other (If this box is checked, attach a legible map delineating the service area of each service provider, and identify the government, authority, or other organization that will provide service within each service area.):. Fulton County and City of Atlanta 2. In developing the strategy, were overlapping service areas, unnecessary competition and/or duplication of this service identified? Yes ✔ No If these conditions will continue under the strategy, attach an explanation for continuing the arrange ment (i.e., overlapping but higher levels of service (See O.C.G.A. 36-70-24(1)), overriding benefits of the duplication, or reasons that overlapping service areas or competition cannot be eliminated). If these conditions will be eliminated under the strategy, attach an implementation schedule listing each step or action that will be taken to eliminate them, the responsible party and the agreed upon deadline for completing it. 139 3. List each government or authority that will help to pay for this service and indicate how the service will be funded (e.g., enterprise funds, user fees, general funds, special service district revenues, hotel/motel taxes, franchise taxes, impact fees, bonded indebtedness, etc.). Local Government or Authority: Funding Method: Fulton County General Fund and Grant Fund Atlanta Grant Funds 4. How will the strategy change the previous arrangements for providing and/or funding this service within the county? No Change. 5. List any formal service delivery agreements or intergovernmental contracts that will be used to implement the strategy for this service: Agreement Name: Contracting Parties: Effective and Ending Dates: 6. What other mechanisms (if any) will be used to implement the strategy for this service (e.g., ordinances, resolutions, local acts of the General Assembly, rate or fee changes, etc.), and when will they take effect? Not Applicable. 7. Person completing form: L a u r a Le w i s Phone number: 404.612.0246 Date comp leted: July 17, 2015 8. Is this the person who should be contacted by state agencies when evaluating whether proposed local government projects are consistent with the service delivery strategy? Yes ✔ No 140 If not, provide designated contact person(s) and phone number(s) below: County Manager (404) 612-0832 PAGE 2 (continued) SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY Services: Workforce Development Parties: Fulton County and the City of Atlanta. Strategy: Fulton County will continue to provide Workforce Development services to the unincorporated and incorporated areas of the Fulton County. City of Atlanta also provides Workforce Development within its jurisdiction. 141 SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY SUMMARY OF SERVICE DELIVERY ARRANGEMENTS PAGE 2 Make copies of this form and complete one for each service listed on page 1, Section III. Use exactly the same service names listed on page 1. Answer each question below, attaching additional pages as necessary. If the contact person for this service (listed at the bottom of the page) changes, this should be reported to the Department of Community Affairs. County: Fulton Service: Jail 1. Check the box that best describes the agreed upon delivery arrangement for this service: Service will be provided countywide (i.e., including all cities and unincorporated areas) by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or or ganization providing the service.): One or more cities will provid e this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the service will not be provided in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organizatio n providing the service: One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the county will provide the service in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organization providing the service.): ✔ Other (If this box is checked, attach an UPDATED legible map delineating the service area of each service provider, and identify the government, authority, or other organization that will provide service within each service area.): No map required. Fulton County, Alpharetta, Union City 2. In developing the strategy, were overlapping service areas, unnecessary competition and/or duplication of this service identified? Yes ✔ No If these conditions will continue under the strategy, attach an explanation for continuing the arrange ment (i.e., overlapping but higher levels of service (See O.C.G.A. 36-70-24(1)), overriding benefits of the duplication, or reasons that overlapping service areas or competition cannot be eliminated). If these conditions will be eliminated under the strategy, attach an implementation schedule listing each step or action that will be taken to eliminate them, the responsible party and the agreed upon deadline for completing it. 142 3. List each government or authority that will help to pay for this service and indicate how the service will be funded (e.g., enterprise funds, user fees, general funds, special service district revenues, hotel/motel taxes, franchise taxes, impact fees, bonded indebtedness, etc.). Local Government or Authority: Funding Method: Fulton County and municipalities See Funding Arrangement 4. How will the strategy change the previous arrangements for providing and/or funding this service within the county? Jail service was not included as a service in the previous Service Delivery Strategy Agreement. The way the service is provided is not fundamentally changed, with the exception of the lease of jail space from Union City. 5. List any formal service delivery agreements or intergovernmental contracts that will be used to implement the strategy for this service: Agreement Name: Contracting Parties: Effective and Ending Dates: IGA Fulton County and Union City 8/20/2013 - 12/31/2016 6. What other mechanisms (if any) will be used to implement the strategy for this service (e.g., ordinances, resolutions, local acts of the General Assembly, rate or fee changes, etc.), and when will they take effect? Not Applicable 7. Person completing form: L a u r a Le w i s Phone number: 404-612-0246 Date comp leted: July 17, 2015 8. Is this the person who should be contacted by state agencies when evaluating whether proposed local government projects are consistent with the service delivery strategy? Yes ✔ No If not, provide designated contact person(s) and phone number(s) below: County Manager (404) 612-0832 PAGE 2 (continued) 143 SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY Services: Jail Parties: Fulton County, Alpharetta, and Union City. Strategy: Fulton County will continue to provide County-wide jail services for state-charged pretrial detainees at the Fulton County Jail. Fulton County also operates a satellite jail and provides municipal jail services through an IGA with Union City at the South Fulton Municipal Regional Jail in Union City. Fulton County further provides municipal jail services for the City of Alpharetta at the North Annex. FUNDING ARRANGEMENT Local Government Funding Method Union City General Fund Fulton County General Fund 144 SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY SUMMARY OF SERVICE DELIVERY ARRANGEMENTS PAGE 2 Make copies of this form and complete one for each service listed on page 1, Section III. Use exactly the same service names listed on page 1. Answer each question below, attaching additional pages as necessary. If the contact person for this service (listed at the bottom of the page) changes, this should be reported to the Department of Community Affairs. County: Fulton Service: Homelessness 1. Check the box that best describes the agreed upon delivery arrangement for this service: Service will be provided countywide (i.e., including all cities and unincorporated areas) by a single service provider. (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or organization providing the service.): (If this box is checked, identify the government, authority or or ganization providing the service.): One or more cities will provid e this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the service will not be provided in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organizatio n providing the service: One or more cities will provide this service only within their incorporated boundaries, and the county will provide the service in unincorporated areas. (If this box is checked, identify the government(s), authority or organization providing the service.): ✔ Other (If this box is checked, attach an UPDATED legible map delineating the service area of each service provider, and identify the government, authority, or other organization that will provide service within each service area.): No map required. Fulton, Atlanta 2. In developing the strategy, were overlapping service areas, unnecessary competition and/or duplication of this service identified? Yes ✔ No If these conditions will continue under the strategy, attach an explanation for continuing the arrange ment (i.e., overlapping but higher levels of service (See O.C.G.A. 36-70-24(1)), overriding benefits of the duplication, or reasons that overlapping service areas or competition cannot be eliminated). If these conditions will be eliminated under the strategy, attach an implementation schedule listing each step or action that will be taken to eliminate them, the responsible party and the agreed upon deadline for completing it. 145 3. List each government or authority that will help to pay for this service and indicate how the service will be funded (e.g., enterprise funds, user fees, general funds, special service district revenues, hotel/motel taxes, franchise taxes, impact fees, bonded indebtedness, etc.). Local Government or Authority: Funding Method: Fulton County and the City of Atlanta See Funding Arrangement 4. How will the strategy change the previous arrangements for providing and/or funding this service within the county? This service was previously provided jointly through the Tri-Jurisdictional Continuum of Care which received funding from HUD on behalf of DeKalb County, Fulton County, and the City of Atlanta. 5. List any formal service delivery agreements or intergovernmental contracts that will be used to implement the strategy for this service: Agreement Name: Contracting Parties: Effective and Ending Dates: 6. What other mechanisms (if any) will be used to implement the strategy for this service (e.g., ordinances, resolutions, local acts of the General Assembly, rate or fee changes, etc.), and when will they take effect? Resolution to establish the Fulton County Continuum of Care, effective ? 7. Person completing form: L a u r a Le w i s Phone number: (404)612-0246 Date comp leted: July 17, 2015 8. Is this the person who should be contacted by state agencies when evaluating whether proposed local government projects are consistent with the service delivery strategy? Yes X No If not, provide designated contact person(s) and phone number(s) below: County Manager (404) 612-0832 PAGE 2 (continued) 146 SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY Services: Homelessness Parties: Fulton County and the City of Atlanta Strategy: Fulton County, through its Continuum of Care, is the primary coordinating entity for homeless services within Fulton County, but outside of the City of Atlanta’s boundaries. FUNDING ARRANGEMENT Local Government Funding Method City of Atlanta General Fund/Grant Funds Fulton County General Fund/Grant Funds EXHIBIT A 147 SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY Contact Persons SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY FOR FULTON COUNTY Shall any state agency, when evaluating whether proposed local government projects are consistent with the service delivery strategy, the following shall serve as the designated contact persons for each jurisdiction, respectively: NAME: (Please print or type) TITLE: CONTACT INFO: Address/Phone #/email JURISDICTION: DATE: Jerolyn Webb Ferrari Deputy County Attorney 141 Pryor St., Ste.4038 Atlanta, GA 30303 404.612.0257 Jerolyn.ferrari@fultoncountyga.gov Fulton Bob Regus City Administrator Two South Main Street Alpharetta, GA 30201 678.297.6012 (phone) bregus@alpharetta.ga.us Alpharetta David Bennett Senior Policy Advisor City of Atlanta Office of the Mayor 55 Trinity Avenue Atlanta, GA 30303 404.330.6129 (work) 404.308.5141 (mobile) dbennett@atlanta.ga.gov Atlanta Jim Williams City Manager 6505 Rico Rd. Chattahoochee Hills, GA. 30268 770. 463-8881(phone) 770. 463.8550 (Fax) 770.463.8881 jim.williams@chatthillsga.us Chatt Hills Richard ChessTerrence R. Moore Jack P.Longino Interim City Manager Mayor 3667 Main Street2262 Mt. Zion College Park, GA 30337Jonesboro GA, 30236 4tmoore@collegeparkga.com 404.767.1537 College Park Agnes Beltran-Goodwine City Clerk City of East Point 1526 E. Forrest Avenue, Ste. 400 East Point, GA 30344 404.270.7090 (direct line) 404.290.4303 East Point Tom Barber City Administrator 56 Malone Street, P.O. Box 145 Fairburn, GA 30213 770.969.2853 (phone) tbarber@fairburn.com Fairburn Formatted: Indent: Left: 0" 148 William WhitsonBill Werner City Manager 3648 North Fulton Avenue Hapeville, GA 30354 404.669.2117 (phone) wwhitsonbwerner@hapeville.org Hapeville Richard A. Carothers City Attorney Carothers & Mitchell 1809 Buford Highway Buford, GA 30518 770-932-3552 (phone) Richard.carothers@carmitch.com Johns Creek Chris Lagerbloom City Manager 13000 Deerfield Pkwy, Bldg.100, Ste.107 Milton, GA 30004 678.242.2481 (phone) Chris.lagerbloom@cityofmiltonga.us Milton Brandon Bowen City Attorney 118 Lakeshore Drive Mountain Park, GA 30075 770.387.1373 (phone) bbowen@ga-lawyers.pro Mountain Park William H. “Bill” Shell City Administrator City of Palmetto P.O. Box 190 Palmetto, GA 30268 Palmetto Wendell Willard City Attorney 7840 Roswell Road Bldg. 300 Suite 330 Sandy Springs, GA 30350 770.481.7110 (phone) 770.481.7111 (fax) wkwillard@wendellwillard.com Sandy Springs Kay Love City Administrator 38 Hill Street Roswell, GA 30075 770-641-3727 (phone) klove@roswellgov.com Roswell Sonja Fillingame City Manager 5047 Union Street Union City, GA 30291 770.964.2288 (phone) srapson@unioncityga.org Union City Field Code Changed Formatted: Underline, Font color: Blue 149 SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY CERTIFICATIONS PAGE 4 Instructions: This page must, at a minimum, be signed by an authorized representative of the following governments: 1) the county; 2) the city serving as the county seat; 3) all cities having 1990 populations of over 9,000 residing within the county; and 4) no less than 50% of all other cities with a 1990 population of between 500 and 9,000 residing within the county. Cities with 1990 populations below 500 and authorities providing services under the strategy are not required to sign this form, but are encouraged to do so. Attach additional copies of this page as necessary. SERVICE DELIVERY STRATEGY FOR FULTON COUNTY We, the undersigned authorized representatives of the jurisdictions listed below, certify that: 1. We have executed agreements for implementation of our service delivery strategy and the attached forms provide an accurate depiction of our agreed upon strategy (O.C.G.A. 36-70-21); 2. Our service delivery strategy promotes the delivery of local government services in the most efficient, effective, and responsive manner (O.C.G.A. 36-70-24 (1)); 3. Our service delivery strategy provides that water or sewer fees charged to customers located outside the geographic boundaries of a service provider are reasonable and are not arbitrarily higher than the fees charged to customers located within the geographic boundaries of the service provider (O.C.G.A. 36-70-24 (2)); and 4. Our service delivery strategy ensures that the cost of any services the county government provides (including those jointly funded by the county and one or more municipalities) primarily for the benefit of the unincorporated area of the county are borne by the unincorporated area residents, individuals, and property owners who receive such service (O.C.G.A. 36-70-24 (3)). SIGNATURE: NAME: (Please print or type) TITLE: JURISDICTION: DATE: John Eaves Chair Fulton County David Belle Isle Mayor Alpharetta Kasim Reed Mayor Atlanta Tom Reed Mayor Chattahoochee Hills Jack P. Longino Mayor College Park Earnestine Pittman Mayor East Point Mario Avery Mayor Fairburn Alan Hallman Mayor Hapeville Mike Bodker Mayor Johns Creek Joe Lockwood Mayor Milton Jim Still Mayor Mountain Park J. Clark Boddie Mayor Palmetto 150 Jere Wood Mayor Roswell Russell K. Paul Mayor Sandy Springs Vince Williams Mayor Union City )NTERCOVERNn'IENTAL 11GREEn9EN'T FOR THE EXTRATERRITORIAL PRO VISION OF SEVER SERVICE BY FUUI'ON COUNTY TO CERTAIN PROPERTY LOCATED W1T111.N THE CITY OF MILTON TEAS IN'I'BRGOVCRNMIiN'I'AL AGRBCMCN'1', by and hehvicen the CITY OF MICTON, GEORGIrA, a polilicnl subdivision of the Stale of Gcorgin acting by and through its 'fly Council ("CITY OF MILTON"), mid FULTON COUNTY, GEORGIA, a political subdivision of the sinle of Georgia acting by and through its Board of Commissioners ("FULTON COUNTY"), with FUL'I'ON COUNTY and CITY OF MILTON hereinafter collectively rofered to as the "Parties," granting FULTON COUNTY the authority to provide Serer Service to ccrlyniin� parcels within the municipal limits of the CITY OF MIL'T'ON, is effective ns of this J- day of���L, , 2012 ([lie "BOeclive Dole"), WITNE8SETH: AVHEREAS, both prim• to the creamier of the CITY OF MILTON in Decentbe2006 and since That lime, FULTON CO1iVTY has provided tvnslewaler dislribulimt, collection, mrd U•cnbnent services ("Sewer Service") to ccrinill I) m•cels of Imtd located wilhbt the ntutticipnl boundary of the CITY OF M1L'I'ON; 1YHERErAS, pursuant to Article I\, Secliou fI, Paragraph III(n)(G) and (7) of the Georgia Constitution, FULTON COUNTY may not provide Sewer Scrvicc inside the boundary of the CITY OF MILTON except as olilemwiso provided by Inv or by contract with the CI'T'Y Olr i411L'I'ON granting FULTON COUN'T'Y the nulhoily to do so; WHEREAS, in December of 7.006, the Parties eticmed btlo mt Odergovcrnmcnlnl Agreement for the Provision of \Vee' and \Vnslewalm• Services (the "2006 ASneemcnl"), which has reunincd in elTccl until adoption by Fulton County nud the City of Millon of ibis Inle'govenmcolnl Agreement Jul the mitfiterritudill Provision of Sctver Service line "Agreement"); WHEREAS, (lie Parties desire to enter into Ilia Agreement to (1) continue rullom County's riulhmiznlion to provide new Sewer Service in Ina City of M1 I I) In cerinin parcels Iocnlel in [lie Dig Crack Service Alen and m the Little River Service Alen and (2) to nulhorizo Fallon Calmly Io continuo to provide Sewer Service, to include nminiemmce And repair, Io Inose developments where development is completed and Sewer Service is presently provided. NOW TIIBRHFORRz in considcrntimr or the manual pronuscs of the Parties And Ilio nuuanl bcncflts Bowing lion each Poty to the other, mid other good mid valuable considcrnlion cschmiged, the receipt and sumelency of which aide hereby acknowledged, Ilio Parties agree ns follows: Saction 1, Term and Tormlmnlion of the Agreement, ,file Term of this Agreement shnll commence as of the Effective Date (defined above) mud shall have a durnlion of fifty (50) years, as allowed by Atiicte IX, Section III, Paragraph I of fIn Constitution of the Slide of Ocorgia, or until otherwise mmended, modified and/or lembrnled by and between the Potties. The CITY Or MILTON mrd PULTON COUNTY agree that ellhe• Party may terminate This Agreement fm• convenience upon one hundred eighty (180) days written malice provided to the other pally; provided, however, flint Ilse ]'allies acknowledge and ngree (lint termination shall hnve no effect on existing installed infrostnmbue m• rullon County's authority to prnvido Sower Service to existing customers and otherwise own, maintain and repair ell ]nslnlled sewer inli•nslruclure as ofand rifler the (into oftenrinnuon• 2 SCCII011 A. Gantt ofSorvel Service Area to UOi.TOIV COUNTY. The CITY OF MILTON hereby acknowledges and agrees to Authorize the coalinuntiot of Sewer Service, to include ownership, repair mrd maintenance of existing sower hirraslnicture, in those Arens of ilia CITY Or IviiuroN depicted in orange on Ilia Sewer Service map attached hereto as Exhibit "A" wherein quid Sower Service iafn•Astnuchure was filly installed prior to the dote of this Agreement. This recognition shall not be construed ns allowing new sewer collocations within those mens and new sewer service shall not be authorized within such Arens. The CITY OF MILTON hereby grants to PUL•rON COUNTY Iia authority to provide new Smvcr Scrvica to Ihosc pmcels (including any fiuurc subdivision of (hose existing pm•ccls) depicted on the Sewer Service map colored blue moss-hnlched . New Sewer Service shall not he futhorized within those parcels colored green. Arty 101, unit, developnnent, consuiiclion, subdivision, building, phase or assemblage of land, however filled or iderlifncd, seeking now Sewer Suvicc must be located enflmdy and exclusively within an area of Exhibil "A" colored bloc cross•batched, mrd only properties that satisfy this requirement me eligible to obtain new Solve• Service front Pillion County. Fuliherniore, (lie installation of now Solver Service into nn rea colored bine cross•halched shall not serve as a basis or rationale to extend Sewer Service iHo nn (iron Ilial is not so colored, irrespective of the convenience, access, practicality, or nonri0nl cost associated with such extension, it being the iuleot of the parties that the blue cross- hatched frons shall serve as a fixed and definitive houudm•y for nolo Solve• Service ill the CITY MILTON, The arca of Exhibil "A" colors called onage mid blue crosshatched slmll collectively be referred to as the "Sower Service Aron." 7 Oct Oil a. Agrcontent to Provldcsewersm•vice to Server Service Aren, pUM'ON COUNTY hereby agrees to provide Sewer Service within the Sewer Service Arca, as described in Section 2 above, at such rates as nine determined by fUIJON COUNTY from time to lime and to submit invoices related to such cervico dircclly to the recipients Ihcrcor. pULTON COUNTY shall he responsible for all costs and liability related Ie providing Sewer Service, as authorized herein, and the CITY Op MILTON shall he responsible for an cost or linbility related to providing such service. All iofrnsb•uelure and iatcreals In Iond directly and exclusively nssocinted with [ho provision of Sewer Service in Ilio Sewer Service Area shall rcnnnin the properly of FULTON COUNTY, Seellon 4. Termination of Lrm•lier IGA m• Auuroved Mm, Willi respect to the csloblishnrern of the Sewer Service Area within Ilia municipal boundary of the City of Millon, rite tents of Ih[s Agrecmcni, in conjunction with the map attached as Gxhibit "A", shall supersede the lerms of any hnlergovemnimital Agreement (including, bill not limited to, till or any portion of the 2006 Agrocmetl that pertained (o Iho provision of wastewater or smnilm•y sewer services) or previously approved map, which nine hereby terminmed and repealed wilh respect to the bouudm•y for sower service within Ilse nnunicipal boundary of [lie City of Millett. This Agreement is not intended to terminate tiny wilions of the 2006 Agreement lhut relate to potable/drinking waler sevices. Scelimn S. Rniton LgA!q Sewer Avollnhlll(v Lhulted to Sever Servlco Arco, FULTON COUNTY agrees that no sewer permit(s) or any other representation concerning the availability or existence of Sewer Set -vice for a particular parcel of properly locnle<I within the municipal boundary of (Ito CI'T'Y OF NfILTON shall be made by FULTON COUNTY unless [he oil[li ty ofsueh parcel is located within [he Sewer Service Area as set forth i11 $Celiell 21 111111 no rcpresenlAlion shall be nada ns to the nvaiiabiltly of naw Scwe ocrvtcc shall be made unless the propely is located entirely within a parcel colored blue cross-halchLA on Qxhibil "A." Section G. General Provisions, A. Quforcennenl; ivcr. 'lite finilurc on the pori of mry P11rly to enforce nuy pnnvision of this Agreement shall not be consimed ns a waive• of Ilial Party's rights to enforce such provisions in Ilia finture. A waiver of ally term of This Agreement on Ilia pal of Ally Panty in one case shall mol be construed as n waiver bn any oflie• aid shall 1101 affect Ally other term oflhis Agreement. D. Ascienm n . This Agreement shall not be assigned by either Paly without Ilio Prior written consent ol'the 016011. C, QinIii g Qflec . This Agreement shall inure to the benctil of, and be binding Upon, lite CITY OF MIL"I'ON's And PULTON COUNTY's respeolivo successors, heirs and assigns. D. Entire Agreement. This Agreement contains the entire Agreement between ilia Pedes hereto And supersedes all previous or contemporaneous oral m• wrillen communications, represcnlalions, m• Agreements petainbng to Ilia subjccls Addressed heroin. G. Roortlkeen n ;. Doth parties Agree (lint line public shall have access, at all reasonable limes, to all documents and informnlion pertaining to Ilia services provided hercumier, subject to the provision of O.C.O.A. § 50.1840, et seq., And PULTON COUNTY agrees to require Any independent contractor providing services hcreunde• to Allow access by the CITY OF MILTON and [lie public to all documents subject to j disclosure Under applicnblc lnw. a ULTON COUNTY fiuiher agrees to require any independent contractor providing services hereunder to retain all public records in nccordance with applicable records retention and disposal requirements, including bill not limited In O.C.G.A. § 50.18-90, et .seq., and the Georgia Administrative Code. F. Notice . All notices given pursuant to Ire terms of this Agreement shall be in wriling and delivered in person or lrnnsmilted by certified mail, return receipt requested, posinge prepaid, or by utilizing the services of a nationally recognized overnight cosier service with signed verification of delivery. Notices shall be deemed given only when actually received at the address first given below with respect to each Pmiy. Notices required to be given to file CITY OF NULTON pursunnl to this Agreement shall be addressed as follows: \Yilh copies lo: �Inyo• Cilyoton 13000 Deerfield Parkway, Suite 107 Ylillon, Gcorgin 30004 City �lnlrnger City of �lihol 13000 Deerfield Parkway, Suite 107 Ron, Georgia 30004 Notices required to be given to FUL'I'ON COUNTY pursumd to Ibis Agreemcal shall be addressed as follows; Chairman Fuhor Comty Board ofConunissioncrs I41 Pryor Sircel, S.W., 10, Floor Allanla, Georgia 30303 G Will, copies lo: Director Pullon County Department of Water Resources Id I Pryor Strect, Suile 6001 Allnnln, Ocorgin 30303 ruhir¢ chmigcs in address shall be clleUivc only upon written notice bciug given by the CITY OF MILTON to PULTON COUNTY or by PULTON COUNTY Io the CITY OF MIL'T'ON vin one of the delivery methods described In (his Section. G. Govcrnii g Lnw mid Venue. 'Phis Agncmncnl shall be conslned mad govcmed in accoYlance will, the laws of the Slate of Georgia, mid proper venue for any actions raising out of This Agrecmcnl shall be III [lie Slate or Superior Coni ofhdlon County. H. No Third Party 1 i hts, This Agreement shall be exclusively for the beaefil of the Parties and shall 1101 provide ally Third-pm'lies with any remedy, claim, liability, reimbursement, causeofaction, or other right. 1. Ujimil ollable Circumslnncos. The performmee or non-perfornrnnce of Ally term o• provision of this Agreement shall be excused if (lie Party is reasombly precluded 0.0111 such Perfinmmec by tie occurrence of an uncontrollable circwnslonce. Such excuse of perPonnmeo or non-performmee shall be only to the minimum extent rensonably forced on such Party by such event, and Thal Party shall continue to perform nil oll,cr dulles and responsibilities hereunder. A Pnrly relying on the oceuneace of An uncontrollable circumstance as nn excuso for non-purfomonce of a duty required by this Agreement shall, as soon ns is rcasorably possible upon becoming aware ofsuch an event o11d its consequences, notify the other Party ofsumne and shall bike nil rensonable efforts to climina(e the Canso of such nom-performmllco 7 I find to resume fall pe•Pornmmice in accordance with (his Agreement. J. Comp r s. This Agrecmcnl rally he execulccl in one or more couu(crpais, tach of which shall constitute an original ltd fill of which logethen• shall cons[ilule bill one and Ilse same instillment. 11 shall not be necessary Thal tach signatory sign Ilia sate counterpart, provided, however, [lint tach has signed no identical counlerpal. K. Am1Lft to Lmnter Agreeneut. Each individual who cxccm(cs this Agrecntcnl oil behalf orhis or her respective Irnrly ngrces and represents that he or she is authorized Io do so and fiulher agrees and represents [lint this Agreement has been dilly passed upon by Ilia required governmental agency or boom in accordance with till applienble laws find sprend upon Ilia minutes lhercoC The Panics hereto agree Ihat this Agreement is an inlegovomumenlnl contract, and is allercd into pmrsanul to Article IX, Arlicle Ill, Parabraph I of Ilio Consld(ulion of the Stoic of Georgia of 1933. L. Ameudmenl. 'this Agreement may be modified at any time upon nmlunl written cousenl by resalolions of the CITY OF MILTON'S City Council and PULTON COUNTY'S Boad of Commissioners. M. Severability. if a court of competent jurisdiction renders any provision of (bls Agreement (o' Ally portion of a provision) to be illegal, invalid, or o[herwise unenforceable, (hal provision or portion of Iho provision will be severed, and the renmainder of this Agreement shnll continue (n fill force aul effect as If the invalid provision or potion were mol pat of this Agreement. IN NITNCSS N1110,119OK the paiics have caused this Agreement to be executed under seal as of the dale first above wrillea. slgnntures of follovbng page[ +3 A'I'TII I'ISD: h 6eq���� Sudie Gordon, City Clerk ATTRSTRD; CITY Ol Arm, 'I'ON, GEORGIA Ry: / Joe Lockwoo( royor 1rUL'I'ON COUN'T'Y, GEORGIA Clock to 1110 commission I Jo at }I. Raves, Ph.D., Chairmm( IPullin( Counly Board ol'Commissioncis APPROVRD AS 1'O POR14L• jV Oflice of the Fallon Counly Altomey laF;:IF I 1 f ,...:.� ���� ;� �h�` ,�jil, ,,i `•. t ,r 1, ri �.,• 31(x',' ; J 1114 rs At ff i �..,' fJ•. , i pop to 1 40 lit to !I'its I rl it Y FFF a to �. Jul ito lb J�'F I' y ii1 41 ism lopp;j .I j I' pI ,., is ,.t•' 1 - \. a a 8 N , � N EQ) a N C yo EXHIBIT\ j upp, 2 - �U Ls F p r R � a 3 \. a a 8 N , � N EQ) a N C yo EXHIBIT\ j upp, 2 - �U MOND AMRND111KNI'TO, IN'fIIRGOVRRN\1F,N'I'LIMA(.RlitsM171+NT FOR'fl m GX'I'RATERRI'CORIA1, I'ttOVISION OF SEWER SLRVICB DY FUI'11ON COUNTY •1'O CERTAIN 1'RONRRTY ),OCATIsD NVrr11l TIII; CITY OF M1IIJ,TON 'I'lis SGCONU Ab4JiND\41'sN'1' 'I'O '1'1111 IN"1'I?RGOVI3RNb41:N'I'AL AGkft3;vlltN'I' IaOR TIIR GX"I'RA'ffiRRITORIAL PROVISION OP SGWlilt SGRVICG, by and Uclwcea lhu CI'T'Y OF MILTON, GHORG1A, it political Subdivision orlhe Slate of Oeorgta nclhag by and Through its City Council ("CI'T'Y OF MIL'T'ON"). nod FULTON COUN'T'Y, GEORGIA, it pnlilicnl subdivision of the Stela of Gaorgin noting by and through its Board of Commissionurs ("PUUI'ON COUNTY") with FUIJON COUNTY find CI'T'Y OF MIIXON, harcinaller rclixred to an Thr. "I'nrlkit," granting FULTON COUNTY lite authority to provide Sewer Service to ce luIn ee•ecls wilhin the municipal city linlils oi'the CI'T'Y OI+ Mll:l'ON, is eMutivcnsol'Illisun (lily of J /7Nli/�l' 201A (Tho "GI'foclive —, Date"). 1YI'T'NP;SSI:'l'Il: 1VIIF,RI;AS, on Daccmhe• :i, 7.011., the I'nrtius hcroinlo mnlm•etl info un huergovenmuntal Agreement lbr Iixlmterfilorial Provision of Sewer .Service to CCdabl Property Locnle<I Nilhin the Cily ol'Mihon ("TGA"); mut NVIII?RPAS, attached to said ICA ns lixhilil A was n xeve• survicc nuap scllin); Ibrlh llac lountlnrics ol'tvhe•e suave• sevicc cxislutl or could be expanded; and NIIIS111iAS, ou January J, 2013, the 11 urlius npprovel Anrondmmnl Number I to the TGA (the City of Milton approved Amamllmnl Nuwher 1 It its Dcceuhm 17, 7.017. meeting) and replaced Ihc original Lxhibil A will it new Exhibit A, such new Exhibit A Icing it modilied Sewer service atnp scitinit lirril Ile bounerics of whcru sewer service existed or could be expended; and 11'lllil(I(AR, it ix I 11 intent of Ills eco [H Atrtom mon l Ia Inttl'y and otheI to rcal'lirnr ilia Inlergovernmenlnl Agreement eHl ilia Amendment Number I thereto in all par(iculnrs, except lhol Exhibil A (Ihc sower service nrnp) from Amendment Number I shnll shoed stricken and sludl ba ropluced with (ha attached Hxhihil A, which seeks to add it single pareal to (lie sower scrvicc nngr ns an addilionnl parcel far which Millen Counly nay provide sewer service; and \VIICKliAS, i( is Ihc inlcnl nl'lha Parties Ihnl Ihc Lily (:mmcil lin Ihc (:'ily ol'Mihnn shill he permilled motor this hrleq;uvernmoalnl Agrcemenl to unila(crolly militarize ntdilionnl pmrcuis that may be Invlidly sawured by Fulton Calmly without n requirement llml Ilio loulton ('ounly Heard o(Tom nissioners roliry such additional pnrccls fir sower scrvicc, NO1V'1'111iRF,1+OI(1;, in anosidctnlinn of Ihc unrlunl promises al'Ihc Pnrlics and Ihc mulunl hencrt(s (lowing from Inch Poly to Ihc other, and o(hur goad and valuable cwusidumlion uxchnngal, Ilio receipt nod sn0icioncy orwhich aro hereby ackuowledijcd, Ilia fatties agreo its tallows: (1)'I'hu sewer scrvicc nrnp ntlnchcd to Anrondmmd Number I to the Inlorgovcromanlnl Agreement its Exhibit A is hereby stricken in its entirely and replaced herewith with Ilia Allached sewer servica loop attached hereto ns Exhibit A; (1.)'I'hc Mihun ('i(y ('elicit shall hnva Ile rigltl by way of toenail annrail acliun Io unilaterally nulhorire Fulton County to provide sewer service to addilionnl parcels ovor and olwve those rcllecled in lixhibil A. In dolnjj so, Ilia following stipuhtltons shall Apply: n. A resolution and revised sever service mop aulhorizlag such additional pnrccls s in be prepared by tvlilwn nod fanvarm le (hu at County Depnruuctil ol'Public Works and Ilia Fuller Counly Monmger; b. Anew smvcr service map so Icmlel'ed shall 6e4;onnu l 100 V H sewer service map under Ibis Agreement wilhaul linrlhcr ncliou by either I'mly; c. No nulhorizmlon by the city of Mibon shall place upon Fallen Counly all obligation to extend sewer or sewer infrastructure. The decision ns to whether to provide sewer service to any Innrlicalar parcel within the City of Millon, even if' authorized by this Agrecmenl o• any liauro, unilateral nmdiliumion of the sewer service nmp, shall remain vested with Fullon county. (7)'I'he Dccenbcr 1, 7.012 Inlcrgovcnuncnbd Agrucmed is etlwr+visu botchy lolly nnilic(1 mad rcalTinnal. IN 1YI'I'NI?SS NIIGRLOP, Iho Pndics hove unused Ibis Agrcennonl Io be executed under seal as of I he dale first alxwe written. A'I'I't±S'I'I±D Sudiu Gordon, City Milk Twill if, of {fr' J �U) la AI'I'R(IVI±D AS'I'O DORM 1 )mcu orlhu Counly Attorney cfrY of nln;rc)� Jou Lo' c ) o(I, Mnyi Flila'ON COl/N'l'Y, OI(ORCIA In H. Raves, Ph.D., Chairman Fuhun Counly Ilenrcl of Canunissiencrs I(f:CfSS Anrfrit—Ira r, utl I I i?tl III tl'I'